Canon iPF8300 8300S 8000 Service Manual&Parts Catalog PDF

Service Manual
iPF8000 series
Mar 7 2011
Introduction
Symbols Used
This documentation uses the following symbols to indicate special information:
Symbol Description
Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution, or Warning.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.
Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).
Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.
Indicates an item requiring disconnection of the power plug from the electric outlet.
Indicates an item intended to provide notes assisting the understanding of the topic in question.
Memo
Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question.

REF.
Provides a description of a service mode.
Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

Introduction
The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:

1. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with refer-
ence to the timing of operation.
In the diagrams, represents the path of mechanical drive; where a signal name accompanies the symbol , the arrow indicates the
direction of the electric signal.
The expression "turn on the power" means flipping on the power switch, closing the front door, and closing the delivery unit door, which results in
supplying the machine with power.
2. In the digital circuits, '1'is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is "High", while '0' is used to indicate "Low".(The voltage value, how-
ever, differs from circuit to circuit.) In addition, the asterisk (*) as in "DRMD*" indicates that the DRMD signal goes on when '0'.
In practically all cases, the inte rnal mechanisms of a microprocessor cannot be checked in the field. Therefore, the operations of the microprocessors
used in the machines are not discussed: they are explained in terms of from sensors to the input of the DC controller PCB and from the output of the
DC controller PCB to the loads.
The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for product improvement or other purposes, and major changes will be com-
municated in the form of Service Information bulletins.
All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this Service Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be
able to identify and isolate faults in the machine."
Contents
Contents
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

1.1 Product Overview .......................................................................................................................................1- 1
1.1.1 Product Overview .................................................................................................................................................... 1- 1
1.1.2 Product Overview .................................................................................................................................................... 1- 3
1.2 Features .....................................................................................................................................................1- 5
1.2.1 Features .................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 5
1.2.2 Features .................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 5
1.2.3 Features .................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 5
1.2.4 Features .................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 5
1.2.5 Features .................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 6
1.2.6 Printhead ................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 6
1.2.7 Ink tank .................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 6
1.2.8 Ink tank .................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 8
1.2.9 Cutter Unit ............................................................................................................................................................... 1- 9
1.2.10 Roll holder.............................................................................................................................................................. 1- 9
1.2.11 Roll Holder ............................................................................................................................................................. 1- 9
1.2.12 Stand ................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 10
1.2.13 Media Take-up Unit ............................................................................................................................................. 1- 11
1.2.14 Hard Disk Drive.................................................................................................................................................... 1- 12
1.2.15 Hard Disk Drive.................................................................................................................................................... 1- 12
1.2.16 IEEE1394 (FireWire) Board ................................................................................................................................. 1- 12
1.2.17 Consumables....................................................................................................................................................... 1- 13
1.2.18 Consumables....................................................................................................................................................... 1- 14
1.2.19 Consumables....................................................................................................................................................... 1- 15
1.2.20 Consumables....................................................................................................................................................... 1- 16
1.3 Product Specifications ..............................................................................................................................1- 17
1.3.1 Product Specifications ........................................................................................................................................... 1- 17
1.4 Detailed Specifications .............................................................................................................................1- 23
1.4.1 Printing mode ........................................................................................................................................................ 1- 23
1.4.2 Print Speed and Direction...................................................................................................................................... 1- 24
1.4.3 Print Speed and Direction...................................................................................................................................... 1- 31
1.4.4 Interface Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 1- 37
1.4.5 Interface Specifications ......................................................................................................................................... 1- 38
1.5 Names and Functions of Components .....................................................................................................1- 39
1.5.1 Front ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 39
1.5.2 Front ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 40
1.5.3 Rear....................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 41
1.5.4 Rear....................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 42
1.5.5 Top Cover (Inside)................................................................................................................................................. 1- 43
1.5.6 Top Cover (Inside)................................................................................................................................................. 1- 44
1.5.7 Carriage................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 45
1.5.8 Carriage................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 45
1.5.9 Ink Tank Cover (Inside) ......................................................................................................................................... 1- 45
1.5.10 Ink Tank Cover (Inside) ....................................................................................................................................... 1- 47
1.5.11 Ink Tank Cover (Inside) ....................................................................................................................................... 1- 48
1.6 Basic Operation ........................................................................................................................................1- 49
Contents
1.6.1 Operation Panel .....................................................................................................................................................1- 49

1.6.2 Operation Panel .....................................................................................................................................................1- 50
1.6.3 Operation Panel .....................................................................................................................................................1- 51
1.6.4 Main Menu .............................................................................................................................................................1- 52
1.6.5 Main Menu .............................................................................................................................................................1- 73
1.6.6 Display ...................................................................................................................................................................1- 88
1.6.7 Menu ......................................................................................................................................................................1- 89
1.6.8 Menu ....................................................................................................................................................................1- 105
1.6.9 Basket Unit...........................................................................................................................................................1- 121
1.7 Safety and Precautions .......................................................................................................................... 1- 127
1.7.1 Safety Precautions...............................................................................................................................................1- 127
1.7.1.1 Moving Parts ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1- 127
1.7.1.2 Adhesion of Ink .................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 128
1.7.1.3 Electric Parts........................................................................................................................................................................ 1- 130
1.7.2 Other Precautions ................................................................................................................................................1- 131
1.7.2.1 Printhead.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1- 131
1.7.2.2 Ink Tank ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1- 132
1.7.2.3 Handling the Printer ............................................................................................................................................................. 1- 133
1.7.3 Precautions When Servicing Printer ....................................................................................................................1- 135
1.7.3.1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer ............................................................................................................................... 1- 135
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version ........................................................................................................................................ 1- 135
1.7.3.3 Precautions against Static Electricity ................................................................................................................................... 1- 135
1.7.3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly........................................................................................................................... 1- 135
1.7.3.5 Self-diagnostic Feature ........................................................................................................................................................ 1- 135
1.7.3.6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery .......................................................................................................................................... 1- 135
Chapter 2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.1 Basic Operation Outline ............................................................................................................................. 2- 1
2.1.1 Printer Diagram........................................................................................................................................................2- 1
2.1.2 Printer Diagram........................................................................................................................................................2- 1
2.1.3 Printer Diagram........................................................................................................................................................2- 3
2.1.4 Print Signal Sequence .............................................................................................................................................2- 4
2.1.8 Print Driving .............................................................................................................................................................2- 8
2.1.9 Print Driving ...........................................................................................................................................................2- 10
2.1.10 Print Driving..........................................................................................................................................................2- 12
2.1.11 Print Driving..........................................................................................................................................................2- 14
2.1.12 Print Driving..........................................................................................................................................................2- 16
2.2 Firmware .................................................................................................................................................. 2- 18
2.2.1 Operation Sequence at Power-on..........................................................................................................................2- 18
2.2.2 Operation Sequence at Power-off..........................................................................................................................2- 19
2.2.3 Print Control ...........................................................................................................................................................2- 20
2.2.4 Print Control ...........................................................................................................................................................2- 20
2.2.5 Print Control ...........................................................................................................................................................2- 28
2.2.6 Print Position Adjustment Function ........................................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.7 Head Management ................................................................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.8 Printhead Overheating Protection Control .............................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.9 Pause between Pages ...........................................................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.10 White Raster Skip ................................................................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.11 Sleep Mode ..........................................................................................................................................................2- 35
2.2.12 Hard Disk Drive ....................................................................................................................................................2- 35
2.3 Printer Mechanical System....................................................................................................................... 2- 37
2.3.1 Outline....................................................................................................................................................................2- 37
2.3.1.1 Outline.................................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 37
Contents
2.3.2 Ink Passage........................................................................................................................................................... 2- 38

2.3.2.1 Ink Passage ........................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 38
2.3.2.2 Ink Tank Unit.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 39
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 41
2.3.2.4 Printhead................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 45
2.3.2.5 Purge Unit .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 46
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge........................................................................................................................................................... 2- 51
2.3.2.7 Air Flow .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 52
2.3.3 Paper Path............................................................................................................................................................. 2- 53
2.3.3.1 Outline.................................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 53
2.3.3.2 Paper Path ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 54
2.3.3.3 Cutter Unit.............................................................................................................................................................................. 2- 56
2.4 Printer Electrical System...........................................................................................................................2- 57
2.4.1 Outline ................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 57
2.4.1.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 57
2.4.1.2 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 57
2.4.1.3 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2- 60
2.4.2 Main Controller ...................................................................................................................................................... 2- 62
2.4.2.1 Main controller PCB components .......................................................................................................................................... 2- 62
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB .............................................................................................................................................. 2- 68
2.4.3.1 Carriage relay PCB components ........................................................................................................................................... 2- 68
2.4.4 Head Relay PCB ................................................................................................................................................... 2- 68
2.4.4.1 Head relay PCB components................................................................................................................................................. 2- 68
2.4.4.2 Head relay PCB components................................................................................................................................................. 2- 69
2.4.5 Motor Driver........................................................................................................................................................... 2- 70
2.4.5.1 Media take-up PCB components ........................................................................................................................................... 2- 70
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB........................................................................................................................ 2- 70
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components...................................................................................................................... 2- 70
2.4.7 Power Supply ........................................................................................................................................................ 2- 70
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram .................................................................................................................................................. 2- 70
2.5 Detection Functions with Sensors ............................................................................................................2- 71
2.5.1 Sensors for covers................................................................................................................................................. 2- 71
2.5.2 Ink passage system............................................................................................................................................... 2- 72
2.5.3 Ink passage system............................................................................................................................................... 2- 74
2.5.4 Carriage system .................................................................................................................................................... 2- 76
2.5.5 Paper path system................................................................................................................................................. 2- 78
2.5.6 Media take-up Unit ................................................................................................................................................ 2- 79
2.5.7 Others.................................................................................................................................................................... 2- 79
Chapter 3 INSTALLATION
3.1 Installation ..................................................................................................................................................3- 1
3.1.1 Making Pre-Checks ................................................................................................................................................. 3- 1
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks.................................................................................................................................................................. 3- 1
3.1.2 Unpacking and Installation ...................................................................................................................................... 3- 4
3.1.2.1 Checking the Contents............................................................................................................................................................. 3- 4
3.1.2.2 Checking the Contents............................................................................................................................................................. 3- 6
3.1.2.3 Assembling the Stand .............................................................................................................................................................. 3- 8
3.1.2.4 Installing the Printer ............................................................................................................................................................... 3- 11
3.1.2.5 Installing the Media Take-up Unit .......................................................................................................................................... 3- 13
3.1.2.6 Installing the Basket............................................................................................................................................................... 3- 19
3.1.2.7 Removing Protection Materials .............................................................................................................................................. 3- 23
3.1.3 Checking the Images/Operations .......................................................................................................................... 3- 25
3.1.3.1 Checking the Image and Operation ....................................................................................................................................... 3- 25
3.2 Transporting the Printer ............................................................................................................................3- 26
Contents
3.2.1 Transporting the Printer .........................................................................................................................................3- 26

3.2.1.1 Transporting the Printer ......................................................................................................................................................... 3- 26
3.2.2 Reinstalling the Printer...........................................................................................................................................3- 91
3.2.2.1 Reinstalling the Printer........................................................................................................................................................... 3- 91
Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
4.1 Service Parts .............................................................................................................................................. 4- 1
4.1.1 Service Parts............................................................................................................................................................4- 1
4.2 Disassembly/Reassembly .......................................................................................................................... 4- 2
4.2.1 Disassembly/Reassembly........................................................................................................................................4- 2
4.3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly....................................................................................... 4- 5
4.3.1 Note: Items that should never be disassembled ......................................................................................................4- 5
4.3.2 Moving the carriage manually ..................................................................................................................................4- 5
4.3.3 Units requiring draining of ink ..................................................................................................................................4- 5
4.3.4 External Covers .......................................................................................................................................................4- 6
4.3.5 Drive Unit ...............................................................................................................................................................4- 14
4.3.6 Carriage Unit..........................................................................................................................................................4- 15
4.3.7 Carriage Unit..........................................................................................................................................................4- 20
4.3.8 Ink Tube Unit..........................................................................................................................................................4- 25
4.3.9 Feeder Unit ............................................................................................................................................................4- 27
4.3.10 Purge Unit ............................................................................................................................................................4- 28
4.3.11 Ink Tank Unit ........................................................................................................................................................4- 29
4.3.12 Linear Encoder.....................................................................................................................................................4- 32
4.3.13 Head Management Sensor ..................................................................................................................................4- 33
4.3.14 PCBs ....................................................................................................................................................................4- 34
4.3.15 PCBs ....................................................................................................................................................................4- 35
4.3.16 Opening the Cap and moving the Wiper Unit.......................................................................................................4- 36
4.3.17 Draining the ink ....................................................................................................................................................4- 37
4.3.18 Opening and closing ink supply valves ................................................................................................................4- 38
4.3.19 Draining the ink ....................................................................................................................................................4- 39
4.4 Applying the Grease ................................................................................................................................. 4- 40
4.4.1 Applying the Grease ..............................................................................................................................................4- 40
4.5 Adjustment and Setup Items .................................................................................................................... 4- 43
4.5.1 Adjustment Item List ..............................................................................................................................................4- 43
4.5.2 Adjustment Item List ..............................................................................................................................................4- 43
4.5.3 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor................................................................................4- 43
4.5.4 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor................................................................................4- 43
4.5.5 Procedure after Replacing the Feed Roller or Feed Roller Encoder .....................................................................4- 44
4.5.6 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor ...................................................................................4- 44
Chapter 5 MAINTENANCE
5.1 Periodic Replacement Parts ....................................................................................................................... 5- 1
5.1.1 Periodic Replacement Parts ....................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.2 Consumable Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 5- 1
5.2.1 Consumable Parts ...................................................................................................................................................5- 1
5.3 Periodic Maintenance ................................................................................................................................. 5- 6
Contents
5.3.1 Periodic Maintenance .............................................................................................................................................. 5- 6
Chapter 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
6.1 Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................................................................6- 1
6.1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur.................................................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check ...................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity................................................................................................................................................ 6- 1
6.1.2.3 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. .................................................................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank.......................................................................................................................................... 6- 1
6.1.2.5 Close Ink Tank Cover .............................................................................................................................................................. 6- 2
6.1.2.6 End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more. ......................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.7 Paper Type Wrong................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.8 GARO W12xx .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.9 Check printed document. ......................................................................................................................................................... 6- 2
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service...................................................................................................................... 6- 3
6.1.2.11 Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service. ............................................................................................................ 6- 3
6.1.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur ....................................................................................................................... 6- 3
6.1.3.1 03870001-2015 Cutter error .................................................................................................................................................... 6- 3
6.1.3.2 03010000-200C/03010000-200E/03010000-200F/03010000-2017/03010000-2018/03016000-2010 multi sensor ............... 6- 3
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error .............................................................................................................................. 6- 4
6.1.3.4 03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover switch error ............................................................................................................................ 6- 4
6.1.3.5 03031000-2E11 Carriage cover sensor error .......................................................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever ....................................................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.3.7 03010000-2016/03010000-2E27 Paper feed error .................................................................................................................. 6- 5
6.1.3.8 03010000-200D Cut media end error ...................................................................................................................................... 6- 5
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/
03860002-2E0C Path mismatch error............................................................................................................................................ 6- 5
6.1.3.10 03862000-2E09 Insufficient roll media error .......................................................................................................................... 6- 5
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error ........................................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.12 03890000-2921 Media take-up paper detection sensor error ................................................................................................ 6- 6
6.1.3.13 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end error ................................................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.14 03861001-2405/03861001-2406 Borderless printing error .................................................................................................... 6- 6
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/
03810105-2508/03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error ................................................ 6- 6
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/
03830105-2528/03830115-2529/03830107-252A/03830109-252B/03830108-252C Ink tank is not installed. ( This error occurs
when the ink tank is replaced.)....................................................................................................................................................... 6- 7
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/
03830205-2548/03830215-2549/03830207-254A/03830209-254B/03830208-254C Invalid ink tank ID....................................... 6- 7
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/
03830305-2568/03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error ... 6- 7
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/
03810205-2578/03810215-2579/03810207-257A/03810209-257B/03810208-257C Ink low error (occurs when replacing the
printhead) ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 6- 7
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/
03810205-2588/03810215-2589/03810207-258A/03810209-258B/03810208-258C Ink low error (occures when cleaning B is
executed)........................................................................................................................................................................................ 6- 8
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/
03810205-2598/03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)......... 6- 8
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/
03800202-2813 Printhead error ..................................................................................................................................................... 6- 8
6.1.3.23 03800101-2800/03800102-2808/03800201-2804/03800202-2807 Printhead installing error ............................................... 6- 8
6.1.3.24 03800501-280D/03800502-280E Defective printhead nozzle .............................................................................................. 6- 9
6.1.3.25 03841201-2816/03841201-2817/03841101-2818/03841001-2819/03841001-281B Maintenance cartridge error................ 6- 9
6.1.3.26 03010000-2820/03010000-2821/03010000-2822/03010000-2823/03130031-2F32/03010000-2F33/ Adjustment error ...... 6- 9
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error...................................................................................................................................... 6- 9
6.1.3.28 03130031-260F Gap adjustment error................................................................................................................................. 6- 10
6.1.3.29 03130031-2618 VH voltage abnormality error ..................................................................................................................... 6- 10
6.1.3.30 03800500-2F2F/03800500-2F30 Head management sensor error ..................................................................................... 6- 10
Contents
6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error.............................................................................................................................................. 6- 10

6.1.3.32 03130031-2F17 Suction fan error ........................................................................................................................................ 6- 10
6.1.3.33 03030000-2E21 IEEE1394 Error ......................................................................................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error ..................................................................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error........................................................................................................ 6- 11
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit......................................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.3.37 03130031-2F22/03130031-2F23/03130031-2F2D Purge motor driving error ..................................................................... 6- 11
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error ................................................................................................................. 6- 12
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error .............................................................................................................................. 6- 12
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error ............................................................................................................................ 6- 12
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error ............................................................................................................................. 6- 12
6.1.3.42 03130031-2F13 A/D Converter external trigger output stopped .......................................................................................... 6- 13
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written................................................................................................................ 6- 13
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error ................................................................................................................. 6- 13
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error ..................................................................................................................................... 6- 13
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur .................................................................................................6- 13
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error ............................................................................................................................ 6- 13
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error ................................................................................................................................ 6- 13
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full ............................................................................................................................................. 6- 14
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature .................................................................................................. 6- 14
6.1.4.5 E194-404A Non-discharge detection count error................................................................................................................... 6- 14
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error....................................... 6- 14
6.1.4.7 E198-401C/E198-401D/E198-401E RTC error...................................................................................................................... 6- 14
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement ......................................................................................... 6- 15
6.2.1 Main controller PCB ...............................................................................................................................................6- 15
6.2.4 Carriage relay PCB ................................................................................................................................................6- 45
6.2.5 Carriage relay PCB ................................................................................................................................................6- 54
6.2.6 Head relay PCB .....................................................................................................................................................6- 63
6.2.7 Head relay PCB .....................................................................................................................................................6- 71
6.2.8 Head relay PCB .....................................................................................................................................................6- 79
6.3 Version Up................................................................................................................................................ 6- 87
6.3.1 Firmware Update Tool ...........................................................................................................................................6- 87
6.3.2 Firmware Update Tool ...........................................................................................................................................6- 88
6.4 Service Tools............................................................................................................................................ 6- 89
6.4.1 Tool List .................................................................................................................................................................6- 89
Chapter 7 SERVICE MODE

7.1 Service Mode ............................................................................................................................................. 7- 1
7.1.1 Service Mode Operation ..........................................................................................................................................7- 1
7.1.2 Service Mode Operation ..........................................................................................................................................7- 2
7.1.3 Map of the Service Mode .........................................................................................................................................7- 3
7.1.4 Map of the Service Mode .........................................................................................................................................7- 9
7.1.5 Map of the Service Mode .......................................................................................................................................7- 15
7.1.8 Details of Service Mode .........................................................................................................................................7- 36
7.1.9 Details of Service Mode .........................................................................................................................................7- 45
7.1.10 Details of Service Mode .......................................................................................................................................7- 54
7.1.13 Sample Printout....................................................................................................................................................7- 97
7.1.14 Sample Printout..................................................................................................................................................7- 101
7.1.15 e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote ................................................................................................................7- 105
7.1.16 Viewing PRINT INF ............................................................................................................................................7- 115
7.1.17 Viewing PRINT INF ............................................................................................................................................7- 129
Contents
7.2 Special Mode ..........................................................................................................................................7- 143

7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing ................................................................................................................................ 7- 143
7.2.2 Special Modes for Servicing ................................................................................................................................ 7- 144
Chapter 8 ERROR CODE

8.1 Outline ........................................................................................................................................................8- 1
8.1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................................................................................... 8- 1
8.1.2 Outline ..................................................................................................................................................................... 8- 1
8.2 Warning Table ............................................................................................................................................8- 2
8.2.1 Warnings ................................................................................................................................................................. 8- 2
8.2.2 Warnings ................................................................................................................................................................. 8- 3
8.3 Error Table..................................................................................................................................................8- 6
8.3.1 Errors....................................................................................................................................................................... 8- 6
8.3.2 Errors..................................................................................................................................................................... 8- 10
8.4 Sevice Call Table......................................................................................................................................8- 21
8.4.1 Service Call Errors................................................................................................................................................. 8- 21
Contents
Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Contents
Contents
1.1 Product Overview ..........................................................................................................................................................1-1

1.1.1 Product Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1.2 Product Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3
1.2 Features ..........................................................................................................................................................................1-5
1.2.1 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1.2.2 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1.2.3 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1.2.4 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1.2.5 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-6
1.2.6 Printhead ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.7 Ink tank ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-6
1.2.8 Ink tank ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-8
1.2.9 Cutter Unit ................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-9
1.2.10 Roll holder ................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-9
1.2.11 Roll Holder................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-9
1.2.12 Stand ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-10
1.2.13 Media Take-up Unit ................................................................................................................................................................. 1-11
1.2.14 Hard Disk Drive ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.15 Hard Disk Drive ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.16 IEEE1394 (FireWire) Board .................................................................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.17 Consumables ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-13
1.2.18 Consumables ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-14
1.2.19 Consumables ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-15
1.2.20 Consumables ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-16
1.3 Product Specifications..................................................................................................................................................1-17
1.3.1 Product Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-17
1.4 Detailed Specifications ................................................................................................................................................1-23
1.4.1 Printing mode............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-23
1.4.2 Print Speed and Direction .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-24
1.4.3 Print Speed and Direction .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-31
1.4.4 Interface Specifications.............................................................................................................................................................. 1-37
1.4.5 Interface Specifications.............................................................................................................................................................. 1-38
1.5 Names and Functions of Components .........................................................................................................................1-39
1.5.1 Front ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-39
1.5.2 Front ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40
1.5.3 Rear ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-41
1.5.4 Rear ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-42
1.5.5 Top Cover (Inside) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-43
1.5.6 Top Cover (Inside) ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-44
1.5.7 Carriage...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-45
1.5.8 Carriage...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-45
1.5.9 Ink Tank Cover (Inside)............................................................................................................................................................. 1-45
1.5.10 Ink Tank Cover (Inside)........................................................................................................................................................... 1-47
1.5.11 Ink Tank Cover (Inside)........................................................................................................................................................... 1-48
1.6 Basic Operation............................................................................................................................................................1-49
1.6.1 Operation Panel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-49
Contents
1.6.2 Operation Panel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-50

1.6.3 Operation Panel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-51
1.6.4 Main Menu................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-52
1.6.5 Main Menu................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-73
1.6.6 Display ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-88
1.6.7 Menu .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-89
1.6.8 Menu ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-105
1.6.9 Basket Unit............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-121
1.7 Safety and Precautions .............................................................................................................................................. 1-127
1.7.1 Safety Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................... 1-127
1.7.1.1 Moving Parts............................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-127
1.7.1.2 Adhesion of Ink .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-128
1.7.1.3 Electric Parts ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-130
1.7.2 Other Precautions..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-131
1.7.2.1 Printhead ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-131
1.7.2.2 Ink Tank ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-132
1.7.2.3 Handling the Printer.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-133
1.7.3 Precautions When Servicing Printer ........................................................................................................................................ 1-135
1.7.3.1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-135
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version.............................................................................................................................................................. 1-135
1.7.3.3 Precautions against Static Electricity.......................................................................................................................................................... 1-135
1.7.3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly .................................................................................................................................................. 1-135
1.7.3.5 Self-diagnostic Feature ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-135
1.7.3.6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery ............................................................................................................................................................... 1-135
Chapter 1
1.1 Product Overview
1.1.1 Product Overview

0014-8814
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
This printer is a large-format printer that prints in a maximum width of 44 inches with high-speed photographic picture quality.
This printer is a stand-mounted type printer and is capable of output to either roll media or cut sheet.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[15]
[14]
[10]
[5]
[13]
[6] [11]
[12]
[7]
[9]
[8]
F-1-1
1-1
Chapter 1
[18] [17] [16]
[19]
[20]
[22]
[21]
F-1-2
T-1-1
[1] Upper Cover [12] Stand

[2] Ink Tank Cover [13] Maintenance Cartridge Cover
[3] Ejection Slot [14] Maintenance Cartridge
[4] Ejection Guide [15] Operation Panel
[5] Output Stacker [16] Expansion Board Slot
[6] Roll Holder Slot [17] Ethernet Port
[7] Holder Stopper [18] USB Port
[8] Roll Holder [19] Accessory Pocket
[9] Paper Feed Slot [20] Media Take-up Unit Power Inlet
[10] Ejection Support [21] Power Supply Connector
[11] Release Lever [22] Carrying Handles
1-2
Chapter 1
1.1.2 Product Overview

0024-9412
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
This printer is a large-format printer that prints in a maximum width of 44 inches with high-speed photographic picture quality.
This printer is a stand-mounted type printer and is capable of output to either roll media or cut sheet.
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[15]
[14]
[10]
[5]
[13]
[6] [11]
[12]
[7]
[9]
[8]
F-1-3
1-3
Chapter 1
[17] [16]
[18]
[19]
[21]
[20]
F-1-4
T-1-2
[1] Upper Cover [12] Stand

[2] Ink Tank Cover [13] Maintenance Cartridge Cover
[3] Ejection Slot [14] Maintenance Cartridge
[4] Ejection Guide [15] Operation Panel
[5] Output Stacker [16] Ethernet Port
[6] Roll Holder Slot [17] USB Port
[7] Holder Stopper [18] Accessory Pocket
[8] Roll Holder [19] Media Take-up Unit Power Inlet
[9] Paper Feed Slot [20] Power Supply Connector
[10] Ejection Support [21] Carrying Handles
[11] Release Lever
1-4
Chapter 1
1.2 Features
1.2.1 Features
0014-8819
iPF8000
- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).

- Large ink tanks reduce the need for frequent ink replacement.
- Uninterrupted printing from subtanks.
- BK and MBK inks are loaded concurrently to eliminate the need for their replacement.
- Media take-up unit (option) is supported.
- Media take-up unit (option) can be mounted concurrently with a basket.
- Durability will be added by maintenance kit.
- Large LCD panel displays more information and makes operations easier.
- High resolutions of 2400 x 1200 dpi maximum, coupled with the exceptionally light-fast, water-proof and ozone-proof 12-color pigment inks of MBK, BK, PC,
C, PM, M, Y, R, G, B, GY, and PGY, deliver high-quality photographic picture quality.
- USB2.0 Hi-speed interface and 10Base-T/100Base-TX in standard support of a TCP/IP network, plus optional support of IEEE1394.
- Barcodes printed on roll media makes measuring the remaining roll length more manageable.
- Borderless four-side printing support (roll media) reduces laborious cutting work, easing the job of creating posters to a significant degree.
- High-speed printing with a 1-inch head for each color (1,280 nozzles), under bidirectional print control.
1.2.2 Features
0017-8110
iPF8100

Functional enhancements new to this model include:

- Higher image quality
Use of abrasion-resistant inks (MBK, BK, PGY, GY) offers enhanced image durability.
The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction.
- Enhanced ease of operation
The hard disk is installed for better print job management and for driving on night time.
1.2.3 Features
0017-8111
iPF8000S
- High resolutions of 2400 x 1200 dpi maximum, coupled with the exceptionally light-fast, water-proof and ozone-proof 8-color pigment inks of MBK, BK, PC, C,
PM, M, Y and GY, deliver high-quality photographic picture quality.

- Higher image quality
The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction.
- Enhanced ease of operation
The hard disk is installed for better print job management and for driving on night time.
- High printing productivity
The 8-color pigment ink system offers enhanced printing productivity.
1.2.4 Features
0024-9414
iPF8300

1-5
Chapter 1
- High-speed printing with a 1-inch head for each color (1280 nozzles), under bidirectional print control.
- The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction.
- The hard disk is installed for better print job management.

- A newly developed 12-color pigment ink system "LUCIA EX" is used to improve rubfastness, chromogenic effect, and bronzing resistance, ensuring higher-grade
printing.
- A new mode has been added to improve control of the optimum ink droplet landing order (when in the mode for the highest image quality) and the ink droplet
landing accuracy, ensuring higher-grade printing.
- The network interf ace (10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T) compatible wi th 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) comes standard with the printer to cope with the
high-speed LAN environment.
- A printhead having nozzles (I-shaped nozzle) with a new shape reduces ink mist, ensuring superfine printing.
- Compatibility with e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote allows centralized management of customer's printer information.
- The newly designed operation panel allows you to operate the printer intuitively.
1.2.5 Features
0026-6819
iPF8300S

- High resolutions of 2400 x 1200 dpi maximum, coupled with the exceptionally light-fast, water-proof and ozone-proof 8-color pigment inks of MBK, BK, PC, C,
PM, M, Y and GY, deliver high-quality photographic picture quality.
- High-speed printing with a 1-inch head for each color (1280 nozzles), under bidirectional print control.
- The color calibration feature adds to the faithfulness of color reproduction.
- The hard disk is installed for better print job management.

- A newly developed 8-color pigment ink system "LUCIA EX" is used to improve rubfastness, chromogenic effect and bronzing resistance, ensuring higher-grade
printing while keeping the high quality and high productivity.
- A new mode has been added to improve control of the optimum ink droplet landing order (when in the mode for the highest image quality) and the ink droplet
landing accuracy, ensuring higher-grade printing.
- The network interf ace (10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T) compatible wi th 1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet) comes standard with the printer to cope with the
high-speed LAN environment.
- A printhead having nozzles (I-shaped nozzle) with a new shape reduces ink mist, ensuring superfine printing.
- Compatibility with e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote allows centralized management of customer's printer information.
- The newly designed operation panel allows you to operate the printer intuitively.
- The symmetrical order of the printhead's ink nozzle color reduces uneven print.
1.2.6 Printhead
0013-2742
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S

The printhead that mounts on the carriage is an integrated six-color disposable printhead.
It has 2,560 nozzles for each color, comprising two trays of 1,280 nozzles each arranged in a zigzag pattern.
If print quality remains unimproved even after a specified cleaning operation, replace the printhead.
F-1-5
1.2.7 Ink tank

0012-6218
iPF8000 / iPF8100 / iPF8300
Ink tanks are disposable.

The ink tanks come with 12 col ors: mat black (M BK), black (BK), photocyan (PC), cyan (C), photomagenta (PM), magenta (M), yellow (Y), red (R), blue (B),
green (G), gray (GY) and photogray (PGY). Each of these inks are pigment ink.
The tanks are also available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
Each tank is furnished with a notch for preventing incorrect installation, which will allow the tank to be installed only at the position marked in the right color.
An ink tank should be replaced when an ink tank replacement prompt message appears or when six months expire after the date of initial unpacking, whichever
occurs earlier.
1-6
Chapter 1
F-1-6
1-7
Chapter 1
1.2.8 Ink tank

0017-8112
iPF8000S / iPF8300S
Ink tanks are disposable.

The ink tanks come with 8-colors: mat black (MBK), black (BK), photocyan (PC), cyan (C), photomagenta (PM), magenta (M), yellow (Y) and gray (GY). Each
of these inks are pigment ink.
The tanks are also available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
Each tank is furnished with a notch for preventing incorrect installation, which will allow the tank to be installed only at the position marked in the right color.
An ink tank should be replaced when an ink tank replacement prompt message appears or when six months expire after the date of initial unpacking, whichever
occurs earlier.
F-1-7
1-8
Chapter 1
1.2.9 Cutter Unit

0013-6369
The cutter unit that mounts on the carriage unit is disposable.

Replace the cutter unit when it gets dull.
F-1-8
1.2.10 Roll holder

0013-6371
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
The printer comes with a roll holder for paper tubes having an inside diameter of 2 inches as standard. It supports an optional roller holder for paper tubes having
an inside diameter of 3 inches.
Both roll holders clamp the paper tubes of roll media with an outside diameter of 150 mm or less from inside.
F-1-9
1.2.11 Roll Holder

0020-5421
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
The roller holder accepts paper tubes having inside diameters of both 2 and 3 inches. It is furnished with attachments for 2- and 3-inch diameter paper tubes.
The roll holder clamps the paper tube of a roll not exceeding 150 mm in outside diameter from the inside.
F-1-10
[2-inch paper tube attachment]
F-1-11
[3-inch paper tube attachment 1]
F-1-12
[3-inch paper tube attachment 2]
F-1-13
1-9
Chapter 1
1.2.12 Stand
0017-8299
The stand is equipped with casters so that the printer can be easily moved.
[1]
[2]
ON
F-1-14
T-1-3
[1] Stand [2] Stopper
1-10
Chapter 1
1.2.13 Media Take-up Unit

0014-8824
Media take-up unit

The Media Take-up unit spools the 2 or 3 inch core, the roll media (17" to 44"), after it is printed by the host computer.
Take-up begins once the falling paper is detected by the Media take-up paper detection sensor, attached to the weight roller.
The roll media may also be manually spooled, using the button on the media take up unit.
The media take-up unit has an overload protection feature to prevent ac cidents while spooling rolls. (This feature will disable the motor automa tically when an
overload occurs while spooling a roll.)
Additional features of the media take-up unit include:

- An adapter may be installed to support a 3-inch paper tube.
- Roll media can be unwound by feeding them backwards to visually check the images.
- Weight rollers varying in length to suit specific roll widths ensure added takeup efficiency.
- The printer detects errors in the media take-up unit as an independent function.
- Linked with the printer's sleep mode.
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
F-1-15
T-1-4
[1] Left media take-up unit [4] Media take-up unit

[2] Rewind spool [5] 3-inch adapter
[3] Media take-up sensor
Weight
This weight consists of weight roll(7 pcs.)[1], weight flange(2 sets)[2] and weight joint[3].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
F-1-16
1-11
Chapter 1
1.2.14 Hard Disk Drive

0017-8472
iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300
Each print job received from the host computer is saved to the 80GB hard disk drive(serial ATA connection) attached to the printer, so the printer can print the job
repeatedly as needed, without having to wait for its retransmission from the host computer.
Saving print jobs will offer the following benefits:

- Eased computer workload
A print job may be automatically preserved to the hard disk when printing or may be preserved to the hard disk without printing. A p rint job preserved can be
printed in as many copies as needed without having to use the host computer.
- Reprinting after error occurrence

If the printer encounters errors, such as paper out, while printing a print job, it can resume the print operation as soon as the errors are cleared, without needing its
retransmission from the host computer.
- Higher print work efficiency

Print jobs can be printed selectively or in a specified number of copies without using a host computer. Multiple print jobs can be printed batched. Unattended print
operations in the nighttime are also possible.

0026-6421
iPF8300S
Each print job received from the host computer is saved to the 160GB hard disk dr ive(serial ATA connection) attached to the printer, so the printer can print the
job repeatedly as needed, without having to wait for its retransmission from the host computer.
Saving print jobs will offer the following benefits:

- Reduced computer workload
A print job may be automatically stored to the hard disk when printing or may be stored to the hard disk without printing. A print job stored to the hard disk may
be printed multiple times without having to use the host computer.
- Reprinting after error occurrence

If the printer encounters errors, such as paper out, while printing a print job, it can resume the print operation as soon as the errors are cleared, without retransmission
from the host computer.
- Higher print work efficiency

Print jobs can be printed selectively or in a specified number of copies without using a host computer. Multiple print jobs can be printed batched. Unattended print
operations in the nighttime are also possible.
1.2.16 IEEE1394 (FireWire) Board

0016-8123
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
IEEE1394 (FireWire) expansion board (option)

An interface board that provides an additional IEEE1394 (FireWire) port.
F-1-17
1-12
Chapter 1
1.2.17 Consumables
0012-6222
iPF8000 / iPF8100
Printhead
The expendable printhead is the same as the one that comes with the printer.
F-1-18
Ink tanks
Expendable ink tanks contain 12 colors: mat black, black, photocyan, cyan, photomagenta, magenta, yellow, red, blue, green, gray and photogray. Each tank is
available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
Usable for six months after unpacking.
F-1-19
Maintenance cartridge
The expendable maintenance cartridge (including the shaft cleaner) is the same as the one that comes with the printer.
F-1-20
1-13
Chapter 1
1.2.18 Consumables
0017-8858
iPF8000S
Printhead
F-1-21
Ink tanks
Expendable ink tanks contain 8 colors: mat black, black, photocyan, cyan, photomagenta, magenta, yellow and gray. Each tank is available in two capacities: 330
mL and 700 mL.
F-1-22
F-1-23
1-14
Chapter 1
1.2.19 Consumables
0024-9415
iPF8300
Printhead
F-1-24
Ink tanks
Expendable ink tanks contain 12 colors: mat black, black, photocyan, cyan, photomagenta, magenta, yellow, red, blue, green, gray and photogray. Each tank is
available in two capacities: 330 mL and 700 mL.
F-1-25
F-1-26
1-15
Chapter 1
1.2.20 Consumables
0026-6820
iPF8300S
Printhead
F-1-27
Ink tanks
Expendable ink tanks contain 8 colors: mat black, black, photocyan, cyan, photomagenta, magenta, yellow and gray. Each tank is available in two capacities: 330
mL and 700 mL.
F-1-28
F-1-29
1-16
Chapter 1
1.3 Product Specifications
1.3.1 Product Specifications

0014-8825
iPF8000
Type Bubblejet printer (stand model)

Feeding system Roll media: Manual (front loading)
Cut media: Paper tray (front loading)
Feeding capacity Roll media: 1 roll (up to 150 mm outside diameter)
Standard roll holder: Paper tube, 50.8 mm (2") inside diameter
Cut media: 1
Delivery method Forward delivery, face up
Sheet delivery capability 1 (loaded in a basket)
Cutter Automatic cross-cutter (round blade)
Type of media Plain Paper ,Plain Paper(High Qual ity),Plain Paper( High Grade),
Recycled Coated Paper,Coated Paper,Heavyweight Coated Paper,Extra
Heavyweight Coat ed P aper, P remium Mat te Paper,Glossy Ph oto
Paper,Semi-Glossy Phot o Pap er,Heavyweight G lossy Photo
Paper,Heavyweight Sem iGlos Phot o Pap er,Synthetic Pap er,Adhesive
Synthetic Paper,B acklit Film,Backprint Film ,Flame-Resistant
Cloth,Fabric B anner,Thin Fabric Banner,Proofing Paper,Fine Art
Photo,Fine Art Heavy weight Phot o,Fine Art Text ured,Fine Art
Watercolor,Fine Art B lock P rint,Canvas M atte,Canvas Sem i-
Glossy,Japanese Paper Washi , C olored Coated Pap er, CAD Traci ng
Paper,CAD Translucent Matte Film,CAD Clear Film
Supported thickness 0.07 mm to 0.8 mm
Media size (Roll media) Width: 254 mm (10") to 1117.6 mm (44")
Length: 203.2 mm (8") to 18000 mm (709")
* Outer diameter of roll :150mm or less
* Th e maximum amount of length m ay vary by t he us ing o perating
system or the applications.
Media size (Cut sheet) Width: 203.2 mm (8") to 1117.6 mm (44")
Length: 203.2 mm (8") to 1600 mm (63")
Printable area (Roll media) Internal area, excluding a 5-mm top, bottom and left and right margins.
* The printable area may vary with each type of paper media used.
Printable area (Cut sheet) Internal area, excluding a 5-mm top margin, a 23-mm bottom margin and
5-mm left and right margins.
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top margin, a 5-mm bottom margin and
(Roll media) 7-mm left and right margins.
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20 mm top m argin, a 23-mm bottom margin
(Cut sheet) and 7-mm left and right margins.
Borderless printing * Roll media only
width: 254 m m (10" ), 355.6 m m (14" ), 406.4 mm (16" ), 515 m m
(20.28"), 594 mm ( 23.39"), 609.6 mm (24"), 841 m m (33. 11"), 91 4.4
mm (36"), 1030 mm (40.55"), 1066.8 mm (42"),
Memory 384MB
Increase of memory: none
Firmware Flash ROM (update from USB or Ethernet, IEEE1394)
- Printer description language
GARO (Graphic Arts language with Raster Operation)
Emulation None.
Interface USB 2.0 Hi-speed
Network (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
IEEE1394 (optional)
Operation panel LCD (160 X 128 dots), 12 keys, 5 LEDs
- Panel language
English
- Message language
English, German, Fren ch, Italian, Sp anish, Chinese, Korean and
Japanese
Printhead/Ink Tank type Independent printhead/ink tanks
Printhead PF-02
Structure: Integrated six-color assembly
Number of nozzles: 2,560 for each color
Ink tank PFI-301 MBK/BK/PC/C/PM/M/Y/R/G/B/GY/PGY
PFI-701 MBK/BK/PC/C/PM/M/Y/R/G/B/GY/PGY
Ink type: Pigment ink
Ink tank capacity: PFI-301 330 mL, PFI-701 700 mL
Detection functions (Cover Cover open/closed detection: Yes
system) Left and right ink tank cover open/closed detection: Yes
Detection functions (Ink passage Ink tank presence/absence detection: Yes
system) Remaining ink level detection: Yes
Maintenance cartridge presence/absence detection: Yes
Used ink tank full detection: Yes
1-17
Chapter 1
Detection functions (Carriage Printhead presence/absence detection: Yes

system) Carriage position detection: Yes
Carriage home position detection: Yes
Carriage cover open/closed detection: Yes
Carriage temperature detection: Yes
Printhead height detection: Yes
Non-discharging nozzle detection: Yes
Non-discharging nozzle backup feature: Yes
Detection functions (Paper path Paper presence/absence detection: Yes
system) Paper width detection: Yes
Skew detection: Yes
Paper release lever position detection: Yes
Remaining roll media detection: Yes
Feed roller rotation detection: Yes
Operating noise Operating: Approx. 54dB (A) or less
Idle: Approx. 35dB (A) or less
Operating environment Operating temperature: 5oC to 35oC
Relative humidity: 10% to 90%RH
Print quality guaranteed Guaranteed print quality temperature: 15oC to 30oC
environment Relative humidity: 10% to 80%RH
Power supply AC100 to 240V, 1.9A, 50/60Hz
Power consumption (Maximum) Maximum: 190W
Power consumption Sleep mode:
5W or less (100 to 120V, 8W or less when IEEE1394 installed)
6W or less (220 to 240V, 9W or less when IEEE1394 installed)
Powered off: 1W or less
Printer unit dimensions 1893 mm x 975 mm x 1144 mm (including stand and basket)
(WxDxH)
Weight Printer: Approx. 111kg
Stand: Approx. 28kg
Media take-up unit: Approx. 5kg

0017-8314
iPF8100
Type Bubble jet large-sized paper printer (stand model)

Cut sheet: Paper tray (front loading)
Feeding capacity - Roll media
One roll
Outer diameter of roll: 150 mm or less/Inner diameter of paper tube: 3
inches(standard roll holder )
- Cut sheet
1 sheet
Sheet delivery capability 1 sheet (using the outout stacker of the stand)
Type of media Plain Pa per, Plain Paper (Hi gh Qu ality), Pl ain Paper (High Grade),
Coated Paper, Hea vyweight Coat ed Paper , P remium M atte Pa per,
Glossy Photo Paper, Semi-Glossy Photo Paper, Backlit Film, Backprint
Film, Fl ame-Resistant Cloth, Fine Art Photo, Fine Art Heavyweig ht
Photo, Fi ne Art Text ured, C anvas Ma tte, Prem ium Coated Pa per,
Graphic Canv as, Durable Backl it Fi lm, Durable B anner, Matt Coated
Paper, Extra Matt Coated Paper, Opaque Paper, Hi Res Graphic Paper,
Prem Art Paper Em bossed, Pr em Art Paper Sm ooth, Hi Res B arrier
Paper, Scrim Bann er, Un i Opa que B acklit Film, Ro ll-Up F ilm, W ater
Res Art Canvas, Adhesive Matt Vinyl Stretch
Supported thickness 0.07mm to 0.8mm
Media size (Roll media) Width: 254mm (10") to 1118mm (44")
Length: 203mm (8") to 18m (709")
* The maxi mum amou nt of lengt h may var y by the using operating
Media size (Cut sheet) Width: 203mm (8") to 1118mm (44")
Length: 203mm (8") to 1600mm (63")
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top margi n, a 23-mm bottom margin
width: 25 4mm(10"), 35 5.6mm(14"), 4 06.4mm(16"), 515mm, 59 4mm,
609.6mm(24"), 841mm, 914.4mm(36"), 1030mm, 1066.8mm(42")
Memory 384MB
1-18
Chapter 1

Hard disk drive 80GB (2.5inch, 5400rpm, S-ATA I/F)
Emulation None
Interface USB 2.0 Hi-Speed
IEEE1394 (option)
- Panel language
English
- Message language
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Korean, Russianand
and Japanese
Printhead/Ink Tank type Printhead and separate ink tanks
Printhead PF-03
Ink tank PFI-301 C/M/Y/PC/PM/R/G/B
PFI-701 C/M/Y/PC/PM/R/G/B
PFI-302 BK/MBK/GY/PGY
PFI-702 BK/MBK/GY/PGY
Ink tank capacity: PFI-301/302 330 ml, PFI-701/702 700 ml
Skew detection: Yes
Standby: Approx. 35dB (A) or less
Operating environment Temperature: 15 to 35 degrees centigrade
Humidity: 10% to 90%RH
Print quality guaranteed Temperature: 15 to 30 degrees centigrade
environment Humidity: 10% to 80%RH
Power supply 100-240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption (Maximum) During printing: Max. 190 W
Power consumption In power save (sleep) mode:
100-120 VAC : 5W or less (When IEEE1394 board installed, 10W or
less)
less)
During standby: 1 W or less
Printer unit dimensions 1893mm x 975mm x 1144mm (with stand and output stacker)
(WxDxH)
Weight Approx. 141 kg (with stand and output stacker)

0017-8316
iPF8000S

One roll
Outer diameter of roll: 150 mm or less/Inner diameter of paper tube: 3
inches(standard roll holder )
- Cut sheet
1 sheet
1-19
Chapter 1
Length: 203mm (8") to 18m (709")

Length: 203mm (8") to 1600mm (63")
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top margi n, a 23-mm bottom margin
width: 25 4mm(10"), 35 5.6mm(14"), 4 06.4mm(16"), 515mm, 59 4mm,
609.6mm(24"), 841mm, 914.4mm(36"), 1030mm, 1066.8mm(42")
Memory 384MB
Emulation None
Interface USB 2.0 Hi-Speed
IEEE1394 (option)
- Panel language
English
- Message language
and Japanese
Printhead [PF-03]
- Number nozzles C, PC, PM, GY: 2560 nozzles per color X2
- Number nozzles BK, MBK, M, Y: 2560 nozzles per color
Ink tank PFI-301 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY
PFI-701 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY
Ink tank capacity: PFI-301 330 ml, PFI-701 700 ml
Skew detection: Yes
1-20
Chapter 1

less)
less)
(WxDxH)

0024-9416
iPF8300

One roll
Outer diameter of roll: 150 mm or less
- Cut sheet
1 sheet
Type of media Plain Paper, Plain Paper (High Qu ality), Pl ain Paper (High Grade),
Coated Paper, Hea vyweight Coat ed Paper , P remium Ma tte Pa per,
Film, Flam e-Resistant Cloth, Fi ne Art Phot o, Fi ne Art Heavyweight
Photo, Fi ne Art Text ured, C anvas Matte, Prem ium Coated Pa per,
Graphic C anvas, Durable B acklit Fi lm, Durable Banner, Matt Coated
Paper, Scrim Bann er, Un i Opa que B acklit Film, Ro ll-Up Film, W ater
Length: 203mm (8") to 18m (709")
* Th e maximum amount of length m ay vary by t he us ing o perating

Length: 203mm (8") to 1600mm (63")
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top m argin, a 23-mm bottom margin
width: 254m m(10"), 355 .6mm(14"), 431.8 mm(17"), 515mm(B2/B3),
594mm(A1/A2), 60 9.6mm(24"), 841mm(A0/A1), 91 4.4mm(36"),
1030mm(B0/B1), 1066.8mm(42"), 1117.6mm(44")
Memory 384MB
Firmware Flash ROM (update from USB or Ethernet)
Emulation None
Network (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T)
- Panel language
English
- Message language
and Japanese
Printhead PF-05
1-21
Chapter 1
Ink tank PFI-304 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY/PGY/R/G/B

PFI-704 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY/PGY/R/G/B
Skew detection: Yes
100-120 VAC : 5W or less
(WxDxH)

0026-6821
iPF8300S

One roll
Outer diameter of roll: 150 mm or less
- Cut sheet
1 sheet
Length: 203mm (8") to 18m (709")

Length: 203mm (8") to 1600mm (63")
1-22
Chapter 1
Printing recommendation area Internal area, excluding a 20-mm top m argin, a 23-mm bottom margin
width: 254m m(10"), 355 .6mm(14"), 431.8 mm(17"), 515mm(B2/B3),
594mm(A1/A2), 60 9.6mm(24"), 841mm(A0/A1), 91 4.4mm(36"),
1030mm(B0/B1), 1066.8mm(42"), 1117.6mm(44")
Memory 384MB
Firmware Flash ROM (update from USB or Ethernet)
Emulation None
Network (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T)
- Panel language
English
- Message language
and Japanese
Printhead [PF-05]
- Number nozzles C, PC, PM, GY: 2560 nozzles per color X2
- Number nozzles BK, MBK, M, Y: 2560 nozzles per color
Ink tank PFI-304 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY
PFI-704 BK/MBK/C/M/Y/PC/PM/GY
Skew detection: Yes
(WxDxH)
1.4 Detailed Specifications
1.4.1 Printing mode

0012-6230
iPF8000
1-23
Chapter 1
T-1-5
Media Type Print Print Quality Processing Print resolution Print Printing direction
Priority resolution (dpi) pass (*1)
(dpi)
Plain Paper Image draft 300 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional

Plain Paper(High Quality) standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Plain Paper(High Grade)
High 600 2400x1200 8 Bi-directional
Line drawing draft 600 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional
/Text standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Office standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
document
Recycled Coated Paper Image standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Coated Paper High 600 2400x1200 8 Bi-directional
Heavyweight Coated Paper
Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Highest 600 2400x1200 12 Bi-directional
Premium Matte Paper Image standard 600 1200x1200 6 Bi-directional
Glossy Photo Paper High 600 2400x1200 8 Bi-directional
Semi-Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper Highest 600 2400x1200 16 Bi-directional
Heavyweight SemiGlos Photo Paper
Synthetic Paper
Adhesive Synthetic Paper
Backlit Film
Backprint Film
Flame-Resistant Cloth
Fabric Banner
Thin Fabric Banner
Proofing Paper
Fine Art Photo
Fine Art Heavyweight Photo
Fine Art Textured
Fine Art Watercolor
Fine Art Block Print
Canvas Matte
Canvas Semi-Glossy
Japanese Paper Washi
Colored Coated Paper Image standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
CAD Tracing Paper Line drawing draft 600 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional
CAD Translucent Matte Film /Text standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
CAD Clear Film
*1 Uni-directional can be selected optionally from the printer driver.
1.4.2 Print Speed and Direction

0017-8123
iPF8000S
1-24
Chapter 1
T-1-6
Print
Print Print- Used BK
Media Type Print Priority Printing Direction Resolution
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Plain Paper/ Plain Paper/Recycled Paper Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Recycled Paper
Line Document/ Draft 2 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Text Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Image Draft 2 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
High 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 MBK
Plain Paper (High Quality) Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK

Plain Paper (High Grade) Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK

Economy Bond Paper Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK

Universal Bond Paper Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK

Standard Paper 1569B 80g Office Document Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK


1-25
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Coated Paper Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Highest 12 Bi-directional 2400x1200 MBK
Heavyweight Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Premium Matte Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Recycled Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Colored Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Premium Coated Paper Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
LightWeight Coated Paper J80270 90g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
High Resolution Barrier Paper 180g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Matt Coated Paper 9171 120g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Extra Matt Coated Paper 7215 180g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Opaque Paper White 120g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Matt Coated Paper 140g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Photo Realistic Paper 210g Image Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
1-26
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Photo Paper Glossy Photo Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
High 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 PBK
Highest 16 Bi-directional 2400x1200 PBK
Semi-Glossy Photo Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper 2 Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Heavywght SemiGlos Photo Paper 2 Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Poster Semi-Glossy Photo Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Premium RC Photo Luster , 10 mil Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Instant Dry Papers Glossy 200g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Instant Dry Papers Satin 200g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Photo Paper High Glossy 250g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Photo Paper Semi Matt 250g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Photo Paper Satin 240g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Photo Paper Pearl 260g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
1-27
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Art Paper Fine Art Photo Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Fine Art Heavyweight Photo Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Fine Art Textured Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Canvas Matte Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Fine Art Block Print Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Fine Art Watercolor Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Japanese Paper Washi Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Graphic Matte Canvas Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Art Paper Smooth 225g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Art Paper Embossed 225g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Art Paper Extra Smooth 250g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Water Resistant Paper Art Canvas Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Proofing Paper Proofing Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Professional Proof and Photo Glossy 195g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Professional Proof and Photo Semiglossy Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
195g High 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 PBK
Professional Proof and Photo Semigloss Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Film Paper Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Outdoor Backlit (Durable Backlit Film/ Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
9578) High 12 Bi-directional 2400x1200 MBK
Pop-up Gloss Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 PBK
Universal Opaque White Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 PBK
1-28
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Matt Film Scrim Banner 370g Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Paper High 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 MBK
Adhesive Matt Stretch Vinyl Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Thin Fabric Flame-Resistant Cloth Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Banner High 8 Bi-directional 2400x1200 MBK
Fabric Banner Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Thin Fabric Banner Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Synthetic Synthetic Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Adhesive Synthetic Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Outdoor Polypropylene (Durable Banner) Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Adhesive Matt High Resolution Graphic Paper Self ADH Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
CAD CAD Tracing Paper Line Document/ Draft 2 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
CAD Clear Film Line Document/ Draft 2 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Text Standard 4 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
CAD Translucent Matte Film Line Document/ Draft 2 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
1-29
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
SPECIAL SPECIAL 1 Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
SPECIAL 2 Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
SPECIAL 6 Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
1-30
Chapter 1
1.4.3 Print Speed and Direction

0017-8137
iPF8100
T-1-7
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Recycled Paper






1-31
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
1-32
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
1-33
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Film Paper Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
1-34
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
1-35
Chapter 1
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
1-36
Chapter 1
1.4.4 Interface Specifications

0023-2577
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a. USB (standard)
(1) Interface type
USB 2.0 Hi-Speed (Full speed (12 Mbits/sec), High speed (480 Mbits/sec))
(2) Data transfer system
Control transfer
Bulk transfer
(3) Signal level
Compliant with the USB standard.
(4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 5.0 m max.
Wire materials: AWG No.28, data wire pair (AWF: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No.20 to No.28, power distribution wire pair
(5) Interface connector
Printer side: Series B receptacle compliant with USB standard
Cable side: Series B plug compliant with USB standard
b. Network (standard)
(1) Interface type
Interface compliant with IEEE802.3
IEEE802.0 10Base-T, IEEE802.3u 100Base-TX/Auto-Negotiation, IEEE802.3ab 1000Base-T/Auto-Negotiation, IEEE802.3x Full Duplex
(3) Interface cable
Category 5 (UTP or FTP) cable, 100 m or shorter
Compliant with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B
Printer side: Compliant with IEEE802.3, ANSI X3.263, ISO/IEC60603-7
(5) Protocol
IPX/SPX (Netware4.2(J), 5.1(J), 6.0(J)), SNMP, TCP/IP, AppleTalk, HTTP
1-37
Chapter 1
1.4.5 Interface Specifications

0013-8837
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a. USB (standard)
(1) Interface type
USB 2.0, Full speed (12 Mbits/sec), Hi-speed (480 Mbits/sec)
Control transfer
Bulk transfer
(3) Signal level
(4) Interface cable
Wire materials: AWG No.28, data wire pair (AWF: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No.20 to No.28, power distribution wire pair
Printer side: Series B receptacle compliant with USB standard
Cable side: Series B plug compliant with USB standard
b. Network (standard)
(1) Interface type
Interface compliant with IEEE802.3
10Base-T/100Base-TX
(3) Signal level
Input: Threshold
10Base-T: Max. +585 mV, Min. +300 mV
100Base-TX: Turn-on +1000 mV diff pk-pk, Turn-off +200 mV diff pk-pk
Output:
10Base-T: +2.2 V to +2.8 V
100Base-TX: +0.95 to +1.05 V
(4) Interface cable
Category 5 (UTP or FTP) cable, 100 m or shorter
Compliant with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B
Printer side: Compliant with IEEE802.3, ANSI X3.263, ISO/IEC60603-7
c. IEEE1394 (option)
(1) Interface type
Interface compliant with IEEE1394-1995, P1394a (Version 2.0)
Asynchronous transfer
(3) Signal level
Input:
Differential input voltage:
During S100 settlement: +173 mV to +260 mV
During data reception: +142 mV to +260 mV
Output:
Differential output voltage: +172 mV to +265 mV
(4) Interface cable
Compliant with IEEE1394-1995 standard or P1394a (Version 2.0) standard
Printer side: 6-pin connector (socket) compliant with IEEE1394 standard
Cable side: 6-pin connector (plug) compliant with IEEE1394 standard
Cable side: RJ-45 type compliant with ANSI/EIA/TIA-568A or ANSI/EIA/TIA-568B
1-38
Chapter 1
1.5 Names and Functions of Components
1.5.1 Front
0014-8828
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[15]
[14]
[10]
[5]
[13]
[6] [11]
[12]
[7]
[9]
[8]
F-1-30
[1] Top Cover
Open this cover to install the Printhead, load paper, and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer as needed.
[2] Ink Tank Cover
Open this cover to replace an Ink Tank.
[3] Ejection Slot
All printed matter is ejected from this port.
[4] Ejection Guide
Guides printed documents as they are ejected. Open this guide when loading a roll.
[5] Output Stacker
A cloth tray that catches ejected documents.
[6] Roll Holder Slot
Slide the Roll Holder into this slot.
[7] Holder Stopper
Secure the roll on the Roll Holder with this part.
[8] Roll Holder
Load the roll on this holder.
[9] Paper Feed Slot
When loading a roll, insert the edge of the roll paper here.
[10] Ejection Support
Prevents printed documents from winding around the Roll Holder or Paper Feed Slot.
[11] Release Lever
Releases the Paper Retainer. Lift this lever toward the front of the printer when loading paper.
[12] Stand
A stand that holds the printer. Equipped with casters to facilitate moving the printer.
[13] Maintenance Cartridge Cover
Open this cover to replace the Maintenance Cartridge.
[14] Maintenance Cartridge
Ink used for maintenance purposes such as head cleaning is absorbed. (Replace the cartridge when it is full.)
[15] Operation Panel
Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status.
1-39
Chapter 1
1.5.2 Front
0024-9417
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[15]
[14]
[10]
[5]
[13]
[6] [11]
[12]
[7]
[9]
[8]
F-1-31
[1] Top Cover
Open this cover to install the Printhead, load paper, and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer as needed.
[2] Ink Tank Cover
Open this cover to replace an Ink Tank.
[3] Ejection Slot
All printed matter is ejected from this port.
[4] Ejection Guide
Guides printed documents as they are ejected. Open this guide when loading a roll.
[5] Output Stacker
A cloth tray that catches ejected documents.
[6] Roll Holder Slot
Slide the Roll Holder into this slot.
[7] Holder Stopper
Secure the roll on the Roll Holder with this part.
[8] Roll Holder
Load the roll on this holder.
[9] Paper Feed Slot
When loading a roll, insert the edge of the roll paper here.
[10] Ejection Support
Prevents printed documents from winding around the Roll Holder or Paper Feed Slot.
[11] Release Lever
Releases the Paper Retainer. Lift this lever toward the front of the printer when loading paper.
[12] Stand
A stand that holds the printer. Equipped with casters to facilitate moving the printer.
[13] Maintenance Cartridge Cover
Open this cover to replace the Maintenance Cartridge.
[14] Maintenance Cartridge
Ink used for maintenance purposes such as head cleaning is absorbed. (Replace the cartridge when it is full.)
[15] Operation Panel
Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status.
1-40
Chapter 1
1.5.3 Rear
0014-8838
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
[3] [2] [1]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[6]
F-1-32
[1] Expansion Board Slot
Install an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board, as desired.
[2] Ethernet Port
Connect an Ethernet cable to this port. The lamp is lit if the Ethernet cable is connected correctly and communication is possible between the computer and printer.
[3] USB Port
Connect a USB cable to this port. This port is compatible with USB 2.0 Hi-Speed mode.
[4] Accessory Pocket
Holds printer manuals, assembly tools, and other items.
[5] Media Take-up Unit Power Inlet
Connect the power cord of the Media Take-up Unit here.
[6] Power Supply Connector
Connect the power cord to this connector.
[7] Carrying handles
When carrying the printer, have six people hold it by these handles under both sides.
1-41
Chapter 1
1.5.4 Rear
0024-9418
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
[2] [1]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
F-1-33
[1] Ethernet Port
Connect an Ethernet cable to this port. The lamp is lit if the Ethernet cable is connected correctly and communication is possible between the computer and printer.
[2] USB Port
Connect a USB cable to this port. This port is compatible with USB 2.0 Hi-Speed mode.
[3] Accessory Pocket
Holds printer manuals, assembly tools, and other items.
[4] Media Take-up Unit Power Inlet
Connect the power cord of the Media Take-up Unit here.
[5] Power Supply Connector
Connect the power cord to this connector.
[6] Carrying handles
When carrying the printer, have six people hold it by these handles under both sides.
1-42
Chapter 1
1.5.5 Top Cover (Inside)

0017-8292
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
[9]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[6]
[3] [4] [5]

F-1-34
[1] Top Cover Roller
Prevents paper from rising when ejected.
[2] Carriage
Moves the Printhead. The carriage serves a key role in printing.
[3] Borderless Printing Ink Grooves
These grooves catch ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.
[4] Fixed Blade
The Cutter Unit passes through this blade to cut paper.
[5]Platen
The Printhead moves across the platen to print. The Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in place.
[6] Pinch Roller
Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.
[7] Carriage Shaft
The Carriage slides along this shaft.
[8] Paper Alignment Line
Align paper with this line when loading it.
[9] Cleaning Brush
When cleaning inside of the Top Cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen.
1-43
Chapter 1
1.5.6 Top Cover (Inside)

0024-9419
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
[9]
[1]
[2]
[7]
[8]
[6]
[4] [3]
[5]
[10]
F-1-35
[1] Top Cover Roller
Prevents paper from rising when ejected.
[2] Carriage
Moves the Printhead. The carriage serves a key role in printing.
[3] Borderless Printing Ink Grooves
These grooves catch ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.
[4] Fixed Blade
The Cutter Unit passes through this blade to cut paper.
[5]Platen
The Printhead moves across the platen to print. The Vacuum holes on the platen hold paper in place.
[6] Pinch Roller
Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.
[7] Carriage Shaft
The Carriage slides along this shaft.
[8] Paper Alignment Line
Align paper with this line when loading it.
[9] Cleaning Brush
When cleaning inside of the Top Cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the Platen.
[10] Switch
Set the switch to the side opposite of the circle mark if the edges of printed images are blurred. Set the switch to the circle mark side before borderless printing.
1-44
Chapter 1
1.5.7 Carriage
0012-6263
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[5]
F-1-36
[1] Printhead Fixer Cover
Holds the Printhead in place.
[2] Printhead
Equipped with ink nozzles. Printheads serve a key role in printing.
[3] Carriage Cover
Protects the Carriage.
[4] Cutter Unit
A round-bladed cutter for automatic paper cutting. The cutter blade is retracted inside when not cutting.
[5] Printhead Fixer Lever
Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover.
[6] Shaft Cleaner
Prevents the Carriage Shaft from becoming dirty.
1.5.8 Carriage
0024-9420
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
[7]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[5]
F-1-37
[1] Printhead Fixer Cover
Holds the Printhead in place.
[2] Printhead
Equipped with ink nozzles. Printheads serve a key role in printing.
[3] Carriage Cover
Protects the Carriage.
[4] Cutter Unit
A round-bladed cutter for automatic paper cutting. The cutter blade is retracted inside when not cutting.
[5] Printhead Fixer Lever
Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover.
[6] Shaft Cleaner
Prevents the Carriage Shaft from becoming dirty.
[7] Cutter Unit Detachment Lever
Used when replacing the Cutter Unit.
1.5.9 Ink Tank Cover (Inside)

0017-8301
iPF8000 / iPF8100 / iPF8300
1-45
Chapter 1
[1]
[2] [1]
[2]
<Left> <Right>
F-1-38
[1] Ink Tank
Cartridges of ink in each color.
[2] Ink Tank Lock Lever
A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it. Lift and press down the lever when replacing an Ink Tank. To open it, lift the stopper of the lever until it
stops, and then push it down toward the front. To close it, push it down until it clicks into place.
1-46
Chapter 1

0012-6273
iPF8000S
[1]
[3] [1]
[2] [2]
<Left> <Right>
F-1-39
[1] Ink Tank
[3] Accessory Box
Holds CD-ROM included with the printer, reserved printhead, and other items.
1-47
Chapter 1

0026-6822
iPF8300S
[1]
[2] [1]
[2]
<Left> <Right>
F-1-40
[1] Ink Tank
1-48
Chapter 1
1.6 Basic Operation
1.6.1 Operation Panel

0012-6277
iPF8000S / iPF8100
This section explains the functions of the buttons and the meanings of the LEDs on the operation panel.
[2] [1] [19] [18] [17] [16]

[3]
[5] [4]
[15]
[14]
[6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13]

F-1-41
[1] Message lamp
On: Indicates that a warning message is on display.
Blinking: Indicates that an error message is on display.
Off: The printer is normal or is turned off.
[2] Data lamp
Blinking: Indicates that a print job is being received or processed if the printer is printing, or that a print job has paused or firmware data is being if the printer is
not printing.
Off: No print job is available.
[3] Online button
Toggles the printer mode between online and offline.
On: Online mode.
Blinking: Emerging from sleep mode.
Off: Offline mode.
[4] Cut sheet lamp (green)
On: Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source.
Off: Roll media are selected as a paper source.
[5] Roll media lamp (green)
On: Roll media are selected as a paper source.
Off: Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source.
[6] Menu button
Displays the printer main menu.
[7] Paper source button
Selects a paper source. Each time this button is pressed, the paper source toggles between roll media (roll media source) and cut sheet (paper tray or paper tray
front loading port), with the paper source selector lamp illuminating.
[8] Color labels
Represent ink tank colors in association with the remaining ink levels shown in the display.
[9] Display
Displays the printer menu, status or messages.
[10] HDD lamp (Green)
On: Indicates the printer is accessing the hard disk.
Off: Indicates the printer is not accessing the hard disk.
[11] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media.
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the next item or setting.
[12] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the lower level.
If [NEXT -->] on display, the guidance screen can be moved forward.
[13] Load/Eject button
Guidance offers a visual clue to loading (replacing)/removing paper. Press this button when no paper is loaded to view instructions on how to load (replace) paper
in the display; press the button when paper is loaded to view instructions on how to remove the paper.
[14] Stop button
Press for longer than 1 second to cancel the job or ink drying process in progress.
If cut sheet loading guidance or the like is on display, hold this button for longer than 1 second to stop the guidance.
[15] Power button
Turns the printer on and off.
[16] Information button
Displays the printer submenu. Each time this button is pressed, information about the inks and paper is displayed.
Hold this button depressed for 3 seconds to execute printhead cleaning ([Head Cleaning A]).
[17] OK button
Press to set or set or execute a menu choice when the printer is in menu mode.
Press this button in any other situation to transition to the next screen as directed by a message appearing in the display.
[18] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media in the direction opposite to that of ejection.
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the last item or setting.
[19] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the upper level.
The button is also used from one position to the next when entering a numeric value.
If [<-- STOP] is on display, the guidance screen can be paused.
If [<-- BACK] on display, the guidance screen can be moved backward.
1-49
Chapter 1

0014-8839
iPF8000
[2] [1] [18] [17] [16] [15]

[3]
[5] [4]
[14]
[13]
[6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12]

F-1-42
[1] Message lamp
On: Indicates that a warning message is on display.
Blinking: Indicates that an error message is on display.
Off: The printer is normal or is turned off.
[2] Data lamp
Blinking: Indicates that a print job is being received or processed if the printer is printing, or that a print job has paused or firmware data is being if the printer is
not printing.
Off: No print job is available.
[3] Online button
Toggles the printer mode between online and offline.
On: Online mode.
Blinking: Emerging from sleep mode.
Off: Offline mode.
[4] Cut sheet lamp (green)
On: Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source.
Off: Roll media are selected as a paper source.
[5] Roll media lamp (green)
On: Roll media are selected as a paper source.
Off: Either the paper tray or paper tray front loading port is selected as a paper source.
[6] Menu button
Displays the printer main menu.
[7] Paper source button
Selects a paper source. Each time this button is pressed, the paper source toggles between roll media (roll media source) and cut sheet (paper tray or paper tray
front loading port), with the paper source selector lamp illuminating.
[8] Color labels
Represent ink tank colors in association with the remaining ink levels shown in the display.
[9] Display
Displays the printer menu, status or messages.
[10] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media.
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the next item or setting.
[11] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the lower level.
If [NEXT -->] on display, the guidance screen can be moved forward.
[12] Load/Eject button
Guidance offers a visual clue to loading (replacing)/removing paper. Press this button when no paper is loaded to view instructions on how to load (replace) paper
in the display; press the button when paper is loaded to view instructions on how to remove the paper.
[13] Stop button
Press for longer than 1 second to cancel the job or ink drying process in progress.
If cut sheet loading guidance or the like is on display, hold this button for longer than 1 second to stop the guidance.
[14] Power button
Turns the printer on and off.
[15] Information button
Displays the printer submenu. Each time this button is pressed, information about the inks and paper is displayed.
Hold this button depressed for 3 seconds to execute printhead cleaning ([Head Cleaning A]).
[16] OK button
Press to set or set or execute a menu choice when the printer is in menu mode.
Press this button in any other situation to transition to the next screen as directed by a message appearing in the display.
[17] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in offline mode to manually feed roll media in the direction opposite to that of ejection.
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the last item or setting.
[18] bu tton
Press this button when the printer is in menu mode to view the menu at the upper level.
The button is also used from one position to the next when entering a numeric value.
If [<-- STOP] is on display, the guidance screen can be paused.
If [<-- BACK] on display, the guidance screen can be moved backward.
1-50
Chapter 1

0024-9421
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
[15] [1] [14] [8] [5] [2] [3]

[13]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[7] [6] [4]

F-1-43
[1] Display
Printer menus, statuses, and messages are shown on this display.
[2] [Power] button
Use this button to turn on or off the printer.
When the printer is powered or in the sleep mode, the [Power] button lamp stays lit.
[3] [Stop] button
Use this button to stop execution of a job or drying ink.
[4] [Navi] button
Use this key to confirm the procedures for loading/unloading media, replacing an ink tank, and replacing the printhead.
[5] Direction buttons
- button: Pressing this button on the [tab selection screen] moves the tab. When a menu requiring you to enter a value is selected, pressing this button allows
you to move to the left-hand digit.
- button: Pressing this button in a menu displays the upper item or setting value.
- button: Pressing this button on the [tab selection screen] moves the tab. When a menu requiring you to enter a value is selected, pressing this button allows
you to move to the right-hand digit.
- button: Pressing this button in a menu displays the lower item or setting value.
[6] [OK] button
Pressing this button on the [tab selection screen] displays the menu for the displayed tab.
In the menu for a tab, pressing this button at the item preceded by [+] allows you to move to the bottom layer of menu items, where you can execute a menu item
or set values. Also press this button when a message asking you to press the [OK] button is shown on the display.
[7] [Back] button
Pressing this button displays the preceding screen.
[8] [Menu] button
Pressing this button displays the [tab selection screen] screen.
[9] [Media Cut] button
When roll media is loaded, pressing this button cuts the media.
[10] [Media Feed] button
When roll media is loaded, pressing this button allows you to change the media position.
[11] [Media Change] button
Press this button when loading/replacing media.
[12] [Cut Sheet] lamp (green)
This lamp stays lit when cut sheet is selected as a media type.
[13] [Roll Media] lamp (green)
This lamp stays lit when roll media is selected as a media type.
[14] Message lamp (orange)
- Stays lit: A warning message is being displayed.
- Blinking: An error message is being displayed.
- Not lit: The printer is normal or not powered.
[15] Data reception lamp (green)
- Blinking: When the printer is making prints, this lamp indicates that a print job is being received or processed. When the printer is not making prints, this lamp
indicates that the print job is suspended or the firmware data is being received.
- Not lit: This lamp indicates that there is no print job.
MEMO:
When the printer is in the sleep mode, pressing any button other than the [Power] button wakes up the printer.
1-51
Chapter 1
1.6.4 Main Menu

0017-8306
iPF8000S / iPF8100
The printer has a Main menu which includes a menu related to maintenance such as adjustment of ink ejection position of each nozzle and head cleaning, a menu
related to printing settings such as auto cutting and ink drying time, and a menu related to parameters such as a message language.
1. Main menu operations
a) How to enter the Main menu
To enter the Main menu, press the [Menu] button on the operation panel.
b) How to exit the Main menu
To exit the Main menu, press the [Online] button.
c) Buttons used with the Main menu

- Selecting menus and parameters: [ ] or [ ] button
- Going to the next lower-level menu: [ ] button
- Going to the next higher-level menu: [ ] button
- Determining a selected menu or parameter: [OK] button
1-52
Chapter 1
2. Main Menu
The structure of the main menu is as follows.
T-1-8
First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fi fth Level
[Paper Cut](*1) [No]*
[Yes]
[Rep. Ink Tank] [No]*
[Yes]
[Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]*
[Head Cleaning B]
[Auto Feed](*13) [No]*
[Yes]
[Take-up Reel](*10) [Disable]*
[Enable]
[Media Menu] [Cut Sheet Type] [Plain Paper](*5)
[Plain Paper HQ](*5)
[Plain Paper HG](*5)
[Recycled Coated](*5)
[Coated Paper](*5)
[HW Coated](*5)
[Ex HW Coated](*5)
[Premium MatteP](*5)
[Glossy Photo](*5)
[Semi-Gl Photo](*5)
[HW SemiGl Photo](*5)
[HW SemiGl Photo2](*5)
[Poster Semi-Gl](*5)
[Syn. Paper](*5)
[Adh. Syn. Paper](*5)
[Backlit Film](*5)
[Backprint Film](*5)
[Flame-Res.Cloth](*5)
[Fabric Banner](*5)
[ThinFab.Banner2](*5)
[Proofing Paper](*5)
[News Proof 1](*5)
[News Proof 2](*5)
[FineArt Photo](*5)
[FneArt HW Photo](*5)
1-53
Chapter 1
T-1-9
[Media Menu] [Cas Paper Type] [FineArt Txtr](*5)
[FineArt Wtrclr](*5)
[FineArtBlockP](*5)
[Canvas Matte2](*5)
[JPN Paper Washi](*5)
[Colored Coated](*5)
[CAD Trace Paper](*5)
[CAD Matte Film](*5)
[CAD Clear Film](*5)
[Special #] # Here, the number
is 1 to 10 (*5)
[Roll Media Type] [Plain Paper](*5)
[Coated Paper](*5)
[HW Coated](*5)
[Ex HW Coated](*5)
[Glossy Photo](*5)
[Semi-Gl Photo](*5)
[HW Glossy Photo2](*5)
[HW SemiGl Photo2](*5)
[Poster Semi-Gl](*5)
[Syn. Paper](*5)
[Backlit Film](*5)
[Fabric Banner](*5)
1-54
Chapter 1
T-1-10
[Media Menu] [Roll Media Type] [Proofing Paper](*5)
[News Proof 1](*5)
[News Proof 2](*5)
[FineArt Photo](*5)
[FineArt Txtr](*5)
[FineArtBlockP](*5)
[Canvas Matte2](*5)
[Special #] # Here, the number
is 1 to 10 (*5)
[Chk Remain.Roll] [Off]*
[On]
[Roll Length Set](*1, *2) [### m](*16)
[### feet](*16)
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Roll DryingTime] [Off]
here.) (*5) [30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[3 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[Scan Wait Time] [Off]
[1 sec.]
[3 sec.]
[5 sec.]
[7 sec.]
[9 sec.]
[Feed Priority] [Automatic]*
[Band Joint]
[Print Length]
[Adjust Length] -0.70% - 0.00%* - 0.70%
[Head Height] [Automatic]*
[Highest]
[High]
[Standard]
[Low]
[Lowest]
1-55
Chapter 1
T-1-11
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Skew Check Lv.] [Standard]
here.) (*5) [Loose]
[Off]
[VacuumStrngth] [Automatic]*
[Strongest]
[Strong]
[Standard]
[Weak]
[Weakest]
[Width Detection] [Off]
[On]
[NearEnd RollMrgn] [5mm]
[20mm]
[Cut Speed] [Fast]
[Standard]
[Slow]
[Trim Edge First] [Automatic]
[Off]
[On]
[Cutting Mode] [Automatic]
[Eject]
[Manual]
[Bordless Margin] [Automatic]
[Fixed]
[CutDustReduct.] [Off]
[On]
[NearEnd Sht Mrgn] [3mm]
[20mm]
[Manual Feed] [Front]
[Top]
[Return Defaults] [No]
[Yes]
[Job Management] [Job Queue Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print job) [Delete]
[Priority]
[Com. BOX Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print job) [Print]
[Delete]
[Print Job List] [No]
[Yes]
[Psnl. BOX Ope.] [Folder List] [Job List] [Print]
(Enter a password if one has (Choose a print job) [Delete]
been set.)
[Yes]
1-56
Chapter 1
T-1-12
[Adjust Printer] [Auto Head Adj.] [Standard Adj.] [No]
[Yes]
[Advanced Adj.] [No]
[Yes]
[Auto Print] [Off]
[On]*
[Manual Head Adj](*12) [No]
[Yes]
[Auto Band Adj.] [Standard Adj.] [No]
[Yes]
[Yes]
[Manual Band Adj] [No]
[Yes]
[Adjust Length](*3) [No]
[Yes]
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust] [No]
[Yes]
[Execution Log] [Date]
[Media]
[Use Effect Value] [No]
[Yes]*
[Yes]
[Interface Setup] [EOP Timer] [10 sec.]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[2 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]*
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[TCP/IP] [IP Mode] [Automatic]
[Manual]*
[Protocol](*4) [DHCP] [On]
[Off]*
1-57
Chapter 1
T-1-13
[Interface Setup] [TCP/IP] [Protocol](*4) [BOOTP] [On]
[Off]*
[RARP] [On]
[Off]*
[IP Setting](*14) [IP Address] 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
[Subnet Mask] 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
[Default G/W] 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255
[NetWare] [NetWare] [On]
[Off]*
[Frame Type](*6) [Auto Detect]
[Ethernet 2]
[Ethernet 802.2]*
[Ethernet 802.3]
[Ethernet SNAP]
[Print Service](*6) [BinderyPServer]
[RPrinter]
[NDSPServer]*
[NPrinter]
[AppleTalk] [On]
[Off]*
[Ethernet Driver] [Auto Detect] [On]*
[Off]
[Comm.Mode](*7) [Half Duplex]*
[Full Duplex]
[Ethernet Type](*7) [10 Base-T]*
[100 Base-TX]
[Spanning Tree] [Not Use]*
[Use]
[MAC Address] 000085XXXXXX
[Ext.Interface] [No]*
[IEEE1394]
[Init. Settings] [No]*
[Yes]
[Maintenance] [Maint. cart.] [No]
[Yes]
1-58
Chapter 1
T-1-14
[Maintenance] [Replace P.head] [Printhead L] [No]
[Yes]
[Printhead R] [No]
[Yes]
[L & R Printheads] [No]
[Yes]
[Repl. S. Cleaner] [No]
[Yes]
[Change Cutter] [No]
[Yes]
[Move Printer] [Level 1]*
[Level 2]
[Level 3]
[System Setup] [Warning] [Buzzer] [Off]
[On]*
[Detect Mismatch] [Pause]
[Warning]
[None]*
[Skip Take-Up Err(*10) [Off]*
[On]
[Keep Media Size] [Off]*
[On]
[Paper Size Basis] [Sht Selection 1] [ISO A3+]*
[13"x19"(Super B)]
[Sht Selection 2] [ISO B1]*
[28"x40"(ANSI F)]
[Noz. Check Freq.] [Off]
[1 page]
[10 pages]
[Automatic]*
[Sleep Timer] [5 min.]*
[10 min.]
[15 min.]
[20 min.]
[30 min.]
[40 min.]
[50 min.]
[60 min.]
[240 min.]
1-59
Chapter 1
T-1-15
[System Setup] [Length Unit] [meter]*
[feet/inch]
[Time Zone] [0: London (GMT)]
[+1: Paris, Rome]
[+2: Athens, Cairo]
[+3: Moscow]
[+4: Eerevan, Baku]
[+5: Islamabad]
[+6: Dacca]
[+7: Bangkok]
[+8: Hong Kong]
[+9: Tokyo, Seoul]
[+10: Canberra]
[+11: NewCaledonia]
[+12: Wellington]
[-12: Eniwetok]
[-11: Midway is.]
[-10: Hawaii (AHST)]
[-9: Alaska (AKST)]
[-8: Oregon (PST)]
[-7: Arizona (MST)]
[-6: Texas (CST)]
[-5: NewYork (EST)]
[-4: Santiago]
[-3: Buenos Aires]
[-2: ]
[-1: Cape Verde]
[Date Format] [yyyy/mm/dd]*
[dd/mm/yyyy]
[mm/dd/yyyy]
[Date & Time] [Date] [yyyy/mm/dd](*8)
[Time] [hh:mm]
1-60
Chapter 1
T-1-16
[System Setup] [Language] [Japanese]*
[English]
[Francais]
[Italiano]
[Deutsch]
[Espanol]
[Pyccknn]
[Chinese]
[Korea]
[Contrast Adj.] -4 to 4
[Reset PaprSetngs] [No]
[Yes]
[Erase HDD Data] [NULL] [No]
[Yes]
[Random Data 1x] [No]
[Yes]
[Random Data 3x] [No]
[Yes]
[Test Print] [Status Print] [No]
[Yes]
[Media Details] [No]
[Yes]
[Print Job Log] [No]
[Yes]
[Menu Map] [No]
[Yes]
[Nozzle Check] [No]
[Yes]
[Information] [System Info]
[Error Log] [########-####]
[Job Log] (Choose from information [Document Name]
about the latest three print [User Name]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status]
[Print Start Time]
[Print End Time]
[Print Time]
[Print Size]
[Media Type]
[Interface]
[Ink Consumed]
*1: Displayed if a roll is loaded.

*2: Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
*3: Displayed if IP Mode is Automatic.
*4: Only these menus are displayed during printing.
*5: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Media Guide. The media type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well
as on the Control Panel is updated when you install Media Configuration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change paper information by using Media
Configuration Tool.
*6: Available only if Auto Detect is Off.
*7: Available only if NetWare is On.
*8: Follows the setting in Date Format.
*10: Displayed if the Media Take-up Unit is attached.
*12: Displayed if paper is loaded in the tray.
*13: Available if: Take-up Reel is Enable , roll paper is loaded, and you have not executed Auto Feed for the loaded roll.
*14: This menu is only displayed during printing.
*16: Not displayed if a roll or a sheet has been fed.
1-61
Chapter 1
3. Main menu during printing

The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows.
T-1-17
First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level
[Menu Durng Prtng] [Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]
[Head Cleaning B]
[Fine Band Adj.] -5 to 5
[Error Log] [########-####]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status]
[Print Start Time]
[Print End Time]
[Print Time]
[Print Size]
[Media Type]
[Interface]
[Ink Consumed]
[HDD Information]
[Job Management] [Job Queue Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print job) [Priority]
[Delete]
[Com. BOX Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print job) [Priority]
[Delete]
[Yes]
[Psnl. BOX Ope.] [Folder List] [Job List] [Print]
(Enter a password if one has (Choose a print job) [Delete]
been set.)
[Yes]
1-62
Chapter 1
4. Main Menu Settings

Main menu items are described in the following tables.
T-1-18
Setting Item Description, Instructions

[Paper Cut] Displayed if a roll is loaded.
Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position. The paper will be fed, if necessary, so that the
sheet is at least10 cm (39.4 in.)long after the cut. The paper will not be cut if there is not enough
paper left to feed the paper this much.
[Rep. Ink Tank] When replacing the Ink Tank, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Head Cleaning] Specify Printhead cleaning options.
Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign substances.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved by Head
Cleaning A.
[Auto Feed] This command is available only if Take-up Reel is set to Enable. Choose Yes to advance roll
paper automatically on the Rewind Spool, up to the fastening position.
[Take-up Reel] Choose Enable to use the Media Take-up Unit.
[Media Menu] Specify the type and size of paper.
[Paper Details] Specify detailed paper-related settings, including the ink drying time and borderless printing
options.
[Job Management] Manage print jobs on the printer's hard disk.
[Adjust Printer] Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern.
[Interface Setup] Configure the EOP timer and network settings.
[Maintenance] Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move the printer.
[System Setup] Specify the printer system settings, including the date format and display language.
[Test Print] Choose Status Print to print information about the printer.
Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Paper Details.
Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs, including the paper type and size, amount
of ink used, and so on. (Information on ink consumption is general, not specific in nature.)
Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options.
Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles.
[Information] Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs.
[Media Menu]
T-1-19

[Cut Sheet Type] Choose the type of sheets.
[Roll Media Type] Choose the type of roll.
[Chk Remain.Roll] Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The printed barcode can
be used in managing the amount of roll paper left. ChooseOff if you prefer not to print the
barcode.
[Roll Length Set] Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
If a barcode is not printed on rolls, specify the roll length. The roll length is displayed in meters
or feet, depending on the setting in Length Unit.
1-63
Chapter 1
[Paper Details]
T-1-20

(The paper type is displayed [Roll DryingTime] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
here.) [Scan Wait Time] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing, in
consideration of how quickly the ink dries. Note that printing will take longer if you specify a
wait time.
[Feed Priority] Specify exact paper feeding, if desired. Normally, select Automatic. Choose Print Length if you
prefer to feed the paper an exact amount. However, note that choosing Print Length may result
in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning.
[Adjust Length] Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length.
Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper.
Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the discrepancy that you measured (as
a percentage).
For paper that tends to stretch, increase the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward
+. For paper that tends to shrink, decrease the feed amount by setting the adjustment value
toward -.
[Head Height] Adjust the Printhead height.
[Skew Check Lv.] If you print on Japanese paper (washi) or other handmade paper that has an irregular width,
choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold, or choose Off to disable skew detection.
However, if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling
may occur.
[VacuumStrngth] Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen.
[Width Detection] Make this setting when the print size is different from the media size, for example, when you
want to make a print within a frame.
When you select [OFF], the paper width is not detected.
[NearEnd RollMrgn] Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better printing quality
at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 5mm, it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge and affect
feeding accuracy. The printed surface may be scratched, and ink may adhere to the leading
edge. It may also cause the Platen to become soiled.
[Cut Speed] Choose the cutting speed. If you use adhesive paper, choosing Slow helps prevent adhesive
from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp.
[Trim Edge First] If a roll is loaded, the end of the paper will be cut.
[Cutting Mode] Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round-bladed cutter.
Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after printing. If you choose Manual, the
paper will not be cut after printing. Instead, a line will be printed at the cut position.
Choose Eject if you prefer not to have documents dropped immediately after printing, as when
waiting for ink to dry.
[Bordless Margin] Adjust the margin during borderless printing.
Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the paper width and configure the
margin settings for borderless printing. If margins are mistakenly created when Automatic is
selected, choose Fixed. In this case, the paper width is not detected automatically, and the
document is printed without borders, using the margin settings required by the printer.
[CutDustReduct.] Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar media by
printing a line at the cut position. This option reduces the amount of debris given off after
cutting. It also helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp if
you use adhesive paper.
[NearEnd Sht Mrgn] Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the leading
edge.
edge.
[Return Defaults] Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default values.
1-64
Chapter 1
[Job Management]
T-1-21

[Job Queue Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print [Delete] Delete the current job or queued jobs.
job) [Priority] Print the job first after the current print job is
finished printing.
[Com. BOX Ope.] [Job List] (Choose a print [Print] Print jobs in the Common Box.
job) [Delete] Delete jobs in the Common Box.
[Print Job List] Print a list of jobs in the Common Box.

[Psnl. BOX Ope.] [Folder List] (Enter a password [Job List]-[Print] Print jobs in Personal Boxes.
if one has been [Job List]-[Delete] Delete jobs in Personal Boxes.
set.)
[Print Job List] Print a list of jobs in Personal Boxes.
1-65
Chapter 1
[Adjust Printer]
T-1-22

[Auto Head Adj.] [Standard Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of
Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction.
[Advanced Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic adjustment of
Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle and printing direction.
[Auto Print] Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj. operations after you
replace the Printhead.
[Manual Head Adj] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing
direction. Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern.
[Auto Band Adj.] [Standard Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic
adjustment of the feed amount.
[Advanced Adj.] Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper, or paper for purposes
other than checking output.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for automatic
adjustment of the feed amount. Note that this function takes more time and requires more ink
than Standard Adj.
[Manual Head Adj] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing
direction. Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern.
[Adjust Length] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage, after
which you can enter the amount of adjustment.
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust] Select [Yes] to print a color calibration adjustment pattern and adjust the correction value
automatically. This color calibration adjustment value is extended to all print tasks.
[Execution Log] The date of color calibration and the paper type are displayed for visual verification.
[Use Effect Value] Select [Disable] and press the [OK] button not to apply the color calibration correction value to
printing. The printer driver setting governs.
Select [Enable] and press the [OK] button to apply the color calibration correction value to
printing. It is overridden by the printer driver setting, though.
[Return Defaults] The color calibration correction value and the execution history are cleared.
1-66
Chapter 1
[Interface Setup]
T-1-23

[EOP Timer] Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be
received by the printer.
[TCP/IP] [TCP/IP] Specify the TCP/IP protocol settings. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting.
[IP Mode] Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP
address is entered manually.
[Protocol] [DHCP] Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically.
[BOOTP]
[RARP]
[IP Setting] [IP Address] Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address.
[Subnet Mask] Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as well as the network subnet mask
and default gateway.
[Default G/W]
[NetWare] [NetWare] Specify the NetWare protocol. To apply your changes, choose Register Setting.
[Frame Type] Specify the frame type to use.
[Print Service] Choose the print service.
[AppleTalk] Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol. To apply your changes, choose
Register Setting.
[Ethernet Driver] [Auto Detect] Specify the communication method. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting.
Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol.
Choose Off to use settings values of Comm.Mode and Ethernet Type.
[Comm.Mode] Choose the LAN communication method.
[Ethernet Type] Choose the LAN transfer rate.
[Spanning Tree] Choose whether spanning-tree packets are supported over the LAN.
[MAC Address] Displays the MAC address.
[Ext.Interface] When installing the expansion interface board, choose whether the expansion
interface board is used.
[Init. Settings]
A confirmation message is displayed if you press the button. Choose [OK]
to restore the network settings to the default values.
[Maintenance]
T-1-24

[Maint. cart.] When exchanging the maintenance cartridge, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the
screen.
[Replace P.head] Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is
low.
When replacing the Printhead, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Repl. S. Cleaner] When replacing the Shaft Cleaner, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Change Cutter] When replacing the Cutter Unit, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
You can also reset the cut counter after the Cutter Unit is replaced.
[Move Printer] When transferring the printer to another location, choose the level of transfer and follow the
instructions on the screen.
1-67
Chapter 1
[System Setup]
T-1-25

[Warning] [Buzzer] Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors.
[Detect Mismatch] Choose Warning for notification (display of a warning message) during printing if the paper
type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the printer driver. Choose
None to continue print without notification. Choose Pause to have printing paused under these
circumstances. In this case, you can continue printing by pressing the Online button.
[Skip Take-Up Err] Choose On to continue with printing even if an error occurs with the Media Take-up Unit.
Choose Off to have the printer pause before printing if a rewinding error occurs.
[Keep Media Size] Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings. The
margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver
if the latter is smaller, which may prevent text or images in the margin from being printed.
Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead. Even if the margin setting of the printer
driver is smaller than that of the printer driver, text or images will not be cut off. However, this
requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer
driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu.
[Paper Size Basis] [Sht Selection 1] Select which size is to be recognized, [ISO A3+] or [13"x19"(Super B)], when the detected size
of the cut sheet is between these sizes.
[Sht Selection 2] Select which size is to be recognized, [ISO B1] or [28"x40"(ANSI F)], when the detected size
[Noz. Check Freq.] Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging. Choose 1 page to check once per
printed page. Choose 10 pages to check once per ten printed pages. Choose Automatic to have
the printer automatically adjust the timing for checks based on the frequency of nozzle use.
[Sleep Timer] Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode.
[Length Unit] Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed. You can switch the unit
displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu.
[Time Zone] Specify the time zone. Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and the
difference from Greenwich Mean Time.
[Date Format] Specify the date format.
[Date & Time] [Date] Set the current date.
[Time] Set the current time.
[Language] Specify the language used on the Display Screen.
[Contrast Adj.] Adjust the Display Screen contrast level.
[Reset PaprSetngs] Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the factory default
values.
[Erase HDD Data] Erase all data on the hard disk.
1-68
Chapter 1
[Information]
T-1-26

[System Info] [Version] [Firmware] Displays the version of the printer and firmware.
[Boot] Displays the version of the boot ROM.
[MIT] Displays the version of the MIT database format.
[s/n] Displays the printer's serial number.
[MAC] Displays the MAC address of the printer.
[IP] Displays the printer IP address.
[Error Log] [########-####] Displays the most recent error messages (up to two).
[Job Log] (Choose from information [Document Name] Displays the document name in the last print job.
about the latest three print [User Name] Displays the name of the user who sent the print job.
jobs.)
[Page Count] Displays the number of pages in the print job.
[Job Status] Displays the results of the print job processed.
[Print Start Time] Displays the time when the print job was started.
[Print End Time] Displays the time when the print job was finished.
[Print Time] Displays the time required to print the job.
[Print Size] Displays the paper size in the print job.
[Media Type] Displays the paper type in the print job.
[Interface] Displays the interface used for the print job.
[Ink Consumed] Displays the ink consumption.
[HDD Information] [HDDSpace:] Displays the space available on the printer's hard disk.
1-69
Chapter 1
5. Main Menu Settings (During Printing)

Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables.
T-1-27

Cleaning A.
[Fine Band Adj.] Fine-tune the feed amount manually.
[Job Mgmt Menu] Perform operations related to print jobs on the printer's hard disk.
[Information]
T-1-28

[System Info] [Version] [Firm.] Displays the version of the printer and firmware.
jobs.)
1-70
Chapter 1
[Job Management]
T-1-29

[System Info] [Version] [Firm.] Displays the version of the printer and firmware.
jobs.)
1-71
Chapter 1
6. Color calibration print chart

The following chart (sample) is printed when executing "Calibration".
F-1-44
1-72
Chapter 1
1.6.5 Main Menu

0014-8840
iPF8000
The printer has a Main Menu which provides the user with access to various adjusting and configuring features, for example: adjusting print position; performing
cleaning or other maintenance features; auto-cutting, ink drying time and other print settings; message language and other parameter settings.
1. Main menu operations
a) How to enter the Main menu
To enter the Main menu, press the [Menu] button on the operation panel.
b) How to exit the Main menu
To exit the Main menu, press the [Online] button.
c) Buttons used with the Main menu

- Selecting menus and parameters: [ ] or [ ] button
- Going to the next lower-level menu: [ ] button
- Going to the next higher-level menu: [ ] button
- Determining a selected menu or parameter: [OK] button
1-73
Chapter 1
2. Map of the main menu

The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Main Menu is as shown below.Values at right indicated by an asterisk "*" are the defaults.
[Paper Cut](*1) [No]
[Yes]
[Rep. Ink Tank] [No]
[Yes]
[Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]
[Head Cleaning B]
[Auto Feed](*13) [No]*
[Yes]
[Take-up Reel](*10) [Disable]*
[Enable]
[Media Menu] [Roll Media Type] [Plain Paper](*5)
[Coated Paper](*5)
[HW Coated](*5)
[Ex HW Coated](*5)
[Glossy Photo](*5)
[Semi-Gl Photo](*5)
[HW Glossy Photo](*5)
[Syn. Paper](*5)
[Backlit Film](*5)
[Fabric Banner](*5)
[Proofing Paper](*5)
[News Proof 1](*5)
[News Proof 2](*5)
[News Proof 3](*5)
[FineArt Photo](*5)
1-74
Chapter 1
[Media Menu] [Cut Sheet Type] [FineArt Txtr](*5)
[FineArtBlockP](*5)
[Canvas Matte2](*5)
[Canvas Semi-Gl](*5)
[Special #] Here, the number is
1-5(*5)
[Chk Remain.Roll] [Off]*
[On]
[Roll Length Set](*1,*2) [### m](*16)
[### feet](*16)
[Cas Paper Type] [Plain Paper](*5)
[Coated Paper](*5)
[HW Coated](*5)
[Ex HW Coated](*5)
[Glossy Photo](*5)
[Semi-Gl Photo](*5)
[HW Glossy Photo](*5)
[Syn. Paper](*5)
[Backlit Film](*5)
[Fabric Banner](*5)
1-75
Chapter 1
[Media Menu] [Cut Sheet Type] [Proofing Paper](*5)
[News Proof 1](*5)
[News Proof 2](*5)
[News Proof 3](*5)
[FineArt Photo](*5)
[FineArt Txtr](*5)
[FineArtBlockP](*5)
[Canvas Matte2](*5)
[Canvas Semi-Gl](*5)
[Special # Here, the number is
1-5(*5)
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Roll DryingTime] [Off]
here.)(*5) [30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[3 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[Scan Wait Time] [Off]
[1 sec.]
[3 sec.]
[5 sec.]
[7 sec.]
[9 sec.]
[Feed Priority] [Automatic]
[Band Joint]
[Print Length]
[Adjust Length] -0.70% - 0.00%* - 0.70%
[Head Height] [Automatic]
[Lowest]
[Low]
[Standard]
[High]
[Highest]
1-76
Chapter 1
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Skew Check Lv.] [Standard]
here.)(*5) [Off]
[Loose]
[VacuumStrngth] [Automatic]
[Strongest]
[Strong]
[Standard]
[Weak]
[Weakest]
[On]
[20mm]
[Cut Speed] [Fast]
[Standard]
[Slow]
[Off]
[On]
[Eject]
[Manual]
[Fixed]
[On]
[20mm]
[Yes]
[Auto Head Adj.] [Standard Adj.] [No]
[Yes]
[Yes]
[Auto Print] [Off]
[On]*
1-77
Chapter 1
[Paper Details] [Manual Head Adj](*12) [No]
[Yes]
[Auto Band Adj.] [Standard Adj.] [No]
[Yes]
[Yes]
[Manual Band Adj] [No]
[Yes]
[Adjust Length](*3) [No]
[Yes]
[Interface Setup] [EOP Timer] [10 sec.]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[2 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]*
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[TCP/IP] [TCP/IP] [On]
[IP Mode] [Automatic]
[Manual]*
[Protocol](*4) [DHCP] [On]
[Off]*
[BOOTP] [On]
[Off]*
[RARP] [On]
[Off]*
[IP Setting](*14) [IP Address] 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
[Subnet Mask] 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
[Default G/W] 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
[NetWare] [NetWare] [On]
[Off]*
[Frame Type](*6) [Auto Detect]
[Ethernet 2]
[Ethernet 802.2]*
[Ethernet 802.3]
[Ethernet SNAP]
[Print Service](*6) [BinderyPServer]
[RPrinter]
[NDSPServer]*
[NPrinter]
1-78
Chapter 1
[Interface Setup] [AppleTalk] [On]
[Off]*
[Ethernet Driver] [Auto Detect] [On]*
[Off]
[Comm.Mode](*7) [Half Duplex]*
[Full Duplex]
[Ethernet Type](*7) [10 Base-T]*
[100 Base-TX]
[Use]
[MAC Address] 000085XXXXXX
[Init. Settings] [No]*
[Yes]
[Maintenance] [Maint. cart.] [No]
[Yes]
[Replace P.head] [Printhead L] [No]
[Yes]
[Printhead R] [No]
[Yes]
[L & R Printheads] [No]
[Yes]
[Repl. S. Cleaner] [No]
[Yes]
[Change Cutter] [No]
[Yes]
[Move Printer] [Level 1]*
[Level 2]
[Level 3]
[System Setup] [Warning] [Buzzer] [Off]
[On]*
[Warning]
[None]*
[Skip Take-Up Err](*10) [Off]*
[On]
[Keep Media Size] [Off]*
[On]
[13"x19"(Super B)]
[28"x40"(ANSI F)]
1-79
Chapter 1
[System Setup] [Noz. Check Freq.] [Off]
[1 page]
[10 page]
[Automatic]*
[Sleep Timer] [5 min.]*
[10 min.]
[15 min.]
[20 min.]
[30 min.]
[40 min.]
[50 min.]
[60 min.]
[240 min.]
[Length Unit] [meter]*
[feet/inch]
[Time Zone] [0: London (GMT)]
[+1: Paris, Rome]
[+2: Athens, Cairo]
[+3: Moscow]
[+4: Eerenan, Baku]
[+5: Islamabad]
[+6: Dacca]
[+7: Bangkok]
[+8: Hong Kong]
[+9: Tokyo, Seoul]
[+10: Canberra]
[+11: NewCaledonia]
[+12: Wellington]
[-12: Eniwetok]
[-11: Midway is]
[-10: Hawaii (AHST)]
[-9: Alaska (AKST)]
[-8: Oregon (PST)]
[-7: Arizona (MST)]
[-6: Texas (CST)]
[-5: NewYork (EST)]
[-4: Santiago]
[-3: Buenos Aires]
[-2: ]
[-1: Cape Verde]
[Date Format] [yyyy/mm/dd]*
[dd/mm/yyyy]
[mm/dd/yyyy]
[Date & Time] [Date] [yyyy/mm/dd](*8)
[Time] [hh:mm]
1-80
Chapter 1
[System Setup] [Language] [Japanese]*
[Francais]
[Italiano]
[Deutsch]
[Espanol]
[Chinese]
[Korea]
[English]
[Contrast Adj.] -4,-3,-2,-1,0*,+1,+2,+3,+4
[Reset PaprSetngs] [No]
[Yes]
[Test Print] [Status Print] [No]
[Yes]
[Media Details] [No]
[Yes]
[Print Job Log] [No]
[Yes]
[Menu Map] [No]
[Yes]
[Nozzle Check] [No]
[Yes]
[Error Log] [########-####]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status]
[Print Start Time]
[Print End Time]
[Print Time]
[Print Size]
[Media Type]
[Interface]
[Ink Consumed]
*1: Available only if a roll is loaded.

*2: Available only if Chk Remain.Roll is On .
*3: Available if Feed Priority is Automatic or Print Length .
*4: Available only if IP Mode is Automatic .
*5: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Media Guide .The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as
on the Control Panel ) is upd ated when you install the printer driver from the User Software CD-ROM or if yo u change paper information by usin g the Media
Configuration Tool .
*6: Available only if NetWare is On .
*7: Available only if Auto Detect is Off .
*8: Follows the setting in Date Format .
*10: Displayed if the Media Take-up Unit is attached.
*12: Available after you have used Advanced Adj. in Auto Head Adj. once.
*13: Available if: (a) Take-up Reel is Enable , (b) roll paper is loaded, and (c) you have not executed Auto Feed for the loaded roll.
*14: Not displayed if IP Mode is Automatic .
*16: Follows the setting in Length Unit .
1-81
Chapter 1

[Menu Durng Prtng] [Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]
[Head Cleaning B]
[Fine Band Adj.] -5 to 5
[Error Log] [########-####]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status]
[Print Start Time]
[Print End Time]
[Print Time]
[Print Size]
[Media Type]
[Interface]
[Ink Consumed]
1-82
Chapter 1


[Paper Cut] This command is available only if a roll is loaded.
Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position. However, if paper cannot be advanced to the cut position,
it will not be cut. In this case, manually advance the roll before cutting it.
[Rep. Ink Tank] When replacing the Ink Tank , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A .
[Auto Feed] This command is available only if Take-up Reel is set to Enable . Choose Yes to advance roll paper
automatically on the Rewind Spool , up to the fastening position.
[Take-up Reel] Choose Enable to use the Media Take-up Unit .
[Media Menu] Specify the type and size of paper.
[Paper Details] Specify detailed paper-related settings, including the ink drying time and borderless printing options.
[Adjust Printer] Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern.
[Interface Setup] Configure the EOP timer and network settings.
[Maintenance] Access maintenance settings when replacing the Printhead or preparing to move the printer.
[System Setup] Specify the printer system settings, including the date format and display language.
[Test Print] Choose Status Print to print information about the printer.
Choose Media Details to print the paper settings as specified in Paper Details .
Choose Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs, including the paper type and size, amount of ink used,
and so on. (Information on ink consumption is general, not specific in nature.)
Choose Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options.
Choose Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles.
[Media Menu]

[Cut Sheet Type] Choose the type of sheets.
[Roll Media Type] Choose the type of roll.
[Chk Remain.Roll] Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The printed barcode can be used in
managing the amount of roll paper left. Choose Off if you prefer not to print the barcode.
[Roll Length Set] Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On .
If a barcode is not printed on rolls, specify the roll length. The roll length is displayed in meters or feet,
depending on the setting in Length Unit .
1-83
Chapter 1
[Paper Details]

(The paper type is displayed here.) [Roll DryingTime] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
[Scan Wait Time] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing,
in consideration of how quickly the ink dries. Note that printing will take longer if
you specify a wait time.
[Feed Priority] Specify exact paper feeding, if desired. Normally, select Automatic . Choose Print
Length if you prefer to feed the paper an exact amount. However, note that choosing
Print Length may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning.
[Adjust Length] Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length .
Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage of the current paper.
Enter either the adjustment results from Print Pattern or the discrepancy that you
measured (as a percentage).
For paper that tends to stretch, increase the feed amount by setting the adjustment
value toward +. For paper that tends to shrink, decrease the feed amount by setting
the adjustment value toward -.
[Head Height] Adjust the Printhead height.
[Skew Check Lv.] If you print on Japanese paper (washi) or other handmade paper that has an irregular
width, choose Loose for a higher skew detection threshold, or choose Off to disable
skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off , note that
paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
[VacuumStrngth] Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen .
[Width Detection] If you print on Japanese paper (washi) or other handmade paper that has an irregular
width, choose Off to disable width detection. If you choose Off , after specifying the
paper type, you must specify the paper width as follows. If the width is not specified
correctly, it may cause Platen soiling.
[NearEnd RollMrgn] Specify the minimum margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure better
printing quality at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 5mm , it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge
and affect feeding accuracy. The printed surface may be scratched, and ink may
adhere to the leading edge. It may also cause the Platen to become soiled.
[Cut Speed] Choose the cutting speed. If you use adhesive paper, choosing Slow helps prevent
adhesive from sticking to the cutter and keeps the cutter sharp.
[Cutting Mode] Specify whether or not to cut with the standard round-bladed cutter.
Choose Automatic to have the roll cut automatically after printing. If you choose
Eject , the paper is cut after you hold down the Stop button for a second or more. If
you choose Manual , the paper will not be cut after printing. Instead, a line will be
printed at the cut position.
Choose Automatic to have the printer automatically detect the paper width and
configure the margin settings for borderless printing. If margins are mistakenly
created when Automatic is selected, choose Fixed . In this case, the paper width is
not detected automatically, and the document is printed without borders, using the
margin settings required by the printer.
[CutDustReduct.] Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when cutting film and similar
media by printing a line at the cut position. This option reduces the amount of debris
given off after cutting. It also helps prevent adhesive from sticking to the cutter and
keeps the cutter sharp if you use adhesive paper.
[NearEnd Sht Mrgn] Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better printing quality at the
leading edge.
Note that if you choose 5mm , it may lower the printing quality at the leading edge
and affect feeding accuracy. The printed surface may be scratched, and ink may
adhere to the leading edge.
[Return Defaults] Choose Yes to restore Paper Details to the factory default values.
[Adjust Printer]

[Auto Head Adj.] [Standard Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic
adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction.
[Advanced Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for the automatic
adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the nozzle and printing direction.
[Auto Print] Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the Advanced Adj. operations
after you replace the Printhead .
[Manual Head Adj] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to
the printing direction. Enter the adjustment value manually based on the resulting
pattern.
[Auto Band Adj.] [Standard Adj.] Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for
automatic adjustment of the feed amount.
[Advanced Adj.] Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon paper, or paper for
purposes other than checking output.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a band adjustment test pattern for
automatic adjustment of the feed amount. Note that this function takes more time
and requires more ink than Standard Adj.
[Manual Band Adj] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount based on the paper
type.
[Adjust Length] Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or
shrinkage, after which you can enter the amount of adjustment.
1-84
Chapter 1
[Interface Setup]

[EOP Timer] Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be
received by the printer.
[TCP/IP] [TCP/IP] Specify the TCP/IP protocol settings. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting .
[IP Mode] Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP
address is entered manually.
[Protocol] [DHCP] Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically.
[BOOTP]
[RARP]
[IP Setting] [IP Address] Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address.
[Subnet Mask] Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as well as the network subnet mask
and default gateway.
[Default G/W]
[NetWare] [NetWare] Specify the NetWare protocol. To apply your changes, choose Register Setting .
[AppleTalk] Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol. To apply your changes, choose
Register Setting .
[Ethernet Driver] [Auto Detect] Specify the communication method. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting .
Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol.
Choose Off to use settings values of Comm.Mode and Ethernet Type .
[Init. Settings]
A confirmation message is displayed if you press the button. Choose [OK]
to restore the network settings to the default values.
[Maintenance]

[Maint. cart.] When replacing the Maintenance Cartridge , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Replace P.head] Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low.
When replacing the Printhead , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Repl. S. Cleaner] When replacing the Shaft Cleaner , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
[Change Cutter] When replacing the Cutter Unit , choose Yes and follow the instructions on the screen.
You can also reset the cut counter after the Cutter Unit is replaced.
[Move Printer] When transferring the printer to another location, choose the level of transfer and follow the instructions on
the screen.
1-85
Chapter 1
[System Setup]

[Warning] [Buzzer] Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times
for errors.
[Detect Mismatch] Choose Warning for notification (display of a warning message) during printing if
the paper type specified in the printer menu does not match the paper type in the
printer driver. Choose None to continue print without notification. Choose Pause to
have printing paused under these circumstances. In this case, you can continue
printing by pressing the Online button.
[Skip Take-Up Err] Choose On to continue with printing even if an error occurs with the Media Take-up
Unit . Choose Off to have the printer pause before printing if a rewinding error
occurs.
[Keep Media Size] Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other
settings. The margin setting of the printer menu will be used instead of the margin
setting of the printer driver if the latter is smaller, which may prevent text or images
in the margin from being printed.
Choose Off to use the printer driver settings instead. Even if the margin setting of
the printer driver is smaller than that of the printer driver, text or images will not be
cut off. However, this requires longer paper because the actual margin will be equal
to the margin setting of the printer driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu.
[Paper Size Basis] [Sht Selection 1] If sheet size detection is activated, choose whether ISO A3+ or ANSI B Super is
applied when an intermediate size is detected.
[Sht Selection 2] If sheet size detection is activated, choose whether ISO B1 or ANSI F is applied
when an intermediate size is detected.
[Noz. Check Freq.] Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging. Choose 1 page to check
once per printed page. Choose 10 pages to check once per ten printed pages. Choose
Automatic to have the printer automatically adjust the timing for checks based on
the frequency of nozzle use.
[Sleep Timer] Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode.
[Length Unit] Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed. You can switch the
unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the remaining paper amount displayed in the
submenu.
[Time Zone] Specify the time zone. Time zone options indicate a main city in this time zone and
the difference from Greenwich Mean Time.
[Time] Set the current time.
[Language] Specify the language used on the Display Screen .
[Reset PaprSetngs] Restores settings that you have changed with Media Configuration Tool to the
factory default values.
[Information]

[System Info] [Firm. Ver. ##.##] Displays the version of the printer and firmware.
[Boot##.##] Displays the version of the boot ROM.
[MIT##.##] Displays the version of the MIT database format.
[IP:] Displays the printer's IP address.
[Ext.Interface] Displays the name of interfaces compatible with the expansion slot.
[s/n: ] Displays the printer's serial number.
jobs.)
1-86
Chapter 1
5. Main Menu Settings (During Printing)

Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables.

Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved by Head Cleaning A .
[Fine Band Adj.] Fine-tune the feed amount manually.
[Information]

[System Info] [Firm. Ver. ##.##] Displays the version of the printer and firmware.
[Boot##.##] Displays the version of the boot ROM.
[MIT##.##] Displays the version of the MIT database format.
[IP:] Displays the printer's IP address.
[Ext.Interface] Displays the name of interfaces compatible with the expansion slot.
[s/n:] Displays the printer's serial number.
1-87
Chapter 1
1.6.6 Display
0023-1271
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
When the printer starts, the [tab selection screen] appears on the display.
There are four types of tabs on which the relevant printer status, menu, and error information are displayed.
The tab appears as the icon to the top field of display. The tab moves by key or key.
[1] [2] [3] [4]
[A]
[B]
[C]
F-1-45
[1] Media tab
This tab shows the printer status and menu related to media. When this tab is shown in reverse video, pressing the [OK] button displays the [Media] menu.
-[A] Top field of display: Shows the media icon in reverse video.
-[B] Middle field of display: Shows the printer status and a menu name.
-[C] Bottom field of display: Shows the media type in the first row and the media size in the second row.
[2] Ink tab

This tab shows the printer status and menu related to ink. When this tab is shown in reverse video, pressing the [OK] button displays the [Ink] menu.
-[A] Top field of display: Shows the ink icon in reverse video.
-[C] Bottom field of display: Shows the remaining ink levels of the ink tanks loaded in the printer.
[3] Job tab

This tab shows the printer status and menu related to the print job. When this tab is shown in reverse video, pressing the [OK] button displays the [Job] menu.
-[A] Top field of display: Shows the job icon in reverse video.
[4] Setup/Adjustment tab

This tab shows the printer status and menu relate d to setup/adju stment. When this tab is sho wn in reverse video, pressing the [OK] button displays the [Setup/
Adjustment] menu.
-[A] Top field of display: Shows the setup/adjustment icon in reverse video.
-[C] Bottom field of display: Shows the remaining ink level of the maintenance cartridge.
1-88
Chapter 1
1.6.7 Menu
0024-9455
iPF8300
1. Menu Operation
a) Displaying menu on each tab
Press the key or key on the [Tab Selection] screen to select a tab, and press the [OK] key.
A menu associated with each tab is displayed.
Press the key or key to select a menu and press the [OK] key.
The menu is selected and menu items are displayed.
Select a menu with [+] on the left side and press the [OK] key to navigate to lower level menus.
b) Setting menu items

Press the key or key to select an item to set and press the [OK] key.
The item is checked on the left side check box to confirm that it is set.
After 2 seconds, the menu that is one level above is displayed.
c) Setting numeric value for a menu item

Proceed as follows to set a numeric value for an item such as network settings.
1. Press the key or key to move the underscore to the field you want to enter a numeric value.
2. Press the key or key to enter a numeric value.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 and press the [OK] key when finished.
1-89
Chapter 1
2. Main Menu
The structure and settings of the main menu is as follows. The asterisk mark "*" is default setting.
[Paper Menu]
T-1-30
[Load Paper] [Roll Paper]
[Cut Sheet]
[Eject Paper]
[Chg. Paper Type] [Roll Paper] (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[Cut Sheet] (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[Chg. Paper Size] [Sheet Size]*2 (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[Roll Length]*1
[Roll Width]*2
[ManageRemainRoll] [Off]*
[On]
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Head Height] [Automatic]*
here.) [Highest]
[High]
[Standard]
[Low]
[Lowest]
[Super Low]
[Skew Check Lv.] [Standard]*
[Loose]
[Off]
[Eject]
[Manual]
[Cut Speed] [Fast]
[Standard]
[Slow]
[Off]
[On]
[On]
[Strongest]
[Strong]
[Standard]
[Weak]
[Weakest]
1-90
Chapter 1
T-1-31
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Scan Wait Time] [Off]
here.) [1 sec.]
[3 sec.]
[5 sec.]
[7 sec.]
[9 sec.]
[Roll DryingTime] [Off]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[3 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[20mm]
[20mm]
[Fixed]
[On]*
[Return Defaults]
[Paper Details]
[Keep Paper Type] [Off]*
[On]
1-91
Chapter 1
[Ink Menu]
T-1-32
[Rep. Ink Tank]
[Head Cleaning A]
[Job Menu]
T-1-33
[Print Job] [Job List] (Select Print Job.) [Delete]
[Preempt Jobs]*11
[Stored Job] [Mailbox List] (Enter a password if one has [Job List] [Print]
been set.) [Delete]
[Print Job List]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status] [OK]
[CANCELED]
[Print Start Time] [yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss]
[Print End Time] [yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss]
[Print Time] [xxxsec.]
[Print Size] [xxxxxxxxsq.mm]
[Media Type]
[Interface] [USB]
[Network]
[HDD]
[Ink Consumed] (The total amount of ink [xxx.xxx ml]
consumed and ink colors are
displayed here.)
[Print Job Log]
[Pause Print] [Off]*
[On]
[HDD Information] [Total capacity
Box free space]
1-92
Chapter 1
[Set./Adj. Menu]
T-1-34
[Test Print] [Nozzle Check]
[Status Print]
[Interface Print]
[Paper Details]
[Print Job Log]
[Menu Map]
[Adjust Printer] [Head Posi. Adj.] [Auto(Standard)]
[Auto(Advanced)]
[Auto(Expansion]*3
[Manual]*3
[Feed Priority] [Adj. Priority]*6 [Automatic]*
[Print Quality]
[Print Length]
[Adj. Quality]*4*6 [Auto(GenuinePpr)]
[Auto(OtherPaper)]
[Manual]
[Adjust Length]*5*6 [AdjustmentPrint] [A:High]
[B:Standard/Draft]
[Change Settings] [A:High]
[B:Standard/Draft]
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust]
[Calibration Log] [Date]
[Paper Type]
[Use Adj. Value] [Disable]
[Enable]*
[Return Defaults]
[Maintenance] [Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]
[Head Cleaning B]
[Nozzle Check]
[Replace P.head] [Printhead L]
[Printhead R]
[L & R Printheads]
[Repl. maint cart]
[Head Info] [Printhead L]
[Printhead R]
[Repl. S. Cleaner]
[Change Cutter]
[Interface Setup] [EOP Timer]*12 [10 sec.]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[2 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]*
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
1-93
Chapter 1
T-1-35
Seventh
First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Si xth Level
Level
[Interface Setup] [TCP/IP]*12 [IPv4] [IPv4 Mode] [Automatic]
[Manual]*
[Protocol]*7 [DHCP] [On]
[Off]*
[BOOTP] [On]
[Off]*
[RARP] [On]
[Off]*
[IPv4 Settings]*13 [IP Address] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[Subnet Mask] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[Default G/W] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[DNS Settings]*13 [DNS Dync update] [On]
[Off]*
[Pri. DNS SrvAddr]
[Sec. DNS Host Name]
[DNS Domain Name]
[IPv6] [IPv6 Support] [On]
[Off]*
[IPv6 StlessAddrs]*9 [On]*
[Off]
[DHCPv6]*9 [On]
[Off]*
[DNS Settings]*9*13 [DNS Dync update] [Statefull Addr] [On]
[Off]*
[Stateless Addr] [On]
[Off]*
[Pri. DNS SrvAddr]
[Sec. DNS SrvAddr]
[DNS Host Name]
[DNS Domain Name]
[NetWare]*12 [NetWare] [On]
[Off]*
[Frame Type]*8 [Auto Detect]
[Ethernet 2]
[Ethernet 802.2]*
[Ethernet 802.3]
[Ethernet SNAP]
[Print Service]*8 [BinderyPServer]
[RPrinter]
[NDSPServer]
[NPrinter]
1-94
Chapter 1
T-1-36
[Interface Setup] [AppleTalk]*12 [On]
[Off]*
[Ethernet Driver]*12 [Auto Detect] [On]*
[Off]
[Comm.Mode]*10 [Half Duplex]*
[Full Duplex]
[Ethernet Type]*10 [10Base-T]*
[100Base-TX]
[1000Base-T]
[Use]
[MAC Address] xxxxxxxxxxxx
[Interface Print]*12
[Return Defaults]*12
[System Setup] [Sleep Timer] [5 min.]*
[10 min.]
[15 min.]
[20 min.]
[30 min.]
[40 min.]
[50 min.]
[60 min.]
[240 min.]
[Buzzer] [Off]
[On]*
[Contrast Adj.] -4,-3,-2,-1,0*,+1,+2,+3,+4
[Date & Time]*12 [Date] [yyyy/mm/dd]*14
[Time] [hh:mm]
[Date Format]*12 [yyyy/mm/dd]*
[dd/mm/yyyy]
[mm/dd/yyyy]
[Language] [English]
[Japanese]
[Francais]
[Italiano]
[Deutsch]
[Espanol]
[Russian]
[Chinese] (simplified)
[Korean]
1-95
Chapter 1
T-1-37
[System Setup] [Time Zone]*12 [0:London(GMT)]
[+1:Paris,Rome]
[+2:Athens,Cairo]
[+3:Moscow]
[+4:Eerevan,Baku]
[+5:Islamabad]
[+6:Dacca]
[+7:Bangkok]
[+8:Hong Kong]
[+9:Tokyo,Seoul]
[+10:Canberra]
[+11NewCaledonia]
[+12:Wellington]
[-12:Eniwetok]
[-11:Midway is.]
[-10Hawaii(AHST)]
[-9:Alaska(AKST)]
[-8:Oregon (PST)]
[-7:Arizona(MST)]
[-6:Texas(CST)]
[-5:NewYork(EST)]
[-4:Santiago]
[-3:Buenos Aires]
[-2:]
[-1:Cape Verde]
[feet/inch]
[Warning]
[None]*
[Hold Job]*2
[13"X19" (Super B)]
[28"X40" (ANSI F)]
[Keep Paper Size] [Off]*
[On]
[Rep.P.head Print] [Off]
[On]*
1-96
Chapter 1
T-1-38
[System Setup] [Nozzle Check] [Frequency] [Standard]*
[1 page]
[Warning] [Off]*
[On]
[CarriageScanWidth] [Automatic]*
[Fixed]
[Use RemoteUI]*12 [On]*
[Off]
[Reset PaprSetngs]*12
[Erase HDD Data]*12 [High Speed]
[Secure High Spd.]
[Secure]
[Output Method] [Print]*
[Print (Auto Del)]
[Save: Box XX]
[Print After Recv] [Off]*
[On]
[Common Box Set.]*12 [Print]
[Print (Auto Del)]*
[Take-up Reel] [Use Take-up Reel] [Disable]*
[Enable]
[Auto Feed]*16
[Skip Take-up Err]*17 [Off]*
[On]
[Prep.MovePrinter] [Level 1]
[Level 2]
[Level 3]
[Admin. Menu]*12 [Change Password]*13
[Init.Admin.Pswd]*13
[Printer Info] [Paper Info]
[Ink Info]
[Head Info]
[System Info]
[Error Log]
[Other Counter]
*1: Available only if ManageRemainRoll is On.

*2: Available only if Width Detection is set to Off.
*3: Available after Auto(Advanced) in Head Posi. Adj. has been used once.
*4: Available when you have specified Feed Priority > Adj. Priority > Automatic or Print Quality.
*5: Available when you have specified Feed Priority > Adj. Priority > Automatic or Print Length.
*6: Displayed if a sheet is loaded in the printer.
*7: Not shown if you have set IPv4 Mode to Manual.
*8: Not shown if you have set NetWare to Off.
*9: Not displayed if IPv6 Support is Off.
*10: Not shown if you have set Auto Detect to On.
*11: Print Anyway is displayed when a job being held is selected.
*12: Viewing and configuration is possible for administrators, and only viewing for other users.
*13: Viewing and configuration is possible for administrators only.
*15: Displayed only when the Media Take-up Unit is attached.
*16: Available if: Use Take-up Reel is Enable, roll paper is loaded, and you have not executed Auto Feed for the loaded roll.
*17: Available when Use Take-up Reel is Enable.
1-97
Chapter 1

T-1-39
[Adj. Fine Feed]
[Ink Info]
[Head Info]
[System Info]
[Error Log]
[Other Counter]
1-98
Chapter 1

[Paper Menu]
T-1-40
Setting Item Description/Instructions

[Load Paper] Select either roll paper or cut sheet.
[Eject Paper] Choose this item before removing loaded paper.
[Chg. Paper Type] Change currently set paper type.
[Chg. Paper Size] Change currently set paper size.
[ManageRemainRoll] Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The printed barcode can
barcode.
[Paper Details] [Head Height] Adjust the Printhead height.
(The paper type is displayed [Skew Check Lv.] If you print on the paper that has an irregular width, choose Loose for a higher skew detection
here.) threshold, or choose Off to disable skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when
detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
[Cutting Mode] Select whether to use standard round blade cutter or not.
Select [Automatic] to cut paper after printing. Select [Manual] to print a line at the cut position
after printing without cutting. Select [Eject] to prevent the printout from dropping until the ink
dries after printing.
[Scan Wait Time] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing, in
wait time.
[Roll DryingTime] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
edge.
edge.
[Return Defaults] Choose OK to restore Paper Details to the factory default values.
[Print Paper Detail] Print the paper settings set with [Paper Details].
[Keep Paper Type] Select [On] to continue using the same type of paper.
1-99
Chapter 1
[Ink Menu]
T-1-41

[Head Cleaning A] Specify Printhead cleaning options.
Execute Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign substances.
[Job Menu]
T-1-42

[Print Job] [Job List] (Select Print [Delete] Delete the current job or queued jobs.
Job.) [Preempt Jobs] Print the job first after the current print job is finished printing.
[Stored Job] [Mailbox List] (Enter a [Job List]- Prints a saved job.
password if [Print]
one has been [Job List]- Deletes a saved job.
set.) [Delete]
[Print Job List] Prints a list of saved jobs.
[Job Log] (Choose from [Document Name] Indicates the document name of the selected print job.
information [User Name] Indicates the name of the user who sent the print job.
about the latest
three print [Page Count] Indicates the number of pages in the job.
jobs.) [Job Status] Indicates the printing results.
[Print Start Time] Indicates when the print job was started.
[Print End Time] Indicates when the print job was finished.
[Print Time] Indicates the time required to print the job.
[Print Size] Indicates the paper size in the print job.
[Media Type] Indicates the type of paper in the print job.
[Interface] Indicates the interface used for the print job.
[Ink Consumed] Indicates a rough estimate of how much ink was consumed per job.
[Print Job Log] Print the print job information such as paper type, size, and ink consumption. Ink consumption
is the approximate amount of ink used to print one sheet.
[Pause Print] Select [On] to stop printing.
[HDD Information] Indicates the total hard disk capacity and the mail box free space.
1-100
Chapter 1
[Set./Adj. Menu]
T-1-43

[Test Print] [Nozzle Check] Print a nozzle check pattern.
[Status Print] Print the printer information.
[Interface Print] Print the interface settings.
[Paper Details] Prints the paper settings set with [Paper Details].
[Print Job Log] Print print job information such as paper type, size, and ink consumption. Ink consumption is
the approximate amount of ink used to print one sheet.
[Menu Map] Print the menu list.
[Adjust [Head Posi. [Auto(Standard)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
Printer] Adj.] relative to the printing direction.
[Auto(Advanced)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
relative to the printing direction and spacing between nozzles and colors.
Try adjustment in this mode if "Auto(Standard)" does not improve printing.
[Auto(Expansion)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
relative to the printing direction and spacing between nozzles and colors. Adjustment is
performed at a higher level of precision than Auto(Advanced).
Try adjustment in this mode if vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment when the
printer driver option "High-Precision Printing" or "Priority on dot placement accuracy" is
selected.
[Manual] Print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction. Enter
the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern.
[Feed Priority] [Adj. Priority] [Automatic] Set the priority feed precision. Normally select [Automatic]. Select [Print Quality] to print at
[Print Quality] high quality. Select [Print Quality] to reduce horizontal streaks. Select [Print Length] to
accurately control the feed amount. However, selecting [Print Length] may cause colors to
[Print Length] become slightly uneven in the carriage scan direction.
[Adj. Quality] [Auto(Genuin Set when using paper described in the paper reference guide.
ePpr)] A pattern to adjust the paper feed amount is printed, and the feed amount is automatically
adjusted from the printed result.
[Auto(OtherPa Set when using paper not described in the paper reference guide.
per)] A pattern to adjust the paper feed amount is printed, and the feed amount is automatically
This takes longer than [Auto (GenuinePpr)] to print and consumes more ink.
[Manual] Select for paper that cannot be adjusted by [Auto(GenuinePpr)] or [Auto(OtherPaper)], such as
highly transparent paper.
Print a pattern to adjust the paper feed amount according to the type of paper.
[Adjust [AdjustmentPr Print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage, after which you can
Length] int]-[A:High]/ enter the amount of adjustment.
[B:Standard/
Draft]
[Change Displayed when [Print Length] is selected as [Adj. Priority] for [Feed Priority].
Settings]- Adjust the expansion rate of the currently loaded paper.
[A:High]/ Enter the result adjusted with [AdjustmentPrint] or the difference with your own measurement
[B:Standard/ in %.
Draft] Increase the adjustment value to increase the feed amount for paper that tends to expand, and
reduce it for paper that tends to shrink.
[Adj. Fine Feed] Displayed when you have selected Feed Priority >Adj. Priority >Automatic or Print Quality.
Fine-tune the feed amount manually during printing.
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust] Choose Yes for automatic adjustment of the adjustment value after a test pattern for color
calibration is printed. The new color calibration adjustment value is applied in all print jobs.
[Calibration Log] Check the date when color calibration was executed, as well as the type of paper used, asshown
on the Display Screen.
[Use Adj. Value] Choose Disabled >OK if you prefer not to apply the color calibration adjustment value in print
jobs. The printer driver settings will be used instead.
Choose Enabled >OK to apply the color calibration adjustment value in print jobs. However,
printer driver settings are given priority.
[Return Defaults] Clear the color calibration adjustment value and the execution log.
[Maintenance] [Head Cleaning] Specify Printhead cleaning options.
Cleaning A.
[Nozzle Check] Print a nozzle check pattern.
low.
[Repl. maint cart] When exchanging the maintenance cartridge, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the
screen.
[Change Cutter] When transferring the printer to another location, choose the level of transfer and follow the
1-101
Chapter 1
T-1-44

[Interfac [EOP Timer] Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the
e Setup] printer.
[TCP/IP] [IPv4] [IPv4 Mode] Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is
entered manually.
[Protocol] [DHCP]/ Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically.
[BOOTP]/
[RARP]
[IPv4 Settings] [IP Address]/ Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address.
[Subnet Mask]/ Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as well as the network subnet mask and default
[Default G/W] gateway.
[DNS Settings] [DNS Dync Specify whether DNS server registration is updated automatically.
update]
[Pri. DNS Specify the DNS server address.
SrvAddr]/[Sec.
DNS SrvAddr]
[DNS Host Specify the DNS host name.
Name]
[DNS Domain Specify the DNS domain name.
Name]
[IPv6] [IPv6 Support] Set whether to support IPv6 connection.
[IPv6 StlessAddrs] Set whether to use IPv6 stateless address.
[DHCPv6] Set whether to use DHCPv6 setting.
update]-
[Statefull
Addr]/
[Stateless
Addr]
SrvAddr]/[Sec.
DNS SrvAddr]
Name]
Name]
[AppleTalk] Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting.
[Ethernet [Auto Detect] Specify the communication method. To apply your changes, choose Register Setting.
Driver]*12 Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol. Choose Off to
use settings values of Comm.Mode and Ethernet Type.
[Return Defaults] Select [OK] to return the [Interface Setup] settings to factory default.
1-102
Chapter 1
T-1-45

[System Setup] [Sleep Timer] Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode.
[Buzzer] Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors.
[Time] Set the current time. This can be set only when [Date] is set.
displayed for the remaining paper amount.
[Detect Mismatch] Set the printing behavior when the paper type and size set with the printer menu does not match
the paper type and size set with the printer driver.
Select [Pause] to pause printing. Select [Warning] to print a warning and continue printing.
Select [None] to continue printing without displaying a warning. Select [Hold Job] to queue the
job with different paper type and size in a job queue on the hard disk.
[Paper Size [Sht Selection 1] Select which size is to be recognized, [ISO A3+] or [13"x19"(Super B)], when the detected size
Basis] of the cut sheet is between these sizes.
[Keep Paper Size] Select [On] to give priority to paper size. If the margin set with the printer driver is less than
the margin set with the printer menu, the margin set with the printer menu has priority and text
and images extending beyond the margins are truncated.
Select [Off] to give priority to margin settings. If the margins set with the printer driver and the
margins set with the printer menu are different, the larger settings are used for printing.
[Rep.P.head Print] Select [On] to automatically perform [Adjust Detail] after replacing the Printhead.
[Nozzle Check] Set with [Frequency] the timing to check for nozzle clogging after printing. Select [Standard]
to adjust the checking timing according to the nozzle usage.
Select [1 page] to check after each page.
Select [On] for [Warning] to display a warning when the print head nozzle is clogged while
printing.
[Use RemoteUI] Select [Off] to disable access from RemoteUI and enable setting only from the operation panel.
values.
1-103
Chapter 1
T-1-46

[System Setup] [Erase HDD [High Speed] Delete the file management information of the saved data in the HDD.
Data] [Secure High Overwrite the random data in the whole of the hard disk drive.
Spd.]
[Secure] Overwrite 00 and FF and random data in the whole of the hard disk drive once at a time.
Execute the verify check whether the data has written correctly to the hard disk drive.
[Output Method] [Print] Select the output method of jobs sent from software other than the printer driver. This can be
[Print (Auto set from the printer if you are using a printer driver.
Del)] Select [Print] to print normally. Select [Print (AutoDel)] to print and delete the data in hard
disk. Select [Save: Box XX] to save to box without printing.
[Save: Box XX]
[Print After Recv] Setting of jobs sent from software other than the printer driver. This can be set from the printer
if you are using a printer driver. Select [On] to print after saving.
[Save: Shared Box] Select [Off] to print without saving to a common box.
[Take-up Reel] [Use Take-up Reel] Choose Enable to use the Media Take-up Unit.
[Prep.MovePrint [Level 1] Select when moving the printer. Follow the instruction on the screen and perform the necessary
er] [Level 2] process.
This is not displayed when displaying a warning message about the amount remaining
[Level 3] maintenance cartridge.
[Admin. Menu] [Change Password] Set a password to restrict displaying/setting of menus as follows. Allowed value is from 0 to
9999999.
- Allow only administrator to display/set
[IPv4]
[Change Password]
[Init.Admin.Pswd]
- Allow administrator to display/set and non-administrator to display only
[Interface Setup](exclude [IPv4])
[Date & Time]
[Date Format]
[Time Zone]
[Use RemoteUI]
[Reset PaprSetngs]
[Save: Shared Box]
[Init.Admin.Pswd] Press [OK] to return the [Administrator Menu] password to factory default.
[Printer Info] [Paper Info] Indicates the current paper size, type, and related printer settings.
[Ink Info] Indicates ink levels and maintenance cartridge capacity.
[Head Info] Indicates information about the printhead.
[System Info] Indicates the firmware version, serial number, and interface information.
[Error Log] Indicates the most recent error messages (up to five).
[Other Counter] Indicates the total printing volume of the printer.
1-104
Chapter 1
1.6.8 Menu
0026-6823
iPF8300S
1. Menu Operation
a) Displaying menu on each tab
Press the key or key on the [Tab Selection] screen to select a tab, and press the [OK] key.
A menu associated with each tab is displayed.
Press the key or key to select a menu and press the [OK] key.
The menu is selected and menu items are displayed.
Select a menu with [+] on the left side and press the [OK] key to navigate to lower level menus.
b) Setting menu items

Press the key or key to select an item to set and press the [OK] key.
The item is checked on the left side check box to confirm that it is set.
After 2 seconds, the menu that is one level above is displayed.
c) Setting numeric value for a menu item

Proceed as follows to set a numeric value for an item such as network settings.
1. Press the key or key to move the underscore to the field you want to enter a numeric value.
2. Press the key or key to enter a numeric value.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 and press the [OK] key when finished.
1-105
Chapter 1
2. Main Menu
The structure and settings of the main menu is as follows. The asterisk mark "*" is default setting.
[Paper Menu]
T-1-47
[Load Paper] [Roll Paper]
[Cut Sheet]
[Eject Paper]
[Chg. Paper Type] [Roll Paper] (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[Cut Sheet] (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[Chg. Paper Size] [Sheet Size]*2 (The paper type is displayed
here.)
[CustomPaperSize] (Set the paper length and
width.)
[Roll Length]*1 (Set the paper length.)
[Roll Width]*2 (Set the paper width.)
[ManageRemainRoll] [Off]*
[On]
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Head Height] [Automatic]*
here.) [Highest]
[High]
[Standard]
[Low]
[Lowest]
[Super Low]
[Skew Check Lv.] [Standard]*
[Loose]
[Off]
[Eject]
[Manual]
[Cut Speed] [Fast]
[Standard]
[Slow]
[Off]
[On]
[On]
[Strongest]
[Strong]
[Standard]
[Weak]
[Weakest]
1-106
Chapter 1
T-1-48
[Paper Details] (The paper type is displayed [Scan Wait Time] [Dry time] [Off]
here.) [1 sec.]
[3 sec.]
[5 sec.]
[7 sec.]
[9 sec.]
[Area]*18 [Entire area]*
[Leading edge]
[Roll DryingTime] [Off]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[3 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
[20mm]
[20mm]
[Fixed]
[On]*
[Return Defaults]
[Paper Details]
[Keep Paper Type] [Off]*
[On]
1-107
Chapter 1
[Ink Menu]
T-1-49
[Rep. Ink Tank]
[Head Cleaning A]
[Job Menu]
T-1-50
[Print Job] [Job List] (Select Print Job.) [Delete]
[Preempt Jobs]*11
[Stored Job] [Mailbox List] (Enter a password if one has [Job List] [Print]
been set.) [Delete]
[Print Job List]
jobs.)
[Page Count]
[Job Status] [OK]
[CANCELED]
[Print Start Time] [yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss]
[Print End Time] [yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss]
[Print Time] [xxxsec.]
[Output Img. Size] [xxxxxxxxsq.mm]
[Media Type]
[Paper Consumed]
[Paper Length]
[Paper Width]
[Interface] [USB]
[Network]
[HDD]
[Ink Consumed] (The total amount of ink [xxx.xxx ml]
consumed and ink colors are
displayed here.)
[Print Settings]
[Head Height]
[Temp./Humidity]
[Adjustment reg.]
[Print Job Log]
[Pause Print] [Off]*
[On]
[HDD Information] [Total capacity
Box free space]
1-108
Chapter 1
[Set./Adj. Menu]
T-1-51
[Test Print] [Nozzle Check]
[Status Print]
[Interface Print]
[Paper Details]
[Print Job Log]
[Menu Map]
[Adjust Printer] [Head Posi. Adj.] [Auto(Standard)]
[Auto(Advanced)]
[Auto(Expansion]*3
[Manual]*3
[Feed Priority] [Adj. Priority]*6 [Automatic]*
[Print Quality]
[Print Length]
[Adj. Quality]*4*6 [Auto(GenuinePpr)]
[Auto(OtherPaper)]
[Manual]
[Adjust Length]*5*6 [AdjustmentPrint] [A:High]
[B:Standard/Draft]
[Change Settings] [A:High]
[B:Standard/Draft]
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust]
[Calibration Log] [Date]
[Paper Type]
[Adjustment Type]
[Use Adj. Value] [Disable]
[Enable]*
[Set Exec. Guide] [Off]*
[On]
[Return Defaults]
[Maintenance] [Head Cleaning] [Head Cleaning A]
[Head Cleaning B]
[Nozzle Check]
[Replace P.head] [Printhead L]
[Printhead R]
[L & R Printheads]
[Repl. maint cart]
[Head Info] [Printhead L]
[Printhead R]
[Repl. S. Cleaner]
[Change Cutter]
[Interface Setup] [EOP Timer]*12 [10 sec.]
[30 sec.]
[1 min.]
[2 min.]
[5 min.]
[10 min.]*
[30 min.]
[60 min.]
1-109
Chapter 1
T-1-52
Seventh
First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Si xth Level
Level
[Interface Setup] [TCP/IP]*12 [IPv4] [IPv4 Mode] [Automatic]
[Manual]*
[Protocol]*7 [DHCP] [On]
[Off]*
[BOOTP] [On]
[Off]*
[RARP] [On]
[Off]*
[IPv4 Settings]*13 [IP Address] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[Subnet Mask] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[Default G/W] xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
[DNS Settings]*13 [DNS Dync update] [On]
[Off]*
[Pri. DNS SrvAddr]
[Sec. DNS Host Name]
[DNS Domain Name]
[IPv6] [IPv6 Support] [On]
[Off]*
[IPv6 StlessAddrs]*9 [On]*
[Off]
[DHCPv6]*9 [On]
[Off]*
[DNS Settings]*9*13 [DNS Dync update] [Statefull Addr] [On]
[Off]*
[Stateless Addr] [On]
[Off]*
[Pri. DNS SrvAddr]
[Sec. DNS SrvAddr]
[DNS Host Name]
[DNS Domain Name]
[NetWare]*12 [NetWare] [On]
[Off]*
[Frame Type]*8 [Auto Detect]
[Ethernet 2]
[Ethernet 802.2]*
[Ethernet 802.3]
[Ethernet SNAP]
[Print Service]*8 [BinderyPServer]
[RPrinter]
[NDSPServer]
[NPrinter]
1-110
Chapter 1
T-1-53
[Interface Setup] [AppleTalk]*12 [On]
[Off]*
[Ethernet Driver]*12 [Auto Detect] [On]*
[Off]
[Comm.Mode]*10 [Half Duplex]*
[Full Duplex]
[Ethernet Type]*10 [10Base-T]*
[100Base-TX]
[1000Base-T]
[Use]
[MAC Address] xxxxxxxxxxxx
[Interface Print]*12
[Return Defaults]*12
[System Setup] [Sleep Timer]*19 [5 min.]*
[10 min.]
[15 min.]
[20 min.]
[30 min.]
[40 min.]
[50 min.]
[60 min.]
[240 min.]
[Buzzer] [Off]
[On]*
[Contrast Adj.] -4,-3,-2,-1,0*,+1,+2,+3,+4
[Date & Time]*12 [Date] [yyyy/mm/dd]*14
[Time] [hh:mm]
[Date Format]*12 [yyyy/mm/dd]*
[dd/mm/yyyy]
[mm/dd/yyyy]
[Language] [English]
[Japanese]
[Francais]
[Italiano]
[Deutsch]
[Espanol]
[Russian]
[Chinese] (simplified)
[Korean]
1-111
Chapter 1
T-1-54
[System Setup] [Time Zone]*12 [0:London(GMT)]
[+1:Paris,Rome]
[+2:Athens,Cairo]
[+3:Moscow]
[+4:Eerevan,Baku]
[+5:Islamabad]
[+6:Dacca]
[+7:Bangkok]
[+8:Hong Kong]
[+9:Tokyo,Seoul]
[+10:Canberra]
[+11NewCaledonia]
[+12:Wellington]
[-12:Eniwetok]
[-11:Midway is.]
[-10Hawaii(AHST)]
[-9:Alaska(AKST)]
[-8:Oregon (PST)]
[-7:Arizona(MST)]
[-6:Texas(CST)]
[-5:NewYork(EST)]
[-4:Santiago]
[-3:Buenos Aires]
[-2:]
[-1:Cape Verde]
[feet/inch]
[Warning]
[None]*
[Hold Job]*2
[13"X19" (Super B)]
[28"X40" (ANSI F)]
[Keep Paper Size] [Off]*
[On]
[Rep.P.head Print] [Off]
[On]*
1-112
Chapter 1
T-1-55
[System Setup] [Nozzle Check] [Frequency] [Standard]*
[1 page]
[Warning] [Off]*
[On]
[CarriageScanWidth] [Automatic]*
[Fixed]
[Use RemoteUI]*12 [On]*
[Off]
[Reset PaprSetngs]*12
[Erase HDD Data]*12 [High Speed]
[Secure High Spd.]
[Secure]
[Output Method] [Print]*
[Print (Auto Del)]
[Save: Box XX]
[Print After Recv] [Off]*
[On]
[Common Box Set.]*12 [Print]
[Print (Auto Del)]*
[Show Job Log] [Off]
[On]
[Take-up Reel] [Use Take-up Reel] [Disable]*
[Enable]
[Auto Feed]*16
[Skip Take-up Err]*17 [Off]*
[On]
[Prep.MovePrinter] [Level 1]
[Level 2]
[Level 3]
[Admin. Menu]*12 [Change Password]*13
[Init.Admin.Pswd]*13
[Ink Info]
[Head Info]
[System Info]
[Error Log]
[Other Counter]
*1: Available only if ManageRemainRoll is On.

*2: Available only if Width Detection is set to Off.
*3: Available after Auto(Advanced) in Head Posi. Adj. has been used once.
*4: Available when you have specified Feed Priority > Adj. Priority > Automatic or Print Quality.
*5: Available when you have specified Feed Priority > Adj. Priority > Automatic or Print Length.
*6: Displayed if a sheet is loaded in the printer.
*7: Not shown if you have set IPv4 Mode to Manual.
*8: Not shown if you have set NetWare to Off.
*9: Not displayed if IPv6 Support is Off.
*10: Not shown if you have set Auto Detect to On.
*11: Print Anyway is displayed when a job being held is selected.
*12: Viewing and configuration is possible for administrators, and only viewing for other users.
*13: Viewing and configuration is possible for administrators only.
*15: Displayed only when the Media Take-up Unit is attached.
*16: Available if: Use Take-up Reel is Enable, roll paper is loaded, and you have not executed Auto Feed for the loaded roll.
*17: Available when Use Take-up Reel is Enable.
*18: Leading edge is not available as a setting option in the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box of the printer driver.
*19: Default setting for the time to enter the power save mode/sleep mode is recommended.
1-113
Chapter 1

T-1-56
[Adj. Fine Feed]
[Ink Info]
[Head Info]
[System Info]
[Error Log]
[Other Counter]
1-114
Chapter 1

[Paper Menu]
T-1-57

[Load Paper] Select either roll paper or cut sheet.
[Eject Paper] Choose this item before removing loaded paper.
[Chg. Paper Type] Change currently set paper type.
[Chg. Paper Size] Change currently set paper size.
[ManageRemainRoll] Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The printed barcode can
barcode.
[Paper Details] [Head Height] Adjust the Printhead height.
(The paper type is displayed [Skew Check Lv.] If you print on the paper that has an irregular width, choose Loose for a higher skew detection
here.) threshold, or choose Off to disable skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when
detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
[Cutting Mode] Select whether to use standard round blade cutter or not.
Select [Automatic] to cut paper after printing. Select [Manual] to print a line at the cut position
after printing without cutting. Select [Eject] to prevent the printout from dropping until the ink
dries after printing.
[Scan Wait Time] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in bidirectional printing, in
wait time.
[Roll DryingTime] Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
edge.
edge.
[Return Defaults] Choose OK to restore Paper Details to the factory default values.
[Print Paper Detail] Print the paper settings set with [Paper Details].
[Keep Paper Type] Select [On] to continue using the same type of paper.
1-115
Chapter 1
[Ink Menu]
T-1-58

[Head Cleaning A] Specify Printhead cleaning options.
Execute Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign substances.
[Job Menu]
T-1-59

[Print Job] [Job List] (Select Print [Delete] Delete the current job or queued jobs.
Job.) [Preempt Jobs] Print the job first after the current print job is finished printing.
[Stored Job] [Mailbox List] (Enter a [Job List]- Prints a saved job.
password if [Print]
one has been [Job List]- Deletes a saved job.
set.) [Delete]
[Print Job List] Prints a list of saved jobs.
[Job Log] (Choose from [Document Name] Indicates the document name of the selected print job.
information [User Name] Indicates the name of the user who sent the print job.
about the latest
three print [Page Count] Indicates the number of pages in the job.
jobs.) [Job Status] Indicates the printing results.
[Print Start Time] Indicates when the print job was started.
[Print End Time] Indicates when the print job was finished.
[Print Time] Indicates the time required to print the job.
[Output Img. Size] Indicates the image size in the print job.
[Media Type] Indicates the type of paper in the print job.
[Paper Consumed] Indicates the consumption of paper.
[Paper Length] Indicates the length of paper.
[Paper Width] Indicates the width of paper.
[Interface] Indicates the interface used for the print job.
[Ink Consumed] Indicates a rough estimate of how much ink was consumed per job.
[Print Settings] A counter for maintenance purposes. Indicates the job print settings.
[Head Height] A counter for maintenance purposes. Indicates the head height when jobs were printed.
[Temp./Humidity] A counter for maintenance purposes. Indicates the temperature and humidity when jobs were
printed.
[Adjustment reg.] A counter for maintenance purposes. Indicates the adjustment conditions applied to jobs.
[Print Job Log] Print the print job information such as paper type, size, and ink consumption. Ink consumption
is the approximate amount of ink used to print one sheet.
[Pause Print] Select [On] to stop printing.
[HDD Information] Indicates the total hard disk capacity and the mail box free space.
1-116
Chapter 1
[Set./Adj. Menu]
T-1-60

[Test Print] [Nozzle Check] Print a nozzle check pattern.
[Status Print] Print the printer information.
[Paper Details] Prints the paper settings set with [Paper Details].
[Print Job Log] Print print job information such as paper type, size, and ink consumption. Ink consumption is
the approximate amount of ink used to print one sheet.
[Menu Map] Print the menu list.
[Adjust [Head Posi. [Auto(Standard)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
Printer] Adj.] relative to the printing direction.
[Auto(Advanced)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
relative to the printing direction and spacing between nozzles and colors.
Try adjustment in this mode if "Auto(Standard)" does not improve printing.
[Auto(Expansion)] The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment
relative to the printing direction and spacing between nozzles and colors. Adjustment is
performed at a higher level of precision than Auto(Advanced).
Try adjustment in this mode if vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment when the
printer driver option "High-Precision Printing" or "Priority on dot placement accuracy" is
selected.
[Manual] Print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the printing direction. Enter
the adjustment value manually based on the resulting pattern.
[Feed Priority] [Adj. Priority] [Automatic] Set the priority feed precision. Normally select [Automatic]. Select [Print Quality] to print at
[Print Quality] high quality. Select [Print Quality] to reduce horizontal streaks. Select [Print Length] to
accurately control the feed amount. However, selecting [Print Length] may cause colors to
[Print Length] become slightly uneven in the carriage scan direction.
[Adj. Quality] [Auto(Genuin Set when using paper described in the paper reference guide.
ePpr)] A pattern to adjust the paper feed amount is printed, and the feed amount is automatically
[Auto(OtherPa Set when using paper not described in the paper reference guide.
per)] A pattern to adjust the paper feed amount is printed, and the feed amount is automatically
This takes longer than [Auto (GenuinePpr)] to print and consumes more ink.
[Manual] Select for paper that cannot be adjusted by [Auto(GenuinePpr)] or [Auto(OtherPaper)], such as
highly transparent paper.
Print a pattern to adjust the paper feed amount according to the type of paper.
[Adjust [AdjustmentPr Print a test pattern for adjustment relative to paper stretching or shrinkage, after which you can
Length] int]-[A:High]/ enter the amount of adjustment.
[B:Standard/
Draft]
[Change Displayed when [Print Length] is selected as [Adj. Priority] for [Feed Priority].
Settings]- Adjust the expansion rate of the currently loaded paper.
[A:High]/ Enter the result adjusted with [AdjustmentPrint] or the difference with your own measurement
[B:Standard/ in %.
Draft] Increase the adjustment value to increase the feed amount for paper that tends to expand, and
reduce it for paper that tends to shrink.
[Calibration] [Auto Adjust] Choose Yes for automatic adjustment of the adjustment value after a test pattern for color
calibration is printed. The new color calibration adjustment value is applied in all print jobs.
[Calibration Log] Check the date when color calibration was executed, as well as the type of paper used, asshown
on the Display Screen.
[Use Adj. Value] Choose Disabled >OK if you prefer not to apply the color calibration adjustment value in print
jobs. The printer driver settings will be used instead.
Choose Enabled >OK to apply the color calibration adjustment value in print jobs. However,
printer driver settings are given priority.
[Set Exec. Guide] Choose On if you want to be displayed the message at the recommended timing of the
calibration.
[Return Defaults] Clear the color calibration adjustment value and the execution log.
[Maintenance] [Head Cleaning] Specify Printhead cleaning options.
Cleaning A.
[Nozzle Check] Print a nozzle check pattern.
low.
[Repl. maint cart] When exchanging the maintenance cartridge, choose Yes and follow the instructions on the
screen.
[Change Cutter] When transferring the printer to another location, choose the level of transfer and follow the
1-117
Chapter 1
T-1-61

[Interfac [EOP Timer] Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the
e Setup] printer.
[TCP/IP] [IPv4] [IPv4 Mode] Choose whether the printer IP address is configured automatically or a static IP address is
entered manually.
[Protocol] [DHCP]/ Specify the protocol used to configure the IP address automatically.
[BOOTP]/
[RARP]
[IPv4 Settings] [IP Address]/ Specify the printer network information when using a static IP address.
[Subnet Mask]/ Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as well as the network subnet mask and default
[Default G/W] gateway.
update]
SrvAddr]/[Sec.
DNS SrvAddr]
Name]
Name]
[IPv6] [IPv6 Support] Set whether to support IPv6 connection.
[IPv6 StlessAddrs] Set whether to use IPv6 stateless address.
[DHCPv6] Set whether to use DHCPv6 setting.
update]-
[Statefull
Addr]/
[Stateless
Addr]
SrvAddr]/[Sec.
DNS SrvAddr]
Name]
Name]
[AppleTalk] Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol. To apply your changes, choose Register
Setting.
[Ethernet [Auto Detect] Specify the communication method. To apply your changes, choose Register Setting.
Driver]*12 Choose On for automatic configuration of the LAN communication protocol. Choose Off to
use settings values of Comm.Mode and Ethernet Type.
[Return Defaults] Select [OK] to return the [Interface Setup] settings to factory default.
1-118
Chapter 1
T-1-62

[System Setup] [Sleep Timer] Specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode.
[Buzzer] Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound once for warnings and three times for errors.
[Time] Set the current time. This can be set only when [Date] is set.
displayed for the remaining paper amount.
[Detect Mismatch] Set the printing behavior when the paper type and size set with the printer menu does not match
the paper type and size set with the printer driver.
Select [Pause] to pause printing. Select [Warning] to print a warning and continue printing.
Select [None] to continue printing without displaying a warning. Select [Hold Job] to queue the
job with different paper type and size in a job queue on the hard disk.
[Paper Size [Sht Selection 1] Select which size is to be recognized, [ISO A3+] or [13"x19"(Super B)], when the detected size
Basis] of the cut sheet is between these sizes.
[Keep Paper Size] Select [On] to give priority to paper size. If the margin set with the printer driver is less than
the margin set with the printer menu, the margin set with the printer menu has priority and text
and images extending beyond the margins are truncated.
Select [Off] to give priority to margin settings. If the margins set with the printer driver and the
margins set with the printer menu are different, the larger settings are used for printing.
[Rep.P.head Print] Select [On] to automatically perform [Adjust Detail] after replacing the Printhead.
[Nozzle Check] Set with [Frequency] the timing to check for nozzle clogging after printing. Select [Standard]
to adjust the checking timing according to the nozzle usage.
Select [1 page] to check after each page.
Select [On] for [Warning] to display a warning when the print head nozzle is clogged while
printing.
[Use RemoteUI] Select [Off] to disable access from RemoteUI and enable setting only from the operation panel.
values.
1-119
Chapter 1
T-1-63

[System Setup] [Erase HDD [High Speed] Delete the file management information of the saved data in the HDD.
Data] [Secure High Overwrite the random data in the whole of the hard disk drive.
Spd.]
[Secure] Overwrite 00 and FF and random data in the whole of the hard disk drive once at a time.
Execute the verify check whether the data has written correctly to the hard disk drive.
[Output Method] [Print] Select the output method of jobs sent from software other than the printer driver. This can be
[Print (Auto set from the printer if you are using a printer driver.
Del)] Select [Print] to print normally. Select [Print (AutoDel)] to print and delete the data in hard
disk. Select [Save: Box XX] to save to box without printing.
[Save: Box XX]
[Print After Recv] Setting of jobs sent from software other than the printer driver. This can be set from the printer
if you are using a printer driver. Select [On] to print after saving.
[Common Box Set.] Select [Print(AutoDel)] to print without saving to a common box.
[Show Job Log] Selecting Off prevents display of the log in Job Menu > Job Log. Additionally, the log is not
printed if you choose Job Menu > Print Job Log. Note that because job logs are not collected,
the Status Monitor accounting functions will not work correctly.
[Take-up Reel] [Use Take-up Reel] Choose Enable to use the Media Take-up Unit.
[Prep.MovePrint [Level 1] Select when moving the printer. Follow the instruction on the screen and perform the necessary
er] [Level 2] process.
This is not displayed when displaying a warning message about the amount remaining
[Level 3] maintenance cartridge.
[Admin. Menu] [Change Password] Set a password to restrict displaying/setting of menus as follows. Allowed value is from 0 to
9999999.
- Allow only administrator to display/set
[IPv4]
[Change Password]
[Init.Admin.Pswd]
- Allow administrator to display/set and non-administrator to display only
[Interface Setup](exclude [IPv4])
[Date & Time]
[Date Format]
[Time Zone]
[Use RemoteUI]
[Reset PaprSetngs]
[Save: Shared Box]
[Init.Admin.Pswd] Press [OK] to return the [Administrator Menu] password to factory default.
[Printer Info] [Paper Info] Indicates the current paper size, type, and related printer settings.
[Ink Info] Indicates ink levels and maintenance cartridge capacity.
[Head Info] Indicates information about the printhead.
[System Info] Indicates the firmware version, serial number, and interface information.
[Error Log] Indicates the most recent error messages (up to five).
[Other Counter] Indicates the total printing volume of the printer.
1-120
Chapter 1
1.6.9 Basket Unit

0017-9389
The Basket Unit(output stacker) can be installed at four positions, as shown.
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
F-1-46
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
F-1-47
[1] When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker, set it to this position.
[2] When the Output Stacker is not used, set it to this position.
[3] When printing on large and stiff sheets, or when the Media Take-up Unit is used, or when the Output Stacker is stored for long periods, lower it to this position
for storage.
When using the Output Stacker again after storage, reattach the Basket Rod on the front of the Output Stacker to the tips of the left and right Basket Rods and pull
the side rods out completely.
[4] When printing banners or when printing on delicate paper, set it to this position.
- When storing printed documents on the Output Stacker, always use it in position [1]. If you do not, printed documents may not be dropped into the Output Stacker,
and the printed surface may become soiled.
- The Output Stacker can hold one sheet. When printing multiple pages, remove each sheet after it is printed.
- Before using the Output Stacker, remove the Rewind Spool. If you do not, it may prevent printed documents from being h eld correctly, and it they may be
scratched.
a. Using the Output Stacker in the position for ejection in the front of the printer
You can also set the Output Stacker to the following position when printing banners or when printing on delicate paper.
MEMO:
- Always choose [Cutting Mode] > [Eject] in the main menu when the Output Stacker is in the position for ejection in the front of the printer. If you choose [Auto-
matic], printed documents may be damaged.
- During ejection in the front of the printer, be especially careful when using delicate paper or paper that curls easily.
- With some types of paper, the leading edge may curl or bend during ejection. In this case, straighten out the paper. Printed documents may be damaged if the paper
is curled or bent.
- Some types of paper may get caught between the Ejection Guide and Output Stacker during ejection. In this case, free the paper from where it is caught. Printed
documents may be damaged if the paper gets caught.
1-121
Chapter 1
1) Lift the Basket Rod gently to release the lock, lower the stacker toward the front, and push it all the way back.
F-1-48
2) Remove the front Basket Rod from the left and right Basket Rods, and remove the back Basket Rod and the black cord from the Rod Holder.
F-1-49
1-122
Chapter 1
3) Store the left and right Basket Rods. Next, remove the Rod Holder Adapter, leaving the Rod Holder attached, and put it in front of the printer.
F-1-50
4) Pull out the Basket Hooks from the left and right side of the Ejection Guide.
F-1-51
5) Attach the Basket Rod to the Basket Hooks so that the white tag of the Basket Cloth is on the left side.
F-1-52
1-123
Chapter 1
6) Form the Basket Cloth into a sloping shape to make it taut, and attach the middle Basket Rod to the Rod Holder.
F-1-53
b. Stowing the Output Stacker

Stow the Output Stacker if you will use the Media Take-up Unit or if you will not use the Output Stacker for an extended period.
1) Lift the front Basket Rod gently to release the lock, lower the stacker toward the front, and push it all the way back.
F-1-54
1-124
Chapter 1
2) Remove the front Basket Rod from the left and right Basket Rods. Roll up the Basket Cloth and put it at the back of the Bottom Stand Stay.
F-1-55
F-1-56
Arrange the Basket Cloth and Basket Rod so they do not interfere with the Media Take-up Sensor.
F-1-57
1-125
Chapter 1
3) Push in the left and right Basket Rods toward the back all the way, until they stop.
F-1-58
1-126
Chapter 1
1.7 Safety and Precautions
1.7.1 Safety Precautions
1.7.1.1 Moving Parts

0012-6284
Be careful not to get your hair, clothes, or accessories caught in the moving parts of the printer.
These include the carriage unit activated by the carriage motor, the carriage belt, the ink tube and the flexible cable; the feed motor-driven the feed roller, the pinch
roller; and the purge motor-driven the purge unit.
To prevent accidents, the upper cover of the printer is locked during printing so that it does not open. If the upper cover is opened in the online/offline mode, the
carriage motor, feed motor, and other driving power supplies are turned off.
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[6]
[8]
[9] [7]
[12]
[10]
[11]
F-1-59
T-1-64
[1] Carriage belt [7] Purge unit

[2] Ink tube [8] Pinch roller
[3] Flexible cable [9] Feed roller
[4] Carriage unit [10] Feed unit
[5] Carriage motor [11] Feed motor
[6] Lift unit [12] Media take-up unit
1-127
Chapter 1
1.7.1.2 Adhesion of Ink

0014-0264
1. Ink passages
Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer or to allow ink to stain the workbench, hands, clothes or the printer under repair.
The ink flows through the ink tank unit, carriage unit, purge unit, maintenance-jet tray, borderless print ink groove, maintenance cartridge and the ink tubes that
relay ink to each unit.
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[6]
[1]
F-1-60
T-1-65
[1] Maintenance-jet tray [4] Carriage unit
[2] Maintenance cartridge [5] Ink tank unit
[3] Purge unit [6] Borderless print ink groove
Although the ink is not harmful to the human body, it contains organic solvents.
Avoid getting the ink in your mouth or eyes.
Flush well with water and see a doctor if contact occurs.
In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity, call a doctor immediately.
Since this ink contains pigment, stains will not come out of clothing.
1-128
Chapter 1
2. Ink mist
Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media, a minute amount of ink mist is generated in the printing unit during printing. The ink mist is collected
in the printer by the airflow. However, uncollected ink mist may stain the platen unit, carriage unit, main rail unit, external unit, or purge unit.
These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the printer, wipe them off carefully with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth.
[2]
[1]
[3]
F-1-61
T-1-66
[1] Purge unit
[2] Upper cover
[3] Platen unit/Carriage unit/Main rail unit
1-129
Chapter 1
1.7.1.3 Electric Parts

0012-6287
The electrical unit of the printer is activated when connected to the AC power supply.
At the rear of the printer are the main controller, power supply, interface connector, and optional media take-up unit connector. The head relay PCB and carriage
relay PCB are incorporated in the carriage unit, and the operation panel is located on the upper right cover.
When servicing the printer with the cover removed, be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting contacts.
[1] [2]
Online Data Information Power

[3] [4]
Message
Cleaning
(3sec.)
Stop
Menu Load/Eject (1sec.)
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
F-1-62
T-1-67
[1] Operation panel [5] Power Supply

[2] Carriage relay PCB [6] Main controller PCB
[3] Head relay PCB [7] Interface connector
[4] AC inlet [8] Media take-up unit connector
1-130
Chapter 1
1.7.2 Other Precautions
1.7.2.1 Printhead
0013-1937
1. How to Handle the Printhead

Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head.
When installing the printhead in the printer, hold the knob[1] and then remove the protective cap 1[2] and protective cap 2[3] in that order.
Do not reattach the protective cap 2[3] to the printhead because the cap may damage the nozzles[4].
To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink, install the printhead immediately after you remove the protective caps.
Also make sure to press down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click.
In addition, to prevent clogging of the nozzles with foreign matter and improper supply of ink, never touch the nozzles[4] or ink port[6], or wipe it with tissue paper
or anything else.
Do not touch Electrical contact[5].
Also, never attempt to disassemble/reassemble the printhead or wash it with water.
MEMO:
If the nozzles are clogged or an ink suction problem occurs, white lines can appear on the printout a constant frequency or color dulling can occur. If this problem
is not resolved by cleaning operations, replace the printhead with a new one.
[1]
[4]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[5]
F-1-63
T-1-68
[1] Knob [4] Nozzles

[2] Protective cap 1 [5] Electrical contact
[3] Protective cap 2 [6] Ink port
2. Capping
The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has ended or during standby due to an error, in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage.
If the power cord is accidentally unplugged, turn off the Power button, reconnect the power cord, and then turn on the Power button. Confirm that the printer starts
up properly and enters to the "Online" or "Offline" status, and then power off the printer using the Power button.
Improper "capping operation" may cause clogged nozzles due to dried ink or ink leakage from the printhead.
3. When the printer is not used for a long time

Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended period of time.
If the printhead is left uninstalled, a printing failure may arise from closed nozzles due to depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled.
Even if the head remains installed, the nozzle may dry out and cause a printing failure if the ink is drained for transport.
4. Conductivity of Ink
The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive. If ink leaks to into the mechanical un it, wipe clean with a soft, we ll-wrung damp cloth. If ink leaks on to
electrical units, wipe them completely using tissue paper. If you cannot remove ink completely, replace the electrical units with new ones.
If electrical units are powered with ink leaked onto them, the units may damage.
Never connect the power cord when ink has leaded onto the electrical units.
1-131
Chapter 1
1.7.2.2 Ink Tank

0012-6292
1. Unpacking the Ink Tank

Do not unpack the ink tank until you are ready to install it.
When installing the ink tank, be sure to shake it slowly 7 to 8 times before unpacking it. Otherwise, the ink ingredients may precipitate and degrade the print quality.
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink port, install the unpacked ink tank in the printer immediately.
2. Handling the Ink Tank

To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and printing problems, never touch the ink port and contacts of the ink tank.
When you press down the ink tank cover, the needle enters the ink port, allowing ink to flow between the printer and ink tank.
Do not raise or lower the ink tank cover except when replacing the ink tank.
F-1-64
1-132
Chapter 1
1.7.2.3 Handling the Printer

0012-6294
1. Precautions against Static Electricity

Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices or change their
electrical characteristics.
In particular, never touch the printhead contacts[1].
[1]
F-1-65
2. Fixing the Carriage
After completion of printing, the carriage is mechanically locked by the lock arm in the purge unit at the same moment the printhead is capped.
Before transporting the printer, secure the carriage at its home position using belt stoppers[1] so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm and
damage or ink does not leak.
[1]
F-1-66
1-133
Chapter 1
3. Contact of Linear Scale/Carriage Shaft

Do not touch the linear scale and carriage shaft when the upper cover is opened, for maintenance.
Touching the linear scale and carriage shaft might cause abnormal movement of the carriage and produce defective prints.
[1]
[2]
F-1-67
[1] Linear Scale
[2] Carriage Shaft
4. Replacing the maintenance cartridge

When the maintenance cartridge detects that the tank is full, the "Repl. Maint. C" error appears. In this case the maintenance cartridge must be replaced.
The printer will not operate until the error is cancelled.
Be careful that the waste ink does not splash when you remove the used maintenance cartridge from the printer.
MEMO:
This printer has an EE PROM in the maintenance cartridge and the maintenance cartridge status is controlled by the main controll er PCB which reads and wr ites
the contents of that EEPROM. Therefore, initializing the counter information will not be needed when the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
5. Refilling the ink

After draining the ink from the printer according to the automatic or manual ink draining procedure for disassemble, reassemble, or transport/ship the printer, refill
the ink as soon as possible upon completion of those tasks.
Dried remaining ink on the surface of some components, may cause damage or abnormal operations.
1-134
Chapter 1
1.7.3 Precautions When Servicing Printer
1.7.3.1 Notes on the Data Stored in the Printer

0013-5942
This printer counts the print length, number of ink tank replacements, carriage driving time, number of cleaning operations, number of cutter operations, and so on
and stores them in the main controller's EEPROM as a COUNTER in Service mode.
COUNTER provides important information about the printer usage status.
You can check this information by printing it in the service mode or displaying it on the display.
Follow the precautions below when servicing the printer.
(1) Repairing/replacing the PCB

When replacing the main controller, follow the specified replacement procedure.
For the main controller replacement procedure, see "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly" > "Boards".
(2) After replacing the carriage unit

The information about the carriage driving time resides in the carriage unit. After replacing the carriage unit, select [INITIALIZE] > [CARRIAGE] in the service
mode to initialize the information about the carriage driving time.
(3) After replacing the purge unit

The information about the number of cleanings resides in the purge unit. After replacing the purge unit, select [INITIALIZE] > [PURGE] in the service mode to
initialize (clear) the information about the number of cleanings.
(4) On replacement of supplies

After supplies have been replaced, execute [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS xx] in service mode to initialize (clear) the parts counter information.
For the consumable parts, see "Maintenance" > "Consumable Parts".
You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized (cleared). Be careful not to initialize the counter information before checking it.
You cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel.
1.7.3.2 Confirming the Firmware Version

0013-5945

Firmware has been downloaded to the main controller.
When you have replaced the main controller, check that the firmware is the latest version. If not, update it to the latest version.
Reference:
For instruction on how to update the main controller, refer to "TROUBLESHOOTING" > "Update".
1.7.3.3 Precautions against Static Electricity

0013-5947

Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
To prevent this, discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting before you start disassembling the printer.
1.7.3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Reassembly

0013-5948
The precautions for disassembly/reassembly are described in "Disassembly/Reassembly".
1.7.3.5 Self-diagnostic Feature

0013-5950
The printer has a self-diagnostic feature to analyze hardware problems.

The self-diagnosis result is shown on the display and indicated by lamps.
For detailed information, see "Error Codes".
1.7.3.6 Disposing of the Lithium Battery

0013-5952
The main controller PCB of this printer is equipped with a lithium battery to back up various data.
Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.
"For CA, USA Only

Included battery contains Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply. See
http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ for detail."
1-135
Chapter 1
1-136
Chapter 1
1-137
Chapter 2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE
Contents
Contents
2.1 Basic Operation Outline.................................................................................................................................................2-1

2.1.1 Printer Diagram............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.2 Printer Diagram............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.3 Printer Diagram............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-3
2.1.4 Print Signal Sequence .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.8 Print Driving ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-8
2.1.9 Print Driving .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-10
2.1.10 Print Driving ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-12
2.1.11 Print Driving ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-14
2.1.12 Print Driving ............................................................................................................................................................................ 2-16
2.2 Firmware ......................................................................................................................................................................2-18
2.2.1 Operation Sequence at Power-on............................................................................................................................................... 2-18
2.2.2 Operation Sequence at Power-off .............................................................................................................................................. 2-19
2.2.3 Print Control............................................................................................................................................................................... 2-20
2.2.4 Print Control............................................................................................................................................................................... 2-20
2.2.5 Print Control............................................................................................................................................................................... 2-28
2.2.6 Print Position Adjustment Function........................................................................................................................................... 2-35
2.2.7 Head Management ..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-35
2.2.8 Printhead Overheating Protection Control................................................................................................................................. 2-35
2.2.9 Pause between Pages.................................................................................................................................................................. 2-35
2.2.10 White Raster Skip .................................................................................................................................................................... 2-35
2.2.11 Sleep Mode .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-35
2.2.12 Hard Disk Drive ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-35
2.3 Printer Mechanical System ..........................................................................................................................................2-37
2.3.1 Outline........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-37
2.3.1.1 Outline...........................................................................................................................................................................................................2-37
2.3.2 Ink Passage................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-38
2.3.2.1 Ink Passage....................................................................................................................................................................................................2-38
2.3.2.1.1 Overview of Ink Passage.......................................................................................................................................................................2-38
2.3.2.2 Ink Tank Unit ................................................................................................................................................................................................2-39
2.3.2.2.1 Structure of Ink Tank Unit ....................................................................................................................................................................2-39
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit .................................................................................................................................................................................................2-41
2.3.2.3.1 Functions of Carriage Unit....................................................................................................................................................................2-41
2.3.2.3.2 Functions of Carriage Unit....................................................................................................................................................................2-42
2.3.2.3.3 Structure of Carriage Unit .....................................................................................................................................................................2-43
2.3.2.4 Printhead .......................................................................................................................................................................................................2-45
2.3.2.4.1 Structure of Printhead............................................................................................................................................................................2-45
2.3.2.5 Purge Unit .....................................................................................................................................................................................................2-46
2.3.2.5.1 Functions of Purge Unit ........................................................................................................................................................................2-46
2.3.2.5.2 Structure of Purge Unit .........................................................................................................................................................................2-49
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge ..................................................................................................................................................................................2-51
2.3.2.6.1 Maintenance Cartridge ..........................................................................................................................................................................2-51
2.3.2.7 Air Flow ........................................................................................................................................................................................................2-52
2.3.2.7.1 Air Flow ................................................................................................................................................................................................2-52
2.3.3 Paper Path .................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-53
2.3.3.1 Outline...........................................................................................................................................................................................................2-53
2.3.3.1.1 Overview of Paper Path.........................................................................................................................................................................2-53
2.3.3.2 Paper Path......................................................................................................................................................................................................2-54
2.3.3.2.1 Structure of Feed Roller Unit ................................................................................................................................................................2-54
Contents
2.3.3.2.2 Structure of Feed Roller Unit................................................................................................................................................................ 2-55

2.3.3.3 Cutter Unit .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-56
2.3.3.3.1 Structure of Cutter Unit ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-56
2.4 Printer Electrical System ............................................................................................................................................. 2-57
2.4.1 Outline........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-57
2.4.1.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-57
2.4.1.2 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-57
2.4.1.3 Overview....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-60
2.4.2 Main Controller.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-62
2.4.2.1 Main controller PCB components................................................................................................................................................................. 2-62
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB................................................................................................................................................................... 2-68
2.4.3.1 Carriage relay PCB components................................................................................................................................................................... 2-68
2.4.4 Head Relay PCB ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-68
2.4.4.1 Head relay PCB components ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-68
2.4.4.2 Head relay PCB components ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-69
2.4.5 Motor Driver .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-70
2.4.5.1 Media take-up PCB components .................................................................................................................................................................. 2-70
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB............................................................................................................................................ 2-70
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components............................................................................................................................................. 2-70
2.4.7 Power Supply ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-70
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-70
2.5 Detection Functions with Sensors ............................................................................................................................... 2-71
2.5.1 Sensors for covers ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-71
2.5.2 Ink passage system..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-72
2.5.3 Ink passage system..................................................................................................................................................................... 2-74
2.5.4 Carriage system.......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-76
2.5.5 Paper path system ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-78
2.5.6 Media take-up Unit .................................................................................................................................................................... 2-79
2.5.7 Others......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-79
Chapter 2
2.1 Basic Operation Outline
2.1.1 Printer Diagram

0014-8859
iPF8000
A printer diagram is shown below.
Ink detection sensor
J501 J502
J3601 J3602 J3401 J3501 J3502

J108
J103 J102 J101 J202 J203 J201

J703 J702 J701 J802 J803 J801
J104 J105
J3201
J101 Ink tank ROM PCB(L)
Lift cam sensor
Multi sensor
Ink tank
Carriage relay PCB

Head relay PCB
Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, MBK
J102 J103 J101

Valve motor(L)
J2402
Valve open/closed detection sensor(L)
Ink tank cover switch(L)
Printhead(R)
Printhead(L)
Agitation cam sensor(L)
Ink tank
PM, M, BK, R, G, B
J201 J202
J3202
J101 Ink tank ROM PCB(R)
Linear encoder J108
Carriage cover sensor Main controller PCB Ink detection sensor
Upper cover lock solenoid(L) Valve motor(R)
J3003 J1801 J2601 J2801 J3150 J3001 J2702
Upper cover lock solenoid(R) Valve open/closed detection sensor(R)

J2502
Upper cover lock switch(L) Ink tank cover switch(R)

Upper cover lock switch(R) Agitation cam sensor(R)
J3002
Carriage motor Humidity sensor
Carriage HP sensor
Feed motor
Lift motor
Pressure release switch
J2501
Operation panel
Purge motor
Pump encoder
Power supply
Pump cam sensor
Media sensor
J101
Media take up relay PCB

Feed roller encoder
J102
Feed roller HP sensor
J101
Spool clutch
J2701
Media take-up PCB

J103 J102 Suction fan
Mist fan(R)
Media take-up motor
Mist fan(L)
Media take-up on/off sensor
Maintenance cartridge ROM PCB
Media take-up paper detection sensor J2
J3301
Head management sensor Maintenance cartridge relay PCB
J1
F-2-1

0017-8614
iPF8000S / iPF8100
A printer diagram is shown below.
2-1
Chapter 2
Main controller PCB
IC601-IC604
SO-DIMM Operation panel PCB
SDRAM
IC802 IC701 Maintenance cartridge

J3 J1801 EEPROM FLASH ROM relay PCB
Power supply PCB
ROM PCB
IC803 IC1
RTC ASIC
Ink tank
BAT 801
Lithium battery
J1201/ Ink tank
J1202 IC1201 ROM PCB
HDD
HDD Controller
Linear encoder USB Sensor

sensor
IEEE1394
Media take-up on/off
NIC BOARD sensor
LAN
Media take-up paper
J201
detection sensor
IC301/ Motor
J2601
Head IC304 J101/J102/
J101/J102/ J3301 Media take-up
J103/J201/ J103/J104/ IC2
motor
J202/J203 J105 ASIC J3201
J103 J102
J3003 J102
Multi J501
sensor J3401/J3501/ J101 J101 IC104
J701/J702/
J3502/J3601/ Motor driver
J703/J801/
J802/J803 J3602 Media take-up PCB
Lift cam J502 Media take-up

sensor relay PCB
Head relay PCB J2401/J2701

Fan
Carriage Suction fan

J202
cover sensor Mist fan (L)/(R)
Carriage relay PCB

IC2700 J2701/J2702
J2402/J2501/ Solenoid/Clutch
Driver
J2502/J2701/
Upper cover lock solenoid
J2702/J3001/
(L)/(R)
J3002/J3201/
Roll media rewinding
J3301
Sensor/Switch clutch
Carriage HP sensor J2402/J2501/

Pump encoder sensor IC2802/IC2900 J2502/J2801/
Pump cam sensor IC2902/IC3100 J3150
Motor
Media sensor IC3900
Head management sensor Motor driver Carriage motor
Feed roller encoder sensor Feed motor
Feed roller HP sensor Lift motor
Valve open/closed detection sensor (L)/(R) Purge motor
Agitation cam sensor (L)/(R) Valve motor (L)/(R)
Temperature/humidity sensor
Upper cover lock switch (L)/(R)
Ink tank cover switch (L)/(R)
F-2-2
2-2
Chapter 2

0024-9578
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
Shown below is a printer diagram.
Main controller PCB
IC601-IC604
SO-DIMM Operation panel PCB
SDRAM
IC802 IC701/IC703 Maintenance cartridge

J3 J1801 EEPROM FLASH ROM relay PCB
Power supply PCB
ROM PCB
IC803 IC1
RTC ASIC
Ink tank
BAT 801
Lithium battery
J1201/ Ink tank
J1202 IC1201 ROM PCB
HDD
HDD Controller
Linear encoder USB Sensor

sensor
Media take-up
LAN NIC BOARD ON/OFF sensor
Media take-up paper
J201
detection sensor
IC301/ Motor
J2601
Head IC304 J101/J102/
J101/J102/ J3301 Media take-up
J103/J201/ J103/J104/ IC2
motor
J202/J203 J105 ASIC J3201
J103 J102
J3003 J102
Multi J501
sensor J3401/J3501/ J101 J101 IC104
J701/J702/
J3502/J3601/ Motor driver
J703/J801/
J802/J803 J3602 Media take-up PCB
Lift cam J502 Media take-up

sensor relay PCB
Head relay PCB J2701

Fan
Carriage Suction fan

J202
cover sensor Mist fan (L)/(R)
Carriage relay PCB

IC2700 J2702/J3910
J2402/J2501/ Solenoid/Clutch
Driver
J2502/J2701/
Upper cover lock solenoid
J2702/J3001/
(L)/(R)
J3002/J3201/
Pick-up pressure solenoid
J3301
Sensor/Switch Roll media pick-up
pressure clutch 1/ 2
Carriage HP sensor J2402/J2501/
Pump encoder sensor J2502/J2801/
IC2802/IC2900 J3150
Pump cam sensor Motor
IC2902/IC3100
Media sensor
Motor driver
Head management sensor Carriage motor
Feed roller encoder sensor Feed motor
Feed roller HP sensor Lift motor
Valve open/closed detection sensor (L)/(R) Purge motor
Agitation cam sensor (L)/(R) Valve motor (L)/(R)
Temperature/humidity sensor
Upper cover lock switch (L)/(R)
Ink tank cover switch (L)/(R)
F-2-3
2-3
Chapter 2
2.1.4 Print Signal Sequence

0016-8841
iPF8000 / iPF8100
The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing starts is shown in Figure.
: Image data
Host computer : Mask pattern data
: Heat pulse
Printer driver : Command data
: PCI bus
a a
: Data bus
: Universal sirial bus
Interface unit
Expansion USB LAN
b b
b
i
ASIC (IC1/L-COA)
EEPROM
Image processing Printhead
c g
DDR-SDRAM unit EEPROM
d
SDR-SDRAM
f Carriage PCB
e
FLASH ROM f Latch IC
e,h
e
i e
Ink tank
h
EEPROM
ASIC (IC2)
i
Operation panel
i
Sensor and drive unit
Main controller
F-2-4
a) The printer driver on the host computer transmits print data, including command data, to the printer after compressing the image data, without resolution, color
and 12-color binarization conversion.
To achieve high-quality image output, the image processing table data used for image data color conversion and binarization conversion are generated as command
data to meet the Media Type and other specifications of the printer driver.
b) This printer receives print data from the individual interfaces on the main controller, transmitting the received print data to ASIC (IC1).
c) The main controller decompresses the print data transmitted to the ASIC and gets it through resolution, color and 12-color binarization conversion while loading
the data into DDR-SDRAM from time to time.
It also converts the print data to 12-color binary equivalents of image and command data.
d) The ASIC (IC1) generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in sync with the discharge time while loading the data into SDR-SDRAM
from time to time.
e) The ASIC (IC2) collects printhead information from EEPROM mounted on the printheads and the printer temperature from the latch IC on the carr iage board
and transmit them to the ASIC (IC1).
The ASIC (IC1) also receives mask pattern data from the firmware installed in flash ROM.
f) The ASIC (IC1) converts the image data synthesized with the mask pattern to data associated with the printhead information and the printer temperature, trans-
mitting the data to the printheads as a print signal. It transmits heat pulses to the printheads at the same time to optimize head driving.
g) The printheads convert the received print signal from a serial signal to a parallel signal for e ach row of nozz les and ANDs it with the heat pulses for pe rform
printing.
h) The ASIC (IC1) controls the general aspects of image processing and print drive control by detecting the status of the individual printer components with refer-
ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM. SDR-SDRAM is used as work memory.
i) The ASIC (IC2) controls the general aspects of drive control by controlling button actuations and message displays on the basis of the firmware installed in flash
ROM.
2-4
Chapter 2

0017-8155
iPF8000S
: Image data
: Heat pulse
: PCI bus
a a
: Data bus
Interface unit
Expansion USB LAN
b b
b
i
ASIC (IC1/L-COA)
EEPROM
Image processing Printhead
c g
DDR-SDRAM unit EEPROM
d
SDR-SDRAM
f Carriage PCB
e
e,h
e
i e
Ink tank
h
EEPROM
ASIC (IC2)
i
Operation panel
i
Main controller
F-2-5
the data into DDR-SDRAM from time to time.
d) The ASIC (IC1) generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in sync with the discharge time while loading the data into DDR-SDRAM
from time to time.
printing.
ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM. SDR-SDRAM is used as work memory.
ROM.
2-5
Chapter 2

0024-9149
iPF8300
: Image data
: Heat pulse
: PCI bus
a a
: Data bus
Interface unit
USB LAN
b b
i
ASIC (IC1/L-COA)
EEPROM
Printhead
c Image processing unit g
SDRAM EEPROM
d
SDRAM
f Carriage PCB
e
e,h
e
i e
Ink tank
h
EEPROM
ASIC (IC2)
i
Operation panel
i
Main controller
F-2-6
the data into SDRAM from time to time.
d) The ASIC (IC1) generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in sync with the discharge time whi le loading the data into SDRA M from
time to time.
printing.
ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM. SDRAM is used as work memory.
ROM.
2-6
Chapter 2

0026-6428
iPF8300S
: Image data
: Heat pulse
: PCI bus
a a
: Data bus
Interface unit
USB LAN
b b
i
ASIC (IC1/L-COA)
EEPROM
Printhead
c Image processing unit g
SDRAM EEPROM
d
SDRAM
f Carriage PCB
e
e,h
e
i e
Ink tank
h
EEPROM
ASIC (IC2)
i
Operation panel
i
Main controller
F-2-7
the data into SDRAM from time to time.
d) The ASIC (IC1) generates image data synthesized with mask data within the ASIC in s ync with the discharge time whi le loading the data into SDRA M from
time to time.
printing.
ence to the adjustment values stored in EEPROM. SDRAM is used as work memory.
ROM.
2-7
Chapter 2
2.1.8 Print Driving

0012-6309
iPF8000
Print and control signals are transferred via the carriage board to the printheads to discharge inks from the nozzle assembly at printing.
Each printhead has 12 trains of nozzles arranged in a zigzag pattern.
This printer uses two printheads arranged side by side.
(In installed state, from left to right, Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, MBK, PM, M, BK, R, G, B)
Print signals dir ected at each nozzle train are even-numbered nozzle data (Hx-x-DATA-x-EV) and odd-numbered nozzle data (Hx-x-DATA-x-OD). These are
transferred in timing with a data transfer clock (Hx-CLK) and data latch pulses (Hx-LT).
The Heat Enable (Hx-x-HE-x) drive control signal enables inks to be discharged from the nozzles.
1. Pint drive control

Each train of nozzles in a printhead has 2,560 nozzles.
Ink discharge nozzles are selected split in 40-, 20- or 10-nozzle blocks according to the Block Enable information in the even-numbered nozzle data and odd-num-
bered nozzle data.
Each selected block of nozzles is impressed with a Heat Enable signal generated with variable pulse widths according to the head rank, head temperature and printer
temperature for optimized ink discharges. The nozzles are driven by heater boards in the nozzles to discharge inks. Optimal nozzle blocks are selected according
to the print path.
The diagram below illustrates the relationship between a 40-block nozzle and nozzles driven.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Block No.
0
Printhead nozzle No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
2559
The pattern is repeated until 2560 nozzles is reached.
F-2-8
2-8
Chapter 2
2. Print drive timing

Each printhead houses 12 trains of nozzles, which share the same data transfer clock (Hx-CLK) and data latch pulses (Hx-LT).
Even-numbered nozzle data (Hx-x-DATA-x-EV), odd-numbered nozzle data (Hx-x-DATA-x-OD) and the Heat Enable (Hx-x-HE-x) signal are generated for each
nozzle train and controlled individually.
Printing is carried out in two ways through reciprocating motion of the carriage.
An encoder sensor mounted on the carriage generates a 150-dpi-pitched linear scale detection signal (ENCODER_A) and a signal (ENCODER_B) shifted 120 de-
grees in phase. The direction of carriage motion is detected from the status of the ENCODER_B signal relative to the leading edge of the ENCODER_A signal.
The printhead is driven using a 2400-dpi timing signal (internal signal), which is generated by dividing the ENCODER_A signal detected at the 150 dpi timing into
16 equal sections.
Printing in the forward direction is triggered at the leading edge of the detection signal (ENCODER_A).
Printing in the backward direction is carried out the same way as printing in the forward direction but at the trailing edge of the detection signal (ENCODER_A),
when the order of heated nozzles is reversed depending on the sequence of transfer of even-numbered nozzle data and odd-numbered nozzle data.
150dpi
Linear scale
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
2400dpi
Internal signal
2400dpi
H0_CLK
H0_A_DATA_0_EV Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 22
H0_A_DATA_0_OD Data of block 0 Data of block 2 Data of block 4 Data of block 22
H0_LT
H0_A_HE_1
Low active
F-2-9
2-9
Chapter 2
2.1.9 Print Driving

0017-8157
iPF8000S
(In installed state, from left to right, PC, C, PM, GY, MBK, GY, Y, BK, M, PM, C, PC)

bered nozzle data.
to the print path.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
2559
F-2-10
2-10
Chapter 2

16 equal sections.
150dpi
Linear scale
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
2400dpi
Internal signal
2400dpi
H0_CLK
H0_LT
H0_A_HE_1
Low active
F-2-11
2-11
Chapter 2
2.1.10 Print Driving

0017-8156
iPF8100
(In installed state, from left to right, Y, PC, C, PGY, GY, BK, PM, M, MBK, R, G, B)

bered nozzle data.
to the print path.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
2559
F-2-12
2-12
Chapter 2

16 equal sections.
150dpi
Linear scale
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
2400dpi
Internal signal
2400dpi
H0_CLK
H0_LT
H0_A_HE_1
Low active
F-2-13
2-13
Chapter 2

0024-9422
iPF8300
(In installed state, from left to right, PC, C, MBK, Y, M, PM, R, G, B, PGY, GY, PBK)

bered nozzle data.
to the print path.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
2559
F-2-14
2-14
Chapter 2

16 equal sections.
150dpi
Linear scale
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
2400dpi
Internal signal
2400dpi
H0_CLK
H0_LT
H0_A_HE_1
Low active
F-2-15
2-15
Chapter 2

0026-6429
iPF8300S
(In installed state, from left to right, PC, C, PM, GY, MBK, M, Y, BK, GY, PM, C, PC)

bered nozzle data.
to the print path.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
2559
F-2-16
2-16
Chapter 2

16 equal sections.
150dpi
Linear scale
ENCODER_A
ENCODER_B
2400dpi
Internal signal
2400dpi
H0_CLK
H0_LT
H0_A_HE_1
Low active
F-2-17
2-17
Chapter 2
2.2 Firmware
2.2.1 Operation Sequence at Power-on

0012-6310
The sequence of printer operations, from power-on to transition to online mode, is flowcharted below. The printer takes less than 1 minute to initialize itself(*).
* Excluding the times spent supplying inks and cleaning the printhead after leaving the printer for extended periods of time.
Power Button ON
Initialization of software
Device/resource Initialization of various devices
initializarion
Engine startup status check

Engine status check Previous power-off status check,etc.
Printhead installation status check

Printhead/ Ink tank installation status check
ink tank check EEPROM check
Cassette pick-up unit initialization

Media feed system Roll feed unit initialization
initialization Roll feed unit initialization
Sensor check
Recovery system return to origin

Recovery system Sensor check
initialization
Carriage motor return to origin

Carriage position
initialization
Remaining ink level detection/

Waste ink level detection
Power-on
automatic recovery operation
Capping
Waiting for print operation

F-2-18
2-18
Chapter 2
2.2.2 Operation Sequence at Power-off

0012-6311
Turning off the power switch cuts off the drive voltage supply, launching a firmware power-off sequence as shown below.
If the power cord is disconnected fr om the wall outlet or the upper cover or any other cover is opend, the printer cancels the ongoing operation and shuts down
immediately. Since printhead capping may or may not have been carried out properly, reconnect the power cord to the wall out and turn on the power switch. Making
sure that the printer has entered online mode, turn off the power switch.
1. Power-off sequence
Hold down for at least once second

Power button OFF
If media remains,it is ejected even

Media ejection
when printing is in progress.
Power-off automatic recovery
Capping
Sensor system power OFF
Writing to EEPROM
Backup of various data
Power-off
F-2-19
2-19
Chapter 2
2.2.3 Print Control

0012-6312
iPF8000
1. Print modes
Print methods, such as carriage and paper feed operation, are varied according to the media type, print quality, kind of print data and so forth to achieve high-quality
high-speed print free from blurring and uneven density.
Because each color prints in up to 16 passes according the print quality requirement for a print mode, uneven density problems caused by variations in the rate of
discharge among different nozzles are eliminated. Deferred print timings do not allow a new ink to overprint the preceding ink until the preceding ink has virtually
fixed, thereby reducing the chances of blurred printing.
Different operations take place even in the same print mode according to the paper setting of the print driver.
a) Draft mode
Imaging data is thinned out to print in one or two passes per band (equivalent of the length of a nozzle).
Configure the print driver for print quality Draft to enable draft mode
b) Standard mode
Imaging data prints in one to six (one, two, four or six) passes per band (equivalent of the length of a nozzle).
Configure the print driver for print quality setting Standard to enable standard mode.
c) High quality mode

Imaging data prints in two, four or eight passes per band.
Configure the print driver for print quality High to enable high quality mode.
d) Highest quality mode

Imaging data prints in eight or 16passes per band.
Configure the print driver for print quality Highest to enable highest quality mode.
Print Mode List
T-2-1
Media Type Print Print Quality Processing Print resolution Print Printing direction
Priority resolution (dpi) pass (*1)
(dpi)
Plain Paper Image draft 300 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional
Plain Paper(High Quality) standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Plain Paper(High Grade)
Line drawing draft 600 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional
/Text standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Office standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
document
Recycled Coated Paper Image standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
Coated Paper High 600 2400x1200 8 Bi-directional
Heavyweight Coated Paper
Extra Heavyweight Coated Paper Highest 600 2400x1200 12 Bi-directional
Premium Matte Paper Image standard 600 1200x1200 6 Bi-directional

Glossy Photo Paper
Semi-Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight Glossy Photo Paper
Heavyweight SemiGlos Photo Paper
Synthetic Paper
Adhesive Synthetic Paper
Backlit Film High 600 2400x1200 8 Bi-directional
Backprint Film
Flame-Resistant Cloth
Fabric Banner
Thin Fabric Banner
Proofing Paper
Fine Art Photo
Fine Art Heavyweight Photo
Fine Art Textured Highest 600 2400x1200 16 Bi-directional
Fine Art Watercolor
Fine Art Block Print
Canvas Matte
Canvas Semi-Glossy
Japanese Paper Washi
Colored Coated Paper Image standard 300 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional

CAD Tracing Paper Line drawing draft 600 1200x1200 2 Bi-directional
CAD Translucent Matte Film /Text standard 600 1200x1200 4 Bi-directional
CAD Clear Film
*1 Uni-directional can be selected optionally from the printer driver.
2.2.4 Print Control

0017-8135
iPF8000S
1. Print mode
This printer is capable of fast, high-quality printing without blur and non-uniform density by changing the carriage operation, media feeding, other printing methods
2-20
Chapter 2
according to the selected media type, print quality, print data and so on.
Printing is performed for each color using a maximum of 16 paths in each print mode according to the selected print quality.
This reduces density irregularities caused by the variation in the amounts of ink discharged from individual nozzles. In addition, it shifts the printing timing so that
the current ink layer is nearly fixed before the next ink layer is applied, thus minimizing bleeding.
Even in the same mode, the printer operates in a different way depending on the media setting made using the printer driver.
a) Draft mode
In the draft mode, image data is thinned out and a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed using two paths.
To use this mode, select "Draft" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.
b) Standard mode
In the standard mode, a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed using 4-8 (4, 6, or 8) paths.
To use this mode, select "Standard" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.

In the high quality mode, a single band is printed using 8 or 12 paths.
To use this mode, select "High" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.
To use this mode, select "Highest" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.
T-2-2
Printing Modes
2-21
Chapter 2
T-2-3
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Recycled Paper






2-22
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-23
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-24
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Film Paper Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
2-25
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Synthetic Paper Synthetic Paper Image Standard 6 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
2-26
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-27
Chapter 2
2.2.5 Print Control

0017-8146
iPF8100
1. Print mode
This printer is capable of fast, high-quality printing without blur and non-uniform density by changing the carriage operation, media feeding, other printing methods
according to the selected media type, print quality, print data and so on.
Printing is performed for each color using a maximum of 16 paths in each print mode according to the selected print quality.
This reduces density irregularities caused by the variation in the amounts of ink discharged from individual nozzles. In addition, it shifts the printing timing so that
the current ink layer is nearly fixed before the next ink layer is applied, thus minimizing bleeding.
Even in the same mode, the printer operates in a different way depending on the media setting made using the printer driver.
a) Draft mode
In the draft mode, image data is thinned out and a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed using two paths.
To use this mode, select "Draft" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.
b) Standard mode
In the standard mode, a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed using 4-8 (4, 6, or 8) paths.
To use this mode, select "Standard" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.

To use this mode, select "High" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.

To use this mode, select "Highest" under "Print Quality" in the printer driver.
T-2-4
Printing Modes
2-28
Chapter 2
T-2-5
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Recycled Paper






2-29
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-30
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-31
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
Film Paper Backprint Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 PBK
Backlit Film Image Standard 8 Bi-directional 1200x1200 MBK
2-32
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-33
Chapter 2
Print
Quality Pass ink
(dpi)
2-34
Chapter 2
2.2.6 Print Position Adjustment Function

0012-6313
This printer supports a print position adjustment for the vertical and horizontal print positions, the bidirectional print position of the printhead mounted on the car-
riage, and the feedrate.
There are two adjustment modes for the print: automatic adjustment, in which print position adjustment patterns printed are detected by the multi sensor attached
to the lower left part of the carriage, and manual adjustment, in which print position adjustment patterns that are slightly modified from one another are printed, so
that visually verified adjustment values can be set from the operation panel.
To make print position adjustments, A3-or-larger-sized roll media or cut media are needed.
2.2.7 Head Management

0012-6314
This printer supports a nozzle check function to spot non-discharging nozzles in the printhead.
When the printer detects a non-discharging nozzle, it starts cleaning the printhead automatically to correct its discharge failure. If cleaning does not work, the printer
backs up the non-discharging nozzle with an alternative nozzle automatically to ensure unfailing print performance.
Detection timings (automatic):

Power-on, carriage cover open detection, print start (check timing variable by selecting Nozzle Check from the system menu).
2.2.8 Printhead Overheating Protection Control

0012-6315
When an abnormal temperature rise in the printhead is detected, overheating protection control launches.
Overheating could occur in the printhead after a period of print operations without the nozzles being filled with inks.
Overheating protection control is implemented on the basis of the temperature detected by the head temperature sensor for each nozzle. When an abnormal temper-
ature is detected in any nozzle train, overheating protection control is exerted at one of two levels according to that temperature.
Protection level 1:
If the head temperature sensor (DI sensor) detects a temperature higher than the protection temperature, it halts the carriage temporarily at the scan end position in
the direction of travel according to the carriage scan status.
Printing resumes when the printhead radiates naturally to cool down below a predetermined temperature or when 30 seconds or longer have elapsed since the de-
tection of the higher temperature.
Protection level 2:
If the head temper ature sensor (DI sensor) detects a te mperature higher than the abnor mal temperature, the printer shuts down t he print operation immediately,
moving the carriage to the home position for capping, with an error indication on the display.
2.2.9 Pause between Pages

0012-6320

An inter-page function is available to prevent ink rubbing, which keeps paper just printed hanging above the platen and waiting for a predetermined period of time
before delivery.
The wait time is user-programmable from the print driver. This feature is particularly useful on paper that takes time to dry after printing, such as film.
2.2.10 White Raster Skip

0012-6322
This printer supports a white raster skip function to bypass carriage scanning in a consecutive sequence of voids in print data, for added throughput.
2.2.11 Sleep Mode

0012-6324
The printer has sleep mode to reduce its standby power requirement.
The printer transitions to sleep mode automatically when it has been left idle or no print data has been received for a predetermined period of time while the printer
is online or offline.
The printer exits sleep mode when any operation panel key is activated or print data is received from the host computer.
The time to transition to sleep mode is variable from the operation panel (Default: 5minutes).

0013-9239
iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S
This printer features a hard disk drive, which provides the following functions.
- Early release of the host computer
- Error recovery
- Job preservation
- Preserved job print
- Job queue handling
1) Early release of the host computer

Each print job re ceived from the host computer is pre served to the har d disk drive attached to the printer, so the printer can proceed with independent printing,
releasing the host computer before the print job completes.
2-35
Chapter 2
2) Error recovery
If a print job aborts as a result of any print problem, such as a paper jam or insufficient paper, the printer reloads the print job stored on the hard disk so it can resume
the print job without having to retransmit the job from the host computer to it.
3) Job preservation
Print jobs are in the common box, a place of temporary data storage, and in the personal box, a place of permanent data storage.
Normal print jobs are stored in the common box as they are received. Due to the limited hard disk space available, jobs stored in the common box are deleted from
the oldest one in sequence.
Print jobs can be simply stored in the personal box without printing. Print jobs stored in the common box can be moved to the personal box.
4) Preserved job handling

Print jobs stored in the personal box or common box can be printed from the operation panel.
5) Job queue handling

Multiple jobs queued for print can be handled. including the raising priority order of selected jobs in the queue or canceling selected print jobs.
2-36
Chapter 2
2.3 Printer Mechanical System
2.3.1 Outline
2.3.1.1 Outline
0012-6326
The printer mechanism is broken down into two broad sections: ink passage and paper passage.
The ink passage consists primarily of the carriage unit[2] that houses ink tanks[1] and a printhead, purge unit[3] and maintenance cartridge[4], and supplies, which
circulates, sucks and otherwise handles inks.
The paper passage consists of mechanical components, such as the paper feed unit[5], which is designed to feed, convey and deliver paper in two ways.
A summary description of each mechanical component of the printer is given below.
[3]
[1]
[5] [1]
[2]
[4]
F-2-20
2-37
Chapter 2
2.3.2 Ink Passage

2.3.2.1 Ink Passage
2.3.2.1.1 Overview of Ink Passage
0012-6328
The ink passage comprises ink tanks, a printheads, caps, a maintenance jet tray, a maintenance cartridge, ink tubes interconnecting the mechanical components of
the printer, and a suction pump that is driven to suck inks. It supplies, circulates, sucks and otherwise handles inks.
The ink passage (per color) is schematically shown below, along with the ink flow.
Mechanical Drive Unit

Ink or air flow
Carriage unit
Printhead Joint
Ink tank
Cap
Needle(ink supply) Needle(air passage)

Suction pump
Ink supply vavle
Piston
Agitation fin
Joint
Subtank
Valve Agitation
motor cam
F-2-21
a) Supplying inks from the ink tanks to the ink supply valve assembly
The ink tanks each contain ink to feed the printhead.
Head differences allow the inks to flow from the ink tanks to the subtanks first, then to the ink supply valves.
Air is discharged through the air passage of the subtanks to keep the internal pressure of the ink tanks constant.
b) Supplying inks from the ink supply valves to the printhead

The ink stored in an ink tank flows to the printhead when the suction pipe is driven with the ink supply valve opened and the head capped.
c) Supplying inks while printing

The ink supply valves are kept open while printing, so that ink is constantly flowing to the printhead under the negative pressure of the nozzle assembly which is
caused by the discharging inks.
Furthermore, waste inks sucked in the cleaning operation and inks from the maintenance jet tray flow into the maintenance cartridge.
Opening all the ink passages (by opening both the ink supply valve and the printhead fixer lever with an ink tank yet to be installed) while an ink tube is being filled
with ink could cause the ink in the ink tube to flow backwards due to a head pressure difference, causing leakage through the hollow needle in the ink tank.
As a precaution, never open all the ink passages at the same time while the ink tubes are being filled with inks.
d) Ink agitating
Ink will be agitated to prevent the element of the pigment ink from subsiding in the ink tank and the sub-tank.
The valve motor drive is transm itted to the agitation cam, the agitation fin in the sub-tank rotates and ink in the sub-tank will be agitated. In addition, ink flows
backward by moving the piston under the needle(ink supply) up and down in the ink tank, and ink in the ink tank will be agitated.
2-38
Chapter 2
2.3.2.2 Ink Tank Unit

2.3.2.2.1 Structure of Ink Tank Unit
0012-6329
a) Ink tanks
The ink level in each ink tank is memorized in EEPROM attached to the tank and is detected as a dot count on the basis of the EEPROM information.
When an electrode attached to a hollow needle detects no continuity, it displays a message reporting that the ink tank is nearly empty.
If the dot count reaches a predesigned value in this state, an ink out condition is assumed.
b) Ink port
Depressing the ink tankfixer lever on the printer would cause would cause a hollow needle to pierce the ink tank port sealed by a rubber plug, linking the ink passage
of the ink to the printer.
c) Air passage
Depressing the ink tank fixer lever on the printer would cause an open hollow needle to pierce the air passage sealed by a rubber plug releasing the internal pressure
of the ink tank to keep it constant.
d) Notches for preventing incorrect installation

Ink tanks are furnished with a notch for preventing incorrect installation.
If the installation of an ink tank in incorrect position is attempted, the notch would interfere with it, preventing its installation.
The ink tank fixer lever won't lower without the ink tank fully inserted to reach the mounting position, so the ink cannot be supplied.
[4] [3]
[2]
[5]
[1]
[5]
F-2-22
T-2-6
[1] Ink tank [2] EEPROM

[3] Ink port [4] Air passage
[5] Notch for preventing incorrect installation
2-39
Chapter 2
e) Subtank
The subtank installed under each ink tank complements the work of the ink tank, agitating the ink in the tank.
If the ink tank runs out of the ink while printing, the ink stored in the subtank is available, allowing the ink tank to be replaced without having to stop printing.
f) Ink supply valves

Ink tank supply valves are located halfway between the ink tanks and the ink tubes. These valves prevent the leakage of inks that might otherwise be caused by the
opening of the ink tubes on the side of the ink tanks during their replacement.
The ink supply valves are caused to open and close by the valve open/close mechanism that is activated by driving the valve motors.
The ink tank unit consists of tank bases each are organized into one group of six colors, and six-color ink tubes.
The color-specific ink supply valves are linked with the valve cams so they will open and close at the same time for all colors.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[9] [8] [7] [6] [5]

F-2-23
T-2-7
[1] Agitation cam sensor [2] Valve motor

[3] Valve open/closed detection sensor [4] Agitation cam
[5] Ink tube [6] Ink supply valve
[7] Link [8] Valve cam
[9] Ink discharge tube
2-40
Chapter 2
2.3.2.3 Carriage Unit

2.3.2.3.1 Functions of Carriage Unit
0012-6330
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a) Printhead mounting function

The carriage, which fixes the printhead in position mechanically, is connected to the contacts of the head relay PCB.
b) Control function
The carriage carries a carriage relay PCB, which relays drive signals from the main controller PCB, a head relay PCB, which relays printhead drive signals to the
printhead, a linear encoder, which generates print timing signals, and a multi sensor, which detects the width of paper and skews in it, adjusts is registration and the
head height.
The carriage relay PCB is connected to the main controller PCB by a flexible cable.
c) Carriage drive function

The carriage is moved over the platen by means of the carriage belt that is driven by the power imparted from the carriage motor.
d) Printhead maintenance function

This printer performs cleaning operations, such as wiping the printhead and sucking inks, with the carriage halted at its home position.
e) Nozzle check function

This printer carries out an ink discharge operation with the carriage halted at the head management sensor, locating a non-discharging nozzle in the printhead.
f) Carriage height adjustment function

If the separation between the face of the printhead and the paper (carriage height) is varied as a result of differing paper thicknesses, crooked or curled paper or
other problems, the printer is liable to generate excess mist as the carriage height increases or to result in head rubbing as the carriage height decreases.
To maintain an acceptable carriage height, the lift motor is driven according to the selected paper type, feeding method, print conditions (borderless printing/prior-
itized picture quality) , environmental condition(temperature/humidity) and multi sensor measurements to automatically adjust the separation between the face of
the printhead and the paper
The table below shows the relation between the media type and the height of the head.
T-2-8
Height of printhead
Media type Remarks
(mm)
1.4 (Lowest) Photopaper, Synthetic paper, Film, Plain paper(Line drawing) Capping position
1.8 (Low) Coated paper(Line drawing)
2.0 (Standard) Plain paper, Coated paper, Fabric banner
2.2 (High) Premium matte paper, Fine art(watercolor,block print)
2.6 (Highest) Canvas
g) Paper leading edge detection function/paper width detection function/skew detection function
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage detects the leading edge and width of paper feeding on the platen and any skews in it.
h) Automatic printhead position adjustment function

The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage reads an adjustment pattern printed on a form and adjusts the print timing of each printhead automat-
ically.
i) Remaining roll media detection function

The printer prints a bar code on roll media upon installation of the roll media. The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage detects the remaining
roll length.
j) Internal unit temperature sensor

A thermistor installed on the head relay PCB detects the internal unit temperature near the printhead.
2-41
Chapter 2
2.3.2.3.2 Functions of Carriage Unit

0024-9588
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a) Printhead mounting function

The carriage, which fixes the printhead in position mechanically, is connected to the contacts of the head relay PCB.
b) Control function
The carriage carries a carriage relay PCB, which relays drive signals from the main controller PCB, a head relay PCB, which relays printhead drive signals to the
printhead, a linear encoder, which generates print timing signals, and a multi sensor, which detects the width of paper and skews in it, adjusts is registration and the
head height.
The carriage relay PCB is connected to the main controller PCB by a flexible cable.
c) Carriage drive function

The carriage is moved over the platen by means of the carriage belt that is driven by the power imparted from the carriage motor.
d) Printhead maintenance function

This printer performs cleaning operations, such as wiping the printhead and sucking inks, with the carriage halted at its home position.
e) Nozzle check function

This printer carries out an ink discharge operation with the carriage halted at the head management sensor, locating a non-discharging nozzle in the printhead.
f) Carriage height adjustment function

If the separation between the face of the printhead and the paper (carriage height) is var ied as a result of differing paper thicknesses, crooked or curled paper or
other problems, the printer is liable to generate excess mist as the carriage height increases or to result in head rubbing as the carriage height decreases.
To maintain an acceptable carriage height, the lift motor is driven according to the selected paper type, feeding method, print conditions (borderless printing/prior-
itized picture quality) , environmental condition(temperature/humidity) and multi sensor measurements to automatically adjust the separation between the face of
the printhead and the paper
The table below shows the relation between the media type and the height of the head.
T-2-9
Height of printhead
Media type (reference) Remarks
(mm)
1.2 Plain paper
1.4 Photopaper, Synthetic paper, Film, Plain paper(Line drawing) Capping position
1.8 Coated paper(Line drawing)
2.0 Plain paper, Coated paper, Fabric banner
2.2 Premium matte paper, Fine art(watercolor,block print)
2.6 Canvas
g) Paper leading edge detection function/paper width detection function/skew detection function
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage detects the leading edge and width of paper feeding on the platen and any skews in it.
h) Automatic printhead position adjustment function

The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage reads an adjustment pattern printed on a form and adjusts the print timing of each printhead automat-
ically.
i) Remaining roll media detection function

The printer prints a bar code on roll media upon installation of the roll media. The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage detects the remaining
roll length.
j) Internal unit temperature sensor

A thermistor installed on the head relay PCB detects the internal unit temperature near the printhead.
2-42
Chapter 2
2.3.2.3.3 Structure of Carriage Unit

0012-6332
a) Printhead mount
The printhead is secured to the carriage by the printhead fixer cover and the printhead fixer lever.
When the printhead is secured to the carriage, the signal contact of the head relay PCB is pressed against that of the printhead to convey print signals.
Furthermore, the ink passage from the ink tanks is connected to the printhead via the ink tubes.
b) Ink port
Ink is supplied to the printhead via an ink tube, which is connected to ink joints, and runs between the tube guides to reach the carriage and follow its movement.
[3]
[1]
[2] [4]
[5]
F-2-24
T-2-10
[1] Carriage motor

[2] Printhead fixer lever
[3] Printhead fixer cover
[4] Electrical contact
[5] Ink tube
c) Controller
The Carriage relay PCB is connected to the head relay PCB by means of a short flexible cable.
The flexible cable between the main controller and the carriage relay PCB follows up the motion of the carriage together with the tube guide.
A photocoupler encoder mounted in the lower part of the back of the carriage detects a linear scale reading as the carriage moves.
d) Carriage drive
Mechanical misregistrations in the vertical/horizontal and bidirectional print positions of the printhead mounted can be corrected by selecting Adjust Printer from
the main menu to shift the print timing.
A DC-operated carriage motor drives the carriage reciprocally on the platen by way of the carriage belt.
The carriage home position, or the capping position, is detected by the sensor flag onthe right side of the carriage and the photointerrupter-based carriage HP sensor
on the right side of the printer. When the linear scale position is set as a reference home position for use in subsequent position control operations, the carriage motor
is driven by a control signal generated from the main controller PCB.
e) Printhead maintenance unit

This printer cleans the printhead with the carriage halted at its home position.
Wiping takes place through the rotation of the motor.
Wiper blades mounted on the carriage wipe the printhead while the carriage is halted at its home position.
Wet wiping is carried out for added wiping removal performance, whereby the wiper blade s are moistened with glycerin as the y are pressed against an absor ber
impregnated with glycerin.
Maintenance jet ejection is carried out on the cap, at the maintenance jet tray, borderless printing ink tray and on the paper surface.
A suction operation is carried out by a suction cap in the purge unit.
f) Carriage height adjustment unit

The head height is adjusted with the carriage halted at its home position.
The lift motor is driven to rotate the lift shaft within the carriage, in sync with which the lift cams on both sides of the carriage move the head holder up and down,
2-43
Chapter 2
thereby varying the separation between the face of the printhead and the paper.
The printhead height is detected from the lift cam sensor within the carriage and the distance of rotation of the lift motor.
g) Multi sensor
The multi sensor attached to the lower left part of the carriage consists of four LEDs (red, blue, green, infrared) and two light-receiving sensors to detect the leading
edges and width of paper and skews in it, and to adjust its registration and head height.
The multi sensor standard has a white plate attached to it, so that a reference value can be calculated during carriage height measurement by measuring the intensity
of light reflected upon the white plate.
(Service mode: SERVICE MODE>ADJUST>GAP CALIB)
h) Rail cleaner
The shaft cleaner located in the right rear of the carriage helps keep the main rail clean.
i) Internal unit temperature sensor

One thermistor is installed on the head relay PCB on the back of the head holder to detect the internal unit temperature.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4] [5]
[10]
[12]
[9]
[8]
[11]
F-2-25
T-2-11
[1] Carriage relay PCB [7] Shaft cleaner

[2] Multi sensor [8] Maintenance jet tray
[3] Head relay PCB [9] Carriage HP sensor
[4] Lift cam sensor [10] Multisensor reference
[5] Sensor flag [11] Head management sensor unit
[6] Lift cam [12] Lift motor
2-44
Chapter 2
2.3.2.4 Printhead
2.3.2.4.1 Structure of Printhead
0013-8015
Each printhead is an integrated assembly of six trains of nozzles. Capable of controlling each nozzle individually, each printhead implements discharge control for
six colors by itself.
a) Nozzle arrangement
The nozzle assembly is formed of 1,280 nozzles arranged at 600-dpi intervals in a zigzag pattern, offering a total of 2,560 nozzles 1,200-dpi intervals.
5/600inch
0 0 0 0 0 0 1/1200inch
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3
2556 2556 2556 2556 2556 2556

2557 2557 2557 2557 2557 2557
2558 2558 2558 2558 2558 2558
2559 2559 2559 2559 2559 2559
82/600inch
F-2-26
b) Nozzle assembly structure
Inks supplied from the ink tanks are filtered through a mesh ink filter before being sent to the nozzle assembly.
Each nozzle train is supplied with an ink from the common nozzle chamber.
A head drive current subsequently flowing through the nozzle heater boils the ink, generating bubbles to discharge ink drops from the nozzle assembly.
Resin
Sillicon plate
Heater Heater
Shared ink chamber
F-2-27
2-45
Chapter 2
2.3.2.5 Purge Unit

2.3.2.5.1 Functions of Purge Unit
0012-6344
To maintain high print quality, the purge unit performs maintenance of the nozzles of the printhead.
The purge unit supports a capping function, cleaning function, and ink supply function.
a) Capping function
The capping function presses the cap of the purge unit against the face plate on the nozzle section of the printhead to prevent nozzle drying and dust adhesion.
Capping is performed when printing is complete, at the start of the suction operation, and when switching to the standby state due to an error.
The capping function also establishes the ink passage between the printhead and purge unit.
b) Cleaning function
The cleaning function restores the printhead to the state where ink can be easily discharged from nozzles. This function includes the following three types of oper-
ations.
- Wiping operation
This operation is performed to remove paper fibers and dried ink from the face plate.
- Pumping operation
This operation is performed to remove ink from the nozzles and fill the nozzles with fresh ink.
- Maintenance jet operation

This operation is performed to spray ink from the nozzles to the cap, the borderless ink jet tray, and on paper to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust and other
foreign particles.
c) Ink supply function

The suction pump of the purge unit operates together with the ink supply valve to supply ink to the printhead during the initial filling and ink level adjustment.
2-46
Chapter 2
Details of the cleaning function are shown in the table below.
T-2-12
Name of Service mode

Cleaning mode or PRINT INF Operation Description of cleaning
(Name of Main Menu)
Cleaning 1 CLN-A-1/CLN-M-1 Normal cleaning Removes dried ink from nozzles, thick ink accumulated on the
(Head Cleaning A) face, and paper particles.
Cleaning 2 CLN-A-2 Ink level adjustment and cleaning Adjust the ink level in the head by suction, and then performs
normal cleaning.
Cleaning 3 CLN-A-3 Initial filling ink Fills the empty tube (during initial installation) with ink, and
then performs normal cleaning.
Cleaning 4 CLN-M-4 Ink drainage for head replacement Drains ink to replace the head (drains only the ink in the head).
(Replace P.head)
Cleaning 5 CLN-M-5 Ink drainage for secondary transport Drains ink from the head and tube for secondary transport.
(Move Printer)
Cleaning 6 CLN-A-6/CLN-M-6 Normal (strong) cleaning Performs suction stronger than when adjusting the ink filling
(Head Cleaning B) amount in the head or normal cleaning to unclog nozzles.
Cleaning 7 CLN-A-7 Aging Performs idle ejection after replacement of the head.
Cleaning 10 CLN-A-10 Ink filling after secondary transport Fills the empty tube (during installation after secondary
(Move Printer) transport) with ink, and performs normal cleaning.
Cleaning 11 CLN-A-11 Ink filling after head replacement Performs normal cleaning after head replacement and ink
filling.
Cleaning 15 CLN-A-15 Dot count suction Performs suction to remove ink adhered to dried nozzles and
thick ink accumulated on the face when the dot count reaches
the prescribed value.
Cleaning 16 CLN-A-16 Precipitated ink agitation Performs the agitation (ink supply valve open/close) operation
to prevent the ink ingredient from precipitating.
Cleaning 17 CLN-A-17 Cleaning (weak) Performs cleaning weaker than normal cleaning to unclog
nozzles.
2-47
Chapter 2
Cleaning operation timings are as follows.
Consumption
Printer status Cleaning operation
(typ.)*1
Standby 168 hours elapsed capped Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
Cleaning)
At least 720 to 960 hours elapsed since the last session of Cleaning 2, 3, 6 or 10 (480 hours after Cleaning 6 (Normal 5g
initial installation) (strong) Cleaning)
At initial installation and 96 hours elapsed since the last session of Cleaning 16 Cleaning 16 -
(Precipitated ink
agitation)
1 hour elapsed capped with a specified number of dots discharged per chip completed after last Wiping + Idle ejection 0.013g
wiping
Power-on At initial installation Cleaning 3 (initial filling 40g
ink)
Both heads and inks The print operation has completed. 168 to 720 hours elapsed capped Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
available Cleaning)
At least 720 to 960 hours elapsed Cleaning 6 (Normal 5g
since the last session of Cleaning 2, (strong) Cleaning)
3, 6 or 10 (360 to 480 hours after
initial installation)
At least 960 to 2160 hours elapsed Cleaning 2 (Ink level 10g
since the last session of Cleaning 2, adjustment and
3, 6 or 10 (480 hours after initial cleaning)
installation)
At least 96 hours elapsed since the Cleaning 16 -
last session of Cleaning 16 (Precipitated ink
agitation)
At least 1 hour elapsed capped with Wiping + Idle ejection 0.013g
a specified number of dots
discharged per chip completed after
last wiping
Print operation aborted (uncapped) Up to 72 hours elapsed after an Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
and CR error occurring abort Cleaning)
Over 72 hours elapsed after an abort Cleaning 6 (Normal 5g
(strong) Cleaning)
Print operation aborted (uncapped) and no CR error occurring Cleaning 11 (ink filling 10g
after head replacement)
No heads are available Cleaning 10 (ink filling 40g
on secondary transport)
Power off Specified number of dots discharged per chip completed since the last session of wiping Wiping + Idle ejection 0.013g
Before the Less than 168 hours elapsed capped Idle ejection 0.013g
start of At least 168 hours elapsed capped Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
printing Cleaning)
Before printing in the wake of an error occurrence Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
Cleaning)
Printing Before scanning while printing Idle ejection (+Wiping) - (0.013g)
After the end A specified number of dots (color) discharged per chip since the last session of Cleaning 2, 3, 6 or 1 Cleaning 6 (Normal 5g
of printing (strong) Cleaning)
A specified number of dots discharged per chip after the last session of wiping Wiping + Idle ejection 0.013g
3 minutes elapsed since the last session of capping Wiping + Idle ejection 0.013g
Total 2 hours elapsed uncapped since the last session of Cleaning 1, 2, 3, 6 or 10 Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
Cleaning)
When the Manual Cleaning (Head Cleaning A) Cleaning 1 (Normal 1g
Head Cleaning)
Cleaning Manual cleaning (Head cleaning B) Cleaning 6 (Normal 5g
menu choice (strong) Cleaning)
is executed
When the After head replacement Cleaning 2 (ink level 10g
Replace Print adjustment and
Head menu cleaning) + Cleaning 4
choice is (ink drainage for head
executed replacement)
When the After the Move Printer menu choice is executed Cleaning 5 (ink drainage 10g
Move Printer for secondary transport)
menu choice After power-on at secondary installation After power-on at 15g
is executed secondary installation
*1: Quantities of ink consumption by nozzle train
2-48
Chapter 2
2.3.2.5.2 Structure of Purge Unit

0012-6341
a) Caps
The caps cap the nozzle assembly in the left printhead during capping and cleaning. The part of the caps that comes into c ontact with the face plate of the nozzle
assembly is made of rubber. Two caps are in position to meet each of the printheads mounted on the carriage (six trains of nozzles).
The caps are activated to protect the nozzle assembly on capping. When the carriage moves to the home position , the caps are elevated by the cap cam that is driven
by the capping motor, capping the nozzle assembly to protect it.
These caps cap the nozzle assembly to suck inks from the printhead by means of the suction pump.
Wiper unit
Glycerin tank Carriage lockpin
Pump cam sensor
Purge motor Cap
Pump encoder
F-2-28
b) Wipers
The wipers are driven by the purge motor to wipe the six trains of nozzles in the nozzle assembly in the printhead simultaneously.
A pair of wiper blades are in position to ensure wiping performance. The wiping operation operates on a slide wiping basis, sliding the wiper blades via wiper cams
through the normal rotation of the purge motor.
Wiping is executed by the wiper blades moving at a constant speed to the front of the printer after the end of a print or suction operation.
A wiper blade set perpendicularly to the head wipes the entire face of the printhead, followed by a narrower blade wiping the nozzle assembly.
The wiper blades are cleaned before they are replaced at the wiping position after wiping to preserve wiping performance.
Wiper blade cleaning is carried out by scraping off the inks that have been wiped off from the head with an ink scraper linked to the maintenance cartridge, then
wiping the blades with a blade cleaner.
Wet wiping is carried out for added wiping removal performance, whereby the wiper blade s are moistened with glycerin as the y are pressed against an absor ber
impregnated with glycerin. The quantity of glycerin used is managed by counting the number of times the wiper blades have been pressed against the absorber.
When this count falls to equal any of the following values, either a replacement warning (continued print available) or replacement required indication (service call
error) is issued.
T-2-13
Display Times
Replacement warning indication 71,250 times
Service calls 75,000 times
Glycerin Ink scraper Printhead

absorber
Glycerin tank Wiper blades
Blade holder
Wiper cam
Cap
F-2-29
2-49
Chapter 2
c) Pump
The pump (suction pump) is a tube pump that pressurizes the ink tubes with rotating rollers to generate a negative pressure for sucking inks.
A single tube is sequentially pressurized by a pair of rotating rollers to control the level of ink suction by a wide margin.
The timing at which the rotating rollers rotate is detected by the pump cam sensor, with the distance of rotation being controlled by the driving of the purge motor.
Cap
Pump cam sensor
Suction pump
Cap
Rotating rollers
Ink tubes
Purge motor Pump encoder
Suction pump
F-2-30
2-50
Chapter 2
2.3.2.6 Maintenance Cartridge

2.3.2.6.1 Maintenance Cartridge
0012-6346
a) Maintenance cartridge
The maintenance cartridge holds as much about 1200 mL of used inks (about 1280 g: including the evaporation of moisture from the used inks).
b) Used maintenance cartridge ink detection

Used maintenance cartridge ink detection is monitored with regard to a dot count.
When the quantity of the used ink reaches about 960 mL (about 1024 g, 80% of the cartridge capacity), the warning message "Check maint cartridge capacity" is
displayed to tell that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full.
Printing may continue even when the warning message is displayed.
When the quantity of the used ink reaches about 1200 mL (about 1280 g, 100% of the cartridge capacity), a replacement prompt error message is displayed, telling
that the maintenance cartridge is full.
When the printer determines that the maintenance cartridge is full, it shuts down even while it is printing.
The printer will remain inoperable until the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
Memo:
The maintenance cartridge houses EEPROM, so that main controller PCB can control the st atus of the maintenance cartridge by writing to and reading from the
EEPROM content.
There is no need to initialize the counter information, therefore, when the maintenance cartridge is replaced.
Maintenance cartridge relay PCB
F-2-31
2-51
Chapter 2
2.3.2.7 Air Flow

2.3.2.7.1 Air Flow
0014-8865
This printer has two fans, a mist fan used to collect mist and a suction fan used to suck media onto the platen.
Ink mists floating during printing or springing back from the paper are collected in the mist fan unit by air flow in the printer.
Two mist fans located on the rear side of the printer makes the airflow that carries the ink mists to the mist fan unit.
Mist fan
F-2-32
A duct is located under the platen, along with a platen ink box unit used for collecting waste ink during borderless printing and idle discharges. The suction fan
collects the ink mist in the duct into the suction fan duct unit.
Duct
Suction fan duct unit
Suction fan
F-2-33
2-52
Chapter 2
2.3.3 Paper Path

2.3.3.1 Outline
2.3.3.1.1 Overview of Paper Path
0013-8780
The key components of the paper passage consist of a feed roller assembly, a pinch roller drive that locks and releases the pinch roller and sensors that detect the
feed status of paper. It feeds paper in trays, conveys and delivers paper.
Basic operation of the roll media loading sequence

1) Multi sensor light quantity adjustment.
2) Paper leading edge detection sensor.
3) Paper left edge detection sensor.
4) Barcode read.
* Performed only if Chk Remain.Roll is turned on.
5) Paper skew detection sensor.
6) Paper right edge detection sensor.
7) Trim edge first detection sensor.
* Performed only if Trim Edge First is turned on.
8) Leading edge cutting.
* Leading edge cutting is executed under the following conditions.
a. Trim Edge First is set to Forced.
b. Trim Edge First is set to Automatic, and the need for cutting determined.
c. A barcode is detected when Chk Remain.Roll is on (forced cutting, regardless of the setting of Trim Edge First).
Basic operation of the cut sheet loading sequence

1) Paper trailing edge detection sensor.
2) Multi sensor light quantity adjustment.
3) Paper width detection sensor.
5) Paper skew detection sensor.
Memo:
Press the [ ] key while the printer is offline to deliver paper, the [ ] key to rewind the paper.
2-53
Chapter 2
2.3.3.2 Paper Path

2.3.3.2.1 Structure of Feed Roller Unit
0012-6383
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a) Paper feed assembly

The paper feed assembly consists of paper feeding mechanisms, such as a feed roller that is driven by t he feed motor and a pinch roller unit t hat follows up the
motion of the feed roller.
Paper feeds horizontally under the printheads on the carriage as it is kept level on the platen to prevent cockle.
b) Sensors
The paper feed assembly includes sensors for detecting the status of paper feeding and that of the mechanical components that make up the paper passage.
For more details, see TECHNICAL REFERENCE > Detection Functions with Sensors.
c) Roll media spool drive

The paper feed assembly is complete with a roll media spool drive unit to prevent roll media from slacking as they feed. The roll media spool drive unit rewinds
roll media by turning on the spool clutch. The spool clutch turns on only when roll media feed rearward. Driving force is imparted from the feed motor to rotate the
roll holder for rewinding the media. The spool clutch remains off when roll media feed forward.
Pinch roller
Media sensor Feed roller
Printhead
Roll media
Release lever
Feed motor Roll holder
Spool clutch
Feed roller encoder
F-2-34
2-54
Chapter 2
2.3.3.2.2 Structure of Feed Roller Unit

0024-9813
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a) Paper feed assembly

The paper feed assembly consists of paper feeding mechanisms, such as a feed roller that is driven by the feed motor and a pinch roller unit that follow s up the
motion of the feed roller.
Paper feeds horizontally under the printheads on the carriage as it is kept level on the platen to prevent cockle.
b) Sensors
The paper feed assembly includes sensors for detecting the status of paper feeding and that of the mechanical components that make up the paper passage.
For more details, see TECHNICAL REFERENCE > Detection Functions with Sensors.
c) Roll media pick-up drive unit

When the roll media feeds, the roll media pick-up pressure clutch 1 turns on to actuate the torque limiter in the pick-up drive unit. Thus the back tension works to
prevent the roll media from sags or skew.
At this time, if the paper tube of roll media is inside diameter of 3 inches, the pick-up pressure solenoid and roll media pick-up pressure clutch 2 turn on to increase
the back tension (about 2.6 times higher than before).
Media sensor
Pinch roller
Feed roller
Printhead
Roll media
Release lever
Roll holder
Feed roller Feed roller Roll media pick-up

HP sensor encoder sensor pressure clutch 1
Roll media pick-up
Feed motor
pressure clutch 2
Pick-up pressure solenoid
F-2-35
2-55
Chapter 2
2.3.3.3 Cutter Unit

2.3.3.3.1 Structure of Cutter Unit
0012-6386
If the print driver is configured to use a cutter with roll media, cutter unit attached to the left side of the carriage cuts roll media automatically. Cutter unit won't cut
roll media if the print driver is configured otherwise.
Cutter unit
F-2-36
2-56
Chapter 2
2.4 Printer Electrical System
2.4.1 Outline
2.4.1.1 Overview
0014-8871
iPF8000
The printer electrical system consists of the main controller PCB and power supply PCB which are mounted on the back side of the printer, the carriage relay PCB,
the head relay PCB, and printhead which are mounted in the carriage, the operation panel on the right upper cover and other electrical components such as sensors,
and motors.
The main controller PCB manages the image data processing and the entire electrical system, and controls relay PCBs and driver functions.
Printhead
Head relay PCB

Temperature
read control
DI Sensor
read control
Multi sensor
Multi sensor
control
Carriagerelay PCB
Image data
demodulating
Printhead drive
power generation
relay PCB
Interface
Host computer
Tank ROM control
Image data control
PCB
Operation panel
Operation panel
Ink tank Remaining ink control
detection Sensor Sensors
detection
Purge motor
Feed motor
Valve motor
Motor control Lift motor
Carriage motor
Media take-up
Fans Fans control relay PCB
Solenoids Solenoids control Media take-up PCB
EEPROM control
Main controller PCB Motor control
Power supply Media take-up

motor
+5.1V generation AC inlet
+32V generation
F-2-37
2.4.1.2 Overview
0017-8624
iPF8000S / iPF8100
and motors.
2-57
Chapter 2
Power supply PCB Main controller PCB
Head relay PCB Carriage relay PCB
HDD
Media take-up relay PCB

Operation panel PCB
Media take-up PCB
F-2-38
2-58
Chapter 2

+26V generation function IC1501/IC1701
AC inlet
IC1601-IC1603
+21.5V generation function Power supply control function
BAT801 IC601-IC604
SO-DIMM
Lithium battery SDRAM
IC803 IC802
RTC EEPROM
IC1
Host computer Interface
Network Board control function
IC1201
HDD Hard disk drive control function
HDD controller
Linear encoder
sensor Linear encoder detection function
Head relay PCB
Head Heat pulse control function
IC301/IC304
Image data control function
DI sensor reading
EEPROM
control function
IC701 FLASH ROM
Temperature reading Carriage
control function relay PCB
Operation panel control function Operation panel

Thermistor
PWM control function Fans
Multi sensor
EEPROM Multi sensor Remaining ink level
detection function Ink tank ROM PCB
control function
LED control function Maintenance cartridge

relay PCB
EEPROM control function IC1 EEPROM
Sensors
Solenoids/
Media take-up PCB Solenoid/Clutch control function Driver Clutches
Media take-up Sensor detection function
IC104 relay PCB
Motor driver Motor control function
IC2802/IC2900
IC2902/IC3100
Motors
IC3900
Motor driver
F-2-39
2-59
Chapter 2
2.4.1.3 Overview
0024-9589
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
and motors.
Head relay PCB Carriage relay PCB
HDD
Media take-up relay PCB

Operation panel PCB
Media take-up PCB
F-2-40
2-60
Chapter 2

+26V generation function IC1501/IC1701
AC inlet
IC1601-IC1603
+21.5V generation function Power supply control function
BAT801 IC601-IC604
SO-DIMM
Lithium battery SDRAM
IC803 IC802
RTC EEPROM
IC1
Host computer Interface
Network Board control function
IC1201
HDD Hard disk drive control function
HDD controller
Linear encoder
sensor Linear encoder detection function
Head relay PCB
Head Heat pulse control function
IC301/IC304
Image data control function
DI sensor reading
EEPROM
control function
IC701/IC703 FLASH ROM
Temperature reading Carriage
control function relay PCB
Operation panel control function Operation panel

Thermistor
PWM control function Fans
Multi sensor
EEPROM Multi sensor Remaining ink level
detection function Ink tank ROM PCB
control function
LED control function Maintenance cartridge

relay PCB
EEPROM control function IC1 EEPROM
Sensors
Solenoids/
Media take-up PCB Solenoid/Clutch control function Driver Clutches
Media take-up Sensor detection function
IC104 relay PCB
Motor driver Motor control function
IC2802/IC2900
Motors IC2902/IC3100
Motor driver
F-2-41
2-61
Chapter 2
2.4.2 Main Controller
2.4.2.1 Main controller PCB components

0014-8872
iPF8000
IC1 IC3203
IC2802
IC601
IC602
IC603 IC2900
IC604
IC3900
IC701 IC2 IC3100 IC802

F-2-42
a) ASIC(IC1,IC2)
The ASIC(IC1/IC2) with a 32/16-bit internal bus is driven in sync with the 132/66 MHz external clock. It supports the following functions:
Image processing unit

This unit converts the RGB multi-bit image data or CMYK multi-bit data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image data
for the ink colors used.
DMA controller
This controller controls the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the data to be stored in the DIMM.
Image data generation/output function

This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern (corresponding to print mode) stored in the DIMM, and
store the generated image data in another DIMM. It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage relay PCB.
Interrupt controller
This controller receives and processes internal interrupts and external interrupts from the USB, image processing unit, and expansion card slot.
Timer function
Even when the printer is turned off, the timer function is held on using the RTC and secondary lithium battery to assist the cleaning function.
When the power cord is plugged to the outlet, power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the secondary lithium battery power is not consumed.
Heat Enable signal control function

This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of application of the Heat Enable signal to the nozzle heater for each nozzle array (PWM
control).
Linear scale count function

This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves, thus generating the ink jet timing. It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference clock
to measure the carriage moving speed.
Dot count function

This function counts the fired dots used as the information for H eat Enable signal control, maintenanc e jet control, cl eaning control, and remaining ink le vel for
each nozzle array.
Operation panel control function

This function controls serial communication with the operation panel.
PWM control function

This function controls driving of the suction fan and mist fan as well as the temperature of the printhead.
Remaining ink level detection function

This function detects the remaining level of each color of ink based on the signal received from the hollow needle mounted in the ink tank unit.
LED control function

This function controls the LEDs on the ink tank unit.
I/O port function

This function controls input signals from sensors.
Power ON/OFF control function

This function controls turning on/off of the drive power (32V and 5.1V) supplied from the power supply PCB.
Head DI sensor read control function

This function controls read operation by the head DI sensor.
Multi sensor control function

This function controls the LED, gain adjustment, and controls obtainment of the reading of the multi sensor.
EEPROM control function

This function controls the EEPROMs of individual ink tanks, the maintenance cartridge EEPROM, the EEPROM on the maintenance cartridge relay PCB, and the
head EEPROM in addition to the on-board EEPROM.
Motor control function

This function controls the carriage motor, feed motor, valve motor, purge motor, lift motor based on the input signals from sensors.
b) Driver IC (IC3100)
This IC generates a carriage motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC.
c) Driver IC (IC2802)
This IC generates feed motor control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC.
2-62
Chapter 2
d) Driver IC (IC2900)
This IC generates purge motor and valve motor(R) control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
e) Driver IC (IC3900)
This IC generates valve motor(L) control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
f) Regulator IC (IC3203)
This IC generates the 3.3 V to be supplied to the tank ROM board.
g) DIMMs (IC601, IC602, IC603, IC604)

The DIMM comprising a 512-MB DDR-SDRAM and a 128-MB SDR-SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
During print data reception, it is also used as an image buffer. It cannot be expanded.
h) FLASH ROM (IC701)

A 128-MB flash ROM is connected to the 8-bit data bus to store the printer control program.
i) EEPROM (IC802)
The 128-KB EEPROM stores various setting values, adjustment values, log data, counter values related to the user/servicing.
MEMO:
After replacement of the main controller PCB, the printer must be started up in the se rvice mode to copy over the setting and adjustment values to the new PCB
properly (the service mode will be switched to the PCB replacement mode automatically).
2-63
Chapter 2

0017-8320
iPF8000S / iPF8100
IC601
IC2802
IC602
IC701
IC1
IC603 BAT801 IC2902
IC2
IC3900 IC2900
IC604
IC803
IC3100
IC1201 IC802
F-2-43
a) ASIC (IC1/IC2)

This unit converts the RGB multi-value image data or CMYK multi-value data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image
data for the ink colors used.
DMA controller
This controller control DMA transfer of the data transferred through the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the
data stored in the DIMM.

This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern (corresponding to print mode) stored in the FLASH ROM,
and stored the generated image data in DIMM. It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage PCB.
Timer function
Even when the printer is turned off, the timer function is held on using the RTC(IC803) and lithium battery(BAT801) to assist the cleaning function.
When the power cord is plugged to the outlet, power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the lithium battery power is not consumed.

This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of a pplication of the He at Enable signal to the nozz le heater board for each printhead
nozzle array.

This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves, thus generating the ink discharge timing. It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference
clock to measure the carriage moving speed.
Dot count function

This function controls the discharge dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control, maintenance jet control, cleaning control, and remaining ink level
for each nozzle array.


I/O port function

This function controls turning on/off of the drive power (26 V and 21.5 V) supplied from the power supply PCB.


This function controls the LED, adjusts the gain, and controls obtainment of the reading for the multi sensor.
2-64
Chapter 2


This function controls the carriage motor, feed motor, valve motor, purge motor and lift motor based on the input signals from sensors.
This IC generates purge motor and vaive motor (R) control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
e) Driver IC (IC3900)
This IC generates a valve motor (L) control signal based on the control signal from the ASIC.
f) DIMMs (IC601/IC602/IC603/IC604)
The DIMM comprising a 128-MB SDR-SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
During print data reception, it is also used as an image buffer.
It cannot be expanded.
g) FLASH ROM (IC701)
h) EEPROM (IC802)
i) SO-DIMM
The 256-MB SO-DIMM (J401) is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
j) HDD controller (IC1201)

This controller control the hard disk drive.
MEMO:
2-65
Chapter 2

0024-9590
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
IC601
IC2802
IC602
IC703
IC1 IC701
IC603 BAT801 IC2902
IC2
IC2900
IC604
IC803
IC802
IC3001
IC1201
F-2-44
a) ASIC (IC1/IC2)

This unit converts the RGB multi-value image data or CMYK multi-value data received from the host computer through the interface connector to the binary image
data for the ink colors used.
DMA controller
This controller control DMA transfer of the data transferred through the input interfaces such as the USB and expansion card slot as well as DMA transfer of the
data stored in the DIMM.

This function generates image data for color printing from the received image data and the mask pattern (corresponding to print mode) stored in the FLASH ROM,
and stored the generated image data in DIMM. It also outputs the generated image data to the carriage PCB.
Timer function
Even when the printer is turned off, the timer function is held on using the RTC(IC803) and lithium battery(BAT801) to assist the cleaning function.
When the power cord is plugged to the outlet, power is supplied to the RTC and therefore the lithium battery power is not consumed.

This function uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time of a pplication of the He at Enable signal to the nozz le heater board for each printhead
nozzle array.

This function reads the linear scale when the carriage moves, thus generating the ink discharge timing. It also counts the linear scale timing cycle using the reference
clock to measure the carriage moving speed.
Dot count function

This function controls the discharge dots used as the information for Heat Enable signal control, maintenance jet control, cleaning control, and remaining ink level
for each nozzle array.


I/O port function

This function controls turning on/off of the drive power (26 V and 21.5 V) supplied from the power supply PCB.


This function controls the LED, adjusts the gain, and controls obtainment of the reading for the multi sensor.
2-66
Chapter 2


This function controls the carriage motor, feed motor, valve motor, purge motor and lift motor based on the input signals from sensors.
This IC generates purge motor and vaive motor control signals based on the control signal from the ASIC.
e) DIMMs (IC601/IC602/IC603/IC604)
The DIMM comprising a 128-MB SDR-SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
f) FLASH ROM (IC701/IC703)

g) EEPROM (IC802)
h) SO-DIMM
The 256-MB SO-DIMM (J401) is connected to the 32-bit data bus to be used as a work area.
i) HDD controller (IC1201)

This controller control the hard disk drive.
MEMO:
2-67
Chapter 2
2.4.3 Carriage Relay PCB
2.4.3.1 Carriage relay PCB components

0012-6406
F-2-45
a) Image data relay function
This function relays the image data from the main controller PCB to the printhead.
The function for processing image data is not supported.
b) Sensor relay function

This function relays the input signals from the multi sensor, lift cam sensor, carriage cover sensor, and linear encoder to the main controller PCB.
2.4.4 Head Relay PCB
2.4.4.1 Head relay PCB components

0013-7762
iPF8000
IC401 IC301
F-2-46
a) Latch IC (IC301,IC401)
DI sensor read control function
Obtains reading value of the DI sensor in the printhead and the head rank value for each color and outputs them to the main controller based on the control commands
from the main controller.
Environment temperature read control function

Outputs the environment temperature detected by the thermistor on the head relay PCB to the main controller based on the control commands from the main con-
troller.
Relay function of the power to the logic components in the printhead

Supplies the power to the logic components in the printhead based on the control commands from the main controller.
b) Multi sensor control IC

These IC's generates the LED control signals and makes gain adjustment for the multi sensor.
c) Image data relay function

d) Sensor relay function
2-68
Chapter 2
2.4.4.2 Head relay PCB components

0017-8321
iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S
IC304 IC301
F-2-47
a) Latch IC (IC301,IC304)
DI sensor read control function
Obtains reading value of the DI sensor in the printhead and the head rank value for each color and outputs them to the main controller based on the control commands
from the main controller.
Environment temperature read control function

Outputs the environment temperature detected by the thermistor on the head relay PCB to the main controller based on the control commands from the main con-
troller.
Relay function of the power to the logic components in the printhead

Supplies the power to the logic components in the printhead based on the control commands from the main controller.
b) Multi sensor control IC

These IC's generates the LED control signals and makes gain adjustment for the multi sensor.
c) Image data relay function

d) Sensor relay function

2-69
Chapter 2
2.4.5 Motor Driver
2.4.5.1 Media take-up PCB components

0014-2480
IC104
F-2-48
a) Driver IC (IC104)
Media take-up motor drive function

This function controls the Media take-up motor based on the control signals from the main controller.
Sensor relay function

This function relays the input signals from the Media take-up paper detection sensor and Media take-up on/off sensor to the main controller PCB.
2.4.6 Maintenance Cartridge Relay PCB
2.4.6.1 Maintenance cartridge relay PCB components

0013-6532
IC 1
F-2-49
a) EEPROM (IC1)
The 2-KB EEPROM stores all information written in the EEPROM on the main controller PCB.
2.4.7 Power Supply
2.4.7.1 Power supply block diagram

0012-6414
AC inlet
100V to 240V
Operation panel Main controller PCB Power supply
DC power supply +32V

POWER ON Noize filter circuit
control circuit generation circuit
Transformer
+5V/+3.3V +5.1V
generation circuit Rectifying circuit
generation circuit
F-2-50
The power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100V to 240V from the AC inlet to DC voltages for driving the ICs, motor, and others.
The voltage generator circuits include the +32V generation circuit for driving motors, fans, and the +5.1V generator circuit for driving sensors, logic circuits.
When in the power saving mode, the power supply cut out the +32V and the +5.1V.
Power ON/OFF operation is controlled by the main controller PCB. When the upper cover is open, the power supply cut out only the +32V power to the carriage.
2-70
Chapter 2
2.5 Detection Functions with Sensors
2.5.1 Sensors for covers

0012-6490
Ink tank cover switch
Upper cover lock switch
F-2-51
Upper cover lock switch (L) / (R)
The microswitch-based upper cover lock switches detect the open/closed states of the upper cover.
When the upper cover close, the switches are pressed to detect the closed state of the upper cover.
The printer has one switch installed on the left and right sides each to prevent one-sided closure of the upper cover.
Ink tank cover switch (L) / (R)
The microswitch-based ink tank cover switches detect the open/closed states of ink tank covers.
When an ink tank cover closes, the switches are pressed to detect the closed state of the ink tank cover.

The microswitch-based pressure release switch detects the status of the paper release lever.
When the paper release lever closes, the switch is pressed to detect the closed state of the paper release lever.
2-71
Chapter 2
2.5.2 Ink passage system

0012-6492
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
Agitation cam sensor Valve open/closed

detection sensor
Pump cam sensor
Pump encoder
Head management sensor
F-2-52
Pump cam sensor
As the cam rotates, it shields the sensor light of the photointerrupter-based pump cam sensor or allows it to be transmitted. The status of the purge unit, such as
capped, suction and wiping, is detected by the combination of the pump cam sensor detection and the control of pump motor rotation by the pump encoder sensor.
Rotary flag Sensor
- Carriage lock - Capping - Air passage valve open - Printing

- Suction - Idle suction - Suction during printing
- Wiping - Carriage lock - Carriage move - Maintenance jet

- Air passage - Idle suction
F-2-53
2-72
Chapter 2
Pump encoder sensor

The photointerrupter-based sensor reads slits in the encoder film of the Purge motor and controls the amount of its rotaion accordingly.
Slits
Sensor
F-2-54
Valve open/closed detection sensor
The photointerrupter-based valve open/closed detection sensor detects the status of the valve.
The sensor detects that the ink supply valve is open when the sensor light is shielded by a flag linked with the valve cam.
Agitation cam sensor

The photointerrupter-based agitation cam sensor detects the status of the agitation cam.
The sensor detects the agitation cam home position when the sensor light allows it to be transmitted.

The ink detection sensor detects the presence or absence of the ink in an ink tank with respect to the status of continuity between two hollow needles.
When the ink level in the tank falls to a point below the wall surrounding the hollow needles in the air passage, continuity with the hollow needle on the ink supply
side is disrupted, causing the sensor to detect that the ink is out.
Ink tank
Wall
Rubber plug
Needle (ink supply) Needle(air passage)

F-2-55
The phototransmitter-based head management sensor detects the status of ink discharge from the printhead.
The carriage iteratively moves and stops at the detection position for each nozzle train, discharging inks nozzle by nozzle while it is halted.
The sensor detects discharging nozzles from the voltage changes produced by the drops of an ink discharged from one nozzle at a time shielding the sensor light.
Printhead
Nozzle unit
Head management
sensor unit
F-2-56
2-73
Chapter 2
2.5.3 Ink passage system

0024-9591
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
Agitation cam sensor Valve open/closed

detection sensor
Pump cam sensor
Pump encoder
F-2-57
Pump cam sensor
As the cam rotates, it shields the sensor light of the photointerrupter-based pump cam sensor or allows it to be transmitted. The status of the purge unit, such as
capped, suction and wiping, is detected by the combination of the pump cam sensor detection and the control of pump motor rotation by the pump encoder sensor.
Rotary flag Sensor
- Carriage lock - Capping - Air passage valve open - Printing

- Suction - Idle suction - Suction during printing
- Wiping - Carriage lock - Carriage move - Maintenance jet

- Air passage - Idle suction
F-2-58
2-74
Chapter 2
Pump encoder sensor

The photointerrupter-based sensor reads slits in the encoder film of the Purge motor and controls the amount of its rotaion accordingly.
Slits
Sensor
F-2-59
Valve open/closed detection sensor
The photointerrupter-based valve open/closed detection sensor detects the status of the valve.
The sensor detects that the ink supply valve is open when the sensor light is shielded by a flag linked with the valve cam.
Agitation cam sensor

The photointerrupter-based agitation cam sensor detects the status of the agitation cam.
The sensor detects the agitation cam home position when the sensor light allows it to be transmitted.

The ink detection sensor detects the presence or absence of the ink in an ink tank with respect to the status of continuity between two hollow needles.
When the ink level in the tank falls to a point below the wall surrounding the hollow needles in the air passage, continuity with the hollow needle on the ink supply
side is disrupted, causing the sensor to detect that the ink is out.
Ink tank
Wall
Rubber plug
Needle (ink supply) Needle(air passage)

F-2-60
The photo-transmission-type sensor detects that the printhead is discharging ink.
The carriage moves to and stops at the detection positions for individual nozzle arrays. When the carriage is at a stop, nozzles discharge ink on after another.
The sensor detects each nozzle due to the voltage change caused when ink discharged from the nozzle blocks the sensor light.
Non-discharging nozzle detection is carried out at the following timings:

- After the execution of Cleaning 1, Cleaning 2, Cleaning 3, Cleaning 6 or Cleaning 10
- After the number of copies that has been set by the user menu choice Nozzle Check Frequency have been printed
If more than a specified number of non-discharging nozzles have been located in one session of non-discharging nozzle detection, the normal cleaning sequence is
launched before a second session of non-discharging nozzle detection is conducted. If more than a specified number of non-discharging nozzles are located in the
second session of non-discharging nozzle detection, the normal (High) cleaning session is launched before a third session of non-discharging nozzle detection is
conducted.
If there are at least 320 non-discharging nozzles out of 2560 nozzles as the result of non-discharging nozzle detection, printing is canceled after displaying a message
to replace the head.
However, if service mode: [SERVICE MODE] > [SETTING] > [HEAD DOT INF] is [ON], the following message appears.
If there are at least 30 nozzle s unable to correct the non-discharging state and the number of non-discharging nozzles is less than 100 out of 2,560 nozzles as the
result of non-discharging nozzle detection, printing can continue after displaying a message to check the printing. Also, if the number of non-discharging nozzles
is at least 100 but less than 320 nozzles, printing can continue after displaying a message to check the head. And if there are at least 320 non-discharging nozzles,
printing is canceled after displaying a message to replace the head.
Printhead
Nozzle unit
Head management
sensor unit
F-2-61
2-75
Chapter 2
2.5.4 Carriage system

0012-6495
Linear encoder
Carriage cover sensor
Head relay PCB

Multi sensor
Linear scale
Lift cam sensor
Carriage HP sensor
F-2-62
Carriage cover sensor
The photointerrupter-based carriage cover sensor detects the opening and closing of the carriage sensor.
When the carriage cover is closed, the sensor light is shielded by the sensor arm, enabling the sensor to detect that the carriage cover is closed.
Carriage HP sensor
The photointerrupter-based carriage HP sensor detects the home position of the carriage.
Installed on the right side plate of the printer, the sensor detects an edge of the carriage home position on the carriage unit under carriage movement control.
The printer establishes the carriage home position from the position at which its edge is detected as a reference position.
Linear encoder sensor

Mounted on the back of the carriage, the linear encoder detects the position of the carriage from a slit in the linear scale during its movement.
Lift cam sensor

A photointerrupter-based sensor. After the sensor light is shielded by the flag, the lift motor is driven by a predetermined number of pulses to regulate the separation
between the printheads and platen automatically.
Ambient temperature sensor

The thermostat-based ambient temperature sensor mounted on the head relay PCB detects the ambient temperature to which the carriage is exposed.
The resistance of the thermistor that varies as a function of temperature changes in the printer is transmitted to the main controller via the carriage relay PCB.
The ambient temperature is used to help calibrate the head temperature sensor and detect abnormal ambient temperatures.
Head temperature sensor

The head temperature sensor detects the temperature of the printhead.
The printhead temperature is transmitted to the main controller via the carriage relay PCB.
The printhead temperature is used to help control the head drive and detect abnormal printhead temperatures.
Printhead contact detection

The printhead contact detects the status of printhead installation by electrical means.
The contact detects the status of contact from voltage changes in the flexible cables on the carriage side that come into contact with two terminals of the printhead
with remote contact surfaces, the power terminals and GND terminal.
2-76
Chapter 2
Multi sensor
The photo-reflection-type multi sensor is composed of four LEDs (red, blue, green and infrared) and two light-sensitive sensors. It detects the leading edge, skewing,
and width of media and is used for adjustment of the registration, head height, and color calibration.
During head adjustment, the light re flected by the infrared LED and green LE D is det ected by tw o light-sensitive sensors to cal culate the head height from the
difference between the measurements.
When color calibrati on is executed, a color chart printed is read with three-color LED (red, blue, green), so color correction is implemented on the basis of the
readings.
Ink mist adhering to the sensor could deliver incorrect measurement readings when color calibration is executed. If the ink dot count exceeds a tolerance, the service
error (E194-4034) would occur. If it does, execute service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB. after the multisensor has been replaced to clear
the dot count.
LED(blue) LED(green) LED(red)
Infrared sensor Infrared LED
Media
Platen
F-2-63
- Service mode: After SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB. has been carried out, pass paper to make sure that it is detected properly.
- In executing Calibration concurrently with the main menu choice Auto Head Adj. or Manual Head Adj., Auto Head Adj. or Manual Head Adj. first for the sake
of higher color calibration accuracy.
2-77
Chapter 2
2.5.5 Paper path system

0014-8916

Feed roller Media sensor
encoder
F-2-64
Media sensor
The photoreflector-based media sensor detects the presence or absence of paper on the platen.
The sensor detects the presence of paper when it receives sensor light reflected upon the paper.

The feed roller HP sensor detects transitions from white (transmitted), or a reference, to black (shielded) when the printer is switched on, thereby setting the home
position of feed roller eccentricity correction.
Feed roller encoder sensor

The feed roller encoder sensor is driven to detect the length of paper feeding for each rotation of the feed roller from encoder slits.
2-78
Chapter 2
2.5.6 Media take-up Unit

0013-8115
OFF
ON
Media take-up
paper detection sensor
F-2-65
The photointerrupter-based media take-up on/off sensor detects the switch status of the media take-up unit.
When the media take-up switch is set to ON, the sensor arm transmits the sensor light, power-on the media take-up unit.
When the media take-up switch is set to OFF, the sensor arm shields the sensor light, shutting down the media take-up unit.
Media take-up paper detection sensor

When the sensor light is shielded by a loop of printed paper, the media take-up motor rotates to take up the paper.
2.5.7 Others
0013-8116
Humidity sensor
F-2-66
Humidity sensor
The humidity sensor detects the temperature and relative humidity around the printer to implement head height adjustment, maintenance jet control, waste ink evap-
oration calculation and suction fan control on the basis of the temperature and relative humidity thus measured.
2-79
Chapter 3 INSTALLATION
Contents
Contents
3.1 Installation......................................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.1 Making Pre-Checks...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks.........................................................................................................................................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Unpacking and Installation .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.1.2.1 Checking the Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-4
3.1.2.2 Checking the Contents ....................................................................................................................................................................................3-6
3.1.2.3 Assembling the Stand......................................................................................................................................................................................3-8
3.1.2.4 Installing the Printer ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-11
3.1.2.5 Installing the Media Take-up Unit ................................................................................................................................................................3-13
3.1.2.6 Installing the Basket ......................................................................................................................................................................................3-19
3.1.2.7 Removing Protection Materials.....................................................................................................................................................................3-23
3.1.3 Checking the Images/Operations ............................................................................................................................................... 3-25
3.1.3.1 Checking the Image and Operation...............................................................................................................................................................3-25
3.2 Transporting the Printer ...............................................................................................................................................3-26
3.2.1 Transporting the Printer ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-26
3.2.1.1 Transporting the Printer ................................................................................................................................................................................3-26
3.2.2 Reinstalling the Printer .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-91
3.2.2.1 Reinstalling the Printer..................................................................................................................................................................................3-91
Chapter 3
3.1 Installation
3.1.1 Making Pre-Checks
3.1.1.1 Making Pre-Checks

0014-8917
iPF8000
Follow the instructions in the included "Quick Start Guide" when installing the product.
Refer to the package size and weight listed below for smooth carrying in and installation of the product.
T-3-1
Package size and weight 2080mm(W) x 1060mm(D) x 862mm(H) Approx. 173Kg

(including palette)
1) Installation space
Height
356mm
224mm
1500mm
1144mm(H)
F-3-1
Width and depth
100mm
975mm(D)
1675mm
200mm 1893mm(W) 200mm

600mm
2293mm
F-3-2
3-1
Chapter 3

0017-9250
iPF8000S
T-3-2

(including palette)
Height
356mm
224mm
1500mm
1144mm(H)
F-3-3
Width and depth
100mm
975mm(D)
1675mm
200mm 1893mm(W) 200mm

600mm
2293mm
F-3-4
3-2
Chapter 3

0017-9252
iPF8100
T-3-3

(including palette)
Height
356mm
224mm
1500mm
1144mm(H)
F-3-5
Width and depth
100mm
975mm(D)
1675mm
200mm 1893mm(W) 200mm

600mm
2293mm
F-3-6
3-3
Chapter 3
3.1.2 Unpacking and Installation
3.1.2.1 Checking the Contents

0014-8918
iPF8000 / iPF8100
1) Check to see that all the components are supplied without missing.
a) Printer
[5]
[4]
[5]
[8] [9] [6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-3-7
T-3-4
[1] Printer [2] Roll Holder

[3] Power Cord [4] Printhead
[5] Ink Tank [6] Eject Support (4 pcs.)
[7] Hex Wrench [8] Manuals
[9] CD-ROM
3-4
Chapter 3
b) Stand and Basket unit
[3] [4]
[2] [7]
[1]
[9] [12]
[8] [15]
[13]
[6]
[10] [11]
[5] [14]
F-3-8
T-3-5
[1] Basket Unit [2] Basket Rod

[3] Bottom Stand Stay [4] Top Stand Stay
[5] Right Stand Leg [6] Left Stand Leg
[7] Rod Holder (2 pcs.) [8] Basket Arm L
[9] Basket Arm R [10] Leg Cover (2 pcs.)
[11] Rod Holder Adapter (2 pcs.) [12] M8 Hex Bolt (8 pcs.)
[13] Spanner [14] Hex Wrench
[15] M4 Hex Screw (20 pcs.)
3-5
Chapter 3
c) Media take-up unit
[2]
[4] [11]
[1] [3]
[10]
[6]
[12]
[5]
[8] [9]
[7]
F-3-9
T-3-6
[1] Weight Flange 1/2 (4 pcs.) [2] Media Take-up Unit L

[3] Media Take-up Unit R [4] Media Take-up Unit Mounting Bracket L/R
[5] Media Take-up Spool [6] Media Take-up Sensor Unit
[7] 3 inch Adapter (2 pcs.) [8] M4 Hex Screw (16 pcs.)
[9] Hex Wrench [10] Weight Joint
[11] Weight Roll [12] Cord Holder
3-6
Chapter 3
3.1.2.2 Checking the Contents

0017-9273
iPF8000S
1) Check to see that all the components are supplied without missing.
a) Printer
[5]
[4]
[5]
[8] [9] [6]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-3-10
T-3-7
[1] Printer [2] Roll Holder

[3] Power Cord [4] Printhead
[5] Ink Tank [6] Eject Support (4 pcs.)
[7] Hex Wrench [8] Manuals
[9] CD-ROM
3-7
Chapter 3
b) Stand and Basket unit
[3] [4]
[2] [7]
[1]
[9] [12]
[8] [15]
[13]
[6]
[10] [11]
[5] [14]
F-3-11
T-3-8
[1] Basket Unit [2] Basket Rod

[3] Bottom Stand Stay [4] Top Stand Stay
[5] Right Stand Leg [6] Left Stand Leg
[7] Rod Holder (2 pcs.) [8] Basket Arm L
[9] Basket Arm R [10] Leg Cover (2 pcs.)
[11] Rod Holder Adapter (2 pcs.) [12] M8 Hex Bolt (8 pcs.)
[13] Spanner [14] Hex Wrench
[15] M4 Hex Screw (20 pcs.)
3-8
Chapter 3
c) Media take-up unit
[2]
[4] [11]
[1] [3]
[10]
[6]
[12]
[5]
[8] [9]
[7]
F-3-12
T-3-9
[1] Weight Flange 1/2 (4 pcs.) [2] Media Take-up Unit L

[3] Media Take-up Unit R [4] Media Take-up Unit Mounting Bracket L/R
[5] Media Take-up Spool [6] Media Take-up Sensor Unit
[7] 3 inch Adapter (2 pcs.) [8] M4 Hex Screw (16 pcs.)
[9] Hex Wrench [10] Weight Joint
[11] Weight Roll [12] Cord Holder
3-9
Chapter 3
3.1.2.3 Assembling the Stand

0014-8921
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
- Stand assembly requires two or more people working on a flat floor. Assembling the stand alone may cause injury or accidental bending of the stand.
- Stand casters are locked at the time of factory shipment. Do not release the lock until the stand has been fully assembled. In addition, release the lock before moving
the stand. Moving the stand while the casters are locked may scratch the floor or cause injury.
1) Position the left stand leg and right stand leg so that the markings on the bottom are right-side up and c an be read. Insert the left side of the bottom stand stay
into the side slot [1] of the left stand leg, and insert the right side of the bottom stand stay into the side slot [2] of the right stand leg.
[1]
[2]
F-3-13
2) Secure the bottom stand stay to the left stand leg and the right stand leg using four M4 hex screws on each side.
F-3-14
3) Hold one end of the stand while a partner holds the other end. Rotate both end of the stand at the same time to stand it upright.
F-3-15
Rotate both ends of the stand simultaneously when standing the stand upright. Rotating only one side before the other may bend the stand and cause problems in
assembly.
3-10
Chapter 3
4) Insert the left end of the top stand stay into the side hole [1] on the left stand leg, and insert the right end of the top stand stay into the side hole [2] on the right
stand leg, pushing the stay in completely.
[1]
[2]
F-3-16
MEMO:
Insert the left end of the top stand stay first. The right end can only be pushed into a restricted position.
5) Secure the top stand stay to the left and right stand legs using the four M8 hex bolts on each side.
[1] [1]
F-3-17
6) Attach the leg cover to the left and right stand legs. Insert the protrusion [1] of the leg cover into the groove [2] of the top stand stay. Insert the protrusion [3] of
the leg cover into the groove [4] of the bottom stand stay.
[1] [2] [2] [1]
[4] [4]
[3] [3]
F-3-18
3-11
Chapter 3
7) Secure the leg cover to the left and right stand legs using one M4 hex screws on each side.
F-3-19
3-12
Chapter 3
3.1.2.4 Installing the Printer

0014-8924
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
Installing the printer must be done by more than four people.
1) Remove the black belts from around the printer and remove the top packaging material.
F-3-20
2) While two people are holding the carrying handles under the printer on one end and lifting the printer a little, have a third person to remove the packaging material
from under the printer.
Also remove the packaging material on the other side of the printer by the same way.
F-3-21
3-13
Chapter 3
3) Hold the carrying handles under the printer by two to three people on each side, lift the printer.
F-3-22
F-3-23
- The printer weighs approximately 111kg (244.7lb). Moving the printer requires at least four people, two on either side. Be careful to avoid back strain and other
injuries.
- When moving the printer, firmly grasp the carrying handles under each side. Holding the printer at other positions is dangerous and may cause injury and damage
if the printer is dropped.
4) Align the triangles on the back of the printer and the stand when setting the printer on the stand. Secure the printer and the stand firmly together using four M4
hex screws on each side.
F-3-24
3-14
Chapter 3
3.1.2.5 Installing the Media Take-up Unit

0014-8925
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
1) In case the basket is installed, lift the front basket rod [1] gently to release the lock, lower the rod toward the front, and push it all the way back. Remove the front
basket rod from the basket arms L and R, than roll up the basket cloth and put it behind the bottom stand stay.
[1]
F-3-25
3-15
Chapter 3
2) Firmly secure the left and right media take-up unit mounting brackets to the front [1] and the back [2] of the top stand stay using four M4 hex screws on each side.
[1]
[2]
F-3-26
3-16
Chapter 3
3) Hook up the hole [1] of the left media take-up unit with the protrusion [2] of the left media take-up unit mounting bracket, and hook up the hole [3] of the right
media take-up unit with the protrusion [4] on the right media take-up unit mounting bracket. Secure the media take-up units firmly by using three M4 hex screws
[5] on each side.
[2] [1] [3]
[4]
[5]
[5]
F-3-27
4) Place the media take-up sensor unit under the bottom stand stay, than pull up the cord of the media take-up sensor unit through the hole of the right stand leg.
F-3-28
3-17
Chapter 3
5) With the media take-up sensor unit against the underside of the bottom stand stay and the right stand leg, insert M4 hex screws in the three holes [1] and slide
the screws out of the way toward the narrow end of the protruding holes. Insert M4 hex screws in the small holes [2] as well. Than, tighten all five M4 hex screws
firmly in the order shown from (2) to (6).
[1]
[2]
[2] [1]
[1]
F-3-29
Arrange the basket cloth and basket rod so they do not interfere with the media take-up sensor (indicated by the dotted line).
F-3-30
3-18
Chapter 3
6) Plug the cord of the media take-up sensor unit into the right media take-up unit.
F-3-31
7) Attach the cord holders [1] to the holes of the top stand stay. Bring the power cord of the right media take-up unit to the back of the printer and pass the cord
through the cord holders. After passing the cord behind the holders, plug the cord into the power supply connector on the back of the printer.
[1]
F-3-32
When plugging in the power cord, be careful about the positions of the prongs. It may damage the cord or connector if you force the cord into the connector.
3-19
Chapter 3
8) Load the left side of the media take-up spool on the media take-up unit so that the gear [1] on the right side of the media take-up spool meshes with the gear [2]
of the right media take-up unit.
OFF
ON
[2] [1]
F-3-33
3-20
Chapter 3
3.1.2.6 Installing the Basket

0014-8929
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
1) Insert the basket arm R [1] in the hole [2] on the right side of the bottom stand stay. Insert the right side [3] of the middle basket rod in the hole [4] of the basket
arm R.
[2]
[1] [3]
[4]
F-3-34
2) Insert the left side of the middle basket rod to the basket arm L [1] [A], than push in the arm fully into the hole on the left side of the bottom stand stay [B]. Secure
the basket arm L [1] and R [2] using one M4 hex screw on each side [C].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[B]
[A]
[C] [C]
F-3-35
3) Attach the rod holder to the rod holder adapter.
F-3-36
3-21
Chapter 3
4) Insert the rod holder into each hole on the back of each stand leg.
F-3-37
5) Spread out the basket unit with white tag [1] of the basket cloth at the front on the right side and the black cord [2] at the back.
[2]
[1]
F-3-38
3-22
Chapter 3
6) Insert the basket rod (in the middle of the basket cloth) in the hole [1] on the bottom of the rod holder, and thread the black cord from the back through the hook
[2] on the top of the rod holder.
[2]
[1]
F-3-39
7) Pull out the sag in the basket cloth backward.
Pull out the basket cloth so that the end of the basket cloth comes out. If it is hidden, a paper jam can occur.
F-3-40
3-23
Chapter 3
8) Attach the basket rod (at the front of the basket unit) to the tips [1] of the basket arm L and R.
[1]
F-3-41
9) Pull the basket rod [1] (at the front of the basket unit) all the way out and lift the rod to lock the rod in place.
[1]
F-3-42
3-24
Chapter 3
3.1.2.7 Removing Protection Materials

0014-8930
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
1) Remove the tape and other packaging material used to secure the printer.
F-3-43
2) Open the upper cover.
F-3-44
3) Lift the release lever [1] [A], remove the protective sheet [2] from the platen, and lower the release lever again [B].
[A]
[2]
[B]
[1]
F-3-45
3-25
Chapter 3
4) Remove the screw and remove the belt stopper [1], and then remove the carriage spacer [2] pulling out toward the arrow direction.
[1]
[2]
F-3-46
MEMO:
Keep the belt stopper, screw, and the hex wrench which have been removed since these are needed when moving the printer to another location later.
Neglecting to attach the belt stopper may cause damage to the printer when moving the printer to another location.
5) Lift the ejection guide.
F-3-47
6) Attach four eject supports [1] on the back of the ejection guide.
[1]
F-3-48
3-26
Chapter 3
7) Close the ejection guide and the upper cover.
F-3-49
3.1.3 Checking the Images/Operations
3.1.3.1 Checking the Image and Operation

0014-1896
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
Turn on the printer. Load the print heads, ink tanks, and media following the instructions shown on the operation panel.
Install the printer driver in the PC, and carry out test printing.
3-27
Chapter 3
3.2 Transporting the Printer
3.2.1 Transporting the Printer
3.2.1.1 Transporting the Printer

0017-8396
iPF8100
When transporting the printer, the printhead must be capped and stay in the carriage.
In spite of this precaution, shocks incurred during transportation can damage the printhead.
Print the nozzle check pattern before making preparations for transporting the printer, pint the nozzle check pattern again after installing the printer at the new lo-
cation, and then compare the two printouts.
If any problem such as nozzle clogging cannot be resolved by printhead cleaning, replace the printhead with a new one.
This section describes how to transport the printer.

The procedure depends on the mode of transportation. Select the appropriate transportation level from the following transportation modes.
1. Transportation mode
- Moving the printer on the same floor with no difference in grade (without tilting the printer): LEVEL 0
- Moving the printer on floor where there is difference in grade or by truck (by tilting the printer): LEVEL 1
- Moving the printer by plane or ship (tilting direction of printer is unpredictable): LEVEL 2
- Moving the printer in low temperature environment such as sub zero: LEVEL 2
- Moving the printer on its end: LEVEL 3
When lifting or moving the printer, be sure to hold the handle at bottom left and right of the printer. Holding the printer by its cover can deform the cover.
F-3-50
F-3-51
3-28
Chapter 3
The printer main unit weights approximately 110 kg. When moving the printer, have at least six people hold it from both sides taking care not to hurt their back.
F-3-52
Do not place or transport the printer with load placed only at the center of the printer. Otherwise the printer can be deformed or damaged.
F-3-53
When tilting the printer, place a cardboard or blanket on the floor to prevent damage to the printer.
F-3-54
3-29
Chapter 3
When tilting the printer, support the printer at bottom left and right side of the printer.
If the printer is supported at any other location, the printer may be damaged or deformed.
F-3-55
3-30
Chapter 3
a. LEVEL 0
Moving the printer on the same floor without difference in grade
T-3-10
Item Description
[MOVE PRINTER] on the Main menu This need not be performed.
Allowed tilting angle Do not tilt.
Ink consumption No ink is consumed.
Ink tank It may be installed or removed.
Separation of main unit and stand They do not need to be separated.
Maintenance cartridge Install.
There is no need to open a new maintenance cartridge.
Replacement of consumable parts There is no need to replace consumable parts.

Service support No service support is necessary.
Transportation procedure
1) Turn off the power and check that the heads are capped.
2) Open the upper cover and mount the belt stopper.
F-3-56
When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are capped, the rubber
part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads and damage the print head.
3) Close the upper cover.

4) Remove the paper and roll holder.
5) Remove power cord and interface cable.
6) Unlock the casters on the stand and move the printer slowly.
If the printer is subjected to strong vibrations when it is moved, it can cause ink leakage or damage to the print head. Be sure to move the printer slowly and carefully.
3-31
Chapter 3
b. LEVEL 1
Moving the printer on a floor with difference in grade or by truck
T-3-11
Item Description
[MOVE PRINTER] on the Main menu Perform [LEVEL 1].
Allowed tilting angle Lengthwise: -30 to +30 degrees
Rotation: -10 to +10 degrees

However, if there is a message instructing to replace the maintenance cartridge or check the remaining ink,
replace with new maintenance cartridge before transporting.
Replacement of consumable parts Replacement of consumable parts and resetting of counter may be necessary.
Service support If consumable parts must be replaced, service support is necessary.
1) If there is a message instructing to replace the maintenance cartridge or check the remaining ink, replace the maintenance cartridge.
3) From [Main menu] > [Maintenance] > [MOVE PRINTER], select [LEVEL 1].
4) Press the [OK] key and perform [LEVEL 1] MOVE PRINTER.
5) If the consumable parts counter is checked and a message to replace consumable parts appear, check the consumable parts counter from service mode and replace
the necessary consumable part.
See "d. Replacing consumable parts during transportation."
Repeat [LEVEL 1] after replacing consumable parts and resetting the counter.
6) When MOVE PRINTER completed message appears, turn off the power, and remove the power cord and interface cable.
7) Open the upper cover and raise the ejection guide.
F-3-57
3-32
Chapter 3
8) Remove the ejection support and lower the ejection guide.
F-3-58
9) Install the belt stopper.
F-3-59

11) Attach the cushioning materials and tape.
3-33
Chapter 3
c-1. LEVEL 2
Transporting by plane or ship
Transporting in low temperature environment such as sub zero
T-3-12
Item Description
Ink consumption Approximately 600ml of ink is consumed.

Ink tank Remove all ink tanks.
Separation of main unit and stand Separate.
Have one new maintenance cartridge ready.
3-34
Chapter 3
c-2. LEVEL 3
Moving the printer on its end
T-3-13
Item Description

Maintenance cartridge Replace with new maintenance cartridge before performing transporting procedure.
Three new maintenance cartridges must be provided.
(Two for disposing waste ink and one to be installed during transportation)
3) From [Main menu] > [Maintenance] > [MOVE PRINTER], select [LEVEL 2] or [LEVEL 3].
4) Press the [OK] key and perform [LEVEL 2] or [LEVEL 3] MOVE PRINTER.
5) If the counter is checked and a message to replace consumable parts appear, check the consumable parts counter from service mode and replace the necessary
consumable part.
Repeat [LEVEL 2] or [LEVEL 3] after replacing consumable parts and resetting the counter.
6) Follow the displayed message and open the left and right ink tank covers.
F-3-60
3-35
Chapter 3
7) Raise the ink tank lock lever and remove all ink tanks.
F
F
PM
M
BK
F-3-61
Put the removed ink tanks in the plastic bag with the ink supply part [1] upward and close the opening.
[1]
F-3-62
8) Return the ink tank lock lever and close the ink tank cover.
Ink drainage is performed automatically. Replace the maintenance cartridge when the cartridge replacement message appears.
F-3-63
3-36
Chapter 3
F-3-64
F-3-65

15) If a basket is installed, remove the basket.
16) Remove the printer from the stand.
Hold the transporting handles at left and right bottom of the printer with three persons on each side and separate the printer from the stand.
17) Reverse the assembly procedure to disassemble the stand and media take-up unit as necessary and pack them.
18) Pack the printer and transport.
3-37
Chapter 3
d. Replacing consumable parts during transportation

During [MOVE PRINTER], if a message to replace consumable parts appear, check the cons umable parts counter from service mode and replace the necessary
consumable parts.
See "Service mode."
The consumable parts to be replaced and counter to be reset depends on the [LEVEL].
[8]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F-3-66
T-3-14
Service Mode
No Part number Name Q'ty Level x (Main menu)
PARTS xx COUNTER x
[1] QL2-2110 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT 1 A1 A 1, 2, 3
[2] QL2-2108 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) 2 A3/A4
[3] QL2-1650 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) 1 A5
[4] QM3-3069 SUCTION FAN UNIT 1 A6
[5] QL2-1663 DUCT 1
[6] QM3-1038 FAN UNIT 2 V1 V 2, 3
[7] QM3-1033 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (L) 1 If there is waste ink, perform waste ink disposal or parts
[8] QM3-1034 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (R) 1 replacement.
When replacing consumable parts, check for leaking waste ink. When replacing each consumable part, be careful of leaking waste ink especially from the marked
area [A] and avoid tilting the part when removing.
[A]
F-3-67
[1] WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT
3-38
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-68
[2] WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L)
[3] WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S)
[A]
[A]
F-3-69
[4] SUCTION FAN UNIT
[A]
[A]
F-3-70
[5] DUCT
3-39
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-71
[6] FAN UNIT
3-40
Chapter 3

0017-8397
iPF8000

F-3-72
F-3-73
3-41
Chapter 3
F-3-74
F-3-75
F-3-76
3-42
Chapter 3
F-3-77
3-43
Chapter 3
a. LEVEL 0
T-3-15
Item Description

F-3-78

3-44
Chapter 3
b. LEVEL 1
T-3-16
Item Description

F-3-79
3-45
Chapter 3
F-3-80
F-3-81

3-46
Chapter 3
c-1. LEVEL 2
T-3-17
Item Description

3-47
Chapter 3
c-2. LEVEL 3
T-3-18
Item Description

consumable part.
F-3-82
3-48
Chapter 3
F
F
PM
M
BK
F-3-83
[1]
F-3-84
F-3-85
3-49
Chapter 3
F-3-86
F-3-87

3-50
Chapter 3

consumable parts.
See "Service mode."
[8]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F-3-88
T-3-19
Service Mode
PARTS xx COUNTER x
[5] QL2-1663 DUCT 1
[6] QM3-1038 FAN UNIT 2 V1 V 2, 3
[A]
F-3-89
3-51
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-90
[A]
[A]
F-3-91
[A]
[A]
F-3-92
[5] DUCT
3-52
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-93
[6] FAN UNIT
3-53
Chapter 3

0025-0221
iPF8000S

F-3-94
F-3-95
3-54
Chapter 3
F-3-96
F-3-97
F-3-98
3-55
Chapter 3
F-3-99
3-56
Chapter 3
a. LEVEL 0
T-3-20
Item Description

F-3-100

3-57
Chapter 3
b. LEVEL 1
T-3-21
Item Description

F-3-101
3-58
Chapter 3
F-3-102
F-3-103

3-59
Chapter 3
c-1. LEVEL 2
T-3-22
Item Description

3-60
Chapter 3
c-2. LEVEL 3
T-3-23
Item Description

consumable part.
F-3-104
3-61
Chapter 3
F
F
PM
M
BK
F-3-105
[1]
F-3-106
F-3-107
3-62
Chapter 3
F-3-108
F-3-109

3-63
Chapter 3

consumable parts.
See "Service mode."
[8]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F-3-110
T-3-24
Service Mode
PARTS xx COUNTER x
[5] QL2-1663 DUCT 1
[6] QM3-1038 FAN UNIT 2 V1 V 2, 3
[A]
F-3-111
3-64
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-112
[A]
[A]
F-3-113
[A]
[A]
F-3-114
[5] DUCT
3-65
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-115
[6] FAN UNIT
3-66
Chapter 3

0025-0222
iPF8300

F-3-116
F-3-117
3-67
Chapter 3
F-3-118
F-3-119
F-3-120
3-68
Chapter 3
F-3-121
3-69
Chapter 3
a. LEVEL 0
T-3-25
Item Description
[Prep. MovePrinter] on the Main menu This need not be performed.

F-3-122

3-70
Chapter 3
b. LEVEL 1
T-3-26
Item Description
[Prep. MovePrinter] on the Main menu Perform [LEVEL 1].

3) From [Set/Adj. Menu] > [Prep. MovePrinter], select [LEVEL 1].
F-3-123
3-71
Chapter 3
F-3-124
F-3-125

3-72
Chapter 3
c-1. LEVEL 2
T-3-27
Item Description

3-73
Chapter 3
c-2. LEVEL 3
T-3-28
Item Description

3) From [Set/Adj. Menu] > [Prep. MovePrinter], select [LEVEL 2] or [LEVEL 3].
consumable part.
F-3-126
3-74
Chapter 3
F
F
PM
M
BK
F-3-127
[1]
F-3-128
F-3-129
3-75
Chapter 3
F-3-130
F-3-131

3-76
Chapter 3

consumable parts.
See "Service mode."
[8]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F-3-132
T-3-29
Service Mode
PARTS xx
[1] QL2-2110 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT 1 Wia-1 1, 2, 3
[2] QL2-2108 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) 2 Wia-3/Wia-4
[3] QL2-1650 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) 1 Wia-5
[4] QM3-3069 SUCTION FAN UNIT 1 Wia-6
[5] QL2-1663 DUCT 1
[6] QM3-7025 FAN UNIT 2 Mi-1 2, 3
[7] QM3-1033 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (L) 1 If there is waste ink, perform waste ink
[8] QM3-1034 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (R) 1 disposal or parts replacement.
[A]
F-3-133
3-77
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-134
[A]
[A]
F-3-135
[A]
[A]
F-3-136
[5] DUCT
3-78
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-137
[6] FAN UNIT
3-79
Chapter 3

0026-6829
iPF8300S

F-3-138
F-3-139
3-80
Chapter 3
F-3-140
F-3-141
F-3-142
3-81
Chapter 3
F-3-143
3-82
Chapter 3
a. LEVEL 0
T-3-30
Item Description
[Prep. MovePrinter] on the Main menu This need not be performed.

F-3-144

3-83
Chapter 3
b. LEVEL 1
T-3-31
Item Description

3) From [Set/Adj. Menu] > [Prep. MovePrinter], select [LEVEL 1].
F-3-145
3-84
Chapter 3
F-3-146
F-3-147

3-85
Chapter 3
c-1. LEVEL 2
T-3-32
Item Description

3-86
Chapter 3
c-2. LEVEL 3
T-3-33
Item Description

3) From [Set/Adj. Menu] > [Prep. MovePrinter], select [LEVEL 2] or [LEVEL 3].
consumable part.
F-3-148
3-87
Chapter 3
F
F
PM
M
BK
F-3-149
[1]
F-3-150
F-3-151
3-88
Chapter 3
F-3-152
F-3-153

3-89
Chapter 3

consumable parts.
See "Service mode."
[8]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[2]
[1]
[2]
F-3-154
T-3-34
Service Mode
PARTS xx
[1] QL2-2110 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT 1 Wia-1 1, 2, 3
[2] QL2-2108 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) 2 Wia-3/Wia-4
[3] QL2-1650 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) 1 Wia-5
[4] QM3-3069 SUCTION FAN UNIT 1 Wia-6
[5] QL2-1663 DUCT 1
[6] QM3-7025 FAN UNIT 2 Mi-1 2, 3
[7] QM3-1033 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (L) 1 If there is waste ink, perform waste ink
[8] QM3-1034 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (R) 1 disposal or parts replacement.
[A]
F-3-155
3-90
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-156
[A]
[A]
F-3-157
[A]
[A]
F-3-158
[5] DUCT
3-91
Chapter 3
[A]
F-3-159
[6] FAN UNIT
3-92
3.2.2 Reinstalling the Printer
3.2.2.1 Reinstalling the Printer

0020-5722
1. Installing after transporting by LEVEL 0 or LEVEL 1.

If ink drainage was not performed when transporting by LEVEL 0 or 1, remove the belt stopper and attach the power cord and interface cable after moving
the printer to the installation location, and then check the operation of the printer (with test pattern).
2. Installing after transporting by LEVEL 2 or LEVEL 3.

If ink drainage was performed when transporting by LEVEL 2 or LEVEL 3, follow the installation procedure which is nearly identical to the procedure
when installing for the first time.
Chapter 4 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
Contents
Contents
4.1 Service Parts...................................................................................................................................................................4-1

4.1.1 Service Parts................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4.2 Disassembly/Reassembly...............................................................................................................................................4-2
4.2.1 Disassembly/Reassembly............................................................................................................................................................. 4-2
4.3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly ...........................................................................................................4-5
4.3.1 Note: Items that should never be disassembled ........................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.3.2 Moving the carriage manually ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.3.3 Units requiring draining of ink .................................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.3.4 External Covers............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-6
4.3.5 Drive Unit .................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-14
4.3.6 Carriage Unit.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-15
4.3.7 Carriage Unit.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-20
4.3.8 Ink Tube Unit ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-25
4.3.9 Feeder Unit................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-27
4.3.10 Purge Unit ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-28
4.3.11 Ink Tank Unit ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4-29
4.3.12 Linear Encoder......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-32
4.3.13 Head Management Sensor ....................................................................................................................................................... 4-33
4.3.14 PCBs ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-34
4.3.15 PCBs ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-35
4.3.16 Opening the Cap and moving the Wiper Unit ......................................................................................................................... 4-36
4.3.17 Draining the ink ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4-37
4.3.18 Opening and closing ink supply valves ................................................................................................................................... 4-38
4.3.19 Draining the ink ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4-39
4.4 Applying the Grease.....................................................................................................................................................4-40
4.4.1 Applying the Grease .................................................................................................................................................................. 4-40
4.5 Adjustment and Setup Items ........................................................................................................................................4-43
4.5.1 Adjustment Item List ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-43
4.5.2 Adjustment Item List ................................................................................................................................................................. 4-43
4.5.3 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor ................................................................................................... 4-43
4.5.4 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor ................................................................................................... 4-43
4.5.5 Procedure after Replacing the Feed Roller or Feed Roller Encoder.......................................................................................... 4-44
4.5.6 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor......................................................................................................... 4-44
Chapter 4
4.1 Service Parts
4.1.1 Service Parts

0012-6508
The service parts indicated below require careful handling.
1. Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.

Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part (carriage unit, purge unit, ink tank unit, and other parts) boxes marked "This side up" and handle
appropriately.
F-4-1
2. Feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be careful that the roller is not scratched or marked during storage or transport of the service parts, when
removing them from the individual boxes, when assembling, or performing any other
operations.
4-1
Chapter 4
4.2 Disassembly/Reassembly
4.2.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
0014-8946
See the Parts Catalog for the disassembly and reassembly procedures. The following four main units do not apply.
Main Units:
1. Carriage unit
2. Ink tube unit
3. Purge unit
4. Ink tank unit
The parts layout illustration in the Parts Catalog shows the figure numbers associated with the disassembly procedure for each product.
Main unit disassembly and assembly flows

* Ink drainage in the dotted lines may be performed using either the automatic or manual ink drain procedure.
1. Carriage Unit Disassembly Flow

<Legend > c: Connector h: Hook s: Screw
Printer
Automatic ink drain Move the carriage to

above the platen
Left/right circle cover (L) (h1)
Left/right printheads
Left/right circle cover (S) (h1)
Left/right joint bases
Left/right side covers (s3, h2)
Ink tube cover (s2)
Upper left/upper right covers
(h1) Ink tube joint
Rear cover right (s4) Carriage PCB cover (s4)
Rear cover left (s2) Flexible cable (c3)
Left/right tank cover units Head management sensor

(s3) (s1)
Open left/right ink tank units Pulley base (s3)

(s4)
Lift unit (s5)
Upper rear cover (s5)
Cutter unit
Upper cover
Carriage unit
Manual ink drain
F-4-2
4-2
Chapter 4
2. Ink Tube Unit Disassembly Flow

Printer
Left/right printhead
Automatic ink drain
Left/right circle covers (L) (h1) Left/right joint bases
Left/right circle covers (S) (h1) Ink tube cover (s2)
Left/right side covers (s3, h2) Ink tube joint
Carriage PCB cover (s4)

Upper left/upper right covers
(h1)
Flexible cable (c3)
Rear cover right (s4)

(s1)
Rear cover left (s2)
Pulley base (s3)
Left/right tank cover unit (s3)
Lift unit (s5)
Open left/right ink tank units
(s4) Cutter unit
Upper rear cover (s5) Carriage unit
Upper cover Flexible cable (c5)
Manual ink drain Cable fixer base (s3)
Move the carriage to

Ink tube unit
above the platen
F-4-3
3. Purge Unit Disassembly Flow

Printer
Right circle cover (L) (h1)
Right circle cover (S) (h1)
Right side covers (s3, h2)
Upper right cover (h1)
Operation panel (h1, c2)
Right front cover (s2)

above the platen
Purge unit (c1, s3)

F-4-4
4-3
Chapter 4
4. Ink Tank unit Disassembly Flow

Printer
Right circle cover (L) (h1)
Right circle cover (S) (h1)
Right side covers (s3, h2)

Automatic ink drain
Left/right tank cover units
(s3) Left/right tank cover units
(s3)

above the platen
Manual ink drain
Drain the ink in subtanks
Remove the left/right

ink tube joints
Ink tank unit(c5, s2)

F-4-5
4-4
Chapter 4
4.3 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly
4.3.1 Note: Items that should never be disassembled

0012-6514
Assemblies that should never be removed after initial factory adjustments, are indicated by the presence of red screws.
Under no circumstance should these red screws be loosened or removed. Removing these screws will render the printer out of alignment forever.
F-4-6
4.3.2 Moving the carriage manually

0014-8950
When moving the carriage, hold it by the handle [1] shown below.
Move the carriage as required during assembly and disassembly to prevent the carriage from contacting the parts to be removed.
You cannot move the carriage when capping has been performed. Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly
> Opening the caps and moving the wiper unit to remove the caps, and then move the carriage.
[1]
F-4-7
4.3.3 Units requiring draining of ink

0014-8953

When disassembling the following units, drain the ink completely, to prevent ink leakage. For ink drain instructions, refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY >
Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Draining the ink.
[1] Carriage unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Carriage unit.
[2] Ink tube unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly > Ink tube unit.
[3] Ink tank unit
Refer to DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > Points to Notes on Disassembly and Reassembly >Ink tank unit.
4-5
Chapter 4
4.3.4 External Covers

0014-8958
a) Left circle cover (L)/Right circle cover (L)

Removing left circle cover (L)/right circle cover (L)
1) To remove circle cover (L) [1], insert flathead screwdriver [2] at the position indicated to remove claw [3] and turn the cover forward to remove.
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-8
Installing left circle cover (L)/right circle cover (L)
1) Install circle cover (L) [1] with its part [2] inserted in arrow mark [3] of the right side cover and turn the cover backward to install.
[3] [1]
[2]
F-4-9
b) Left circle cover (S)/Right circle cover (S)
Removing the left circle cover (S)/right circle cover (S)
1) Remove circle cover (S) [1] by turning it forward to remove the hook.
[1]
F-4-10
4-6
Chapter 4
Installing left circle cover (S)/right circle cover (S)

1) Install circle cover (S) [1] with its part [2] inserted in part [3] of the right side cover and turn the cover rearward to install.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-11
c) Left/ right side covers
Removing the left/ right side covers
1) To remove left/ right side covers [1], remove left/ right circle cover (L) and left/ right circle cover (S).
2) Remove three screws [2] and two hooks [3], and remove the cover by their bottom side.
[1]
[3]
[2]
F-4-12
d) Operation panel
Removing the operation panel
4-7
Chapter 4
1) To remove the operation panel[1], remove hook [2] with a flathead screwdriver and remove two connectors [3].
[3]
[2]
[1]
F-4-13
e) Upper left cover/upper right cover
Removing the upper left cover/upper right cover
1) To remove upper left/upper right cover [1], remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S) and left/ right side covers.
2) Insert a flathead screwdriver at the indicated position to remove hook [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-14
f) Right front cover
Removing the right front cover
4-8
Chapter 4
1) To remove right front cover [1], remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers, upper right cover the operation panel.
2) Remove two screws [2].
[2]
[1]
F-4-15
g) Rear cover, right/ rear cover, left
Removing the rear cover, right/ rear cover, left
1) To remove rear cover right [1], remove four screws [2].
2) To remove rear cover, left [3], remove the rear cover right and two screws [4].
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
F-4-16
h) Lower rear cover, right/ left, filter cover
Removing the lower rear cover, right/ left, filter cover
4-9
Chapter 4
1) To remove lower rear cover, right [1] , remove four screws [2].
2) To remove lower rear cover, left [3], remove two screws [4].
3) To remove filter cover [5], remove screw [6].
[2]
[4] [3] [1]
[5]
[6]
[2]
F-4-17
i) Left/ right ink tank cover units
Removing the left/ right ink tank cover units
1) To remove left/ right ink tank cover unit [1] , remove three screws [2], open tank cover [3] and remove two hooks [4].
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
F-4-18
j) Ink tank units
Opening the ink tank units
1) To open the left/right ink tank units, remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S), left/ right side covers, upper left/ right cover and left/ right ink
tank cover unit.
4-10
Chapter 4
2) Remove two screws [1].

3) Remove screw [2] from the support plate at inner side of the printer.
4) Remove screw [4] from the support plate [3] at outer side of the printer, loosen screw [5] and slide the support plate to open the ink tank unit.
(The following figure is the case of the left ink tank unit.)
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
[1]
F-4-19
The ink tank units will lock themselves when they are opened to the maximum allowable angle.
Be sure to open the ink tank unit to their maximum allowable angle to prevent them from turning over.
k) Upper rear cover

Removing the upper rear cover
1) To remove the upper rear cover, remove left/ right circle cover (L), left/ right circle cover (S), left/ right side covers , upper left/upper right cover, rear cover,
right/ left , and left/ right ink tank cover units and then open the left/ right ink tanks.
2) Remove two screws [1] on front side of the printer and three screws [2] on the rear side, and then remove upper rear cover [3].
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
F-4-20
4-11
Chapter 4
Note on installing the upper rear cover

1) Fit three rear-panel screws [1] into screw holes on the right side.
[1][1]
F-4-21
l) Upper cover
Removing the upper cover
1) To remove the upper cover, remove left/ right circle covers (L), left/ right circle covers (S), left/ right side covers , upper left/upper right covers, rear cover left/
right , right cover unit and upper rear cover.
2) Remove upper cover [2] while opening left/right arm stays [1] outward one by one.
[1]
[2] [2] [1]
[2]
F-4-22
4-12
Chapter 4
m) Release lever
Removing the release lever
1) To remove release lev er [1], remove the purge unit and then remove the release lever. To do so, keep pinch roller [2] pressurized to ea se the work of phase
alignment during gear installation.
Reinstalling the release lever

1) To install the release lever, align the gear of the release lever with mark [3] (phase) in the receiving gear.
[2]
[3]
[1]
F-4-23
4-13
Chapter 4
4.3.5 Drive Unit

0014-8962
a) Feed motor
Removing the feed motor
1) To remove feed motor [1], loosen four screws [2] and remove timing belt [3] and spring [4].
2) Remove four loosened screws [2] to release feed motor [1] and remove the connector.
Reinstalling the feed motor

To reassemble the feed roller drive timing belt [3] into position, set the tension of timing belt [3] by adjusting the pressure of spring [4]. Then, fix feed motor [1].
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[2]
F-4-24
b) Action to take after replacing the feed roller encoder and feed roller
This printer as shipped has the feed roller eccentricity (that is, variations in the rate of paper feed from rotation to rotation) corrected for enhanced media feed ac-
curacy. When the feed roller HP sensor or feed roller encoder and feed roller pe rtaining to the correction of eccentricity variations has been replaced, therefore,
they should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions to launch automatic adjustment:
Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type: Glossy photo paper
If adjustment cannot be done properly by selecting "SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING" (auto adjustment), carry out manual ad-
justment.
Service mode SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING2
Media type: Gloss photo paper
Check the printed pattern and enter values for adjustment.
4-14
Chapter 4
4.3.6 Carriage Unit

0014-8964
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a) Removing the carriage unit

1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Draining the ink.
2) Turn off the power and move the carriage to above the platen. If the carriage is locked at its home position, insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side into
hole [1] in the shaft of the lifting unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
[2] [3]
[1]
F-4-25
3) Remove the printheads.
4) Release the ink tube from the guide, detach four link levers [1] from the printhead fixer lever, than remove two joint bases [2].
[1]
[2]
[2]
F-4-26
4-15
Chapter 4
Cover the joints in the ink tube, as with a PVC bag, to keep inks from splashing from them.
F-4-27
5) Remove two screws [1] and ink tube cover [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-28
6) Remove four screws [1] and open carriage relay PCB cover [2].
[1] [1]
[2]
F-4-29
7) Disconnect five flexible cables from the carriage relay PCB.
4-16
Chapter 4
Never peel off tape [1] that fixes the ink tube when detaching the joints of the ink tube on the upper part of the carriage or when removing the joint base from the
carriage.
[1]
F-4-30
8) Twist off belt fixer knob [1] to loosen the belt, and remove spring [2], guide [3] and pulley[4].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
F-4-31
9) Release carriage belt from the pulley of the carriage motor.
4-17
Chapter 4
10) Remove two screws [1] and pulley base [2].

11) Remove screw [3] and the connector [4] to release head management sensor unit [5].
12) Remove five screws [6] and lift unit [7].
[1]
[3] [5]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[6] [7]
F-4-32
13) Remove the cutter unit, and lay the caterpillar of the ink tube unit on its side, and then remove the carriage from the right side of the printer.
To remove the carriage unit, pull it out of position keeping the carriage unit level with care not to harm the linear scale. Flaws on the linear scale could result in
malfunctioning.
4-18
Chapter 4
b) Mounting the carriage belt

To install the carriage belt, put in the point of the belt to the interior of the groove [1], and have all the cogs of carriage belt [3] engaged with belt stopper [2].
[1]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[2]
F-4-33
c) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
When either carriage unit or multi sensor has been replaced, be sure to replace the multi sensor reference plate(QL2-2089-000:MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING)
as well.
d) Action to take after replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
Because the distance between the multi sensor (in the carriage unit) and the nozzles (in each printhead) is varied from one unit to another, the printer has its optical
axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and sensor calibration adjusted prior to sh ipment. When the carriage unit or multi sensor has bee n replaced,
1) Optical axis correction
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
2) Paper gap adjustment

- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > GAP CALIB.
4-19
Chapter 4
4.3.7 Carriage Unit

0025-0362
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a) Removing the carriage unit

1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Draining the ink.
hole [1] in the shaft of the lifting unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
[2] [3]
[1]
F-4-34
3) Remove the printheads.
4) Release the ink tube from the guide, detach four link levers [1] from the printhead fixer lever, than remove two joint bases [2].
[1]
[2]
[2]
F-4-35
4-20
Chapter 4
Cover the joints in the ink tube, as with a PVC bag, to keep inks from splashing from them.
F-4-36
5) Remove two screws [1] and ink tube cover [2].
[1]
[2]
F-4-37
6) Remove four screws [1] and open carriage relay PCB cover [2].
[1] [1]
[2]
F-4-38
7) Disconnect five flexible cables from the carriage relay PCB.
4-21
Chapter 4
carriage.
[1]
F-4-39
8) Twist off belt fixer knob [1] to loosen the belt, and remove spring [2], guide [3] and pulley[4].
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
F-4-40
9) Release carriage belt from the pulley of the carriage motor.
4-22
Chapter 4
10) Remove two screws [1] and pulley base [2].

11) Remove screw [3] and the connector [4] to release head management sensor unit [5].
12) Remove five screws [6] and lift unit [7].
[1]
[3] [5]
[2]
[4]
[6]
[6] [7]
F-4-41
13) Remove the purge unit.
14) Remove the cutter unit, and lay the caterpillar of the ink tube unit on its side, and then remove the carriage from the right side of the printer.
To remove the carriage unit, pull it out of position keeping the carriage unit leve l with care not to harm the linear scale. Flaws on the linear scale could result in
malfunctioning.
4-23
Chapter 4
b) Mounting the carriage belt

To install the carriage belt, put in the point of the belt to the interior of the groove [1], and have all the cogs of carriage belt [3] engaged with belt stopper [2].
[1]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[2]
F-4-42
c) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
When either carriage unit or multi sensor has been replaced, be sure to replace the multi sensor reference plate(QL2-2089-000:MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING)
as well.
d) Action to take after replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor
axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and sensor calibration adjusted prior to sh ipment. When the carriage unit or multi sensor has bee n replaced,

e) Action following the replacement of the carriage unit, carriage motor, carriage belt or linear encoder sensor
After the carriage unit or carriage motor or carriage belt or linear encoder sensor have been removed or replaced, execute the following service mode.
- Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > CR MOTOR COG
4-24
Chapter 4
4.3.8 Ink Tube Unit

0014-8966
a) Removing ink tube unit

1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly >Draining the ink.
2) Remove the carriage unit. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Carriage Unit.
3) Disconnect five flexible cables from the main controller PCB.
4) Remove the flexible cable leading to the carriage PCB cover from the guide.
5) Remove three screws [1] and release ink tube fixer base [2] from the frame.
[1]
[2]
F-4-43
6) Remove joint [1] of the ink tube unit from left and right ink tank unit to remove ink tube unit [2].
[2] [1]
F-4-44
4-25
Chapter 4
carriage.
When replacing the ink tube unit, be sure that the tapes [1] are posted to the new ink tube unit.
[1]
F-4-45
b) Reassembling ink tube units

When the ink tube unit has been replaced, turn on the power without mounting the printhead and the ink tanks.
Then, mount the printhead and ink tanks as directed by message guidance.
After detaching the joint of the ink tube unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered to it.
In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
F-4-46
4-26
Chapter 4
4.3.9 Feeder Unit

0014-8972
a) Handling the feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be sure to note the following points when handling the roller.
- Do not hold the roller with one hand or warp its shape.
- Do not touch the roller surface (coated surface).
- Do not allow the roller to get scratched or marked.
- Hold the roller at two points; location D and one of the locations A, B, or C as shown in the figure below.
F-4-47
b) Action to take after replacing the feed roller encoder and feed roller
This printer as shipped has the feed roller eccentricity (that is, variations in the rate of paper feed from rotation to rotation) corrected for enhanced media feed ac-
curacy. When the fee d roller HP sensor or feed roller encoder and fee d roller pertaining to the correction of eccentricity variations has been replaced, therefore,
Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type: Glossy photo paper
justment.
4-27
Chapter 4
4.3.10 Purge Unit

0014-8978
a) Removing the purge unit

hole [1] in the shaft of the lift unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
[2] [3]
[1]
F-4-48
2) Remove connector [1] and three screws [2] and then remove purge unit [3].
[1]
[2]
[3]
F-4-49
4-28
Chapter 4
4.3.11 Ink Tank Unit

0014-8979
a) Removing ink tank units

1) Drain the ink. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly >Draining the ink.
2) Detach the joint between the ink tube unit and ink tank unit [1].
3) Remove four screws [2] and five connectors [3] and then remove the ink tank unit.
[2] [3]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[3]
[2]
F-4-50
After detaching the joint between the ink tube unit and the ink tube of the ink tank unit, the joint might become easy to come off by the ink that has adhered to it.
In that case, please wash the joint by alcohol and remove the adhering ink.
F-4-51
4-29
Chapter 4
b) Reinstalling ink tank units

The left and right ink tank units are installed to different positions at waste ink tray [1].
Install the right ink tank unit at screw position [2].
Install the left ink tank unit at screw position [3].
(Installing position of each ink tank units are inner side of the printer.)
[3]
[2]
[1]
[3] [2]
F-4-52
4-30
Chapter 4
c) Removing the valve motor unit

1) To remove the valve motor unit, remove the ink tank cover unit.
2) Remove three screws [1], two connectors [2] and bearing [3], and then remove valve motor unit [4].
[2] [4]
[1]
[1]
[3]
F-4-53
4-31
Chapter 4
4.3.12 Linear Encoder

0014-8985
a) Removing the linear encoder

1) Move the carriage to above the platen.
2) Remove two screws [1] and upper rear stay [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
F-4-54
3) Remove two screws [1] and linear encoder [2].
[2]
[1]
F-4-55
4-32
Chapter 4
4.3.13 Head Management Sensor

0014-8988
a) Removing the head management sensor

1) To remove head management sensor [1], remove screw [2] and disconnect connector [3].
[2]
[1]
[3]
F-4-56
b) Action to take after replacing the head management sensor
Because the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit is varied from one unit to another, the printer has its optical axis corrected to adjust
the non-discharging nozzle detection position prior to shipment. When the head management sensor carriage unit has been replaced, it should require adjustment.
Execute service mode under the following conditions:
SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS.
4-33
Chapter 4
4.3.14 PCBs
0014-8989
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
Do not replace the main controller PCB and the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board) at the same time.
Both PCBs hold vital information, such as settings and a carriage drive time. Before either PCB is replaced, such information is temporarily saved through internal
communication with the other PCB and is automatically written to the new PCB when it is installed. For this reason, the two PCBs cannot be replaced at the same
time. To replace both PCBs, work in order of (a) > (b).
When the main controller PCB and maintenance cartridge relay PCB have been replaced with service parts, check that the latest version of firmware is installed in
them.
If not, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
a) Replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board)
1) Turn off the power and disconnect the power plug.

2) Replace the maintenance cartridge relay PCB.
3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Paper Source] and [Information] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
4) Release the key, but not before making sure that "Initializing" appears on the display. (The message lamp lights when printer enters PCB replacement mode.)
5) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
6) Select MC BOARD and press the [OK] key.
7) Turn off the power, but not before making sure that "Power off" appears on the display.
8) Turn on the power.
9) Check the firmware version. If the firmware is not the latest version, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
b) Replacing the main controller PCB

2) Replace the main controller PCB.
3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Paper Source] and [Information] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
6) Select CPU BOARD and press the [OK] key.
4-34
Chapter 4
4.3.15 PCBs
0023-3347
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
Do not replace the main controller PCB and the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board) at the same time.
Both PCBs hold vital information, such as settings and a carriage drive time. Before either PCB is replaced, such information is temporarily saved through internal
communication with the other PCB and is automatically written to the new PCB when it is installed. For this reason, the two PCBs cannot be replaced at the same
time. To replace both PCBs, work in order of (a) > (b).
When the main controller PCB and maintenance cartridge relay PCB have been replaced with service parts, check that the latest version of firmware is installed in
them.
If not, upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
a) Replacing the maintenance cartridge relay PCB (ROM board)

3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Load] and [Navigate] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
6) Select MC BOARD and press the [OK] key.
b) Replacing the main controller PCB

3) Reconnect the power plug and turn on the power while pressing the [Load] and [Navigate] keys. (Start the printer in PCB replacement mode.)
6) Select CPU BOARD and press the [OK] key.
4-35
Chapter 4
4.3.16 Opening the Cap and moving the Wiper Unit

0014-8991
This section explains how to uncap the carriage and ink supply valves manually.
Moving carriage when the power of the printer is off, releasing carriage lock pin and uncapping must be done manually.
1. Uncapping, releasing the carriage lock pin and moving the wiper unit
1) Remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers and upper right cover.
2) Insert a Phillips screwdriver from the right side into hole [1] in the shaft of the lift unit in the purge unit and turn it counterclockwise. This will lower cap [2] and
lock pin [3], allowing the carriage to be moved.
The wiper unit will move in sync with the motion of the cap and lock pin.
[2] [3]
[1]
F-4-57
4-36
Chapter 4
4.3.17 Draining the ink

0014-8993
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
There are two ways to drain the ink passage of inks: automatic and manual.
Be sure to drain the ink from the ink passage to prevent ink leakage before disassembling any component of the ink passage or reshipping the printer.
1. Automatic Ink Drain

Execute Automatic Ink Drain by selecting Maintenance > Move Printer from the main menu.
Execute Automatic Ink Drain once again if the printer shuts down due to a power failure or any other trouble before the operation completes.
2. Manual Ink Drain

Drain the ink passage of inks manually if any electrical component in the printer fails or firmware malfunctions or if the printer fails to be powered on.
1) Remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers, left/ right the ink tank cover units. See D isassembly/Reassembly > Poi nts to Note on
Disassembly/Reassembly > External Covers.
2) Remove the ink tanks.
3) Move the carriage to above the platen. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Opening the caps and moving the wiper unit.
4) Release the printhead fixer lever.
5) Open the ink supply valves to allow the inks to flow into the subtanks.
3. Draining the ink in subtanks

1) Remove ink discharge tube [1] behind each subtank and move the ink from the subtank into a container. Repeat this procedure for each additional subtank.
[1]
F-4-58
4-37
Chapter 4
4.3.18 Opening and closing ink supply valves

0014-8992
a) Opening and closing ink supply valves
1) Remove the ink tank cover unit.

2) Press valve lever [1] with a finger to open the ink supply valve.
[1]
F-4-59
- If the printhead fixer lever is released with the ink supply valve to an ink tube open while the tube is filled with an ink, the ink in the tube could flow backward to
the ink tank unit, leaking through the hollow needle in the ink tank.
- If an ink supply valve remains open, as on occurrence of an ink supply valve open/close error, remove the valve motor unit and (see Disassembly/Reassembly >
Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Ink Tank Units) and close the ink supply valve.
4-38
Chapter 4
4.3.19 Draining the ink

0025-0404
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
There are two ways to drain the ink passage of inks: automatic and manual.
Be sure to drain the ink from the ink passage to prevent ink leakage before disassembling any component of the ink passage or reshipping the printer.
1. Automatic Ink Drain

Execute Automatic Ink Drain by selecting [Set/Adj. Menu] > [Prep.MovePrinter] from the main menu.
Execute Automatic Ink Drain once again if the printer shuts down due to a power failure or any other trouble before the operation completes.
2. Manual Ink Drain

Drain the ink passage of inks manually if any electrical component in the printer fails or firmware malfunctions or if the printer fails to be powered on.
1) Remove right circle cover (L), right circle cover (S), right side covers, left/ right the ink tank cover units. See D isassembly/Reassembly > Poi nts to Note on
Disassembly/Reassembly > External Covers.
2) Remove the ink tanks.
3) Move the carriage to above the platen. See Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly/Reassembly > Opening the caps and moving the wiper unit.
4) Release the printhead fixer lever.
5) Open the ink supply valves to allow the inks to flow into the subtanks.
3. Draining the ink in subtanks

1) Remove ink discharge tube [1] behind each subtank and move the ink from the subtank into a container. Repeat this procedure for each additional subtank.
[1]
F-4-60
4-39
Chapter 4
4.4 Applying the Grease
4.4.1 Applying the Grease

0014-9023
Apply the grease at the location shown below.

Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush.
Don't apply the grease to locations other than those designated. Unwanted grease may cause poor print quality, take particular care that grease does not get onto the
wiper, cap, or the linear scale.
T-4-1
No. Place Kind Quantity Note

1 The joint base rail and rib of carriage unit Molykote PG-641 Smear the grease lightly
2 Two feed roller backup Permalub G No.2 approx.12mg Don't apply to central backup with bearing.
Bushing Permalub G No.2 Smear the grease lightly
3 Feed roller bearing Permalub G No.2 approx.24mg Apply if remove bearing from a feed roller.
4 Pinch roller release cam three points x 10 parts Permalub G No.2 Smear the grease lightly
5 Upper cover stay shaft hole Permalub G No.2 approx.24mg
The gear shaft of the upper cover stay gear Permalub G No.2 approx.24mg
Upper cover stay shaft end Permalub G No.2 approx.24mg
The gear tooth face of upper cover stay Permalub G No.2 Smear the grease lightly
1. The joint base rail [1] and the rib [2] of the carriage unit.
[2]
[1]
[1]
F-4-61
4-40
Chapter 4
2. Two feed roller backup [1]/ bushing [2]

3. Feed roller bearing [3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
F-4-62
4. Pinch roller release cam [1] three points x 10 parts
[1]
F-4-63
4-41
Chapter 4
5. Upper cover stay shaft hole [1]/ gear shaft [2]/ shaft end [3]/ gear tooth face [4]
[1]
[2] [4] [3]

F-4-64
4-42
Chapter 4
4.5 Adjustment and Setup Items
4.5.1 Adjustment Item List

0017-8323
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
The following adjustment procedures need to be performed when parts have been replaced or remove and then reinstalled:
T-4-2
Adjustment item Adjustment timing

Multi sensor recalibration Multi sensor replacement/removal
Carriage unit replacement/removal
Adjusting feed roller eccentricity Feed roller
Feed roller encoder
Head management sensor recalibration Head management sensor replacement/removal
4.5.2 Adjustment Item List

0023-5489
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
The following adjustment procedures need to be performed when parts have been replaced or remove and then reinstalled:
T-4-3
Adjustment item Adjustment timing

Multi sensor recalibration Multi sensor replacement/removal
Adjusting feed roller eccentricity Feed roller
Feed roller encoder
Head management sensor recalibration Head management sensor replacement/removal
Carriage motor recalibration Carriage unit replacement/removal
Carriage motor replacement/removal
Carriage belt replacement/removal
4.5.3 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor

0013-7133
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor

The multi sensor reference plate(QL2-2089-000:MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING) must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor is
being replaced.
b) Multi Sensor Recalibration
axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and calibration adjusted prior to shipment. When the car riage unit or multi sensor has been replace d, they
should require adjustment.


4.5.4 Procedure after Replacing the Carriage Unit or Multi Sensor

0025-0406
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a) Note on replacing the carriage unit and the multi sensor

- The multi sensor reference plate(QL2-3279-000: MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING) must be replaced at the same time whenever the carriage or the multi sensor
is being replaced.
b) Multi Sensor Recalibration

axis corrected and paper gap adjustment sensor gain and calibration adjusted prior to shipment. When the car riage unit or multi sensor has been replace d, they
should require adjustment.

- Service mode : SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > OPTICAL AXIS
Media type : Photo glossy paper
Media size : Media having a width equal toor larger then that of A2-size paper

4-43
Chapter 4
c) Carriage Motor Adjustment

- After the carriage and carriage motor and carriage belt and linear encoder sensor has been removed or replaced, execute the following service mode.
Service mode: SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > CR MOTOR COG
4.5.5 Procedure after Replacing the Feed Roller or Feed Roller Encoder
0012-6594
Feed roller eccentricity is factory-adjusted (correction of variation in the paper feed amount per rotation). It is necessary to adjust feed roller eccentricity after re-
placing the feed roller encoder or feed roller.
In the service mode, perform automatic adjustment of feed roller eccentricity.
Service mode : SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > PRINT PATTERN > LF TUNING
Media type : Photo glossy paper
justment.
4.5.6 Procedure after Replacing the Head Management Sensor

0013-7146
Since the distance between the head management sensor and the carriage unit varies among printers, the optical axis is factory-adjusted to adjust the non-discharging
detection position. When you have replaced the head management sensor or performed assembly/reassembly of surrounding parts that can change the distance be-
tween the head management sensor and the carriage unit, readjustment is required
Perform the readjustment in the service mode.
Service mode : SERVICE MODE > ADJUST > NOZZLE CHK POS.
4-44
Chapter 4
4-45
Chapter 5 MAINTENANCE
Contents
Contents
5.1 Periodic Replacement Parts ...........................................................................................................................................5-1

5.1.1 Periodic Replacement Parts ......................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Consumable Parts...........................................................................................................................................................5-1
5.2.1 Consumable Parts......................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.3 Periodic Maintenance.....................................................................................................................................................5-6
5.3.1 Periodic Maintenance................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
Chapter 5
5.1 Periodic Replacement Parts
5.1.1 Periodic Replacement Parts

0012-6595
T-5-1
Level Periodic Replacement part

User None
Service Personnel None
5.2 Consumable Parts
5.2.1 Consumable Parts

0014-9679
iPF8000
T-5-2
Consumables Service Mode

Life sheets/
Name Part number Q'ty PARTS xx COUNTER x States (Error Code)
A0
Service WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT QL2-2110-000 1 20000 A1 A OK/W1/E146-4001
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) QL2-2108-000 2 20000 A3/A4
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) QL2-1650-000 1 20000 A5
SUCTION FAN UNIT QM3-1012-000 1 20000 A6
DUCT QL2-1663-000 1 20000
CARRIAGE UNIT QM3-1995-060 1 20000 D1/D2/D3 D OK/W1/W2
TUBE UNIT QM3-2004-020 1 20000 D4 D OK/W1/E144-4047
PURGE UNIT QM3-1004-000 1 20000 H1 H OK/W1/E141-4046
HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR QM3-1056-000 1 20000 K1 K OK/W1/W2
MOTOR, CARRIAGE QK1-2868-000 1 20000 M1 M OK/W1/W2
FEED MOTOR ASS'Y QM2-2502-000 1 20000 P1 P OK/W1/W2
FAN UNIT QM3-1038-000 1 20000 V1 V OK/W1/E146-4001
User See "Product Overview> Features> Consumables"
5-1
Chapter 5

0017-8402
iPF8100
T-5-3

Life sheets/
A0
DUCT QL2-1663-000 1 20000
MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3-3138-000 1 20000 D5 D OK/W1/W2
X1 X OK/W1/W2
5-2
Chapter 5

0017-8403
iPF8000S
T-5-4

Life sheets/
A0
DUCT QL2-1663-000 1 25000
MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3-3138-000 1 25000 D5 D OK/W1/W2
X1 X OK/W1/W2
5-3
Chapter 5

0025-0407
iPF8300
T-5-5

Life sheets/
Name Part number Q'ty PARTS xx States (Error Code)
A0
Service WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT QL2-2110-000 1 20000 Wia-1 OK/W1/E146-4001
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) QL2-2108-000 2 20000 Wia-3/Wia-4
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) QL2-1650-000 1 20000 Wia-5
SUCTION FAN UNIT QM3-3069-000 1 20000 Wia-6
DUCT QL2-1663-000 1 20000
CARRIAGE UNIT QM3-7033-000 1 20000 CR-1/CR-2/CR-3 OK/W1/W2
MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING QL2-3279-000 1 20000 CR-1/CR-2/CR-3/
CR-5
SCALE, LINEAR QC3-1877-000 1 20000 CR-2
TUBE UNIT QM3-7030-000 1 20000 CR-4 OK/W1/E144-4047
MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3-3138-000 1 20000 CR-5 OK/W1/W2
MS-1
PURGE UNIT QM3-7018-000 1 20000 PG-1 OK/W1/E141-4046
HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR QM3-1056-000 1 20000 HMa-1 OK/W1/W2
MOTOR, CARRIAGE QK1-2868-000 1 20000 PL-1
FEED MOTOR ASS'Y QM2-2502-000 1 20000 PS-1
FAN UNIT QM3-7025-000 2 20000 Mi-1 OK/W1/E146-4001
5-4
Chapter 5

0026-6831
iPF8300S
T-5-6

Life sheets/
Name Part number Q'ty PARTS xx States (Error Code)
A0
Service WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT QL2-2110-000 1 25000 Wia-1 OK/W1/E146-4001
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L) QL2-2108-000 2 25000 Wia-3/Wia-4
WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S) QL2-1650-000 1 25000 Wia-5
SUCTION FAN UNIT QM3-3069-000 1 25000 Wia-6
DUCT QL2-1663-000 1 25000
CARRIAGE UNIT QM3-7033-000 1 25000 CR-1/CR-2/CR-3 OK/W1/W2
MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING QL2-3279-000 1 25000 CR-1/CR-2/CR-3/
CR-5
SCALE, LINEAR QC3-1877-000 1 25000 CR-2
TUBE UNIT QM3-9943-000 1 25000 CR-4 OK/W1/E144-4047
MULTI SENSOR UNIT QM3-3138-000 1 25000 CR-5 OK/W1/W2
MS-1
PURGE UNIT QM3-7018-000 1 25000 PG-1 OK/W1/E141-4046
HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR QM3-1056-000 1 25000 HMa-1 OK/W1/W2
MOTOR, CARRIAGE QK1-2868-000 1 25000 PL-1
FEED MOTOR ASS'Y QM2-2502-000 1 25000 PS-1
FAN UNIT QM3-7025-000 2 25000 Mi-1 OK/W1/E146-4001
5-5
Chapter 5
5.3 Periodic Maintenance
5.3.1 Periodic Maintenance

0012-6597
T-5-7
Level Periodic maintenance

User Cleaning of ink mist and other substances(about once each month
Service personnel None
a) Printer cleaning
To keep up with print quality and prevent troubles, clean the printer about once each month.
1) Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe away any dirt or paper dust from the Paper Feed Slot [1], power cord plug, and so on. Dry these
parts with a dry cloth.
[1]
F-5-1
2) Open the Top Cover.
3) If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes on the Platen [1], the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves [2], or cutter guide [3], use the included Cleaning Brush
[4] to wipe it away.
[4]
[2] [3] [1]

F-5-2
MEMO:
If the Cleaning Brush is dirty, rinse it in water.
5-6
Chapter 5
4) Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it. Wipe away any ink residue on the Top Cover Roller [1], all over
the Platen [2], the Pinch Roller Unit [3], the Borderless Printing Ink Grooves [4], the Ejection Guide [5], the cutter guide[6], the maintenance-jet tray [7], and so on.
[7]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2] [4] [6] [3]

F-5-3
5-7
Chapter 5
- Do not dry the interiors of the top cover with a dry cloth. Electrostatic charges could make the internal components susceptible to dirt, resulting in degraded print
quality.
- Do not use flammable solvents, such as thinner and benzine, on the printer. Solvents coming into contact with any electrical parts inside the printer could result
in fires or electrical shock hazards.
- Do not touch linear scale [1] and carriage shaft [2].
[1]
[2]
F-5-4
5-8
Chapter 5
5-9
Chapter 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
Contents
Contents
6.1 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................................................6-1

6.1.1 Outline.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur ..................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check .............................................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity. ......................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.3 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. .........................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank ................................................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1.2.5 Close Ink Tank Cover .....................................................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.2.6 End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more. ..................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.2.7 Paper Type Wrong ..........................................................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.2.8 GARO W12xx.................................................................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.2.9 Check printed document. ................................................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service. ............................................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.2.11 Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service. ....................................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur........................................................................................................................................... 6-3
6.1.3.1 03870001-2015 Cutter error............................................................................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.3.2 03010000-200C/03010000-200E/03010000-200F/03010000-2017/03010000-2018/03016000-2010 multi sensor .....................................6-3
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error ......................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3.4 03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover switch error...................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3.5 03031000-2E11 Carriage cover sensor error ..................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever ..............................................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3.7 03010000-2016/03010000-2E27 Paper feed error..........................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.8 03010000-200D Cut media end error .............................................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/03860002-2E0C
Path mismatch error ...............................................................................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.10 03862000-2E09 Insufficient roll media error ...............................................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error ..................................................................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.12 03890000-2921 Media take-up paper detection sensor error........................................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.13 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end error .........................................................................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.14 03861001-2405/03861001-2406 Borderless printing error ..........................................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/03810105-2508/
03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error ................................................................................................6-6
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/03830105-2528/
03830115-2529/03830107-252A/03830109-252B/03830108-252C Ink tank is not installed. ( This error occurs when the ink tank is replaced.)..
6-7
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/03830205-2548/
03830215-2549/03830207-254A/03830209-254B/03830208-254C Invalid ink tank ID .....................................................................................6-7
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/03830305-2568/
03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error ..................................................6-7
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/03810205-2578/
03810215-2579/03810207-257A/03810209-257B/03810208-257C Ink low error (occurs when replacing the printhead) .................................6-7
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/03810205-2588/
03810215-2589/03810207-258A/03810209-258B/03810208-258C Ink low error (occures when cleaning B is executed) ................................6-8
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/03810205-2598/
03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)........................................................6-8
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/03800202-2813
Printhead error........................................................................................................................................................................................................6-8
6.1.3.23 03800101-2800/03800102-2808/03800201-2804/03800202-2807 Printhead installing error .....................................................................6-8
6.1.3.24 03800501-280D/03800502-280E Defective printhead nozzle .....................................................................................................................6-9
6.1.3.25 03841201-2816/03841201-2817/03841101-2818/03841001-2819/03841001-281B Maintenance cartridge error .....................................6-9
6.1.3.26 03010000-2820/03010000-2821/03010000-2822/03010000-2823/03130031-2F32/03010000-2F33/ Adjustment error ...........................6-9
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error .............................................................................................................................................................6-9
6.1.3.28 03130031-260F Gap adjustment error ........................................................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.29 03130031-2618 VH voltage abnormality error...........................................................................................................................................6-10
6.1.3.30 03800500-2F2F/03800500-2F30 Head management sensor error .............................................................................................................6-10
Contents
6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error.................................................................................................................................................................... 6-10

6.1.3.32 03130031-2F17 Suction fan error............................................................................................................................................................... 6-10
6.1.3.33 03030000-2E21 IEEE1394 Error................................................................................................................................................................ 6-11
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error............................................................................................................................................ 6-11
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error .............................................................................................................................. 6-11
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit............................................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.3.37 03130031-2F22/03130031-2F23/03130031-2F2D Purge motor driving error .......................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error ....................................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error .................................................................................................................................................... 6-12
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error .................................................................................................................................................. 6-12
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error .................................................................................................................................................. 6-12
6.1.3.42 03130031-2F13 A/D Converter external trigger output stopped................................................................................................................ 6-13
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written...................................................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error ....................................................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error ............................................................................................................................................................ 6-13
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur .................................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error ................................................................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error ....................................................................................................................................................... 6-13
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full ................................................................................................................................................................... 6-14
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature ........................................................................................................................ 6-14
6.1.4.5 E194-404A Non-discharge detection count error ......................................................................................................................................... 6-14
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error ........................................................... 6-14
6.1.4.7 E198-401C/E198-401D/E198-401E RTC error ........................................................................................................................................... 6-14
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement ............................................................................................................ 6-15
6.2.1 Main controller PCB .................................................................................................................................................................. 6-15
6.2.4 Carriage relay PCB .................................................................................................................................................................... 6-45
6.2.5 Carriage relay PCB .................................................................................................................................................................... 6-54
6.2.6 Head relay PCB.......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-63
6.2.7 Head relay PCB.......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-71
6.2.8 Head relay PCB.......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-79
6.3 Version Up .................................................................................................................................................................. 6-87
6.3.1 Firmware Update Tool............................................................................................................................................................... 6-87
6.3.2 Firmware Update Tool............................................................................................................................................................... 6-88
6.4 Service Tools............................................................................................................................................................... 6-89
6.4.1 Tool List..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-89
Chapter 6
6.1 Troubleshooting
6.1.1 Outline
6.1.1.1 Outline of Troubleshooting

0013-1940
1. Outline
Troubles subject to troubleshooting are classified into those shown on the display (warning, error, and service call) and those not shown on the display.
The code of warning and error is shown by combining alphanumeric characters of eight digits and four digits.
The code of service call error is shown by the initial character of "E" and combining alphanumeric characters of three digits and four digits.
No code number is displayed when a warning occurs. Selecting [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [WARNING] allows you to check the warning log.
2. Precautions for Troubleshooting

1) Check the environmental conditions and the media used for printing.
2) Before performing troubleshooting, make sure that all connectors and cables are connected properly.
3) When servicing the printer with the external cover removed and the AC power supplied, be extremely careful to avoid electric shock and shorting electrical
devices.
4) In the following sections, the troubleshooting steps are described such that the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired
or replaced first, being followed by components with less problem probability. If multiple components have the sameproblem probability, the steps are described
beginning with the easiest one.
After performing each step, check to see if the problem has been resolved by making test prints. If the problem persists, proceed to the next step.
5) After completion of the troubleshooting, check that all connectors and cables have been reconnected and screws have been tightened firmly.
6) Whenever you have performed replacement or repair services, make test prints to check whether the problem has been resolved.
6.1.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
6.1.2.1 Ink Level: Check

0012-6612
iPF8000
<Cause>
The printer has detected that the ink level is below the lower limit (20% of the capacity) by ink dot count.
<Probable fault location>

Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the ink level.
2) Replace the ink tank.
3) Check the connector of the ink tank unit.
4) Replace the ink tank unit.
6.1.2.2 Check maint cartridge capacity.

0012-8577
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine has detected that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full of waste ink (about 80% of the total capacity of the maintenance cartridge).
Maintenance cartridge or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Maintenance cartridge
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PRINTER] > [W-INK]. If the free space is nearly at the limit (0%), replace the maintenance cartridge.
6.1.2.3 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank.

0014-9092
iPF8000
<Cause>
Ink detection sensor has detected that the ink tank is empty.

Ink tank, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tank
2) Replace the ink tank unit
3) Replace the main controller PCB
6.1.2.4 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank

0014-9108
iPF8000
<Cause>
Ink tank was not detected during printing.

Ink tank, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
6-1
Chapter 6
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the ink tank to see if it is set properly.
6.1.2.5 Close Ink Tank Cover

0014-9149
iPF8000
<Cause>
The ink tank cover has been opened during printing,

Operation method, ink tank cover switch, ink tank unit, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method
Make sure to have the ink tank cover closed
2) Visual check
If the ink tank cover is damaged or deformed, replace it.
6.1.2.6 End of paper feed. Cannot feed paper more.

0012-6615
iPF8000
<Cause>
In the manual feed mode, the main controller detected that the roll media had been fed by the maximum amount.
Maximum backward feed amount: Printing standby position (on the feed roller)
Maximum forward feed amount: Until the media sensor detects absence of roll media.

Media, media sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
If there is any damage or break on the media or the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
2) Media loading position check
If the media loading position is wrong, load the media again.
3) Media sesor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
6.1.2.7 Paper Type Wrong

0014-9444
iPF8000
* Occurs as a warning when "ON" is selected for "Ignore Mismatch".
<Cause>
The type of the loaded media was different from the media type specified on the driver.

Media, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
Load correct media type.
6.1.2.8 GARO W12xx

0013-2101
iPF8000
Either of the following numbers will be displayed for "xx" (21, 22, 23, 25, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35)
<Cause>
The GARO command in the received data was invalid.

Operation method or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method and retry printing.
6.1.2.9 Check printed document.

0014-9213
iPF8000
<Cause>
The number of non-discharging nozzles has exceeded the number of nozzles that can back up the non-discharging.

Printhead, head management sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, main controller PCB
6-2
Chapter 6
<Countermeasure>
1) Clean the printhead
2) Replace the printhead
3) Replace the head management sensor unit.
4) Select [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [NOZZLE CHK POS].
5) Head relay PCB
Check the terminal connected to the printhead. If there is any problem, replace the head relay PCB.
6) Replace the carriage relay PCB
6.1.2.10 Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service.

0014-9214
iPF8000
<Cause>
Replacing time of the consumable parts are near.

Consumable parts, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Consumable parts
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.]
If there is a COUNTER showing "W1" status (over 90% of the use rate), replace the consumable parts corresponded to the COUNTER.
After replacing the parts, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to initialize the counter.
6.1.2.11 Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service.

0014-9215
iPF8000
<Cause>
The consumable parts need to be replaced.

Consumable parts, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Consumable parts
Check [SERVICE MODE] > [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.]
If there is a COUNTER showing "W2" status (over 100% of the use rate), replace the consumable parts corresponded to the COUNTER.
After replacing the parts, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to initialize the counter.
6.1.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur
6.1.3.1 03870001-2015 Cutter error

0012-6626
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine has failed the auto cutting of media.
After roll media cutting, the multi sensor could not detect the media end.
Media, multi sensor, cutter unit, head relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Manual cut
Cut the media manually with the scissors or cutter.
2) Media check
If the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
3) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the cutter unit if any.
If the cutter unit is damaged or deformed, replace it.
4) Replace the multi sensor
6.1.3.2 03010000-200C/03010000-200E/03010000-200F/03010000-2017/03010000-2018/03016000-2010 multi sensor

0013-6968
iPF8000
<Cause>
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the media width.
When the right edge of media was detected, the multi sensor detected that the media had been loaded at a wrong position.
When the leading edge of media was to be detected, the multi sensor could not detect the leading edge of media.
When media was fed, the multi sensor detected media smaller than the specified size.
When media was fed, the multi sensor detected media larger than the specified size.
When media wad fed, the multi sensor detected skew greater than the specified one.
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the right edge of media.
When media was fed, the multi sensor could not detect the left edge of media.

Media, media loading method, paper path, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
If there is any print or stain in the detection area on the media or the media size is not the specified one, replace the media.
2) Media loading position check
If the media loading position is wrong, load the media again.
3) Visual check
6-3
Chapter 6
Remove foreign substances from multi sensor if any.

4) Multi sensor
Select [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [SYSTEM] > [SIZE CR] to check the value read by the multi sensor. If the value is wrong, replace the multi sensor.
5) Replace the head relay PCB.
6) Cable continuity check
If continuity of the cable between the head relay PCB and the carriage relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
7) Replace the carriage relay PCB.
If continuity of the cable between the carriage relay PCB and the main controller PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
6.1.3.3 03031000-2E0F Upper cover sensor error

0012-6642
iPF8000
<Cause>
The upper cover lock switch detected that the upper cover was open with the upper cover locked.

upper cover, upper cover lock switch, upper cover lock, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover lock switch is damaged or deformed, replace it.
Remove foreign substances from the upper cover lock if any.
2) Upper cover lock switch
Check the upper cover lock switch for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the upper cover lock switch.
3) Upper cover lock unit
Check the upper cover lock for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the upper cover lock unit.
6.1.3.4 03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover switch error

0014-9218
iPF8000
<Cause>
During printing, ink tank cover switch has detected the open state of the ink tank.

Operation method, ink tank cover, ink tank cover switch, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the ink tank cover surely.
2) Replace the ink tank cover unit.
3) Replace the main controller unit.
6.1.3.5 03031000-2E11 Carriage cover sensor error

0012-6644
iPF8000
<Cause>
The carriage cover sensor detected that the carriage cover was opened with the upper cover locked.

Operation method, carriage cover sensor, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the carriage cover tightly.
2) Visual check
If the carriage cover is damaged or deformed, replace it.
3) Carriage cover sensor
check the carriage cover sensor for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the carriage cover sensor.
6.1.3.6 03031000-2E12 Defective paper release lever

0012-6645
iPF8000
<Cause>
The pressure release switch detected that the paper release lever was opened with the upper cover locked.

Operation method, pressure release switch, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Close the paper release lever fully.
2) Visual check
If the paper release lever is damaged or deformed, replace it.
3) Pressure release switch
check the pressure release switch for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the pressure release switch.
6-4
Chapter 6
6.1.3.7 03010000-2016/03010000-2E27 Paper feed error

0014-2776
iPF8000
<Cause>
During paper feed or delivery, paper jammed or paper was fed improperly.
During printing, paper was fed out of the way.
During paper feed, delivery or printing, the feed motor has gone out of synchronization.

Paper path, media sensor, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, feed roller, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any.
If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper path is damaged or deformed, replace the paper path.
2) Media sensor
3) Replace the feed roller sensor unit
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the feed roller sensor unit.
4) Replace the feed motor.
5) Replace the feed roller.
6.1.3.8 03010000-200D Cut media end error

0013-8114
iPF8000
<Cause>
When cut media was fed by the specified length, the media sensor could not detect the trailing edge of the cut media.
During printing, the media sensor detected the trailing edge of the cut media at the position different from that detected during cut media feed.
Paper path, media sensor, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, feed roller, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the paper path and media sensor if any.
If the paper feed surface or moving part of the paper path is damaged or deformed, replace the paper path.
2) Media sensor,
Check the media sensor for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the feed roller sensor unit
5) Replace the feed roller.
6.1.3.9 03010000-2E1F/03060000-2E14/03060A00-2E00/03061000-2E15/03063000-2E08/03860002-2E02/03860002-2E0A/
03860002-2E0C Path mismatch error
0012-6628
iPF8000
<Cause>
The size of the media used to print the adjustment pattern was smaller than the specified one.
The media size specified using the printer driver was different from the size of the actually loaded media.
No roll media was loaded when data was received with roll media specified as a media type.
The type of the loaded media was different from the media type specified using the printer driver.
No cut media was loaded when data was received with cut media specified as a media type.
Data requiring roll media was received when cut media were loaded.
Data requiring cut media was received when roll media was loaded.

Media type or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Media check
Check the loaded media. If the media type is different from that required by the send data, no media is loaded, or the size of the loaded media is not the specified
one, load correct media.
6.1.3.10 03862000-2E09 Insufficient roll media error

0013-7136
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine detected that the remaining roll media was insufficient.

Roll media or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the roll media.
6-5
Chapter 6
2) Check the input value

Input the correct value of the remaining length of the roll media when setting it.
6.1.3.11 03890000-2920 Media take-up motor error

0012-9481
iPF8000
<Cause>
Media take-up motor cannot be driven.

Media, media take-up paper detection sensor, media take-up motor, media take-up PCB, media take-up relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the winding media is abnormal, rewind the media correctly after the cause is removed.
Remove foreign substances between the light-emission unit and light-receiving unit of media take-up paper detection sensor if any.
2) Replace the media take-up paper detection sensor.
3) Replace the media take-up drive unit.
4) Replace the media take-up relay PCB.
6.1.3.12 03890000-2921 Media take-up paper detection sensor error

0014-2707
iPF8000
<Cause>
Media take-up paper detection sensor has detected foreign substances.

Media take-up paper detection sensor, media take-up motor, media take-up PCB, media take-up relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances between the light-emission unit and light-receiving unit of media take-up paper detection sensor if any.
2) Replace the Media take-up paper detection sensor.
If continuity of the cable between the Replace the media take-up paper detection sensor and the media take-up drive unit is abnormal, replace the cable.
4) Replace the media take-up drive unit.
5) Replace the Media take-up relay PCB.
6.1.3.13 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end error

0012-6620
iPF8000
<Cause>
During printing or roll media feed, the media sensor detected the end of the roll media.

Roll media, media sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Roll media
If roll media is used up, load new roll media.
2) Media sensor
6.1.3.14 03861001-2405/03861001-2406 Borderless printing error

0013-7156
iPF8000
<Cause>
The position where the media is loaded is not suitable for borderless printing.
The received data is not suitable for borderless printing.

Operation method, media, multi sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check the operation method and retry printing.
2) Media check
Check the loaded media. If it is abnormal, retry to load the media.
3) Multi sensor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the multi sensor.
6.1.3.15 03810104-2500/03810101-2501/03810102-2502/03810103-2503/03810112-2504/03810113-2505/03810106-2506/
03810105-2508/03810115-2509/03810107-250A/03810109-250B/03810108-250C No ink error
0013-7168
iPF8000
<Cause>
No ink status was detected in the ink tank.

Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
6-6
Chapter 6
<Countermeasure>
6.1.3.16 03830104-2520/03830101-2521/03830102-2522/03830103-2523/03830112-2524/03830113-2525/03830106-2526/
03830105-2528/03830115-2529/03830107-252A/03830109-252B/03830108-252C Ink tank is not installed. ( This error
occurs when the ink tank is replaced.)
0013-7166
iPF8000
<Cause>
When the ink tank was replaced, the closed state of the ink cover was detected with the ink tank removed.

Operation method, ink tank, ink tank cover switch, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the ink tank correctly.
2) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the ink tank contacts and ink tank cover switch if any.
4) Ink tank cover switch
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace the ink tank cover switch.
6.1.3.17 03800204-2540/03830201-2541/03830202-2542/03830203-2543/03830212-2544/03830213-2545/03830206-2546/
03830205-2548/03830215-2549/03830207-254A/03830209-254B/03830208-254C Invalid ink tank ID
0013-7169
iPF8000
<Cause>
The installed ink tank is wrong.

Operation method, Ink tank, ink tank unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the ink tank correctly.
6.1.3.18 03830304-2560/03830301-2561/03830302-2562/03830303-2563/03830312-2564/03830313-2565/03830306-2566/
03830305-2568/03830305-2568/03830315-2569/03830307-256A/03830309-256B/03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error
0013-7172
iPF8000
<Cause>
An ink tank EEPROM checksum error was detected.
<Countermeasure>
6.1.3.19 03810204-2570/03810201-2571/03810202-2572/03810203-2573/03810212-2574/03810213-2575/03810206-2576/
03810205-2578/03810215-2579/03810207-257A/03810209-257B/03810208-257C Ink low error (occurs when replacing the
printhead)
0013-7174
iPF8000
<Cause>
The printhead was replaced when the levels of remaining ink was level one.

<Countermeasure>
6-7
Chapter 6
6.1.3.20 03810204-2580/03810201-2581/03810202-2582/03810203-2583/03810212-2584/03810213-2585/03810206-2586/
03810205-2588/03810215-2589/03810207-258A/03810209-258B/03810208-258C Ink low error (occures when cleaning B
is executed)
0013-7175
iPF8000
<Cause>
Cleaning B was executed when the levels of remaining ink was level one.

<Countermeasure>
6.1.3.21 03810204-2590/03810201-2591/03810202-2592/03810203-2593/03810212-2594/03810213-2595/03810206-2596/
03810205-2598/03810215-2599/03810207-259A/03810209-259B/03810208-259C Ink low error (occures when printing)
0013-7176
iPF8000
<Cause>
Ink level low was detected when printing.

<Countermeasure>
6.1.3.22 03800301-2801/03800201-2802/03800401-2803/03800201-2812/03800302-2809/03800202-280A/03800402-280B/
03800202-2813 Printhead error
0013-7177
iPF8000
<Cause>
Improper installation of the printhead R was detected.
A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead R.
Printhead R DI correction failed.
The version of printhead R was different.
Improper installation of the printhead L was detected.
A checksum error was detected in the EEPROM of the printhead L.
Printhead L DI correction failed.
The version of printhead L was different.

Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the printhead.
3) Replace the Head relay PCB.
6.1.3.23 03800101-2800/03800102-2808/03800201-2804/03800202-2807 Printhead installing error

0014-2756
iPF8000
<Cause>
Printhead R was not installed.
Printhead L was not installed.
Printhead R was installed to the left side.
Printhead L was installed to the right side.

Operation method, printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Operation check
Install the printhead properly.
4) Replace the Head relay PCB.
6-8
Chapter 6
6.1.3.24 03800501-280D/03800502-280E Defective printhead nozzle

0013-7178
iPF8000
<Cause>
Many non-discharging nozzles were detected on printhead R.
Many non-discharging nozzles were detected on printhead L.

Printhead, head management sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Clean the printhead.
3) Replace the head management sensor.
6.1.3.25 03841201-2816/03841201-2817/03841101-2818/03841001-2819/03841001-281B Maintenance cartridge error

0013-7179
iPF8000
<Cause>
The maintenance cartridge is full.
The maintenance cartridge does not have the free space for various types of cleaning.
No maintenance cartridge is installed.
The EEPROM of the maintenance cartridge is abnormal.
A maintenance cartridge ID error occurred.

Maintenance cartridge, maintenance cartridge relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the maintenance cartridge.
6.1.3.26 03010000-2820/03010000-2821/03010000-2822/03010000-2823/03130031-2F32/03010000-2F33/ Adjustment error

0013-7180
iPF8000
<Cause>
Auto head alignment selected from the user menu could not be carried out because the alignment pattern read result was NG.
Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the adjustment pattern read result was NG.
Decentering correction selected in the service mode cannot be carried out because the correction pattern read result was NG.
Auto LF adjustment selected from the user menu or in the service mode could not be carried out because the head check pattern read result was NG.
Optical axis adjustment selected in the service mode cannot be carried out because the adjustment pattern read result was NG.
When adjustment has been carr ied af ter s electing [SE RVICE MODE]>[ADJUST]>[PRINT PATT ERN]>[OPTICAL AXIS] or [SE RVICE MO DE]>[AD-
JUST]>[PRINT PATTERN]>[LF TUNING] in the service mode, check that photo glossy paper is used.

Operation method, printhead, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Check whether the media type selected on the operation panel is the same as the type of the media used to print the adjustment pattern. If they are different, retry
adjustment using the media of the type selected on the operation panel.
2) If ink bleeds greatly, change the media.
3) Carry out head cleaning, and retry adjustment. If the adjustment result is poor, replace the printhead.
If continuity of the cable between the multi sensor and the head relay PCB is abnormal, replace the cable.
7) Replace the multi sensor, and then retry adjustment.
6.1.3.27 03130031-260E Gap detection error

0013-7224
iPF8000
<Cause>
A detection error occurred due to damaged hardware, uncorrected gap, or damaged correction data.

Multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
2) Replace the multi sensor.
6-9
Chapter 6
6.1.3.28 03130031-260F Gap adjustment error

0013-7228
iPF8000
<Cause>
Gap reference surface error (This error occurs only in the service mode.)

Multi sensor reference plate, multi sensor, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the multi sensor reference plate.
3) Replace the multi sensor.
6.1.3.29 03130031-2618 VH voltage abnormality error

0014-2778
iPF8000
<Cause>
The voltage of the print head is abnormal.

Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
6.1.3.30 03800500-2F2F/03800500-2F30 Head management sensor error

0012-6639
iPF8000
<Cause>
The head management sensor detected an ink discharge error.
A sensor sensitivity error was detected during head management sensor position adjustment.
Printhead, head management sensor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the print head.
2) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the head management sensor if any.
6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error

0014-9340
iPF8000
<Cause>
Mist fan rotation could not be detected during mist fan rotation.

Mist fan, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the mist fan.
6.1.3.32 03130031-2F17 Suction fan error

0013-6984
iPF8000
<Cause>
When the suction fan was driven, the lock signal was detected for more than the specified time.
6-10
Chapter 6

Suction fan or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Suction fan
6.1.3.33 03030000-2E21 IEEE1394 Error

0013-7192
iPF8000
<Cause>
The IEEE1394 interface is faulty.

IEEE1394 interface board or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
2) IEEE1394 interface board
Remove the IEEE1394 interface board, install it again, and then turn on the printer. If the trouble persists, replace the IEEE1394 interface board.
6.1.3.34 03130031-2F25 Carriage home position error

0013-6976
iPF8000
<Cause>
The carriage home position could not be detected within the specified time.

Sensor flag, carriage HP sensor, linear scale, linear encoder, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the sensor flag, carriage HP sensor, linear scale, and linear encoder if any.
2) Replace the carriage HP sensor.
3) Replace the linear scale.
4) Replace the linear encoder.
6.1.3.35 03130031-2F26/03130031-2F27 Carriage motor error

0012-6653
iPF8000
<Cause>
The carriage did not operate because the carriage motor was overloaded due to a physical cause such as a jam.
The carriage motor did not reach the specified speed within the specified time.

Carriage pathway, carriage rail, carriage belt, linear scale, linear encoder, carriage motor, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Carriage pathway check
Remove foreign substances (jammed paper) from the carriage pathway if any.
2) Carriage rail
Visually check whether the carriage rail is dirty. If the carriage rail is dirty, clean it.
3) Carriage belt
Visually check whether the carriage belt is loose. If the carriage belt is loose, remove it and then reinstall it.
4) Replace the linear scale.
5) Replace the linear encoder.
6) Replace the carriage motor.
6.1.3.36 03130031-2F1F/03130031-2F20 Defective sensor in purge unit

0012-6646
iPF8000
<Cause>
The each sensors in the purge unit could not detect the home position of the purge motor within the specified time.

Purge unit or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substance from purge unit if any.
2) Replace the purge unit.
6.1.3.37 03130031-2F22/03130031-2F23/03130031-2F2D Purge motor driving error

0014-2780
iPF8000
6-11
Chapter 6
<Cause>
The purge motor did not reach the specified speed within the specified time.
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substance from purge unit if any.
6.1.3.38 03130031-2F2A Feed roller home position error

0013-6978
iPF8000
<Cause>
During power-on, the feed roller HP sensor could not detect that the reference of Scale that exists on encoder film area color change from transparent to black.

Feed roller encoder film, feed roller encoder, feed roller HP sensor, feed motor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the feed roller encoder film if any.
2) Feed roller sensor unit
3) Replace the feed roller encoder film (pully unit).
6.1.3.39 03130031-2F3A valve open/close error

0013-6979
iPF8000
<Cause>
When the ink supply valve opened or closed, valve open/closed detection sensor could not detect the valve cam rotation.

Valve open/closed detection sensor, valve motor, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the motor, gear, and sensor of the valve open/close mechanism if any.
2) Replace the ink supply drive unit.
6.1.3.40 03130031-2F2E Roll media feeding error

0014-2781
iPF8000
<Cause>
The media sensor could not detect the media within the specified time.
Media, media sensor, roll media feeding unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
If the media is bent, set the media once again.
2) Replace the media sensor.
3) Replace the roll media feeding unit.
6.1.3.41 03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out error

0014-2787
iPF8000
<Cause>
The lift cam sensor could not detect the home position of the lift motor within the specified time.

Lift cam, lift cam sensor, lift drive unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Visual check
Remove foreign substances from the lift cam or the lift drive unit if any.
2) Replace the lift cam.
3) Replace the lift cam sensor.
4) Replace the lift drive unit.
6-12
Chapter 6
6.1.3.42 03130031-2F13 A/D Converter external trigger output stopped

0013-7238
iPF8000
<Cause>
Defective main controller PCB

Main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it off again.
6.1.3.43 03130031-2F14 ASIC Register cannot be written.

0013-7240
iPF8000
<Cause>
A main controller PCB firmware error occurred.

Main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
6.1.3.44 03900001-4042/03900001-4049 Firmware error

0014-2788
iPF8000
<Cause>
Firmware cannot be recognized.
The firmware is for another model.

Firmware or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Firmware
Check the version of the transferred firmware and the compatible models.
6.1.3.45 E194-4034 Sensor calibration error

0014-9355
iPF8000
<Cause>
When executing [SERVICE MODE] > [ADJUST] > [SENSOR CALIB.], multi sensor calibration could not be done.

Test chart, multi sensor, main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Test chart
Check the test chart. if there is a problem, exchange it.
2) Multi sensor
Check for normal operation. If the operation is abnormal, replace it.
6.1.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
6.1.4.1 E141-4046 Recovery system's count error

0013-7243
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine detected that the rotation count of the purge unit reached the specified value.

<Countermeasure>
After replacing the purge unit, select [SERVICE MODE]>[INITIALIZE]>[PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
6.1.4.2 E144-4047 Supply system's count error

0013-8111
iPF8000
<Cause>
6-13
Chapter 6
The machine detected that the carriage scan count reached the specified value.

Ink tube unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the ink tube unit.
After replacing the ink tube unit, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
6.1.4.3 E146-4001 Waste ink count full

0013-8106
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine detected that the waste ink box or the fan unit became full of ink.

Waste ink box, fan unit, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Replace the waste ink box or fan unit.
After replacing the waste ink box or fan unit, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
6.1.4.4 E161-403E/E161-403F Abnormally high head temperature

0013-7244
iPF8000
<Cause>
The printhead temperature became abnormally high.

Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Start up the printer in the service mode, and then replace the printhead.
6.1.4.5 E194-404A Non-discharge detection count error

0013-7253
iPF8000
<Cause>
The machine detected that the non-discharge count reached the specified value.
Head management sensor or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
After replacing the head management sensor, select [SERVICE MODE] > [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] to reset the counter.
6.1.4.6 E196-4040/E196-4041/E196-4042/E196-4043/E196-4044/E196-4045 Main controller PCB error

0013-7246
iPF8000
<Cause>
The main controller PCB is defective.

Firmware or main controller PCB
<Countermeasure>
1) Upgrade the firmware.
6.1.4.7 E198-401C/E198-401D/E198-401E RTC error

0013-7250
iPF8000
<Cause>
The RTC of the main controller is not found.
The battery capacity is low.

Lithium battery or main controller
<Countermeasure>
1) Start up the printer in the service mode, and then turn off the power.
2) Replace the lithium battery.
6-14
Chapter 6
3) Replace the main controller
6.2 Location of Connectors and Pin Arrangement
6.2.1 Main controller PCB

0014-9207
iPF8000
J3501 J3601
J3502 J3602 J3202 J3201 J3003
J1801
J2801
J3150
J2501
J3001
J3401 J2601
J2402
J2701
J2702
J1001 J1101 J3301 J3002 J2502
F-6-1
T-6-1
J1001
Pin Number Signal name IN/OUT Function
1 VBUS IN USB VBUS(+5V)
2 D- IN/OUT USB data(-)
3 D+ IN/OUT USB data(+)
4 AGND - USB GND
5 FGND - GND (Connector shell)
T-6-2
J1101
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
4 +3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
10 N.C. - N.C.
11 GND - GND
12 /PME IN Power management enable signal
13 /INTA IN Interrupt signal
14 GND - GND
15 /RST OUT PCI Reset signal
16 CLK OUT PCI Clock signal
17 /GNT OUT Ground signal
18 GND - GND
19 /REQ IN Request signal
20 AD31 IN/OUT Address and data signal
24 GND - GND
29 /CBE3 IN/OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
30 IDSEL OUT Inisharaization device select signal
31 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
6-15
Chapter 6
J1101
37 GND - GND
42 /CBE2 OUT Bus command and byte enable signal
43 GND - GND
44 /FRAME IN/OUT Cycle frame signal
45 /IRDY IN/OUT Initiator ready signal
46 /TRDY IN/OUT Target ready signal
47 /DEVSEL IN/OUT Device select signal
48 GND - GND
49 /STOP IN/OUT Stop signal
50 /LOCK IN/OUT Lock signal
51 /PERP IN/OUT Parity error signal
52 /SERR IN/OUT System error signal
53 PAR IN/OUT Parity signal
55 GND - GND
56 GND - GND
61 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
72 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 HDD_LED - N.C.
79 +5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
85 GND - GND
86 GND - GND
87 GND - GND
88 GND - GND
T-6-3
J1801
1 RGV20(+5V) IN Power supply(+5V)
4 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6-16
Chapter 6
J1801
6 GND - GND
7 VM IN Power supply(+32V)
9 VMGND - GND
10 VMGND - GND
11 VM_ENB OUT VM enable signal
12 AFCONT OUT Normal/Power saving switch signal
T-6-4
J2402
1 INKBENM2_AM OUT Left valve motor drive signal AM
2 INKBENM2_AP OUT Left valve motor drive signal AP
3 SNS3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
4 GND - GND
5 /INKBEN_OPEN_L IN Left valve open/close detection sensor output signal
6 /TANK_COVER_L IN Left ink tank cover switch output signal
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 /INKBEN_CAM_L IN Left ink tank agitation cam sensor output signal
11 N.C - N.C
T-6-5
J2501
A1 N.C - N.C
A2 N.C - N.C
A3 N.C(LIFT_CAM) - N.C
A4 SNS3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
A5 GND - GND
A6 /CR_HP IN Lift cam sensor output signal
A7 OUT_LIFTM_VM OUT Power supply
A8 OUT_LIFTM0_A OUT Lift motor drive signal A
A9 OUT_LIFTM2_AX_N0 OUT Lift motor drive signal AX
A10 OUT_LIFTM1_B OUT Lift motor drive signal B
A11 OUT_LIFTM3_BX_N1 OUT Lift motor drive signal BX
A12 /ATUKAIJYO IN Pressure release switch output signal
A13 GND - GND
B1 PUMPM1_AM OUT Purge motor drive signal AM
B2 PUMPM1_AP OUT Purge motor drive signal AP
B3 GND - GND
B4 PUMPR_ENCA IN Pump encoder output signal A
B5 SNS5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
B6 PUMPR_ENCB IN Pump encoder output signal B
B7 SNS3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
B8 GND - GND
B9 /CONTROL_CAM_R IN Pump cam sensor output signal
B10 GND - GND
B11 /MEDIA_R IN Media sensor output signal
B13 N.C - N.C
T-6-6
J2502
1 INKBENM1_AM OUT Right valve motor drive signal AM
2 INKBENM1_AP OUT Right valve motor drive signal AP
3 SNS3V OUT Power supply(+3V)
4 GND - GND
5 /INKBEN_OPEN_R IN Right valve open/close detection sensor output signal
6 /TANK_COVER_R IN Right ink tank cover switch output signal
7 GND - GND
6-17
Chapter 6
J2502
9 GND - GND
10 /INKBEN_CAM_R IN Right ink tank agtation cam sensor output signal
T-6-7
J2601
1 POWER_ON IN Power switch signal
2 GND - GND
3 RGV20(+5V) OUT Power supply(+5V)
4 BUZZER OUT Buzzer control signal
5 PDO OUT Panel IC control signal
7 PDI OUT Panel IC data signal
8 GND OUT GND
9 /PRESET OUT Panel reset signal
10 GND - GND
11 PCK OUT Panel IC clock signal
12 PANEL_5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
13 /PCS OUT Panel IC chip select signal
T-6-8
J2701
A1 GND - GND
A2 LF_ENCB IN Feed roller encoder output signal B
A3 +5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
A4 LF_ENCA IN Feed roller encoder output signal A
A6 GND - GND
A7 /LF_HP IN Feed roller HP sensor output signal
A8 N.C. - N.C.
A9 N.C. - N.C.
A10 VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
A11 /SPOOL_CL OUT Media take up clutch drive signal
B1 VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
B2 KYUINFAN_ALARM_IN IN Suction fan alarm signal
B3 KYUINFAN_PWM_ON OUT Suction fan duty control signal
B4 GND - GND
B6 MISTFAN_R_ALARM IN Mist fan(R) alarm signal
B7 GND - GND
B9 MISTFAN_L_ALARM IN Mist fan(L) alarm signal
B10 GND - GND
B11 N.C - N.C
T-6-9
J2702
Pin Number Signal name IN/OUT Fuction
1 VM 26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
2 /DCOVER_SOL_L OUT Upper cover lock solenoid(L) drive signal
4 /DCOVER_SOL_R OUT Upper cover lock solenoid(R) drive signal
5 N.C. - N.C.
6 N.C. - N.C.
T-6-10
J2801
1 LFSP_A OUT Feed motor drive signal A
2 LFSP_VM OUT Power supply(+32V)
3 LFSP_AB OUT Feed motor drive signal AB
4 LFSP_BB OUT Feed motor drive signal BB
6-18
Chapter 6
J2801
5 LFSP_VM OUT Power supply(+32V)
6 LFSP_B OUT Feed motor drive signal B
T-6-11
J3001
1 RGV16(VM) OUT Power supply(+32v)
2 - - -
3 - - -
4 RGV18(VM_CR) IN Upper cover lock switch output signal
T-6-12
J3002
1 TH IN Thermister output signal
2 GND - GND
3 Vout IN Temperature/humidity sensor output signal
4 +5V OUT Power supply(+5v)
T-6-13
J3003
1 /MAKITORI_UNIT IN Media take-up paper detection sensor
2 /MAKITORI_LOCK_SENS IN Media take-up on/off sensor output signal
3 /MAKITORI_VCC_ON OUT Power supply ON signal
4 MAKITORI_VM_ON OUT Power supply(+26V)
5 /MAKITORI_ENB OUT Media take-up drive enable signal
6 PHOTO_SENS_OUT IN Media take-up paper detection sensor output signal
7 VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
9 VMGND - GND
10 VMGND - GND
12 N.C. - N.C
13 N.C. - N.C
14 N.C. - N.C
T-6-14
J3150
1 IN 3- IN Hole sensor input signal 3-
2 IN 3+ IN Hole sensor input signal 3+
7 VM_GND - GND
8 +5V OUT Power supply (+5V)
9 OUT B OUT Motor output signal B
11 OUT A OUT Motor output signal A
13 OUT C OUT Motor output signal C
T-6-15
J3201
1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
2 GND - GND
3 OUT_TANK_DAT2 IN/OUT Ink tank data signal 2
4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
6-19
Chapter 6
J3201
7 GND - GND
8 OUT_INK_DETECT0 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 0
17 N.C. - N.C.
T-6-16
J3202
1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
2 GND - GND
4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
7 GND - GND
T-6-17
J3301
1 MENT_SDA IN/OUT Maintenance cartridge ROM control signal (data)
2 MENT_SCL IN/OUT Maintenance cartridge ROM control signal (clock)
3 GND - GND
4 +3.3V OUT Power supply (+3.3V)
5 GND - GND
6 /FUTO_CLMP OUT Head management sensor clamp signal
7 /FUTO_ON OUT Head management sensor ON signal
9 /FUTO_CMP IN Head management sensor ink detection signal
T-6-18
J3401
1 VMGND - GND
2 VMGND - GND
3 VMGND - GND
4 VMGND - GND
5 VH_MONI1 IN VH controll signal 1
6 VH_ENB OUT VH Power supply ON/OFF signal
8 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
14 VM OUT Power supply(+32V)
6-20
Chapter 6
J3401
22 VMGND - GND
23 VMGND - GND
24 VMGND - GND
25 VMGND - GND
T-6-19
J3501
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6 H0-D-DATA-7-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
7 GND - GND
8 H0-E-HE-8_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
9 GND - GND
10 H0-E-DATA-8-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
11 GND - GND
12 H0-F-DATA-10-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 H0-F-HE-10_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
22 H0-F-DATA-11-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
28 H0-E-DATA-9-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
29 GND - GND
30 H-DASH LICC2_B Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
31 GND - GND
32 H0-A-DATA-0-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
36 H0-B-HE-2_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
37 GND - GND
38 H0-B-DATA-2-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
42 H0-C-HE-4_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
43 GND - GND
44 H0-C-DATA-4-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
45 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
6-21
Chapter 6
T-6-20
J3502
1 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
4 H0-D-HE-7_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
5 GND - GND
6 H0-D-DATA-7-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
18 H0-DSOUT2 OUT Head(R) temperature output signal 2
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
22 H0-DLD_LICC2 OUT Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
23 H0-DATA_LICC2 OUT Head(R) analogue switch data signal
24 H0-DASLK_LICC2 OUT Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
25 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
28 H0_CLK_B OUT Head(R) clock signal
29 GND - GND
30 H0_LT_B OUT Head(R) latch signal
31 GND - GND
32 H0-C-DATA-5-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
33 GND - GND
34 LIFT_CAM_IN IN Lift cam sensor output signal
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
40 H0-B-DATA-3-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
44 H0-A-DATA-1-EV_B OUT Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
45 GND - GND
46 H0-A-HE-1_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-21
J3601
1 ENCODER_A IN Carriage encoder output signal A
2 ENCODER_B IN Carriage encoder output signal B
3 GND - GND
4 CR_COVER IN Carriage cover sensor output signal
5 OUT_ENB OUT Head data enable signal
6 H-DASH_LICC2_B OUT Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
6-22
Chapter 6
J3601
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
32 VH_DIS OUT VH selection signal
36 PWLED2_ON OUT Multi sensor LED2 drive signal
39 H3V_ON OUT Power supply
40 MLT_SENS_1IN IN Multi sensor signal 1
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-22
J3602
1 IO_ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(data)
2 IO_ASIC_SCL IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(clock)
3 GND - GND
4 H1-E-DATA-8-EV_B OUT Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
5 OUT ENB OUT Head data enable signal
6 H1-D-HE-7_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
7 GND - GND
8 H1-D-DATA-7-EV_B OUT Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 H1-D-DATA-6-OD_B OUT Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 H1-C-HE-5_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
17 GND - GND
18 H1-C-DATA-5-OD_B OUT Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
19 GND - GND
20 H1-DSOUT2 OUT Head temperature output signal 2
6-23
Chapter 6
J3602
22 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
24 H1_CLK_B OUT Head(L) clock signal
25 GND - GND
26 H1_LT_B OUT Head(L) latch signal
27 GND - GND
28 H1-C-DATA-5-EV_B OUT Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
29 GND - GND
30 H1-B-HE-3_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
34 H1-B-DATA-3-EV_B OUT Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
38 H1-A-DATA-1-EV_B OUT Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
39 GND - GND
40 H1-A-HE-1_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
46 H1-A-DATA-0-OD_B OUT Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
6-24
Chapter 6

0017-8751
iPF8000S / iPF8100
1
J3201 J3003
1
1 1
J3501 J3601
J1801
1 1
J3502 J3602 1
J3150 J2801
1
1
A1
J3401
1 J2501
B1
J1101
J1102
J2601
J1001
1 J3001 J2402
1
1 1 1 1 1 A1 1
J1202 J1201 J3301 J3002 J2502 J2702 J2701
1 B1
F-6-2
T-6-23
J1001
4 AGND - USB GND
T-6-24
J1101/J1102
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
10 N.C. - N.C.
11 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
6-25
Chapter 6
J1101/J1102
31 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
56 GND - GND
61 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
72 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 HDD_LED - N.C.
85 GND - GND
86 GND - GND
87 GND - GND
88 GND - GND
T-6-25
J1201
1 GND - GND
6-26
Chapter 6
J1201
2 TXP OUT Transmission Data
3 TXN OUT Transmission Data
4 GND - GND
5 RXN IN Receive Data
6 RXP IN Receive Data
7 GND - GND
T-6-26
J1202
1 DASPN IN Access signal
2 +5V IN Power supply(+5V)
3 GND - GND
T-6-27
J1801
3 VMGND - GND
4 VMGND - GND
7 GND - GND
8 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
T-6-28
J2402
4 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 N.C - N.C
T-6-29
J2501
A1 N.C - N.C
A2 N.C - N.C
A3 N.C(LIFT_CAM) - N.C
A5 GND - GND
A12 /ATUKAIJO_IN IN Pressure release switch output signal
A13 GND - GND
6-27
Chapter 6
J2501
B3 GND - GND
B4 PUMPR_ENCA IN Pump encoder output signal A
B6 PUMPR_ENCB IN Pump encoder output signal B
B8 GND - GND
B10 GND - GND
B13 N.C - N.C
T-6-30
J2502
4 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 /INKBEN_CAM_R IN Right ink tank agitation cam sensor output signal
T-6-31
J2601
2 GND - GND
8 HDD_LED OUT HDD lamp control signal
10 GND - GND
T-6-32
J2701
A1 GND - GND
A2 LF_ENCB IN Feed roller encoder output signal B
A3 LF_ENC_+5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
A4 LF_ENCA IN Feed roller encoder output signal A
A6 GND - GND
A8 N.C - N.C
A9 N.C - N.C
A10 VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
A11 /SPOOL_CL OUT Media take up clutch drive signal
B4 GND - GND
B7 GND - GND
6-28
Chapter 6
J2701
B8 MISTFAN_VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
B10 GND - GND
B11 N.C - N.C
T-6-33
J2702
5 N.C - N.C
6 N.C - N.C
T-6-34
J2801
1 OUT_LFSP_A OUT Feed motor drive signal A
2 OUT_LFSP_VM OUT Power supply(+32V)
3 OUT_LFSP_AB OUT Feed motor drive signal AB
4 OUT_LFSP_BB OUT Feed motor drive signal BB
6 OUT_LFSP_B OUT Feed motor drive signal B
T-6-35
J3001
2 - - -
3 - - -
T-6-36
J3002
2 GND - GND
T-6-37
J3003
9 VMGND - GND
10 VMGND - GND
12 N.C. - N.C
13 N.C. - N.C
14 N.C. - N.C
6-29
Chapter 6
T-6-38
J3150
7 VM_GND - GND
T-6-39
J3201
A1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
A2 GND - GND
A3 OUT_TANK_DAT2 IN/OUT Ink tank data signal 2
A4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
A7 GND - GND
A8 OUT_INK_DETECT0 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 0
A17 GND - GND
B1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
B2 GND - GND
B3 OUT_TANK_DAT8 IN/OUT Ink tank data signal 8
B4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
B7 GND - GND
B8 OUT_INK_DETECT6 IN Ink detection sensor output signal 6
B17 n.c - n.c
T-6-40
J3301
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6-30
Chapter 6
J3301
T-6-41
J3401
1 VMGND - GND
2 VMGND - GND
3 VMGND - GND
4 VMGND - GND
6 VH_ENB OUT VH power supply ON/OFF signal
8 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
22 VMGND - GND
23 VMGND - GND
24 VMGND - GND
25 VMGND - GND
T-6-42
J3501
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
6-31
Chapter 6
J3501
30 H-DASH LICC2_B Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-43
J3502
1 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
6-32
Chapter 6
J3502
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-44
J3601
3 GND - GND
4 /CR_COVER IN Carriage cover sensor output signal
5 /OUT_ENB OUT Head data enable signal
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
6-33
Chapter 6
T-6-45
J3602
1 IO_ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(data)
2 IO_ASIC_SCL IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(clock)
3 GND - GND
5 OUT ENB OUT Head data enable signal
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 H1-C-HE-5_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
24 H1_CLK_B OUT Head(L) clock signal
25 GND - GND
26 H1_LT_B OUT Head(L) latch signal
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
6-34
Chapter 6

0025-0536
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
1 1
J3003
J3001
1 1
J3501 J3601
J1801
1 1
J3502 J3602 1
J2801
J3150 1
1
1 A1
J3910
J3401
1 J2501
B1
J1102
J2601
1
A1
J1001
1 J3201 J2402
1 A1
B1 1
1 1
J1202 J1201 J3301 J3002 J2502 J2702 J2701
1 1 1 1 B1
F-6-3
T-6-46
J1001
4 AGND - USB GND
T-6-47
J1102
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
10 N.C. - N.C.
11 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
6-35
Chapter 6
J1102
31 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
56 GND - GND
61 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
72 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 HDD_LED - N.C.
85 GND - GND
86 GND - GND
87 GND - GND
88 GND - GND
T-6-48
J1201
1 GND - GND
6-36
Chapter 6
J1201
2 TXP OUT Transmission Data
3 TXN OUT Transmission Data
4 GND - GND
5 RXN IN Receive Data
6 RXP IN Receive Data
7 GND - GND
T-6-49
J1202
1 DASPN IN Access signal
2 +5V IN Power supply(+5V)
3 GND - GND
T-6-50
J1801
4 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
9 VMGND - GND
10 VMGND - GND
T-6-51
J2402
4 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 N.C - N.C
T-6-52
J2501
A1 N.C - N.C
A2 N.C - N.C
A3 N.C - N.C
A5 GND - GND
A12 /ATUKAIJO_IN IN Pressure release switch output signal
A13 GND - GND
6-37
Chapter 6
J2501
B3 GND - GND
B4 PUMPR_ENCA IN Pump encoder sensor output signal A
B6 PUMPR_ENCB IN Pump encoder sensor output signal B
B8 GND - GND
B10 GND - GND
B13 N.C - N.C
T-6-53
J2502
4 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 /INKBEN_CAM_R IN Right ink tank agitation cam sensor output signal
T-6-54
J2601
2 GND - GND
8 HDD_LED OUT HDD lamp control signal
10 GND - GND
T-6-55
J2701
A1 GND - GND
A2 LF_ENCB IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal B
A3 LF_ENC_+5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
A4 LF_ENCA IN Feed roller encoder sensor output signal A
A6 GND - GND
A8 N.C - N.C
A9 N.C - N.C
A10 N.C - N.C
A11 N.C - N.C
B4 GND - GND
B7 GND - GND
6-38
Chapter 6
J2701
B8 MISTFAN_VM_26V OUT Power supply(+26V)
B10 GND - GND
B11 N.C - N.C
T-6-56
J2702
5 N.C - N.C
6 N.C - N.C
T-6-57
J2801
1 OUT_LFSP_A OUT Feed motor drive signal A
3 OUT_LFSP_AB OUT Feed motor drive signal AB
4 OUT_LFSP_BB OUT Feed motor drive signal BB
6 OUT_LFSP_B OUT Feed motor drive signal B
T-6-58
J3001
2 - - -
3 - - -
T-6-59
J3002
2 GND - GND
T-6-60
J3003
9 VMGND - GND
10 VMGND - GND
12 N.C. - N.C
13 N.C. - N.C
14 N.C. - N.C
6-39
Chapter 6
T-6-61
J3150
7 VM_GND - GND
T-6-62
J3201
A1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
A2 GND - GND
A4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
A7 GND - GND
A17 GND - GND
B1 TANK_CLK OUT Ink tank clock signal
B2 GND - GND
B4 TANK_+3.3V OUT Power supply(+3.3V)
B7 GND - GND
B17 n.c - n.c
T-6-63
J3301
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6-40
Chapter 6
J3301
T-6-64
J3401
1 VMGND - GND
2 VMGND - GND
3 VMGND - GND
6 VMGND - GND
8 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
22 VMGND - GND
23 VMGND - GND
24 VMGND - GND
25 VMGND - GND
T-6-65
J3501
1 GND - GND
2 H1-C-DATA-4-OD_OUT OUT Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
3 GND - GND
4 H1-A-DATA-1-OD_OUT OUT Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 H0-F-DATA-10-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
6-41
Chapter 6
J3501
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 VHT_MONI IN VHT controll signal
T-6-66
J3502
1 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
6-42
Chapter 6
J3502
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
48 VH_CHARGE0 OUT VH leakage detection ON/OFF signal 0
50 GND - GND
T-6-67
J3601
1 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 /H1-E-HE-8_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
18 /H1-F-HE-10_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
19 GND - GND
20 /H1-F-DATA-11-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
48 /H1-C-HE-4_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
6-43
Chapter 6
T-6-68
J3602
1 GND - GND
2 IO-ASIC_SCL_B IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(clock)
3 IO-ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(data)
4 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 /H1-D-HE-7_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
20 /H1-C-HE-5_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
24 H1_CLK OUT Head(L) clock signal
25 GND - GND
26 /H1_LT_B OUT Head(L) latch signal
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
30 /H1-B-HE-3_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
40 /H1-A-HE-1_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
48 VHT_ENB OUT VHT enable signal
49 HV_ENB OUT HV enable signal
50 FFC_SLANT_DET_SNS - -
6-44
Chapter 6
6.2.4 Carriage relay PCB

0012-6665
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
1 1
J803 J703 1
1 1 J202
J802 J702
1 1
J801 J701
J105 J104 J101 J102 J103

J201
1 1 1 1 1
F-6-4
T-6-69
J101
1 VMGND - GND
2 VMGND - GND
3 VMGND - GND
4 VMGND - GND
13 SNS5V IN Power supply(+5V)
15 GND - GND
16 +3.3V IN Power supply(+3.3V)
17 +3.3V IN Power supply(+3.3V)
18 GND - GND
19 VH_MONI2 OUT VH control signal 2
20 VH_ENB IN VH power ON/OFF signal
22 VMGND - GND
23 VMGND - GND
24 VMGND - GND
25 VMGND - GND
T-6-70
J102
1 H1-C-DATA-4-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
2 GND - GND
3 /H1-C-HE-4_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
4 GND - GND
5 H1-B-DATA-3-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 1(B)
6 GND - GND
7 H1-B-DATA-2-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 2(B)
8 GND - GND
9 PWLED4_ON IN Multi sensor LED4 drive control
10 MLT_SENS_2IN OUT Multi sensor signal 2
12 /H3V_ON IN Power supply
16 H1-DATA_LICC2 IN Head(L) analogue switch data signal
6-45
Chapter 6
J102
17 H1-DLD_LICC2 IN Head(L) analogue switch latch signal
18 H1-DASLK_LICC2 IN Head(L) analogue switch clock signal
19 VH_DIS IN VH selection single
20 GND - GND
21 H1-E-DATA-9-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
22 GND - GND
23 /H1-E-HE-9_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
24 GND - GND
25 H1-F-DATA-10-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
26 GND - GND
27 H1-F-DATA-11-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
28 GND - GND
29 /H1-F-HE-11_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
30 GND - GND
31 H1-F-DATA-11-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 11(F)
32 GND - GND
33 /H1-F-HE-10_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
34 GND - GND
35 H1-E-DATA-9-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 9(E)
36 GND - GND
37 H1-F-DATA-10-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 10(F)
38 GND - GND
39 H1-E-DATA-8-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 8(E)
40 GND - GND
41 /H1-E-HE-8_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
42 GND - GND
43 H1-D-DATA-7-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 7(D)
44 GND - GND
45 H-DASH_LICC2 IN Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
46 /OUT_ENB IN Head data enable signal
47 /CRCOVER OUT Carriage cover sensor output signal
48 GND - GND
49 ENCODER_B OUT Carriage encoder output signal B
50 ENCODER_A OUT Carriage encoder output signal A
T-6-71
J103
1 /H1-B-HE-2_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
2 GND - GND
3 H1-A-DATA-1-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
4 GND - GND
5 H1-A-DATA-0-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
6 GND - GND
7 /H1-A-HE-0_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
8 GND - GND
9 H1-A-DATA-0-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
10 GND - GND
11 /H1-A-HE-1_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
12 GND - GND
13 H1-A-DATA-1-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
14 GND - GND
15 H1-B-DATA-2-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 2(B)
16 GND - GND
17 H1-B-DATA-3-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
18 GND - GND
19 H1-C-DATA-4-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
20 GND - GND
21 /H1-B-HE-3_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
22 GND - GND
23 H1-C-DATA-5-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
24 GND - GND
25 /H1_LT_B IN Head(L) latch signal
26 GND - GND
27 H1_CLKP IN Head(L) clock signal P
6-46
Chapter 6
J103
28 H1_CLKN IN Head(L) clock signal N
29 GND - GND
30 H1-DSOUT1 OUT Head(L) temperature output signal 1
32 GND - GND
33 H1-C-DATA-5-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
34 GND - GND
35 /H1-C-HE-5_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
36 GND - GND
37 /H1-D-HE-6_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
38 GND - GND
39 H1-D-DATA-6-OD_B IN Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
40 GND - GND
41 H1-D-DATA-6-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
42 GND - GND
43 H1-D-DATA-7-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
44 GND - GND
45 /H1-D-HE-7_B IN Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
46 GND - GND
47 H1-E-DATA-8-EV_B IN Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
48 GND - GND
49 IO_ASIC_SCL IN/OUT Head ROM control signal(clock)
50 IO_ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Head ROM control signal(data)
T-6-72
J104
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
7 H0-C-DATA-4-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 4(C)
8 GND - GND
9 /H0-C-HE-4_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
10 GND - GND
11 H0-B-DATA-3-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
12 GND - GND
13 H0-B-DATA-2-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
14 GND - GND
15 /H0-B-HE-2_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 2(B)
16 GND - GND
17 H0-A-DATA-1-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
18 GND - GND
19 H0-A-DATA-0-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
20 GND - GND
21 H0-DASH LICC2_B IN Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
22 GND - GND
23 H0-E-DATA-9-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
24 GND - GND
25 /H0-E-HE-9_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
26 GND - GND
27 H0-F-DATA-10-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
28 GND - GND
29 H0-F-DATA-11-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
30 GND - GND
31 /H0-F-HE-11_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
32 GND - GND
33 H0-F-DATA-11-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
34 GND - GND
35 /H0-F-HE-10_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
36 GND - GND
37 H0-E-DATA-9-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
38 GND - GND
6-47
Chapter 6
J104
39 H0-F-DATA-10-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
40 GND - GND
41 H0-E-DATA-8-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
42 GND - GND
43 /H0-E-HE-8_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
44 GND - GND
45 H0-D-DATA-7-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
46 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-73
J105
1 /H0-A-HE-0_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
2 GND - GND
3 H0-A-DATA-0-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
4 GND - GND
5 /H0-A-HE-1_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
6 GND - GND
7 H0-A-DATA-1-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
8 GND - GND
9 H0-B-DATA-2-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
10 GND - GND
11 H0-B-DATA-3-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
12 GND - GND
13 H0-C-DATA-4-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
14 GND - GND
15 /H0-B-HE-3_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
16 GND - GND
17 /LIFT_CAM_IN OUT Lift cam sensor output signal
18 GND - GND
19 H0-C-DATA-5-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
20 GND - GND
21 /H0_LT_B IN Head(R) latch signal
22 GND - GND
23 H0_CLKP IN Head(R) clock signal P
24 H0_CLKN IN Head(R) clock signal N
25 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
27 H0-DASLK_LICC2 IN Head(R) analogue switch clock signal
28 H0-DATA_LICC2 IN Head(R) analogue switch data signal
29 H0-DLD_LICC2 IN Head(R) analogue switch latch signal
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
35 H0-C-DATA-5-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
36 GND - GND
37 /H0-C-HE-5_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
38 GND - GND
39 /H0-D-HE-6_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
40 GND - GND
41 H0-D-DATA-6-OD_B IN Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
42 GND - GND
43 H0-D-DATA-6-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
44 GND - GND
45 H0-D-DATA-7-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
46 GND - GND
47 /H0-D-HE-7_B IN Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
48 GND - GND
49 H0-E-DATA-8-EV_B IN Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
6-48
Chapter 6
J105
50 GND - GND
T-6-74
J201
1 ENCODER_B IN Linear encoder output signal B
2 GND - GND
3 ENCODER_A IN Linear encoder output signal A
4 SNS_5V OUT Power supply(+5V)
T-6-75
J202
2 GND - GND
3 /CRCOVER IN Carriage cover sensor output signal
T-6-76
J701
1 H3V OUT Power supply
2 VH1_FB IN VH1 feed back voltage
3 VH1 OUT Po wer supply
9 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 VH2 OUT Power supply
23 VHT OUT Power supply
24 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
T-6-77
J702
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
4 H1-B-DATA-3-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
5 GND - GND
6 /H1-B-HE-3 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
7 GND - GND
8 H1-C-DATA-4-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 4(C)
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 /H1-C-HE-5 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
13 GND - GND
14 H1-C-DATA-5-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
6-49
Chapter 6
J702
15 GND - GND
16 H1-D-DATA-7-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 7(D)
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
20 /H1-D-HE-6 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
21 GND - GND
22 H1-D-DATA-6-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 6(D)
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
28 H1-E-DATA-8-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
29 GND - GND
30 H1-E-DATA-9-EV Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
31 GND - GND
32 /H1-E-HE-9 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 9(E)
33 GND - GND
34 H1-F-DATA-10-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 10(F)
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
38 /H1-F-HE-11 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
39 GND - GND
40 H1-F-DATA-11-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 11(F)
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
46 H1-E-DATA-9-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 9(E)
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-78
J703
1 GND - GND
2 GND OUT Power supply(+5V)
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 H1-C-HE-4 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 4(C)
11 GND - GND
12 H1-B-DATA-3-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 3(B)
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 H1-B-HE-2 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 2(B)
17 GND - GND
18 H1-A-DATA-1-OD OUT Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
22 H1-A-HE-0 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 0(A)
23 GND - GND
24 H1-A-DATA-0-EV OUT Even head(L) data signal 0(A)
25 GND - GND
6-50
Chapter 6
J703
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
34 IO_ASIC_SCL OUT Head ROM control signal(clock)
35 GND - GND
36 H1_LT OUT Head(L) latch signal
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
40 H1-DSOUT1 IN Head(L) temperature output signal 1
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
44 H1-DLD_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch latch signal
45 GND - GND
46 H1-DATA_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch data signal
47 GND - GND
48 H1-DASLK_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch clock signal
49 GND - GND
50 H-DASH_LICC2 OUT Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
T-6-79
J801
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
T-6-80
J802
1 GND - GND
2 H0-B-DATA-2-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 2(B)
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6 H0-B-HE-3 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
6-51
Chapter 6
J802
7 GND - GND
8 H0-C-DATA-4-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 4(C)
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 H0-C-HE-5 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
13 GND - GND
14 H0-C-DATA-5-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
15 GND - GND
16 H0-D-DATA-7-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 7(D)
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
20 H0-D-HE-6 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 6(D)
21 GND - GND
22 H0-D-DATA-6-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 6(D)
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
28 H0-E-DATA-8-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 8(E)
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
32 H0-E-HE-9 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 9(E)
33 GND - GND
34 H0-F-DATA-10-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 10(F)
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
38 H0-F-HE-11 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 11(F)
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
46 H0-E-DATA-9-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 9(E)
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-81
J803
1 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
4 PWLED4 OUT Multi sensor LED4 drive signal
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 H0-DASH LICC2 OUT Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
6-52
Chapter 6
J803
19 GND - GND
20 H0-DSOUT1 IN Head(R) temperature output signal 1
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
28 H0-B-DATA-3-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 3(B)
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
34 H0-A-DATA-1-OD OUT Odd head(R) data signal 1(A)
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
38 H0-A-HE-0 OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 0(A)
39 GND - GND
40 H0-A-DATA-0-EV OUT Even head(R) data signal 0(A)
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
46 H0_LT OUT Head(R) latch signal
47 GND - GND
48 H0_CLK OUT Head(R) clock signal
49 GND - GND
6-53
Chapter 6
6.2.5 Carriage relay PCB

0025-0539
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
1 1
J803 J703 1
1 1 J202
J802 J702
1 1
J801 J701
J105 J104 J101 J102 J103

J201
1 1 1 1 1
F-6-5
T-6-82
J101
1 VMGND - GND
2 VMGND - GND
3 VMGND - GND
4 VMGND - GND
15 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 VMGND - GND
23 VMGND - GND
24 VMGND - GND
25 VMGND - GND
T-6-83
J102
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 /H1-C-HE-4_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 4(C)
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 GND - GND
6-54
Chapter 6
J102
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
31 /H1-F-DATA-11-OD_B OUT Odd head(R) data signal 11(F)
32 GND - GND
33 /H1-F-HE-10_B OUT Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-84
J103
1 FFC_SLANT_DET_SNS - -
2 HV_ENB OUT HV enable signal
3 VHT_ENB OUT VHT enable signal
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
21 /H1-B-HE-3_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 /H1_LT_B OUT Head(L) latch signal
26 GND - GND
6-55
Chapter 6
J103
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
31 /H1-C-HE-5_B OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
48 IO-ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(data)
49 IO-ASIC_SCL_B IN/OUT Head ROM controll signal(clock)
50 GND - GND
T-6-85
J104
1 VHT_MONI IN VHT controll signal
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
6-56
Chapter 6
J104
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
47 H1-A-DATA-1-OD_OUT OUT Odd head(L) data signal 1(A)
48 GND - GND
49 H1-C-DATA-4-OD_OUT OUT Odd head(L) data signal 4(C)
50 GND - GND
T-6-86
J105
1 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
6-57
Chapter 6
J105
50 GND - GND
T-6-87
J201
1 ENCODER_B IN Linear encoder sensor output signal B
2 GND - GND
3 ENCODER_A IN Linear encoder sensor output signal A
T-6-88
J202
2 GND - GND
3 /CRCOVER IN Carriage cover sensor output signal
T-6-89
J701
9 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
T-6-90
J702
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6 /H1-B-HE-3 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 /H1-C-HE-5 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
13 GND - GND
6-58
Chapter 6
J702
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
30 H1-E-DATA-9-EV Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-91
J703
1 GND - GND
2 GND OUT Power supply(+5V)
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
6-59
Chapter 6
J703
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
36 H1_LT OUT Head(L) latch signal
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
44 H1-DLD_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch latch signal
45 GND - GND
46 H1-DATA_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch data signal
47 GND - GND
48 H1-DASLK_LICC2 OUT Head(L) analogue switch clock signal
49 GND - GND
50 H-DASH_LICC2 OUT Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
T-6-92
J801
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
T-6-93
J802
1 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
6-60
Chapter 6
J802
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
T-6-94
J803
1 GND - GND
3 GND - GND
5 GND - GND
7 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 H0-DASH LICC2 OUT Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
13 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
6-61
Chapter 6
J803
19 GND - GND
21 GND - GND
23 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
27 GND - GND
29 GND - GND
31 GND - GND
33 GND - GND
35 GND - GND
37 GND - GND
39 GND - GND
41 GND - GND
43 GND - GND
45 GND - GND
47 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
6-62
Chapter 6
6.2.6 Head relay PCB

0012-6667
iPF8000
J201 J101
1 1
J202 J102 J501
J502 1 1
J203 J103 1
1 1 1
J602 1 1 J601
F-6-6
T-6-95
J101
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
3 VHT12 IN Power supply
5 VH2 IN Power supply
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
25 H3V IN Power supply
T-6-96
J102
Pin Number Siganal name IN/OUT Function
1 H1-E-HE-8 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
2 GND - GND
3 H1-E-DATA-8-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 8(E)
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
7 H1-F-HE-10 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 10(F)
8 VH2 - GND
9 H1-F-DATA-10-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 10(F)
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 H1-F-DATA-11-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 11(F)
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
21 H1-E-DATA-9-EV 0 Even head(L) data signal 9(E)
6-63
Chapter 6
J102
22 GND - GND
23 H1-E-DATA-8-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 8(E)
24 GND - GND
25 H1-D-HE-7 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 7(D)
26 GND - GND
27 H1-D-DATA-7-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 7(D)
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
33 H1-D-DATA-6-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 6(D)
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
37 H1-C-DATA-5-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 5(C)
38 GND - GND
39 H1-C-HE-5 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 5(C)
40 GND - GND
41 H1-C-DATA-5-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 5(C)
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
45 H1-B-HE-3 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 3(B)
46 GND - GND
47 H1-B-DATA-3-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 3(B)
48 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-97
J103
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 H1_CLK IN Head(L) clock signal
14 GND - GND
15 H1_LT IN Head(L) latch signal
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
23 H1-A-HE-1 IN Head(L) heat enable signal 1(A)
24 GND - GND
25 H1-A-DATA-1-EV IN Even head(L) data signal 1(A)
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
31 H1-A-DATA-0-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 0(A)
32 GND - GND
6-64
Chapter 6
J103
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
37 H1-B-DATA-2-OD IN Odd head(L) data signal 2(B)
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-98
J201
3 VH4_FB OUT VH4 feed back voltage
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
T-6-99
J202
1 H0-E-HE-8 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 8(E)
2 GND - GND
3 H0-E-DATA-8-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 8(E)
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
7 H0-F-HE-10 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 10(F)
8 VH2 - GND
9 H0-F-DATA-10-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 10(F)
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
6-65
Chapter 6
J202
14 GND - GND
15 H0-F-DATA-11-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 11(F)
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
21 H0-E-DATA-9-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 9(E)
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 H0-D-HE-7 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 7(D)
26 GND - GND
27 H0-D-DATA-7-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 7(D)
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
33 H0-D-DATA-6-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 6(D)
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
37 H0-C-DATA-5-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 5(C)
38 GND - GND
39 H0-C-HE-5 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 5(C)
40 GND - GND
41 H0-C-DATA-5-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 5(C)
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
45 H0-B-HE-3 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 3(B)
46 GND - GND
47 H0-B-DATA-3-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 3(B)
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-100
J203
1 LIFT_CAM_IN OUT Lift cam sensor output signal
2 GND - GND
3 H0_CLK IN Head(R) clock signal
4 GND - GND
5 H0_LT IN Head(R) latch signal
6 GND - GND
7 H0-A-HE-1 IN Head(R) heat enable signal 1(A)
8 VH2 - GND
9 H0-A-DATA-1-EV IN Even head(R) data signal 1(A)
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 H0-A-DATA-0-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 0(A)
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
21 H0-B-DATA-2-OD IN Odd head(R) data signal 2(B)
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
6-66
Chapter 6
J203
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
39 H-DASH LICC2 IN Head analogue switch A/D trigger signal
40 GND - GND
41 PWLED1_ON IN Multi sensor LED1 drive signal
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
49 SNS_5V IN Power supply(+5V)
50 GND - GND
T-6-101
J501
5 GND - GND
6 MLT_SNS_1IN IN Multi sensor signal 1
7 MLT_SNS_2IN IN Multi sensor signal 2
T-6-102
J502
1 SNS5V_0 OUT Power supply(+5V)
2 GND - GND
T-6-103
J601
4 VHT12 OUT Head transistor drive power supply
9 H1-C-DIA1 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(C)
6-67
Chapter 6
J601
17 H1-F-HE-11 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 11(F)
18 H1-E-DIA1 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(E)
19 H1-D-DIA1 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 1(D)
20 H3V_1 OUT Power supply
28 H1-E-HE-8 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 8(E)
30 H1-F-DIA2 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(F)
33 H1-D-HE-6 OUT Head(L) heat enable signal 6(D)
37 H1-A-DIA2 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(A)
38 H1-B-DIA2 IN Head(L) DI sensor signal 2(B)
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
64 GND - GND
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
71 GND - GND
73 H1_LT OUT Head(L) clock signal
76 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
6-68
Chapter 6
T-6-104
J602
4 VHT34 OUT Power supply
9 H0-C-DIA1 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(C)
18 H0-E-DIA1 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(E)
19 H0-D-DIA1 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(D)
30 H0-F-DIA2 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(E)
37 H0-A-DIA2 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(A)
38 H0-B-DIA2 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 2(B)
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
64 GND - GND
6-69
Chapter 6
J602
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
69 H0-F-DIA1 IN Head(R) DI sensor signal 1(F)
71 GND - GND
76 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
6-70
Chapter 6

0017-8754
iPF8000S / iPF8100
J201 J101
1 1
J202 J102 J501
J502 1 1
J203 J103 1
1 1 1
J602 1 1 J601
F-6-7
T-6-105
J101
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
T-6-106
J102
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
6-71
Chapter 6
J102
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-107
J103
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
6-72
Chapter 6
J103
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-108
J201
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
T-6-109
J202
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
6-73
Chapter 6
J202
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-110
J203
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
6-74
Chapter 6
J203
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-111
J501
1 SNS5V_1 OUT Power supply (+5V)
2 MLT_SNS_2 IN Multi sensor signal 2
4 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
10 IO_ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Multi sensor EEPROM control signal (data)
11 IO_ASIC_SCL IN/OUT Multi sensor EEPROM control signal (clock)
12 EEPROM Vcc(3.3V) OUT Power supply (+3V)
T-6-112
J502
2 GND - GND
T-6-113
J601
6-75
Chapter 6
J601
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
64 GND - GND
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
71 GND - GND
76 GND - GND
6-76
Chapter 6
J601
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
T-6-114
J602
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
6-77
Chapter 6
J602
64 GND - GND
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
71 GND - GND
76 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
6-78
Chapter 6

0025-0540
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
J201 J101
1 1
J202 J102 J501
J502 1 1
J203 J103 1
1 1 1
J602 1 1 J601
F-6-8
T-6-115
J101
1 GND - GND
2 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
17 GND - GND
T-6-116
J102
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
6-79
Chapter 6
J102
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
49 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-117
J103
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
6-80
Chapter 6
J103
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-118
J201
10 GND - GND
11 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
13 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
15 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
25 GND - GND
T-6-119
J202
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
6-81
Chapter 6
J202
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-120
J203
2 GND - GND
4 GND - GND
6 GND - GND
8 VH2 - GND
10 GND - GND
12 GND - GND
14 GND - GND
16 GND - GND
18 GND - GND
20 GND - GND
22 GND - GND
24 GND - GND
6-82
Chapter 6
J203
26 GND - GND
28 GND - GND
30 GND - GND
32 GND - GND
34 GND - GND
36 GND - GND
38 GND - GND
40 GND - GND
42 GND - GND
44 GND - GND
46 GND - GND
48 GND - GND
50 GND - GND
T-6-121
J501
1 EEPROM Vcc(3.3V) OUT Power supply (+3V)
2 IO_ASIC_SCL IN/OUT Multi sensor EEPROM control signal (clock)
3 IO_ASIC_SDA IN/OUT Multi sensor EEPROM control signal (data)
4 GND - GND
9 GND - GND
12 SNS5V_1 OUT Power supply (+5V)
T-6-122
J502
2 GND - GND
T-6-123
J601
6-83
Chapter 6
J601
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
64 GND - GND
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
71 GND - GND
76 GND - GND
6-84
Chapter 6
J601
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
T-6-124
J602
53 GND - GND
54 GND - GND
55 GND - GND
58 GND - GND
6-85
Chapter 6
J602
64 GND - GND
65 GND - GND
66 GND - GND
67 GND - GND
71 GND - GND
76 GND - GND
77 GND - GND
78 GND - GND
6-86
Chapter 6
6.3 Version Up
6.3.1 Firmware Update Tool

0013-9809
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
Use of the following tools allows you to update the firmware of the main controller incorporated in the printer.
- imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool
- L Printer Service Tool
1. imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool

imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool is the same as that for user.
Procedure:
1) Start imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool.
2) Place the printer in the online mode.
3) Transfer the firmware data to the printer according to the instructions shown on the display.
4) The data shown on the LCD on the operation panel changes and the firmware is updated automatically.
5) When firmware update is completed, the printer will start again.
File transfer route:

USB, network, IEEE1394
2. L Printer Service Tool
Procedure:
1) Start L Printer Service Tool.
3) Specify the firmware file(.jdl) and then transfer it.

USB, network, IEEE1394
6-87
Chapter 6
6.3.2 Firmware Update Tool

0020-1951
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
Use of the following tools allows you to update the firmware of the main controller incorporated in the printer.
- imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool
- L Printer Service Tool
1. imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool

imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool is the same as that for user.
Procedure:
1) Start imagePROGRAF Firmware Update Tool.
3) Transfer the firmware data to the printer according to the instructions shown on the display.

USB, network
2. L Printer Service Tool
Procedure:
1) Start L Printer Service Tool.
3) Specify the firmware file(.jdl) and then transfer it.

USB, network
6-88
Chapter 6
6.4 Service Tools
6.4.1 Tool List

0012-6675
T-6-125
General-purpose tools Application
Long phillips scerewdriver Inserting and removing screw
Phillips scerewdriver Inserting and removing screw
Flat-head screwdriver Removing the E-ring
Needle-nose pliers Inserting and removing the spring parts
Hex key wrench Inserting and removing hexagonal screws
Flat brush Applying grease
Lint free paper Wiping off ink
Rubber gloves Preventing ink stains
T-6-126
Special-purpose tools Application
Grease MOLYKOTE PG-641 Applying to specified locations

(CK-0562-000)
Grease PERMALUBE G-2 Applying to specified locations

(CK-0551-020)
Cover switch tool Pressing the cover switch

(QY9-0103-000)
6-89
Chapter 7 SERVICE MODE
Contents
Contents
7.1 Service Mode .................................................................................................................................................................7-1

7.1.1 Service Mode Operation .............................................................................................................................................................. 7-1
7.1.2 Service Mode Operation .............................................................................................................................................................. 7-2
7.1.3 Map of the Service Mode............................................................................................................................................................. 7-3
7.1.4 Map of the Service Mode............................................................................................................................................................. 7-9
7.1.5 Map of the Service Mode........................................................................................................................................................... 7-15
7.1.8 Details of Service Mode............................................................................................................................................................. 7-36
7.1.9 Details of Service Mode............................................................................................................................................................. 7-45
7.1.10 Details of Service Mode........................................................................................................................................................... 7-54
7.1.13 Sample Printout........................................................................................................................................................................ 7-97
7.1.14 Sample Printout...................................................................................................................................................................... 7-101
7.1.15 e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote.................................................................................................................................... 7-105
7.1.16 Viewing PRINT INF.............................................................................................................................................................. 7-115
7.1.17 Viewing PRINT INF.............................................................................................................................................................. 7-129
7.2 Special Mode..............................................................................................................................................................7-143
7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing .................................................................................................................................................... 7-143
7.2.2 Special Modes for Servicing .................................................................................................................................................... 7-144
Chapter 7
7.1 Service Mode
7.1.1 Service Mode Operation

0013-9799
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
a. How to enter the Service mode

Enter the Service mode following the procedure below.
1) Turn off the printer.

2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source]key and [Information]key.
3) "S" will be displayed in the upper right corner of the display showing the firmware version of the printer.
4) After display of "Online", pressing the [Menu] key displays the SERVICE MODE top menu and the MESSAGE LED flashes.
* The Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu. The Service mode can be entered even in the error status(when an error message is shown on the
display)by turning the power off and then using the above key operation.
b. How to exit the Service mode

Turn off the printer.
c. Key operation in the service mode

- Selecting menus and paremeters:[ ] or [ ] key
- Going to the next lower-level menu:[ ] key
- Going to the previous higher-level menu:[ ] key
- Determining a selected menu or parameter:[OK] key
7-1
Chapter 7
7.1.2 Service Mode Operation

0023-2922
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
a) How to enter the Service mode

Enter service mode according to the following procedure:
1) Turn off the printer power.

2) Turn on the power while pressing the [Load] key and [Navigate] key.
* Keep pressing the above keys until "Initializing" is displayed.
3) "S" appears at the top right of the display.
4) Press the key or key to choose the [Set./Adj. Menu] and press the [OK] key.
"SERVICE MODE" appears in the menu list and the MESSAGE LED flashes.
5) Press the key or key to choose "SERVICE MODE" and press the [OK] key.
* Service mode is added to the [Set./Adj. Menu]. Service mode can be entered even when an error occurs (an error message is displayed) by turning off the power
once and then pressing the above keys.
b) How to exit the Service mode

Turn off the printer.
c) Key operation in the service mode

- Selecting menus and paremeters: or key
- Going to the next lower-level menu: key
- Going to the previous higher-level menu: key
- Determining a selected menu or parameter:[OK] key
7-2
Chapter 7
7.1.3 Map of the Service Mode

0014-9306
iPF8000
The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service Mode is as shown below.
T-7-1
DISPLAY PRINTINF YES/NO : Select YES to
execute print
SYSTEM S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
SIZE LF
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
SIZE CR
HEAD S/N R
S/N L
LOT R
LOT L
INK Y
---
B
WARNING 1
---
20
ERROR 1
---
20
INK CHECK 000 00000
I/O DISPLAY I/O DISPLAY 1
I/O DISPLAY 2
ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 : Press the [OK]
button to execute
OPTICAL AXIS : Press the [OK]
button to execute
LF TUNING
LF TUNING 2
SENSOR CHECK
HEAD ADJ. AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH : Press the [OK]
button to execute
MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL : Press the [OK]
button to execute
BASIC : Press the [OK]
button to execute
ADJ. SETTING A A-1 : Adjustment
value entry
---
A-48 : Adjustment
value entry
---
F F-1 : Adjustment
value entry
F-2 : Adjustment
value entry
SAVE SETTINGS YES/NO
RESET SETTINGS YES/NO
NOZZLE CHK POS. YES/NO
GAP CALIB. YES/NO
CHANGE LF TYPE 0/1
REPLACE CUTTER YES/NO
7-3
Chapter 7
T-7-2
COUNTER PRINTER LIFE TTL
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
---
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-7
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
CLEAR CLR-INK CONSUME
CLR-CUTTER EXC.
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-UNIT A EXC.
CLR-UNIT D EXC.
CLR-UNIT H EXC.
CLR-UNIT K EXC.
CLR-UNIT M EXC.
CLR-UNIT P EXC.
CLR-UNIT V EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
7-4
Chapter 7
T-7-3
COUNTER EXCHANGE CUTTER EXC.
MTC EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
BOARD EXC.(M/B)
UNIT A EXC.
UNIT D EXC.
UNIT H EXC.
UNIT K EXC.
UNIT M EXC.
UNIT P EXC.
UNIT V EXC.
DETAIL-CNT MOVE PRINTER
N-INK CHK(Y)
---
N-INK CHK(B)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
INK-USE1 INK-USE1(Y)
---
INK-USE1(B)
INK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(Y)
---
N-INK-USE1(B)
N-INK-USE1(TTL)
---
INK-USE2(B)
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(Y)
---
N-INK-USE2(B)
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
INK-EXC INK-EXC(Y)
---
INK-EXC(B)
INK-EXC(TTL)
N-INK-EXC(Y)
---
N-INK-EXC(B)
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
7-5
Chapter 7
T-7-4
COUNTER MEDIA 1 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
---
MEDIA 7 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIASIZE1 ROLL P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
7-6
Chapter 7
T-7-5
COUNTER MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE1 CUT P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE2 CUT D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
7-7
Chapter 7
T-7-6
COUNTER HEAD DOT CNT. 1 Y
---
B
TTL
HEAD DOT CNT. 2 Y
---
B
TTL
PARTS CNT. COUNTER A OK/W1/W2/E
PARTS A1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
---
COUNTER V OK/W1/W2/E
PARTS V1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
SETTING Pth ON/OFF
RTC DATE yyyy/mm/dd
TIME hh:mm
PV AUTO JUDGE ON/OFF
INITIALIZE WARNIG : Press the [OK] button to clear
ERROR : Press the [OK] button to clear
ADJUST : Press the [OK] button to clear
W-INK : Press the [OK] button to clear
CARRIAGE : Press the [OK] button to clear
PURGE : Press the [OK] button to clear
INK-USE CNT : Press the [OK] button to clear
CUTTER-CHG CNT : Press the [OK] button to clear
W-INK-CHG CNT : Press the [OK] button to clear
HEAD-CHG R CNT : Press the [OK] button to clear
HEAD-CHG L CNT : Press the [OK] button to clear
PARTS-CHG CNT PARTS A PARTS A1 : Press the [OK]
button to clear
---
PARTS V1 : Press the [OK]
button to clear
PARTS COUNTER PARTS A PARTS A1 : Press the [OK]
button to clear
---
PARTS V1 : Press the [OK]
button to clear
7-8
Chapter 7

0017-8416
iPF8000S
T-7-7
execute print
SYSTEM S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
SIZE LF
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
SIZE CR
HEAD S/N R
S/N L
LOT R
LOT L
INK PC
---
M
WARNING 1
---
20
ERROR 1
---
20
INK CHECK 000 00000
I/O DISPLAY 2
button to execute
button to execute
LF TUNING
LF TUNING 2
SENSOR CHECK
button to execute
button to execute
button to execute
value entry
---
A-48 : Adjustment
value entry
---
F F-1 : Adjustment
value entry
F-2 : Adjustment
value entry
GAP CALIB. YES/NO
CHANGE LF TYPE 0/1
7-9
Chapter 7
T-7-8
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
---
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-7
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
CLR-CUTTER EXC.
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-UNIT A EXC.
CLR-UNIT D EXC.
CLR-UNIT H EXC.
CLR-UNIT K EXC.
CLR-UNIT M EXC.
CLR-UNIT P EXC.
CLR-UNIT V EXC.
CLR-UNIT X EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
7-10
Chapter 7
T-7-9
MTC EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
BOARD EXC.(M/B)
UNIT A EXC.
UNIT D EXC.
UNIT H EXC.
UNIT K EXC.
UNIT M EXC.
UNIT P EXC.
UNIT V EXC.
UNIT X EXC.
N-INK CHK(PC)
---
N-INK CHK(M)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
INK-USE1 INK-USE1(PC)
---
INK-USE1(M)
INK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(PC)
---
N-INK-USE1(M)
N-INK-USE1(TTL)
---
INK-USE2(M)
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(PC)
---
N-INK-USE2(M)
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
INK-EXC INK-EXC(PC)
---
INK-EXC(M)
INK-EXC(TTL)
N-INK-EXC(PC)
---
N-INK-EXC(M)
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
7-11
Chapter 7
T-7-10
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
---
MEDIA 7 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
7-12
Chapter 7
T-7-11
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
7-13
Chapter 7
T-7-12
COUNTER HEAD DOT CNT. 1 PC
---
GY2
TTL
HEAD DOT CNT. 2 PC
---
GY2
TTL
PARTS A1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
---
COUNTER X OK/W1/W2/E
PARTS X1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
SETTING Pth ON/OFF
RTC DATE yyyy/mm/dd
TIME hh:mm
HDD BOX PASS. : Press the [OK] button to clear
button to clear
---
PARTS X1 : Press the [OK]
button to clear
button to clear
---
button to clear
7-14
Chapter 7

0017-8415
iPF8100
T-7-13
execute print
SYSTEM S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
SIZE LF
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
SIZE CR
HEAD S/N R
S/N L
LOT R
LOT L
INK Y
---
B
WARNING 1
---
20
ERROR 1
---
20
INK CHECK 000 00000
I/O DISPLAY 2
button to execute
button to execute
LF TUNING
LF TUNING 2
SENSOR CHECK
button to execute
button to execute
button to execute
value entry
---
A-48 : Adjustment
value entry
---
F F-1 : Adjustment
value entry
F-2 : Adjustment
value entry
GAP CALIB. YES/NO
CHANGE LF TYPE 0/1
7-15
Chapter 7
T-7-14
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
---
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-7
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
CLR-CUTTER EXC.
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-UNIT A EXC.
CLR-UNIT D EXC.
CLR-UNIT H EXC.
CLR-UNIT K EXC.
CLR-UNIT M EXC.
CLR-UNIT P EXC.
CLR-UNIT V EXC.
CLR-UNIT X EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
7-16
Chapter 7
T-7-15
MTC EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
BOARD EXC.(M/B)
UNIT A EXC.
UNIT D EXC.
UNIT H EXC.
UNIT K EXC.
UNIT M EXC.
UNIT P EXC.
UNIT V EXC.
UNIT X EXC.
N-INK CHK(Y)
---
N-INK CHK(B)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
---
INK-USE1(B)
INK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(Y)
---
N-INK-USE1(B)
N-INK-USE1(TTL)
---
INK-USE2(B)
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(Y)
---
N-INK-USE2(B)
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
INK-EXC INK-EXC(Y)
---
INK-EXC(B)
INK-EXC(TTL)
N-INK-EXC(Y)
---
N-INK-EXC(B)
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
7-17
Chapter 7
T-7-16
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
---
MEDIA 7 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
7-18
Chapter 7
T-7-17
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
7-19
Chapter 7
T-7-18
COUNTER HEAD DOT CNT. 1 Y
---
B
TTL
HEAD DOT CNT. 2 Y
---
B
TTL
PARTS A1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
---
COUNTER X OK/W1/W2/E
PARTS X1 1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
SETTING Pth ON/OFF
RTC DATE yyyy/mm/dd
TIME hh:mm
HDD BOX PASS. : Press the [OK] button to clear
button to clear
---
button to clear
button to clear
---
button to clear
7-20
Chapter 7

0025-0482
iPF8300
T-7-19
First Level Second Level Third Level Fourth Level Fifth Level Sixth Level
DISPLAY PRINTINF YES/NO : Select YES to print
SYSTEM S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
RH
SIZE LF
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
SIZE CR
AFTER INST
HEAD S/N L
S/N R
LOT L
LOT R
INK PC
---
BK
WARNING 01
---
20
ERROR 01
---
20
JAM 01 1:
---
4:
---
05 1:
---
4:
INK CHECK 000000 000000
I/O DISPLAY 2
I/O DISPLAY 3
ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 : Press the [OK] button to
execute
OPTICAL AXIS : Press the [OK] button to
execute
LF TUNING
LF TUNIG 2
HEAD ADJ. MANUAL HEAD ADJ EXTENSION : Press the [OK] button to
execute
DETAIL : Press the [OK] button to
execute
BASIC : Press the [OK] button to
execute
ADJ. SETTING A A-1 : Adjustment value entry
---
A-48 : Adjustment value entry
---
F F-1 : Adjustment value entry
F-2 : Adjustment value entry
NOZZLE CHECK POS. YES/NO
GAP CALIB. YES/NO
CHANGE LF TYPE 0/1
CR REG EXECUTE YES/NO
RESET YES/NO
CR MOTOR COG YES/NO
7-21
Chapter 7
T-7-20
FUNCTION CR UNLOCK YES/NO
CR LOCK YES/NO
PG CHECK YES/NO
CR AUTO SCAN YES/NO
CR SCAN COUNT 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
30 : Press the [OK] button to
set
CR SCAN SIZE 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
set
CR SCAN SPEED 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
set
OPT SENS OUTPUT YES OUTPUT0
---
OUTPUT5
NO
NOZZLE CHECK YES/NO
NOZZLE INF C
---
B
MEMORY CHK DDR YES/NO
EEP YES/NO
HEAD CNT CHK YES/NO
REPLACE L & R PRINTHEADS YES/NO
7-22
Chapter 7
T-7-21
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
---
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
SLEEP ON
CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-7
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR Wia-1 EXC.
CLR Wia-3 EXC.
CLR Wia-4 EXC.
CLR Wia-5 EXC.
CLR Wia-6 EXC.
CLR CR-1 EXC.
CLR CR-2 EXC.
CLR CR-3 EXC.
CLR CR-4 EXC.
CLR CR-5 EXC.
CLR PG-1 EXC.
CLR HMa-1 EXC.
CLR PL-1 EXC.
CLR PS-1 EXC.
CLR Mi-1 EXC.
CLR MS-1 EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
7-23
Chapter 7
T-7-22
COUNTER EXCHANGE MTC EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
BOARD EXC.(M/B)
Wia-1 EXC.
Wia-3 EXC.
Wia-4 EXC.
Wia-5 EXC.
Wia-6 EXC.
CR-1 EXC.
CR-2 EXC.
CR-3 EXC.
CR-4 EXC.
CR-5 EXC.
PG-1 EXC.
HMa-1 EXC.
PL-1 EXC.
PS-1 EXC.
Mi-1 EXC.
MS-1 EXC.
N-INK CHK(PC)
---
N-INK CHK(BK)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
---
INK-USE1(BK)
INK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(PC)
---
N-INK-USE1(BK)
N-INK-USE1(TTL)
---
INK-USE2(BK)
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(PC)
---
N-INK-USE2(BK)
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
INK-EXC INK-EXC(PC)
---
INK-EXC(BK)
INK-EXC(TTL)
N-INK-EXC(PC)
---
N-INK-EXC(BK)
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
7-24
Chapter 7
T-7-23
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
---
MEDIA 7 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
7-25
Chapter 7
T-7-24
COUNTER MEDIASIZE1 CUT P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
HEAD DOT CNT. 1 C
---
B
TTL
HEAD DOT CNT. 2 C
---
B
TTL
PARTS CNT. COUNTER Wia-1 OK/W1/W2/E
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
---
COUNTER CT-1 OK/W1/W2/E
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
7-26
Chapter 7
T-7-25
SETTING Pth ON/OFF
RTC DATE yyyy/mm/dd
TIME hh:mm
NETWORK CERTIFICATE CA-CERTIFICATE VALIDITY yyyy/mm/dd
E-RDS E-RDS SWITCH ON/OFF
UGW-ADDRESS http://XXX
UGW-PORT XXXXX
COM-TEST YES
COM-LOG
COM-LOG LIST
HEAD DOT INF ON/OFF
INITIALIZE WARNIG : Press the [OK] button to
clear
ERROR : Press the [OK] button to
clear
JAM : Press the [OK] button to
clear
ADJUST : Press the [OK] button to
clear
W-INK : Press the [OK] button to
clear
CARRIAGE : Press the [OK] button to
clear
PURGE : Press the [OK] button to
clear
INK-USE CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
W-INK-CHG CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HEAD-CHG L CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HEAD-CHG R CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HDD BOX PASS. ALL FOLDERS : Press the [OK] button to
clear
FOLDER 1 : Press the [OK] button to
clear
---
clear
PARTS-CHG CNT PARTS Wia ALL : Press the [OK] button to
clear
---
PARTS MS-1 : Press the [OK] button to
clear
PARTS COUNTER PARTS Wia ALL : Press the [OK] button to
clear
---
clear
USER SETTEING YES/NO
CA-KEY YES/NO
ERDS-DAT YES/NO
7-27
Chapter 7

0026-6834
iPF8300S
T-7-26
DISPLAY PRINTINF YES/NO : Select YES to print
SYSTEM S/N
TYPE
LF TYPE
TMP
RH
SIZE LF
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
SIZE CR
AFTER INST
HEAD S/N L
S/N R
LOT L
LOT R
INK PC
---
BK
WARNING 01
---
20
ERROR 01
---
20
JAM 01 1:
---
4:
---
05 1:
---
4:
INK CHECK 000000 00
I/O DISPLAY 2
I/O DISPLAY 3
ADJUST PRINT PATTERN NOZZLE 1 : Press the [OK] button to
execute
OPTICAL AXIS : Press the [OK] button to
execute
LF TUNING
LF TUNIG 2
HEAD ADJ. MANUAL HEAD ADJ EXTENSION : Press the [OK] button to
execute
DETAIL : Press the [OK] button to
execute
BASIC : Press the [OK] button to
execute
ADJ. SETTING A A-1 : Adjustment value entry
---
A-96 : Adjustment value entry
---
F F-1 : Adjustment value entry
F-2 : Adjustment value entry
NOZZLE CHECK POS. YES/NO
GAP CALIB. YES/NO
CHANGE LF TYPE 0/1
CR MOTOR COG YES/NO
7-28
Chapter 7
T-7-27
FUNCTION CR UNLOCK YES/NO
CR LOCK YES/NO
PG CHECK YES/NO
CR AUTO SCAN YES/NO
CR SCAN COUNT 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
set
CR SCAN SIZE 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
set
CR SCAN SPEED 1 : Press the [OK] button to
set
---
set
OPT SENS OUTPUT YES OUTPUT0
---
OUTPUT5
NO
NOZZLE CHK YES/NO
NOZZLE INF PC1
---
BK
MEMORY CHK DDR YES/NO
EEP YES/NO
HEAD CNT CHK YES/NO
REPLACE L & R PRINTHEADS YES/NO
7-29
Chapter 7
T-7-28
LIFE ROLL
LIFE CUTSHEET
LIFE A
---
LIFE F
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
WIPE
SLEEP ON
CARRIAGE PRINT
DRIVE
CR COUNT
CR DIST.
PRINT COUNT
PURGE CLN-A-1
CLN-A-2
CLN-A-3
CLN-A-6
CLN-A-7
CLN-A-10
CLN-A-11
CLN-A-15
CLN-A-16
CLN-A-17
CLN-A-TTL
CLN-M-1
CLN-M-4
CLN-M-5
CLN-M-6
CLN-M-TTL
CLR-MTC EXC.
CLR-HEAD L EXC.
CLR-HEAD R EXC.
CLR Wia-1 EXC.
CLR Wia-3 EXC.
CLR Wia-4 EXC.
CLR Wia-5 EXC.
CLR Wia-6 EXC.
CLR CR-1 EXC.
CLR CR-2 EXC.
CLR CR-3 EXC.
CLR CR-4 EXC.
CLR CR-5 EXC.
CLR PG-1 EXC.
CLR HMa-1 EXC.
CLR PL-1 EXC.
CLR PS-1 EXC.
CLR Mi-1 EXC.
CLR MS-1 EXC.
CLR-FACTORY CNT.
7-30
Chapter 7
T-7-29
COUNTER EXCHANGE MTC EXC.
HEAD L EXC.
HEAD R EXC.
BOARD EXC.(M/B)
Wia-1 EXC.
Wia-3 EXC.
Wia-4 EXC.
Wia-5 EXC.
Wia-6 EXC.
CR-1 EXC.
CR-2 EXC.
CR-3 EXC.
CR-4 EXC.
CR-5 EXC.
PG-1 EXC.
HMa-1 EXC.
PL-1 EXC.
PS-1 EXC.
Mi-1 EXC.
MS-1 EXC.
N-INK CHK(PC)
---
N-INK CHK(BK)
MEDIACONFIG-CNT
7-31
Chapter 7
T-7-30
COUNTER INK-USE1 INK-USE1(PC)
---
INK-USE1(BK)
INK-USE1(TTL)
LINK-USE1(PC)
---
LINK-USE1(BK)
LINK-USE1(TTL)
SINK-USE1(PC)
---
SINK-USE1(BK)
SINK-USE1(TTL)
N-INK-USE1(PC)
---
N-INK-USE1(BK)
N-INK-USE1(TTL)
---
INK-USE2(BK)
INK-USE2(TTL)
N-INK-USE2(PC)
---
N-INK-USE2(BK)
N-INK-USE2(TTL)
INK-EXC INK-EXC(PC)
---
INK-EXC(BK)
INK-EXC(TTL)
N-INK-EXC(PC)
---
N-INK-EXC(BK)
N-INK-EXC(TTL)
7-32
Chapter 7
T-7-31
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
---
MEDIA 7 NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
MEDIA OTHER NAME
TTL
TTL
ROLL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CUTSHEET
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
MEDIASIZE2 ROLL D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
7-33
Chapter 7
T-7-32
COUNTER MEDIASIZE1 CUT P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 44-60
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 36-44
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 24-36
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ 17-24
P-SQ -17
P-SQ -17
P-CNT 44-60
P-CNT 36-44
P-CNT 24-36
P-CNT 17-24
P-CNT -17
D-SQ 44-60
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 36-44
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 24-36
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ 17-24
D-SQ -17
D-SQ -17
D-CNT 44-60
D-CNT 36-44
D-CNT 24-36
D-CNT 17-24
D-CNT -17
HEAD DOT CNT. 1 PC1
---
BK
TTL
HEAD DOT CNT. 2 PC1
---
BK
TTL
PARTS CNT. COUNTER Wia-1 OK/W1/W2/E
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
---
COUNTER MS-1 OK/W1/W2/E
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
7-34
Chapter 7
T-7-33
SETTING Pth ON/OFF
RTC DATE yyyy/mm/dd
TIME hh:mm
NETWORK CERTIFICATE CA-CERTIFICATE VALIDITY yyyy/mm/dd
E-RDS E-RDS SWITCH ON/OFF
UGW-ADDRESS http://XXX
UGW-PORT XXXXX
COM-TEST YES
COM-LOG
HEAD DOT INF ON/OFF
INITIALIZE WARNIG : Press the [OK] button to
clear
ERROR : Press the [OK] button to
clear
JAM : Press the [OK] button to
clear
ADJUST : Press the [OK] button to
clear
W-INK : Press the [OK] button to
clear
CARRIAGE : Press the [OK] button to
clear
PURGE : Press the [OK] button to
clear
INK-USE CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
W-INK-CHG CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HEAD-CHG L CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HEAD-CHG R CNT : Press the [OK] button to
clear
HDD BOX PASS. ALL FOLDERS : Press the [OK] button to
clear
clear
---
clear
PARTS-CHG CNT PARTS Wia ALL : Press the [OK] button to
clear
---
clear
PARTS COUNTER PARTS Wia ALL : Press the [OK] button to
clear
---
clear
USER SETTEING YES/NO
CA-KEY YES/NO
ERDS-DAT YES/NO
JOB LOG YES/NO
7-35
Chapter 7
7.1.8 Details of Service Mode

0015-1986
iPF8000
This section provides details of the Service mode menu.
a) DISPLAY
Displays and prints the printer information.
1) PRINF INF
Prints adjustment values in the User menu, [DISPLAY] and [COUNTER] parameters on A4-size or lager paper.
When roll media is used, the layout is optimized according to the media width.
2) SYSTEM
Displays the printer information shown below.
T-7-34
Display Description Unit

S/N Serial number of printer -
TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB -
* iPF8100/8000S/8000 is represented by 44.
LF TYPE Feed roller type: 0 or 1 -
TMP Ambient temperature degrees C
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) mm
0 is always detected for the roll media.
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) inch
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction) mm
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction) inch
3) HEAD
Displays the following EEPROM information of the printhead.
T-7-35
Display Description
S/N R Serial number of printhead R
S/N L Serial number of printhead L
LOT R Lot number of printhead R
LOT L Lot number of printhead L
4) INK
Displays the numbers of days passed since installation of the following ink tanks.
T-7-36

BK Number of days passed since the BK ink tank was installed Day(s)
MBK Number of days passed since the MBK ink tank was installed Day(s)
C Number of days passed since the C ink tank was installed Day(s)
M Number of days passed since the M ink tank was installed Day(s)
Y Number of days passed since the Y ink tank was installed Day(s)
PC Number of days passed since the PC ink tank was installed Day(s)
PM Number of days passed since the PM ink tank was installed Day(s)
GY Number of days passed since the GY ink tank was installed Day(s)
PGY Number of days passed since the PGY ink tank was installed Day(s)
R Number of days passed since the R ink tank was installed Day(s)
G Number of days passed since the G ink tank was installed Day(s)
B Number of days passed since the B ink tank was installed Day(s)
5) WARNING
Displays the warning history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
6) ERROR
Displays the error history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
7) INK CHECK
Displays the number of times the remaining ink level detection function was turned off, to accommodate refilled ink cartridges in the order of Y, PC, C, PGY, GY,
MBK, PM, M, BK, R, G, and B.
0: Never
1: Executed at least once
7-36
Chapter 7
b) I/O DISPLAY
The status of each sensor and switch is shown in the display.
Sensor and switch status is shown in the display.

ON = 1
OFF or not used = 0
Screen 1
T-7-37
I / O D I S P L A Y 1 Upper row
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 (Display osition)
p
Screen 2
T-7-38
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 (Display position)
Screens 1 and 2 are selectable with the [ ] and [ ] buttons.

These screens display the associated sensor status as listed in the table below.
T-7-39
Display
Sensor name LCD display contents
position
1 Pump Cam Sensor 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
2 Valve open/closed detection sensor (R) 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
3 Agitation cam sensor (L) 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
4 Agitation cam sensor (R) 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
5 (Not Used) -
6 Lift cam sensor 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
7 Feed roller HP sensor 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
8 Upper cover lock switch 0: Cover open , 1: Cover close
9 Carriage cover sensor 0: Cover open , 1: Cover close
10 Ink tank cover switch (R) 0: Cover open , 1: Cover close
11 Ink tank cover switch (L) 0: Cover open , 1: Cover close
12 (Not Used) -
13 (Not Used) -
14 (Not Used) -
15 (Not Used) -
16 (Not Used) -
17 (Not Used) -
18 (Not Used) -
19 (Not Used) -
20 (Not Used) -
21 (Not Used) -
22 Carriage HP sensor 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
23 Pressure release switch 0: Realeased , 1:Pressured
24 Media sensor 0: No media , 1: Media loaded
25 (Not Used) -
26 (Not Used) -
27 (Not Used) -
28 Media take-up unit detection 0: Undetected 1: Detected
29 Media take-up sensor input signal 0: LO , 1: HI
30 Valve open/closed detection sensor (L) 0: Sensor ON , 1: Sensor OFF
31 (Not Used) -
32 (Not Used) -
7-37
Chapter 7
c) ADJUST
Performs adjustments and prints the adjustment and check patterns necessary for adjusting the printer parts.
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-40
Display Description
NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction/ single pass without using the non-
discharging back up.
It is used to check for the non-discharging nozzles.
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any
OPTICAL AXIS Prints the pattern and adjusts the optical axis of the multi sensor.
For details, refer to "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Procedure
after replacing the carriage unit or multi sensor".
- Media type: photo glossy paper
LF TUNING Carry out automatic correction of eccentricity of the feed roller. For more details, refer to
"Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Procedure after replacing the
feed roller and reed roller encoder".
- The media type is "gloss photo paper".
LF TUNING 2 Carry out manual correction of eccentricity of the feed roller. For more details, refer to
SENSOR CHECK * For Factory
SENSOR CHECK are intended for factory adjustment purposes.

No adjustment by service personnel is required.
2) HEAD ADJ.
Set or initialize the registration adjustment values of each printheads.
T-7-41
Display Description
AUTO HEAD ADJ ROUGH Prints the pattern for auto head adjustment (rough adjustment).
MANUAL HEAD ADJ DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment.
After printing, the mode will change to [ADJ. SETTING]. Check the printed patterns and input the set values.
BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment.
ADJ. SETTING A to F A-1 to F-1 This mode is to input the registration adjustment values.
It is possible to return the values to the former one by printing the status print before changing the value.
SAVE SETTINGS Save the registration adjustment values that has been input.
RESET SETTINGS Initialize the registration adjustment values (to 0).
3) NOZZLE CHK POS.

This mode is for adjusting the optical axis of the head management sensor. For details, refer to "Disassembly/Reassembly" > "Adjustment and Setup Items" > "Pro-
cedure after replacing the head management sensor".
4) GAP CLIB.
This mode measures the gap between the printhead and media by using the multi sensor and corrects the calibration value.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
Change the type of the feed roller.
0: Old feed roller
1: New feed roller
7-38
Chapter 7
d) REPLACE
1) CUTTER
This mode is for replacing the cutter unit.
e) COUNTER
Displays the life (operation frequency and time) of each unit, print counts for each media type, and else.
The count values can be printed from [PRINT INF].
1) PRINTER: Counters related to product life

T-7-42

LIFE TTL Cumulative number of printed media (equivalent of A4) sheets
LIFE ROLL Cumulative number of printed roll media (equivalent of A4) sheets
LIFE CUTSHEET Cumulative number of printed cut sheets (equivalent to A4) sheets
LIFE A-F Cumulative number of printed media for environments A to F sheets
POWER ON Cumulative power-on time (excluding the sleep time) Hours
W-INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge %
CUTTER Number of cutting operations (count as 1 by moving back and forth) Times
WIPE Number of wiping operations Times
2) CARRIAGE: Counters related to carriage unit

T-7-43

PRINT Cumulative printing time Hours
DRIVE Cumulative carriage moving time Hours
CR COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count (count as 1 by moving back and forth) Times
CR DIST. Cumulative carriage scan distance (count as 1 by moving 210mm) Times
PRINT COUNT Cumulative print end count (count as 1 by capping) Times
3) PURGE: Counters related to purge unit
7-39
Chapter 7
T-7-44

CLN-A-1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 (normal suction) operations Times
CLN-A-2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 (ink level adjusting) operations Times
CLN-A-3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 (initial filling) operations Times
CLN-A-6 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 (strong normal suction) operations Times
CLN-A-7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 (aging) operations
CLN-A-10 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 (ink filling after secondary transportation) operations Times
CLN-A-11 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 11 (ink filling after head replacement) operations Times
CLN-A-15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 (dot count small suction) operations Times
CLN-A-16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 (sedimented ink agitation) operations Times
CLN-A-17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 (small suction) operations Times
CLN-A-TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations Times
CLN-M-1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 (normal suction) operations Times
CLN-M-4 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 (ink draining from head after head replacement) operations Times
CLN-M-5 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 5 (ink draining from head and tube before transportation ) operations Times
CLN-M-6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 (normal strong suction) operations Times
CLN-M-TTL Total number of manual cleaning operations Times
4) CLEAR: Counters related to counter initialization

T-7-45

CLR-INK CONSUME Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount clearing Times
CLR-CUTTER EXC. Cumulative count of cutter replacement count clearing Times
CLR-MTC EXC. Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement count clearing Times
CLR-HEAD L EXC. Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count clearing Times
CLR-HEAD R EXC. Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT A EXC. Cumulative count of unit A(waste ink system) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT D EXC. Cumulative count of unit D(carriage unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT H EXC. Cumulative count of unit H(purge unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT K EXC. Cumulative count of unit K(head management sensor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT M EXC. Cumulative count of unit M(carriage motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT P EXC. Cumulative count of unit P(feed motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-UNIT V EXC. Cumulative count of unit V(mist fan unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR-FACTORY CNT. For factory Times
5) EXCHANGE: Counters related to parts replacement

T-7-46

CUTTER EXC. Cutter replacement count Times
(Count of executing cutter replacement mode)
MTC EXC. Maintenance cartridge replacement count Times
HEAD R EXC. Printhead R replacement count Times
HEAD L EXC. Printhead L replacement count Times
BOARD EXC.(M/B) Main controller PCB replacement count Times
UNIT A EXC. Unit A (waste ink system) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS A])
UNIT D EXC. Unit D (carriage unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS D])
UNIT H EXC. Unit H (purge unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS H])
UNIT K EXC. Unit K (head management sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS K])
UNIT M EXC. Unit M (carriage unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS M])
UNIT P EXC. Unit P (feed motor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS P])
UNIT V EXC. Unit V (mist fan unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS V])
7-40
Chapter 7
6) DETAIL-CNT: Other counters

T-7-47

MOVE PRINTER A(B,C,D,E) A: Number of times "MOVE PRINTER" on Main menu is executed Times
B: Number of times "LEVEL 1" is executed
C: Number of times "LEVEL 2" is executed
D: Number of times "LEVEL 3" is executed
E: "LEVEL" of previously executed "MOVE PRINTER"
N-INKCHK(XX) XX: Ink color Times

Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for each color
MEDIACONFIG-CNT Count of media registered by media editor Times
7) INK-USE1: Counters related to ink consumption

T-7-48

INK-USE1(XX) XX: Ink color ml
Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink
INK-USE1(TTL) Total amount of cumulative consumption of generic ink ml
N-INK-USE1(XX) XX: Ink color ml

Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink
N-INK-USE1(TTL) Total amount of cumulative consumption of refilled ink ml

T-7-49

Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tank.
INK-USE2(TTL) Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml
Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tank
N-INK-USE2(TTL) Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed ink tanks ml
9) INK-EXC: Counters related to ink tank replacement

T-7-50

INK-EXC(XX) XX: Ink color ml
Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement
INK-EXC(TTL) Total amount of cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement ml
N-INK-EXC(XX) XX: Ink color ml

Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement
N-INK-EXC(TTL) Total amount of cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement ml
10) MEDIA x (x: 1 to 7): Counters related to media

One to seven media types are displayed individually in order with large cumulative print area.
T-7-51

NAME Media type -
TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (metric) m2
TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (inch) Sq.f
ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media (metric) m2
ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media (inch) Sq.f
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (metric) m2
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (inch) Sq.f
7-41
Chapter 7
11) MEDIA OTHER: Counters related to media

Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above-mentioned
T-7-52

NAME Media type -
12) MEDIASIZE1 ROLL: Counters related to roll media printing

T-7-53

P-SQ 44-60 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (physical size) m2/Sq.f
P-SQ -17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (physical size) m2/Sq.f
P-CNT 44-60 Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches sheets
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
P-CNT -17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (physical size) sheets

T-7-54

D-SQ 44-60 Cumulative print area of paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches (data size) m2/Sq.f
D-SQ -17 Cumulative print area of paper less than 17 inches (data size) m2/Sq.f
D-CNT 44-60 Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper equal to or larger than 44 inches but less than 60 inches sheets
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
D-CNT -17 Cumulative number of sheets of A4-equivalent paper less than 17 inches (data size) sheets
14) MEDIASIZE1 CUT: Counters related to cut sheet printing

T-7-55

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
7-42
Chapter 7

T-7-56

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
16) HEAD DOT CNT.1: Counter related to dot count

T-7-57

XX XX: Ink color (x 1,000,000) dots
Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead
TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead (x 1,000,000) dots

T-7-58

Cumulative dot counts of each colors
TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors (x 1,000,000) dots
18) PARTS CNT. : Counter related to consumable parts

T-7-59

COUNTER x x: Unit number of consumable parts Day(s)
(For detail, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Display the status and the days passed since the counter resetting.
- Status
OK: Use rate (until part replacement) of all consumable parts included in each unit are below 90%.
W1: Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached
90% or more.
100%, but no need to stop the printer.
E : Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in each unit has reached
100%, and the printer needs to be stopped.
PARTS yy 1: yy: Unit number of consumable parts
Counter of the consumable part (current)
2: Life of the consumable part
3: Use rate until part replacement %
4: Counter of the consumable part (accumulate)
7-43
Chapter 7
f) SETTING
Make various settings.
1) Pth
Turn on or off the head pulse rank control function.
Default: OFF
2) RTC
Set RTC (real time clock) after replacing the lithium battery on the main controller PCB.
T-7-60
Display Description
DATE yyyy/mm/dd Set date
TIME hh:mm Set time
3) PV AUTO JUDGE
Sets ink saver mode.
Default: OFF
g) INITIALIZE
Clear the [DISPLAY] histories, [ADJUST] settings, [COUNTER] values, and other parameters.
T-7-61
Display Description
WARNING Initialize the history of WARNING.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [WARNING] will be initialized.)
ERROR Initialize the history of ERROR.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [ERROR] will be initialized.)
ADJUST Initialize the value of band adjustment (by user) and head adjustment.
The automatically adjusted value will not be initialized.
W-INK Initialize the remaining capacity (%) of the maitenance cartridge.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PRINTER] > [W-INK])
CARRIAGE Initialize the counter related to carriage unit.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [CARRIAGE])
PURGE Initialize the counter related to purge unit.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PURGE])
INK-USE CNT Initialize the consumption amount of ink.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [INK-USE2], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-INK CONSUME])
CUTTER-CHG CNT Initialize the cutter unit replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [CUTTER EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-CUTTER
EXC.])
W-INK-CHG CNT Initialize the maintenance cartridge replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [MTC EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-MTC EXC.])
HEAD-CHG R CNT Initialize the printhead R replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD R EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD R
EXC.])
HEAD-CHG L CNT Initialize the printhead L replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD L EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD L
EXC.])
HDD BOX PASS. Initialize the BOX password of the hard disk drive to factory default.
PARTS-CHG CNT PARTS xx xx: Unit number of consumable parts

(For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Initialize the consumable part replacement frequency.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [UNIT x EXC], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-UNIT x
EXC.])
PARTS COUNTER PARTS xx xx: Unit number of consumable parts
Initialize the counter amount of the consumable parts.
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.] > [PARTS x])
* After replacing the consumable part, be sure to execute this menu.
7-44
Chapter 7

0017-8512
iPF8000S
a) DISPLAY
1) PRINF INF
2) SYSTEM
T-7-62

3) HEAD
T-7-63
Display Description
4) INK
T-7-64

5) WARNING
6) ERROR
7) INK CHECK
Displays the number of times the remaining ink level detection function was turned off, to accommodate refilled ink cartridges in the order of PC, C, PM, Y, GY,
BK, MBK, and M.
0: Never
7-45
Chapter 7
b) I/O DISPLAY

ON = 1
OFF or not used = 0
Screen 1
T-7-65
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 (Display osition)
p
Screen 2
T-7-66
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr

T-7-67
Display
position
5 (Not Used) -
12 (Not Used) -
13 (Not Used) -
14 (Not Used) -
15 (Not Used) -
16 (Not Used) -
17 (Not Used) -
18 (Not Used) -
19 (Not Used) -
20 (Not Used) -
21 (Not Used) -
25 (Not Used) -
26 (Not Used) -
27 (Not Used) -
31 (Not Used) -
32 (Not Used) -
7-46
Chapter 7
c) ADJUST
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-68
Display Description
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any

2) HEAD ADJ.
T-7-69
Display Description
3) NOZZLE CHK POS.

4) GAP CLIB.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
0: Old feed roller
1: New feed roller
7-47
Chapter 7
d) REPLACE
1) CUTTER
e) COUNTER

T-7-70


T-7-71

7-48
Chapter 7
T-7-72


T-7-73

CLR-UNIT X EXC. Cumulative count of unit X(multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times
7-49
Chapter 7

T-7-74

UNIT X EXC. Unit X (multi sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS X])

T-7-75



T-7-76



T-7-77

7-50
Chapter 7

T-7-78



T-7-79

NAME Media type -

T-7-80

NAME Media type -

T-7-81

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
7-51
Chapter 7

T-7-82

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-83

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)

T-7-84

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-85

7-52
Chapter 7

T-7-86


T-7-87

- Status
90% or more.
7-53
Chapter 7
f) SETTING
1) Pth
Default: OFF
2) RTC
T-7-88
Display Description
TIME hh:mm Set time
3) PV AUTO JUDGE
Default: OFF
g) INITIALIZE
T-7-89
Display Description
EXC.])
EXC.])
EXC.])

EXC.])
7-54
Chapter 7

0017-8475
iPF8100
a) DISPLAY
1) PRINF INF
2) SYSTEM
T-7-90

3) HEAD
T-7-91
Display Description
4) INK
T-7-92

5) WARNING
6) ERROR
7) INK CHECK
BK, PM, M, MBK, R, G, and B.
0: Never
7-55
Chapter 7
b) I/O DISPLAY

ON = 1
OFF or not used = 0
Screen 1
T-7-93
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 (Display osition)
p
Screen 2
T-7-94
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Lower owr

T-7-95
Display
position
5 (Not Used) -
12 (Not Used) -
13 (Not Used) -
14 (Not Used) -
15 (Not Used) -
16 (Not Used) -
17 (Not Used) -
18 (Not Used) -
19 (Not Used) -
20 (Not Used) -
21 (Not Used) -
25 (Not Used) -
26 (Not Used) -
27 (Not Used) -
31 (Not Used) -
32 (Not Used) -
7-56
Chapter 7
c) ADJUST
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-96
Display Description
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any

2) HEAD ADJ.
T-7-97
Display Description
3) NOZZLE CHK POS.

4) GAP CLIB.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
0: Old feed roller
1: New feed roller
7-57
Chapter 7
d) REPLACE
1) CUTTER
e) COUNTER

T-7-98


T-7-99

7-58
Chapter 7
T-7-100


T-7-101

CLR-UNIT X EXC. Cumulative count of unit X(multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times
7-59
Chapter 7

T-7-102

UNIT X EXC. Unit X (multi sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS X])

T-7-103



T-7-104



T-7-105

7-60
Chapter 7

T-7-106



T-7-107

NAME Media type -

T-7-108

NAME Media type -

T-7-109

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
7-61
Chapter 7

T-7-110

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-111

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)

T-7-112

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-113

7-62
Chapter 7

T-7-114


T-7-115

- Status
90% or more.
7-63
Chapter 7
f) SETTING
1) Pth
Default: OFF
2) RTC
T-7-116
Display Description
TIME hh:mm Set time
3) PV AUTO JUDGE
Default: OFF
g) INITIALIZE
T-7-117
Display Description
EXC.])
EXC.])
EXC.])

EXC.])
7-64
Chapter 7

0025-0483
iPF8300
a) DISPLAY
1) PRINF INF
2) SYSTEM
T-7-118

* iPF8300 are represented by 44".
TMP Ambient temperature centigrade
degrees
RH Ambient humidity %
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) mm/inch
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction) mm/inch
AFTER Number of days since initial installation Days
INST.
3) HEAD
T-7-119
Display Description
4) INK
T-7-120

5) WARNING
6) ERROR
7-65
Chapter 7
7) JAM
Displays log of jams that have occurred (up to five events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
Indicates the date and time of jam and error code. "0000" is displayed if there is no log.
0 1 M M / D D H H : M M
X X X X - X X X X
F-7-1
Press the key to display detail information.

Press the key or key to navigate among detail information display 1 to 4.
Detail information display 1
J A M 0 1
1 : X X X X X X X X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
F-7-2
J A M 0 1
2 : X X X X X X X X X
11
F-7-3
J A M 0 1
3 : X X X X
12
F-7-4
J A M 0 1
4 : X X X X X X X X
13
F-7-5
T-7-121
Display Description LCD display contents

1 Jam type 1:Carriage error, 2:Jam, 3:Feed failure (delay), 4:Cut failure, *:Unknown
2 Media 1:Roll media, 2:Cut sheet (manual feed from top), 3:Cut sheet (manual feed from front), 4:Cassette, *:Unknown
3 Jam timing 1:Feed, 2:Print, 3:Eject, *:Unknown
4 Media width detection 1:ON, 2:OFF, *:Unknown
5 Head height 0:SL (1.2mm), 1:L (1.4mm), 2:M1 (1.8mm), 3:M2 (2.0mm), 4:M3 (2.2mm), 5:H (2.6mm), *:Unknown
6 (Not Used) -
7 Cut mode setting 1:User cut, 2:Eject cut, 3:Auto cut, *:Unknown
8 Environment Display Media Information Tool's environment settings A to F according to Temperature/Humidity Detection Sensor
0: A, 1:B, 2:C, 3:D, 4:E, 5:F, *:Unknown
9 Borderless printing setting 1:Bordered printing, 2:Borderless printing, *:Unknown
10 (Not Used) -
11 Print mode Display print mode, *:Unknown
12 Media width Display media width, *:Unknown
13 Media name Display media name, *:Unknown
8) INK CHECK
BK, PM, M, MBK, R, G, and B.
0: Never
7-66
Chapter 7
b) I/O DISPLAY

ON = 1
OFF or not used = 0
Screen 1
I / O D I S P L A Y 1 (Upper row)
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-6
Screen 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-7
Screen 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-8
7-67
Chapter 7
Screen 1, Screen 2 and Screen 3 are selectable with the and keys.
T-7-122
Display
position
5 (Not sed) U -
12 (Not Used) -
13 (Not Used) -
14 (Not Used) -
15 (Not Used) -
16 (Not Used) -
17 (Not Used) -
18 (Not Used) -
19 (Not Used) -
20 (Not Used) -
21 (Not Used) -
25 (Not Used) -
26 (Not Used) -
27 (Not Used) -
31 (Not Used) -
32 (Not Used) -
33 (Not Used) -
34 (Not Used) -
35 (Not Used) -
36 (Not Used) -
37 (Not Used) -
38 (Not Used) -
39 (Not Used) -
40 (Not Used) -
41 (Not Used) -
42 (Not Used) -
43 (Not Used) -
44 (Not Used) -
45 Flexible cable connection detection 0: Connection, 1: Disconnection
(J3501, J3502, J3601, J3602)
46 (Not Used) -
47 (Not Used) -
48 (Not Used) -
7-68
Chapter 7
c) ADJUST
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-123
Display Description
NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction/ single pass without using the non-discharging
back up.
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any
2) HEAD ADJ.
T-7-124
Display Description
MANUAL HEAD ADJ EXTENSION Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 2 (25inch/sec [high printing
mode]).
Try adjustment in this mode if vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment when the printer driver
option "High-Precision Printing" or "Priority on dot placement accuracy" is selected.
DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 3 and 4 (33.3, 40inch/sec).
Try adjustment in this mode if "BASIC" does not improve printing.
BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 1 to 4 (12.5 to 40inch/sec).
3) NOZZLE CHECK POS.

4) GAP CLIB.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
0: Old feed roller
1: New feed roller
7-69
Chapter 7
6) CR REG
Executes automatic head adjustment.
Make this adjustment if the resistration remains partially misregistered after user-mode head adjustment.
EXECUTE: Execute automatic head adjustment.
RESET: Reset the resistration adjustment value (0).
- Applicable media size is A2 (17inch) or larger.

- Applicable media type is photo glossy paper
If an error message appears when performing CR REG, check the following.

Replace the multi sensor if the error reoccurs after checking and performing CR REG again.
<CHECK>
1. Check for non-discharging of the printhead and dirty media, and replace the printhead and/or media if necessary.
2. Perform [Head Cleaning A].
3. Perform [Head Posi. Adj.]-[Auto].
7) CR MOTOR COG
Adjust the carriage motor rotation.
Perform in the following cases:
- When removing/attaching or replacing the carriage or carriage belt.
- When replacing the carriage motor or linear encoder sensor.
- When there is excessive load on the carriage (such as when jamming)
If the following error message appears when performing CR MOTOR COG, check that carriage and carriage belt are installed properly and clean the rail shaft. If
the error still occurs, replace the carriage motor.
C R V I B R A T I O N
E R R O R
F-7-9
7-70
Chapter 7
d) FUNCTION
1) CR UNLOCK
Unlocks the carriage.
When CR UNLOCK is performed, the carriage lock pin is lowered and the carriage can be moved.
2) CR LOCK
Locks the carriage.
When CR LOCK is performed, the carriage lock pin is raised and the carriage is locked.
3) PG CHECK
Initializes the purge unit.
4) CR AUTO SCAN
The carriage scans.
When CR AUTO SCAN is performed, the carriage scans with the count, width, and speed set with CR SCAN COUNT/CR SCAN SIZE/CR SCAN SPEED.
5) CR SCAN COUNT
Sets the number of scans (1 to 30) to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
Default:1
6) CR SCAN SIZE
Sets the scan width to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
1:A4, 2:17inch, 3:24inch, 4:36inch, 5:44inch
Default:5
7) CR SCAN SPEED
Sets the speed of the scan to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
1:12.5, 2:25.0, 3:33.3, 4:40.0 (Unit: inch/sec)
Default:1
MEMO:
The settings made with CR SCAN COUNT, CR SCAN SIZE, CR SCAN SPEED are reset to default when the power is reset.
8) OPT SENS OUTPUT

Displays the values (analog value) multi sensor detected from the media.
You can confirm the amount of margin the media has with the values read with the multi sensor and the status of the multi sensor by comparing the values with the
threshold.
Press the key or key to navigate among OUTPUT 0 to 5 windows.

OUTPUT 0
O U T P U T 0
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
F-7-10
OUTPUT 1
O U T P U T 1
6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10
F-7-11
OUTPUT 2
O U T P U T 2
11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15
F-7-12
OUTPUT 3
O U T P U T 3
16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20
F-7-13
OUTPUT 4
O U T P U T 4
21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 25 25 25
F-7-14
7-71
Chapter 7
OUTPUT 5
O U T P U T 5
26 26 26 27 27 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30
F-7-15
T-7-125
Display
Description
position
1 LED (red) media output (including outside light)
2 LED (red) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
3 LED (red) platen output (excluding outside light)
4 LED (red) gain
5 -
6 LED (green) media output
7 LED (green) outside light output (including outside light)
8 LED (green) platen output (excluding outside light)
9 LED (green) gain
10 -
11 GAP1 media output (including outside light)
12 GAP1 outside light output (when LED is OFF)
13 GAP1 platen output (excluding outside light)
14 GAP1 gain
15 -
16 LED (blue) media output (including outside light)
17 LED (blue) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
18 LED (blue) platen output (excluding outside light)
19 LED (blue) gain
20 -
21 Media edge (diffuse reflection) media output (including outside light)
22 Media edge (diffuse reflection) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
23 Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output (excluding outside light)
24 Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain
25 -
26 Media edge (regular reflection) media output (including outside light)
27 Media edge (regular reflection) outside light output (when LED is
OFF)
28 Media edge (regular reflection) platen output (excluding outside light)
29 Media edge (regular reflection) gain
30 -
MEMO:
- Displays all "?" if "GAP CALIB" is not performed.
- If the value exceeds 1000, 999 is displayed.
1. Checking "OUTPUT 0" and "OUTPUT 1" when media (excluding clear film) is fed
[Check 1]
Check whether the multi sensor performance has degraded or whether the media is compatible with the multi sensor.
When "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" is maximum values and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) media output" is 186 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "Media edge (diffuse reflection)" gain: 255
When the multi sensor and media are normal, the following values are displayed:
T-7-126
Media edge (diffuse reflection) Media edge (diffuse reflection)

gain media output
Plain paper About 10-35 About 500-600
Glossy paper About 8-25
Tracing paper About 30-100
[Check 2]
When the difference between "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output" is 100 or less, an error occurs.
When the multi sensor and media are normal, the difference is about 300-600.
[Check 3]
Check the effect of external diffuse light.
7-72
Chapter 7
When the difference between "Media edge (diffuse reflection) external light output" and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output" is 500 or more, the effect
of diffuse light is judged as being great.
When the effect is normal, the difference is about 50-300.
[Check 4]
Check whether the media is compatible.
When the result of "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" is five times as large as the result of "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain", the media is judged as being
incompatible with the multi sensor.
If the media is compatible, the result is about 0.5 to 1.5 times for plain/glossy paper; about 1-3 times for tracing paper.
[Check 5]
When the result of "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" is in one of the following, the media may be incompatible with the multi sensor.
- Nine or more times as large as that of plain paper
- Ten or more times as large as that of glossy paper
- Three or more times as large as that of tracing paper
2. Checking "OUTPUT 0" when clear film is fed
[Check 1]
Check whether the multi sensor performance has degraded or whether the media is compatible.
When the "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" is maximum values and "Media edge (regular reflection) media output" is 186 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "media edge (regular reflection)" gain: 255
T-7-127
Media edge (regular Media edge (regular

reflection) gain reflection) media output
Clear film About 10-60 About 500-600
[Check 2]
When the difference between "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" and "Media edge (regular reflection) platen output" is 100 or less, an error occurs.
[Check 3]
When the difference between "Media edge (regular reflection) external light output" and "Media edge (regular reflection) platen output" is 500 or more, the effect
3. Checking "OUTPUT 2/OUTPUT 3" and "OUTPUT 4/OUTPUT 5"
[Check 1]
When "GAP gain" is maximum values and "GAP media output" is 93 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "GAP gain": 255
When the multi sensor and media are normal, "GAP gain" is about 30-250.
[Check 2]
When "LED gain" is maximum values and "LED media output" is 168 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "LED gain": 255
When the multi sensor performance and media are normal, "LED gain" is about 5-100.
9) NOZZLE CHECK
Checks for non-discharging nozzle with head management sensor.
10) NOZZLE INF

Displays the result of non-discharging nozzle check performed with "NOZZLE CHECK" by nozzle row of each ink color.
- Press the key or key to switch the ink color.
- AE:A-EVEN row, AO:A-ODD row, BE:B-EVEN row, BO:B-ODD row
C A E : O K A O : O K
B E : O K B O : O K
F-7-16
11) MEMORY CHK
T-7-128
Display Description
DDR Checks the DDR-SDRAM mounted on the Main Controller PCB.
EEP Checks the EEPROM.
7-73
Chapter 7
12) HEAD CNT CHK

Confirms the contact status of the printhead.
e) REPLACE
1) L&R PRINTHEADS
Replaces printheads L and R.
f) COUNTER

T-7-129

CUTTER Number of cutting operations (count as 1 by moving back and Times
forth)
SLEEP ON Cumulative sleep-on time Hours

T-7-130


T-7-131

7-74
Chapter 7

T-7-132
Display Description Unit Remarks

CLR Wia-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count Times
clearing
CLR Wia-3 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Wia-3 (platen ink box unit) replacement count Times
clearing
clearing
clearing
CLR Wia-6 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR CR-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count Times
clearing
CLR CR-2 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft Times
cleaner) replacement count clearing
CLR CR-3 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement Times
count clearing
CLR CR-4 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement Times
count clearing
CLR CR-5 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR PG-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR HMa-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count Times
clearing
CLR PL-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR PS-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR Mi-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count clearing Times
CLR MS-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times Calibration error index, This counter
synchronizes with CLR CR-5 EXC.
7-75
Chapter 7

T-7-133

Wia-1 EXC. Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS Wia-1])
Wia-3 EXC. Wia-3 (platen ink box unit) replacement count Times
Wia-6 EXC. Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count Times
CR-1 EXC. CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS CR-1])
CR-2 EXC. CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft cleaner) replacement count Times
CR-3 EXC. CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement count Times
CR-4 EXC. CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement count Times
CR-5 EXC. CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count Times
PG-1 EXC. PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PG-1])
HMa-1 EXC. HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS HMa-1])
PL-1 EXC. PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PL-1])
PS-1 EXC. PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PS-1])
Mi-1 EXC. Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS Mi-1])
MS-1 EXC. MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS MS-1])

T-7-134

MOVE PRINTER Number of times "Prep.MovePrinter" on Main menu is executed. Times

T-7-135


T-7-136

7-76
Chapter 7

T-7-137


T-7-138

NAME Media type -
TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut sheet (metric) Sq.m
ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media (metric) Sq.m
CUT SHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet (metric) Sq.m

Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above-mentioned.
T-7-139

NAME Media type -

T-7-140

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
7-77
Chapter 7

T-7-141

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-142

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)

T-7-143

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-144

7-78
Chapter 7

T-7-145

7-79
Chapter 7
C O U N T E R C R - 1
a a b b b b b
F-7-17
The displays are selectable with the and keys.

1 : x x x x x
F-7-18
Life of the consumable part
2 : x x x x x
F-7-19
Use rate until part replacement
3 : x x x %
F-7-20
Counter of the consumable part (accumulate)
4 : x x x x x
F-7-21
T-7-146

COUNTER xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts Days
xx-x (For detail, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Display the status (aa) and the days passed since the counter (bbbb) resetting.
- Status
OK: Use rate (until part replacement) of all consumable parts included in each unit
are below 90%.
W1: Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in
each unit has reached 90% or more.
each unit has reached 100%, but no need to stop the printer.
E : Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in
each unit has reached 100%, and the printer needs to be stopped.
1: Unit number of consumable parts
7-80
Chapter 7
g) SETTING
1) Pth
Default: OFF
2) RTC
T-7-147
Display Description
TIME hh:mm Set time
3) PV AUTO JUDGE
Default: OFF
4) NETWORK
See "e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote" for detail.
5) E-RDS
6) HEAD DOT INF

Set whether to turn ON/OFF displaying of message as the result of non-discharging nozzle detection.
Default: OFF
T-7-148
Number of non-discharging
ON OFF
nozzle (nozzle/2,560-nozzles)
0-99 Displays a message to check the -
printing.
100-319 Displays a message to check the head. -
320 or more Displays a message to replace the head.
h) INITIALIZE
T-7-149
Display Description
JAM Initialize the history of JAM.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [JAM] will be initialized.)
(Clear [COUNTER] > [INK-USE2], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-INK
CONSUME])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [MTC EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR]
> [CLR-MTC EXC.])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD L EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] >
[CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD L EXC.])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD R EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] >
[CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD R EXC.])
HDD BOX PASS. ALL FOLDERS Initialize the BOX password of all folders of the hard disk drive to factory default.
FOLDER xx Initialize the BOX password of FOLDER xx of the hard disk drive to factory default.
PARTS-CHG PARTS xx-x xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts
CNT (For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [xx-x EXC], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR]
> [CLR xx-x EXC.])
7-81
Chapter 7
Display Description
PARTS PARTS xx-x xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts
COUNTER (For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.] > [COUNTER xx-x])
USER SETTING Initializes the user menu.
Same as executing the following mode in the user menu.
-[Set./Adj. Menu]-[System Setup]-[Reset PaprSetngs]
-[Set./Adj. Menu]-[Interface Setup]-[Return Defaults]
CA-KEY See "e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote" for detail.
ERDS-DAT See "e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote" for detail.
7-82
Chapter 7

0026-6835
iPF8300S
a) DISPLAY
1) PRINF INF
2) SYSTEM
T-7-150

* iPF8300S are represented by 44".
TMP Ambient temperature centigrade
degrees
RH Ambient humidity %
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) mm/inch
SIZE CR Detected size of loaded media (carriage scan direction) mm/inch
AFTER Number of days since initial installation Days
INST.
3) HEAD
T-7-151
Display Description
4) INK
T-7-152

5) WARNING
6) ERROR
7) JAM
Displays log of jams that have occurred (up to five events). The newest event has the smallest history number.
Indicates the date and time of jam and error code. "0000" is displayed if there is no log.
0 1 M M / D D H H : M M
X X X X - X X X X
F-7-22
Press the key to display detail information.

Press the key or key to navigate among detail information display 1 to 4.
7-83
Chapter 7
J A M 0 1
1 : X X X X X X X X X X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
F-7-23
J A M 0 1
2 : X X X X X X X X X
11
F-7-24
J A M 0 1
3 : X X X X
12
F-7-25
J A M 0 1
4 : X X X X X X X X
13
F-7-26
T-7-153
Display Description LCD display contents

1 Jam type 1:Carriage error, 2:Jam, 3:Feed failure (delay), 4:Cut failure, *:Unknown
2 Media 1:Roll media, 2:Cut sheet (manual feed from top), 3:Cut sheet (manual feed from front), 4:Cassette, *:Unknown
3 Jam timing 1:Feed, 2:Print, 3:Eject, *:Unknown
4 Media width detection 1:ON, 2:OFF, *:Unknown
5 Head height 0:SL (1.2mm), 1:L (1.4mm), 2:M1 (1.8mm), 3:M2 (2.0mm), 4:M3 (2.2mm), 5:H (2.6mm), *:Unknown
6 (Not Used) -
7 Cut mode setting 1:User cut, 2:Eject cut, 3:Auto cut, *:Unknown
8 Environment Display Media Information Tool's environment settings A to F according to Temperature/Humidity Detection Sensor
0: A, 1:B, 2:C, 3:D, 4:E, 5:F, *:Unknown
9 Borderless printing setting 1:Bordered printing, 2:Borderless printing, *:Unknown
10 (Not Used) -
11 Print mode Display print mode, *:Unknown
12 Media width Display media width, *:Unknown
13 Media name Display media name, *:Unknown
8) INK CHECK
Displays the number of times the remaining ink level detection function was turned off, to accommodate refilled ink cartridges in the order of PC, C, BK, MBK,
Y, M, PM and GY.
0: Never
7-84
Chapter 7
b) I/O DISPLAY

ON = 1
OFF or not used = 0
Screen 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-27
Screen 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-28
Screen 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (Lower row)
F-7-29
7-85
Chapter 7
Screen 1, Screen 2 and Screen 3 are selectable with the and keys.
T-7-154
Display
position
5 (Not sed) U -
12 (Not Used) -
13 (Not Used) -
14 (Not Used) -
15 (Not Used) -
16 (Not Used) -
17 (Not Used) -
18 (Not Used) -
19 (Not Used) -
20 (Not Used) -
21 (Not Used) -
25 (Not Used) -
26 (Not Used) -
27 (Not Used) -
31 (Not Used) -
32 (Not Used) -
33 (Not Used) -
34 (Not Used) -
35 (Not Used) -
36 (Not Used) -
37 (Not Used) -
38 (Not Used) -
39 (Not Used) -
40 (Not Used) -
41 (Not Used) -
42 (Not Used) -
43 (Not Used) -
44 (Not Used) -
45 Flexible cable connection detection 0: Connection, 1: Disconnection
(J3501, J3502, J3601, J3602)
46 (Not Used) -
47 (Not Used) -
48 (Not Used) -
7-86
Chapter 7
c) ADJUST
1) PRINT PATTERN
T-7-155
Display Description
NOZZLE 1 Prints the nozzle check pattern by single direction/ single pass without using the non-discharging
back up.
- Media size: A4
- Media type: any
2) HEAD ADJ.
T-7-156
Display Description
MANUAL HEAD ADJ EXTENSION Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 2 (25inch/sec [high printing
mode]).
Try adjustment in this mode if vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment when the printer driver
option "High-Precision Printing" or "Priority on dot placement accuracy" is selected.
DETAIL Prints the detail patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 3 and 4 (33.3, 40inch/sec).
Try adjustment in this mode if "BASIC" does not improve printing.
BASIC Prints the basic patterns for the manual head adjustment at CR SCAN SPEED 1 to 4 (12.5 to 40inch/sec).
3) NOZZLE CHECK POS.

4) GAP CLIB.
5) CHANGE LF TYPE
0: Old feed roller
1: New feed roller
7-87
Chapter 7
6) CR MOTOR COG
Adjust the carriage motor rotation.
Perform in the following cases:
- When removing/attaching or replacing the carriage or carriage belt.
- When replacing the carriage motor or linear encoder sensor.
- When there is excessive load on the carriage (such as when jamming)
If the following error message appears when performing CR MOTOR COG, check that carriage and carriage belt are installed properly and clean the rail shaft. If
the error still occurs, replace the carriage motor.
C R V I B R A T I O N
E R R O R
F-7-30
7-88
Chapter 7
d) FUNCTION
1) CR UNLOCK
Unlocks the carriage.
When CR UNLOCK is performed, the carriage lock pin is lowered and the carriage can be moved.
2) CR LOCK
Locks the carriage.
When CR LOCK is performed, the carriage lock pin is raised and the carriage is locked.
3) PG CHECK
Initializes the purge unit.
4) CR AUTO SCAN
The carriage scans.
When CR AUTO SCAN is performed, the carriage scans with the count, width, and speed set with CR SCAN COUNT/CR SCAN SIZE/CR SCAN SPEED.
5) CR SCAN COUNT
Sets the number of scans (1 to 30) to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
Default:1
6) CR SCAN SIZE
Sets the scan width to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
1:A4, 2:17inch, 3:24inch, 4:36inch, 5:44inch
Default:5
7) CR SCAN SPEED
Sets the speed of the scan to be performed with CR AUTO SCAN.
1:12.5, 2:25.0, 3:33.3, 4:40.0 (Unit: inch/sec)
Default:1
MEMO:
The settings made with CR SCAN COUNT, CR SCAN SIZE, CR SCAN SPEED are reset to default when the power is reset.
8) OPT SENS OUTPUT

Displays the values (analog value) multi sensor detected from the media.
You can confirm the amount of margin the media has with the values read with the multi sensor and the status of the multi sensor by comparing the values with the
threshold.
Press the key or key to navigate among OUTPUT 0 to 5 windows.

OUTPUT 0
O U T P U T 0
1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
F-7-31
OUTPUT 1
O U T P U T 1
6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10
F-7-32
OUTPUT 2
O U T P U T 2
11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15
F-7-33
OUTPUT 3
O U T P U T 3
16 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20
F-7-34
OUTPUT 4
O U T P U T 4
21 21 21 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 25 25 25
F-7-35
7-89
Chapter 7
OUTPUT 5
O U T P U T 5
26 26 26 27 27 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30
F-7-36
T-7-157
Display
Description
position
1 LED (red) media output (including outside light)
2 LED (red) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
3 LED (red) platen output (excluding outside light)
4 LED (red) gain
5 -
6 LED (green) media output
7 LED (green) outside light output (including outside light)
8 LED (green) platen output (excluding outside light)
9 LED (green) gain
10 -
11 GAP1 media output (including outside light)
12 GAP1 outside light output (when LED is OFF)
13 GAP1 platen output (excluding outside light)
14 GAP1 gain
15 -
16 LED (blue) media output (including outside light)
17 LED (blue) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
18 LED (blue) platen output (excluding outside light)
19 LED (blue) gain
20 -
21 Media edge (diffuse reflection) media output (including outside light)
22 Media edge (diffuse reflection) outside light output (when LED is OFF)
23 Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output (excluding outside light)
24 Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain
25 -
26 Media edge (regular reflection) media output (including outside light)
27 Media edge (regular reflection) outside light output (when LED is
OFF)
28 Media edge (regular reflection) platen output (excluding outside light)
29 Media edge (regular reflection) gain
30 -
MEMO:
- Displays all "?" if "GAP CALIB" is not performed.
- If the value exceeds 1000, 999 is displayed.
1. Checking "OUTPUT 0" and "OUTPUT 1" when media (excluding clear film) is fed
[Check 1]
When "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" is maximum values and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) media output" is 186 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "Media edge (diffuse reflection)" gain: 255
T-7-158
Media edge (diffuse reflection) Media edge (diffuse reflection)

gain media output
Plain paper About 10-35 About 500-600
Glossy paper About 8-25
Tracing paper About 30-100
[Check 2]
When the difference between "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output" is 100 or less, an error occurs.
[Check 3]
7-90
Chapter 7
When the difference between "Media edge (diffuse reflection) external light output" and "Media edge (diffuse reflection) platen output" is 500 or more, the effect
[Check 4]
When the result of "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" is five times as large as the result of "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain", the media is judged as being
incompatible with the multi sensor.
If the media is compatible, the result is about 0.5 to 1.5 times for plain/glossy paper; about 1-3 times for tracing paper.
[Check 5]
When the result of "Media edge (diffuse reflection) gain" is in one of the following, the media may be incompatible with the multi sensor.
- Nine or more times as large as that of plain paper
- Ten or more times as large as that of glossy paper
- Three or more times as large as that of tracing paper
2. Checking "OUTPUT 0" when clear film is fed
[Check 1]
When the "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" is maximum values and "Media edge (regular reflection) media output" is 186 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "media edge (regular reflection)" gain: 255
T-7-159
Media edge (regular Media edge (regular

reflection) gain reflection) media output
Clear film About 10-60 About 500-600
[Check 2]
When the difference between "Media edge (regular reflection) gain" and "Media edge (regular reflection) platen output" is 100 or less, an error occurs.
[Check 3]
When the difference between "Media edge (regular reflection) external light output" and "Media edge (regular reflection) platen output" is 500 or more, the effect
3. Checking "OUTPUT 2/OUTPUT 3" and "OUTPUT 4/OUTPUT 5"
[Check 1]
When "GAP gain" is maximum values and "GAP media output" is 93 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "GAP gain": 255
When the multi sensor and media are normal, "GAP gain" is about 30-250.
[Check 2]
When "LED gain" is maximum values and "LED media output" is 168 or less, an error occurs.
Maximum value of "LED gain": 255
When the multi sensor performance and media are normal, "LED gain" is about 5-100.
9) NOZZLE CHK
Checks for non-discharging nozzle with head management sensor.
10) NOZZLE INF

Displays the result of non-discharging nozzle check performed with "NOZZLE CHECK" by nozzle row of each ink color.
- Press the key or key to switch the ink color.
- AE:A-EVEN row, AO:A-ODD row, BE:B-EVEN row, BO:B-ODD row
C A E : O K A O : O K
B E : O K B O : O K
F-7-37
11) MEMORY CHK
T-7-160
Display Description
DDR Checks the DDR-SDRAM mounted on the Main Controller PCB.
EEP Checks the EEPROM.
7-91
Chapter 7
12) HEAD CNT CHK

Confirms the contact status of the printhead.
e) REPLACE
1) L&R PRINTHEADS
Replaces printheads L and R.
f) COUNTER

T-7-161

CUTTER Number of cutting operations (count as 1 by moving back and Times
forth)
SLEEP ON Cumulative sleep-on time Hours

T-7-162


T-7-163

7-92
Chapter 7

T-7-164
Display Description Unit Remarks

CLR Wia-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count Times
clearing
clearing
clearing
clearing
CLR Wia-6 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR CR-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count Times
clearing
CLR CR-2 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft Times
cleaner) replacement count clearing
CLR CR-3 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement Times
count clearing
CLR CR-4 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement Times
count clearing
CLR CR-5 EXC. Cumulative count of unit CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR PG-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count clearing Times
CLR HMa-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count Times
clearing
CLR PL-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR PS-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count clearing Times
CLR Mi-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count clearing Times
CLR MS-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count clearing Times Calibration error index, This counter
synchronizes with CLR CR-5 EXC.
7-93
Chapter 7

T-7-165

Wia-1 EXC. Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count Times
Wia-6 EXC. Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count Times
CR-1 EXC. CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count Times
CR-2 EXC. CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft cleaner) replacement count Times
CR-3 EXC. CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement count Times
CR-4 EXC. CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement count Times
CR-5 EXC. CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count Times
PG-1 EXC. PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PG-1])
HMa-1 EXC. HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS HMa-1])
PL-1 EXC. PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PL-1])
PS-1 EXC. PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS PS-1])
Mi-1 EXC. Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS Mi-1])
MS-1 EXC. MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count Times
(Count of executing [INITIALIZE] > [PARTS COUNTER] > [PARTS MS-1])

T-7-166

MOVE PRINTER Number of times "Prep.MovePrinter" on Main menu is executed. Times

T-7-167

LINK-USE1(XX) XX: Ink color ml
Cumulative consumption amount of generic large ink
LINK-USE1(TTL) Total amount of cumulative consumption of generic large ink ml
SINK-USE1(XX) XX: Ink color ml
Cumulative consumption amount of generic small ink
SINK-USE1(TTL) Total amount of cumulative consumption of generic small ink ml
7-94
Chapter 7

T-7-168


T-7-169


T-7-170

NAME Media type -

Displays the total amount of cumulative print area of the other media type than the above-mentioned.
T-7-171

NAME Media type -

T-7-172

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
7-95
Chapter 7

T-7-173

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-174

(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)
(physical size)

T-7-175

(data size)
(data size)
(data size)
(data size)

T-7-176

7-96
Chapter 7

T-7-177

7-97
Chapter 7
a a b b b b b
F-7-38
The displays are selectable with the and keys.

1 : x x x x x
F-7-39
Life of the consumable part
2 : x x x x x
F-7-40
Use rate until part replacement
3 : x x x %
F-7-41
Counter of the consumable part (accumulate)
4 : x x x x x
F-7-42
T-7-178

COUNTER xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts Days
xx-x (For detail, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
Display the status (aa) and the days passed since the counter (bbbb) resetting.
- Status
OK: Use rate (until part replacement) of all consumable parts included in each unit
are below 90%.
each unit has reached 90% or more.
each unit has reached 100%, but no need to stop the printer.
E : Use rate (until part replacement) of either of the consumable parts included in
each unit has reached 100%, and the printer needs to be stopped.
1: Unit number of consumable parts
7-98
Chapter 7
g) SETTING
1) Pth
Default: OFF
2) RTC
T-7-179
Display Description
TIME hh:mm Set time
3) PV AUTO JUDGE
Default: OFF
4) NETWORK
5) E-RDS
6) HEAD DOT INF

Set whether to turn ON/OFF displaying of message as the result of non-discharging nozzle detection.
Default: OFF
T-7-180
Number of non-discharging
ON OFF
nozzle (nozzle/2,560-nozzles)
0-99 Displays a message to check the -
printing.
100-319 Displays a message to check the head. -
320 or more Displays a message to replace the head.
h) INITIALIZE
T-7-181
Display Description
JAM Initialize the history of JAM.
(All displayed contents of [DISPLAY] > [JAM] will be initialized.)
(Clear [COUNTER] > [INK-USE2], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR] > [CLR-INK
CONSUME])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [MTC EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR]
> [CLR-MTC EXC.])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD L EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] >
[CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD L EXC.])
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [HEAD R EXC.], and count up [COUNTER] >
[CLEAR] > [CLR-HEAD R EXC.])
HDD BOX PASS. ALL FOLDERS Initialize the BOX password of all folders of the hard disk drive to factory default.
FOLDER xx Initialize the BOX password of FOLDER xx of the hard disk drive to factory default.
PARTS-CHG PARTS xx-x xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts
CNT (For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
(Clear [COUNTER] > [EXCHANGE] > [xx-x EXC], and count up [COUNTER] > [CLEAR]
> [CLR xx-x EXC.])
7-99
Chapter 7
Display Description
PARTS PARTS xx-x xx-x: Unit number of consumable parts
COUNTER (For details, refer to "Maintenance and Inspection" > "Consumable Parts")
(Clear [COUNTER] > [PARTS CNT.] > [COUNTER xx-x])
USER SETTING Initializes the user menu.
Same as executing the following mode in the user menu.
-[Set./Adj. Menu]-[System Setup]-[Reset PaprSetngs]
-[Set./Adj. Menu]-[Interface Setup]-[Return Defaults]
CA-KEY See "e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote" for detail.
ERDS-DAT See "e-maintenance/imageWARE Remote" for detail.
JOB LOG Initialize the history of JOB LOG.
7-100
Chapter 7
7.1.13 Sample Printout

0017-8417
iPF8000
a) PRINTINF
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [PRINTINF] is shown below, along with instructions about how to interpret it.
xxxx PRINT INF

(1) Firm:00.49 Boot:00.31 MIT(DBF):9303 MIT(DB):1.02 S/N:DF029090
(2) SYSTEM
TYPE:DF029090 24 0 TMP:26 SIZE_LF: 0.0 SIZE_CR: 514.3
HEAD S/N:39410000
HEAD LOT:166L09A0
INK
C :0 M :0 Y :0 MBK :0MBK2 :0 BK :0
WARNING
01:0000 02:0000 03:0000 04:0000 05:0000
06:0000 07:0000 08:0000 09:0000 10:0000
11:0000 12:0000 13:0000 14:0000 15:0000
16:0000 17:0000 18:0000 19:0000 20:0000
ERROR
01:03060A00-2E01 02:0000 03:0000 04:0000 05:0000
06:0000 07:0000 08:0000 09:0000 10:0000
11:0000 12:0000 13:0000 14:0000 15:0000
16:0000 17:0000 18:0000 19:0000 20:0000
INK CHK: C:0 M:0 Y:0 MBK:0 MBK2:0 BK:0
(3) COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE TTL:0
LIFE ROLL:0 LIFE CUTSHEET:0 LIFE CASSETTE:0
LIFE A:0 B:0 C:0 D:0 E:0 F:0
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER
NAME : NAME : OTHER
TTL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f TTL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
ROLL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f ROLL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
CASSETTE : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f CASSETTE : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

PARTS COUNTER
COUNTER A : OK 36
PARTS A1 : 0.0 36.1 0% 0.0
COUNTER B : OK 36
PARTS B1 : 0.0 64.0 0% 0.0
COUNTER D : OK 36
PARTS D1 1362 13028571 0% 1362
PARTS D2 : 377 6700000 0% 377
PARTS D3 : 2238 16500000 0% 2238
PARTS D4 : 33 60000 0% 33
COUNTER F : OK 36
PARTS F1 : 377 4000000 0% 377
COUNTER H : OK 36
PARTS H1 : 15 50000 0% 15
COUNTER L : OK 36
PARTS L1 : 4 12500 0% 4
COUNTER P : OK 36
PARTS P1 : 0 750 0% 0
COUNTER Q : OK 36
PARTS Q1 : 0 750 0% 0
COUNTER R : OK 36
PARTS R1 : 0 27500 0% 0
COUNTER V : OK 36
PARTS V1 : 0.0 15.2 0% 0.0
(4) PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 1

(a) (b)
F-7-43
7-101
Chapter 7
(1) Version numbers of the firmware installed in the printer, boot ROM, and MIT DB format
(2) Printer information

For more item details, see "Detail of Service Mode" > "a) Display".
(3) Counter information

For more item details, see "Detail of Service Mode" > "e) Counter".
(a) Consumables status
(b) Number of days elapsed since the counter was last reset
(c) Counter value
(d) Value with which consumables reach their replacement timing
(e) Ratio of the current count to the replacement timing
(f) Cumulative counter value
(4) Ink saver mode setting

(a) Ink saver mode status
(b) Number of times ink save mode has been executed (unit: times).
7-102
Chapter 7
b) NOZZLE 1
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [PRINT PATTERN]> [NOZZLE 1] is shown below.
Nozzle Check Pattern SERVICE
(L)
(R)
F-7-44
c) OPTICAL AXIS
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [PRINT PATTERN]> [OPTICAL AXIS] is shown below.
F-7-45
d) ROUGH
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [ROUGH] is shown below.
F-7-46
7-103
Chapter 7
e) DETAIL
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [DETAIL] is shown below.
Printhead Adjustment Pattern
A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 A-9 A-11 A-13 A-15 A-17 A-19 A-21 A-23
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-10 A-12 A-14 A-16 A-18 A-20 A-22 A-24
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
6 6
16 16 16 16 16 16
8 8 8 8 8
18 18 18 18
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
E-1 E-2 E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8 E-9 E-10 E-11
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
F-1 F-2
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
10 12 10 12
F-7-47
f) BASIC
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [BASIC] is shown below.
D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-13 D-14 D-15 D-16 D-17 D-18
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
F-7-48
7-104
Chapter 7
7.1.14 Sample Printout

0016-9412
iPF8000S / iPF8100
a) PRINTINF
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [PRINTINF] is shown below, along with instructions about how to interpret it.
xxxx PRINT INF

(1) Firm:00.49 Boot:00.31 MIT(DBF):9303 MIT(DB):1.02 S/N:DF029090
(2) SYSTEM
TYPE:DF029090 24 0 TMP:26 SIZE_LF: 0.0 SIZE_CR: 514.3
HEAD S/N R:39410000 L:04400000 HEAD LOT R:166L09A0 L:166L09A0
INK
Y :0 PC :0 C :0 PGY :0 GY :0 BK :0
PM :0 M :0 MBK :0 R :0 G :0 B :0
WARNING
01:0000 02:0000 03:0000 04:0000 05:0000
06:0000 07:0000 08:0000 09:0000 10:0000
11:0000 12:0000 13:0000 14:0000 15:0000
16:0000 17:0000 18:0000 19:0000 20:0000
ERROR
01:03060A00-2E01 02:0000 03:0000 04:0000 05:0000
06:0000 07:0000 08:0000 09:0000 10:0000
11:0000 12:0000 13:0000 14:0000 15:0000
16:0000 17:0000 18:0000 19:0000 20:0000
INK CHK: Y:0 PC:0 C:0 PGY:0 GY:0 BK:0 PM:0 M:0 MBK:0 R:0 G:0 B:0
(3) COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE TTL:0 LIFE ROLL:0 LIFE CUTSHEET:0
LIFE A:0 B:0 C:0 D:0 E:0 F:0
POWER ON:0 CUTTER:1 WIPE:6 W-INK:79%
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER

NAME : NAME : OTHER
TTL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f TTL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
ROLL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f ROLL : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f CUTSHEET : 0.0 m2 0.0 sq.f
PARTS COUNTER (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

COUNTER A : OK 36
PARTS A1 : 0.0 36.1 0% 0.0
COUNTER B : OK 36
PARTS B1 : 0.0 64.0 0% 0.0
COUNTER D : OK 36
PARTS D1 1362 13028571 0% 1362
PARTS D2 : 377 6700000 0% 377
PARTS D3 : 2238 16500000 0% 2238
PARTS D4 : 33 60000 0% 33
PARTS D5 : 2238 16500000 0% 2238
COUNTER F : OK 36
PARTS F1 : 377 4000000 0% 377
COUNTER H : OK 36
PARTS H1 : 15 50000 0% 15
COUNTER L : OK 36
PARTS L1 : 4 12500 0% 4
COUNTER P : OK 36
PARTS P1 : 0 750 0% 0
COUNTER R : OK 36
PARTS R1 : 0 27500 0% 0
COUNTER V : OK 36
PARTS V1 : 0.0 15.2 0% 0.0
COUNTER X : OK 36
PARTS X1 : ----- -------- 0% -----
(5) PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 1
(a) (b)
(4) Calibration History (Last 20times)
Date Action Media Temp[C]/Humid[%]
1: 2007/02/24 0
2: 2007/02/24 0
3: 2007/02/24 0
4: 2007/02/24 0
5: 2007/02/24 0
6: 2007/02/22 3
7: 2007/02/21 2 Matte Photo 27/ 40
8: 2007/02/20 0
9: 2007/02/15 3
10: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 59
11: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 58
12: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 57
13: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 56
14: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 55
15: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 54
16: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 53
17: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 52
18: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 51
19: 2007/02/15 2 Special 1 20/ 50
20: 2007/02/02 2 Glossy Photo 27/ 38
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
F-7-49
(1) Version numbers of the firmware installed in the printer, boot ROM, and MIT DB format
(2) Printer information

For more item details, see "Detail of Service Mode" > "a) Display".
(3) Counter information

For more item details, see "Detail of Service Mode" > "e) Counter".
(a) Consumables status
(b) Number of days elapsed since the counter was last reset
(c) Counter value
(d) Value with which consumables reach their replacement timing
(e) Ratio of the current count to the replacement timing
(f) Cumulative counter value
(4) History of execution of color calibration

(a) Order of the date of execution
When the value becomes larger, the date becomes older.
(b) Date of execution
(c) Operation executed
0: Automatic Restore Default with Head Replacement
1: Replace Multisensor
2: General Adj.
3: Restore Default
7-105
Chapter 7
4: Media-Based Adj. (not used)

5: Media-Based Dfls. initialization (not used)
(d) If General Adj. is executed, the paper type is indicated; if Replace Multisensor (GAP CALIB) is executed, the unit version is indicated.
(e) If General Adj. is executed, the run-time temperature and relative humidity are indicated.
(5) Ink saver mode setting

(a) Ink saver mode status
(b) Number of times ink save mode has been executed (unit: times).
7-106
Chapter 7
b) NOZZLE 1
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [PRINT PATTERN]> [NOZZLE 1] is shown below.
Nozzle Check Pattern SERVICE
(L)
(R)
F-7-50
c) OPTICAL AXIS
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [PRINT PATTERN]> [OPTICAL AXIS] is shown below.
F-7-51
d) ROUGH
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [ROUGH] is shown below.
F-7-52
7-107
Chapter 7
e) DETAIL
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [DETAIL] is shown below.
A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 A-9 A-11 A-13 A-15 A-17 A-19 A-21 A-23
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-10 A-12 A-14 A-16 A-18 A-20 A-22 A-24
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
6 6
16 16 16 16 16 16
8 8 8 8 8
18 18 18 18
10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
E-1 E-2 E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6 E-7 E-8 E-9 E-10 E-11
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
F-1 F-2
0 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8
10 12 10 12
F-7-53
f) BASIC
A sample printout that is produced by executing [SERVICE MODE]> [ADJUST]> [HEAD ADJ.] > [AUTO HEAD ADJ]> [BASIC] is shown below.
D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 D-5 D-6 D-13 D-14 D-15 D-16 D-17 D-18
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
F-7-54
7-108
Chapter 7
7.1.15 e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote

0023-1100
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
1. Overview
The e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote system allows a customer 's device information and status to be monitored via the Internet on a server called the UGW
(Universal Gateway) Server.
The following device information/ statuses can be monitored.

- Service mode counters
- Parts counters
- Mode counters
- Firmware information
- Service call errors log
- Jam log
- Alarm log
- Alert change statuses (Toner/ ink low/ out, etc.)
Device monitor information above is sent by the e-RDS (embedded Remote Diagnostic System), which is embedded in the devices.
Further, as the above is all customer information, https SOAP protocol is used for communication between the UGW and the device, providing enhanced security
(SSL client communication)
UGW
e-RDS
F-7-55
2. Feature and benefits
Device (e-RDS) embedded with network module can realize a front-end processing of the e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote system without attaching an extra
hardware equipment.
The e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote system can be implemented without imposing a burden on the users.
3. Settings procedures
3.1 Advance preparations
To monitor the device with e-Maintenance/imageWARE Remote, the following settings are required.
1) Advance confirmation
Check with the UGW administrator whether the printer to be connected to the e-Maintenance/imageWARE remotely has been registered in the UGW.
2) Advance preparations
Interview the user's system administrator in advance to find out the following information about the network.
Information item -1
IP address setting methods
Check whether automatic setting or manual setting is to be used, and confirm the information below.
- Automatic setting: (DHCP, RARP, BOOTP) (ON/OFF selection)
or
- Manual setting: IP address, subnet mask and gateway address to be set
Information item -2
Is there a DNS server in use?
If there is a DNS server in use, find out the following.
- Primary DNS server address
- Secondary DNS server address (optional)
Information item -3
Is there a proxy server?
If there is a proxy server in use, find out the following.
- Proxy server address
- Port number connected to proxy server
Information item -4
Is proxy server authentication required?
If proxy server authentication is required, find out the following.
- User name and password required for proxy authentication
3) Network settings
Make the network settings based on the information obtained in "2) Advance preparations."
Network settings are made in user mode. T herefore, it is a ssumed that the user has al ready set it. However, there are a few cautions as descr ibed below, and if
necessary, there may be cases in which the service technicians do it after obtaining an approval from user.
Caution point -1
DNS server settings
Under the present specs, DNS server settings cannot be entered from the operation panel menu. Use "Remote UI" to enter.
Caution point -2
Proxy server settings
7-109
Chapter 7
Proxy server settings cannot be madein "Remote UI". Enter fromthe operation panel menu. In addition, the operation panel menu items for proxy server only appear
when e-RDS functions a re enabled. Therefore, whe n you make proxy server settings, turn the "E -RDS SWITCH" setting to "ON" as described in later sections
beforehand.
Caution point -3
Validate the settings (restart the printer)
The server address settings are activated only after you restart the printer. Make sure you always restart the printer after changing server address settings.
(1) How to enter Proxy server address
[1]
Server Address [a]
http://_
: Select [2]
Stop : Delete
Navi : a -> A -> 1
[OK:Set]
F-7-56
[1] Display to show enter mode
a: Small alphabet letter
A: Capital alphabet letter
1: Numerical character
[2] URL entry field (128 one-byte characters)
- Following symbols exist in each enter mode. (When you press the key, characters on the right hand side will appear.)
[a] Small alphabet letter mode: [Symbol] abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
[A] Capital alphabet letter mode: [Symbol] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
[1] Numerical character mode: [Symbol] 1234567890
- [Symbol] appears in the following order.
key key
F-7-57
- Within the URL entry field, you can use the or key to select a character, and the or key to move the cursor.
- The Stop key has the Delete function when there is a character at the cursor position. (The character at the position of the cursor is deleted, moving all following
characters one position toward freed place.)
If there is no character at the cursor position, it has the Backspace function. (The character at the left of the cursor is deleted, moving the cursor.)
- When you move the cursor to a position of a character and press the or key, you can insert characters.
(The character at the cursor position is moved to the right, and a new character is inserted.
- You can select the enter mode with the Navi key. (The default setting is small alphabet letter.)
(2) How to enter port number
Port Number
00001
(1-65535)
L / R
UP / DOWN
[ OK : S e t ]
F-7-58
- Possible to set between 1 and 65535 (The default display is 1).
- The top digit can be selected between 0 and 6. Other digits can be selected between 0 and 9.
- When OK key is pressed, and the value is over 65535, it is fixed on 65535.
- When OK key is pressed, and the value is 0, it is fixed on 1.
7-110
Chapter 7
(3) How to enter user name
Proxy User [a]
User Name Canon
: Select [1]
Stop : Delete
Navi : a -> A -> 1
[OK:Set]
F-7-59
[1] Entry filed (24 one-byte characters)
- It is the same as the entering method of proxy server address.
(4) How to enter password
Proxy Password [a]
: Select [1]
Stop : Delete
Navi : a -> A -> 1
[ OK : S e t ]
F-7-60
[1] Entry filed (24 one-byte characters)
- If a password has already been set, when you press the or key at any cursor position, all the "*" will disappear and the first letter will be entered as the first
character.
- Entered characters are visible until you press OK key. Once entering into the menu again, they will be changed to "*".
- Other information is the same as the entering method of proxy server address.
3.2 e-RDS settings

1) Enter the service mode.
- Turn off the printer power.
- Turn on the power while pressing the [Load] key and [Navigate] key.
* Keep pressing the above keys until "Initializing" is displayed.
- "S" appears at the top right of the display.
- Press the or key to choose the [Set./Adj. Menu]and press the [OK] key.
* "SERVICE MODE" appears in the menu list and the MESSAGE LED flashes.
- Press the key or key to choose "SERVICE MODE" and press the [OK] key.
2) Set the following e-RDS setting items No.1-4.

(If the result of the communication test (COM-TEST) is "NG", execute setting items No.5-6 to solve the problem.)
T-7-182
No. Item Type Description

1 E-RDS SWITCH 2 bytes OFF : Disable/ ON : Enable e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system to send device information,
meter data, and error statuses to the UGW.
Default value is OFF (not in use)
2 UGW-ADDRESS 129 bytes The UGW address by default : https://a01---.
(NULL The complete address is not provided in this document for security reason.
included, SJIS
not allowed)
3 UGW-PORT 4 bytes The UGW Port Number by default : 443
Validation : 1-65535
4 COM-TEST To perform Communication test with UGW and set "OK!"/ "NG!" as the result.
5 COM-LOG Detailed communication data log
Switches to display time when error occurred, error code, and error data up to now.
Max 30 loggings retained.
Max 128 characters (not containing NULL) for Error information.
6 ERDS-DAT Initialize e-RDS setting data
3.3 Service Mode Menu Tree
7-111
Chapter 7
T-7-183
DISPLAY
I/O DISPLAY
ADJUST
FUNCTION
REPLACE
COUNTER
SETTEING Pth
RTC
PV AUTO JUDGE
NETWORK CERTIFICATE CA-CERTIFICATE VALIDITY:*1 yyyy/mm/dd
E-RDS E-RDS SWITCH:*1 ON/OFF
UGW-ADDRESS:*1 http://XXX
UGW-PORT:*1 XXXXX
COM-TEST:*1 YES
COM-LOG:*1
HEAD DOT INF
INITIALIZE WARNING
ERROR
JAM
ADJUST
W-INK
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK-USE CNT
W-INK-CHG CNT
HEAD-CHG CNT
HDD BOX PASS
PARTS-CHG CNT
PARTS COUNTER
USER SETTEING
CA-KEY:*1 YES/NO
ERDS-DAT:*1 YES/NO
JOB LOG YES/NO
* Press key to move to the next menu of the same layer, and press key to move to the menu of one layer deeper.
* The menus shown in '*1' are the e-RDS-related menus.
3.4 e-RDS Related Setting Details
1) e-RDS's Operation Mode [E-RDS SWITCH]
In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [E-RDS SWITCH] menu using key and key.
(1) Choose between [ON] or [OFF] using the and keys.
E - R D S S W I T C H
O F F
F-7-61
(2) Press [OK] key to determine the operation mode and go back to the previous screen.
E - R D S S W I T C H
= O N
F-7-62
- When the operation mode is determined, "=" will be displayed.
- OFF:When it is set to [OFF], e-RDS is not used. Default value is OFF.
- ON:When it is set to [ON], e-RDS is used.
7-112
Chapter 7
2) UGW Address [UGW-ADDRESS] and UGW port [UGW-PORT]

Usually, the default values set in advance are used for the setting value of [UGW-ADDRESS] and [UGW-PORT]. Unless there is a special instruction, the default
value should not be changed. If it should be changed, the communication with UGW may have an error. If [UGW-ADDRESS] and [UGW-PORT] are changed, the
new setting will be enabled after power OFF/ON.
Therefore, usually, the setup is not necessary.
* If you change under a special instruction, perform the following procedure.
(1) Setting address for UGW

- In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [UGW-ADDRESS] menu using key and key.
E - R D S
U G W A D D R E S S
F-7-63
- Press key to enter the Setup Mode. (A character indicating the input mode (in the upper right corner of the screen) and the cursor are displayed.)
Enter UGW address (URL).
U G W - A D D R E S S : a
h t t p : / /
F-7-64
Display to indicate an input mode
A:Alphabet capital letter
a:Alphabet small letter
1:Numerical character
- The cursor is shown at the first letter.
- Use and keys to select characters to enter.
- Press [Back] key to cancel what you entered and go back to the previous screen.
- Press [OK] key to determine what you entered and go back to the previous screen.
(2) Setting up the GW Port Number
- In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [UGW-PORT] menu using key and key.
E - R D S
U G W P O R T
F-7-65
- Press key to enter the Setup Mode. (A cursor is displayed.)

Enter a port number.
U G W - P O R T
0 0 0 0 0
F-7-66
- Use and keys to select characters to enter.

- Press [Back] key to cancel what you entered and go back to the previous screen.
- Press [OK] key to determine what you entered and go back to the previous screen.
* The actual setting value of UGW address [UGW-ADDRESS] and UGW port [UGW-PORT] are categorized asconfidential information, so they are not described
in this manual.
3) Communication Test [COM-TEST]
(1) In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [COM-TEST] menu using key and key.
C O M - T E S T
Y E S
F-7-67
(2) Press [OK] key to start the test. ("=" is displayed at the start of the test.)
C O M - T E S T
= Y E S
F-7-68
(3) During the communication test, "CHECK NOW" is displayed.
C O M - T E S T
C H E C K N O W . .
F-7-69
- Once the communication test is started, it cannot be cancelled.(Other operation won't be accepted until the result is obtained.)
7-113
Chapter 7
(4) If the communication test was successful, "CHECK RSLT:OK" is displayed.
C O M - T E S T
C H E C K R S L T : O K
F-7-70
- Press key to exit this operation mode and go back to the top of [COM-TEST] menu.
(5) If the communication test was failed, "CHECK RSLT:NG" is displayed.
C O M - T E S T
C H E C K R S L T : N G
F-7-71
- Press key to exit this operation mode and go back to the top of [COM-TEST] menu.
- If you cannot obtain the result after 30 seconds from the start of a communication test, the test is considered failed and the same screen will appear.
* When the communication test was successful, it is necessary to take the interval of 5 minutes before performing the next communication test.
4) Communication Log [COM-LOG]

Communication Error Information/Detailed Communication Error Information can be displayed on the screen at the time of a communication error with the Service
Center (including proxy server error). When a communication error occurs, you can refer to this information to study how to deal with the problem.
* For the countermeasure corresponding to each Communication Error Information or Detailed Communication Error Information, see the list of error message in
"4. Troubleshoot".
(1) In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [COM-LOG] menu using key and key.
E - R D S
C O M - L O G
F-7-72
(2) Press key, and communication error information is displayed. On the upper line of the LCD, a log number (01-30) and an error code are shown; on the
bottom line, an occurrence date and time of the error is shown.
N o : 0 1 X X X X X X X X H
Y Y Y Y / M M / D D H H : M M
F-7-73
- COM-LOG information can be saved up to 30 cases.
- Use Right and Left keys to change logs to display.
- Logs are displayed in the sequence of the time of occurrence. (Log number 1 is the latest log.)
- Press key to exit this operation mode and go back to the top of [COM-LOG] menu.
* If the Communication Error Information is not saved, the screen below will appear.
C O M - L O G
N O L O G
F-7-74
- Press key to exit the communication error information screen and go back to the top of [COM-LOG] menu.
(3) Press key to display the Detailed Communication Error Information (maximum 128 characters).
1st-32nd characters of Detailed Communication Error Information are shown.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
F-7-75
33rd-64th characters of Detailed Communication Error Information are shown.
F-7-76
65th-96th characters of Detailed Communication Error Information are shown.
F-7-77
7-114
Chapter 7
97th-128th characters of Detailed Communication Error Information are shown.
F-7-78
- Use and keys to move among Screen and Screen. (Detailed Communication Error Information can be made with maximum 128 characters, however, even
if the information is made up with 1 to 96 characters, all Screens are still displayed.)
- Press key to exit the Detailed Communication Error Information screen and go back to the Communication Error Information screen.
* If Detailed Communication Error Information does not exist, the screen below will appear.
N O E R R O R D E T A I L
F-7-79
- Press key to exit the Detailed Communication Error Information screen and go back to the Communication Error Information screen.
5) Initializing the e-RDS setting [ERDS-DAT]

Usually, the setup is not necessary.
Use this procedure when you want to reset the e-RDS settings to the factory default.
(1) In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [ERDS-DAT] menu using key and key.
E - R D S D A T
N O
F-7-80
(2) Choose between YES/NO using and keys, and press [OK] key to set.
E - R D S D A T
= Y E S
F-7-81
- Press [OK] key, and "=" will appear and the initializing process will begin.
[NO]: Do not initialize the e-RDS setting. Default value is [NO].

[YES]: Initialize the e-RDS setting.
6) Displaying the CA Certificate Information [VALIDITY]

For the secure communication between the device (e-RDS) and the UGW, an authentication technology from a certification authority is used. A license has been
issued from the certification authority. For this reason, the devices are shipped with the CA (Certificate Authority) certificate enabled in advance to prove the license
obtained.
To confirm that this CA certificate is valid or how long it will be valid, you can display the expiration date of the CA certificate information.
(1) In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [VALIDITY] menu using key and key.
C A - C E R T I F I C A T E
V A L I D I T Y
F-7-82
(2) Press key, and the expiration date of the CA certificate will be displayed.
V A L I D I T Y
Y Y Y Y / M M / D D
F-7-83
- Press key to exit the CA certificate expiration date display screen and go back to the top of [VALIDITY] menu.
* If the CA certificate is deleted, the screen below will appear.
V A L I D I T Y
N O T I N S T A L L E D
F-7-84
7-115
Chapter 7
- Press key to exit the CA certificate expiration date display screen and go back to the top of [VALIDITY] menu.
7) Deleting the CA Certificate [CA-KEY]

For the secure communication between the device (e-RDS) and the UGW, an authentication technology from a certification authority is used. A license has been
issued from the certification authority. For this reason, the devices are shipped with the CA (Certificate Authority) certificate enabled in advance to prove the license
obtained.
The device (e-RDS) uses this CA certificate to communicate with the UGW, thus CA must not be deleted.
* If you delete the CA certificate under a special instruction, perform the following procedure.
(1) In service mode, referring to the "Service Mode Menu Tree", go to [CA-KEY] menu using key and key.
C A - K E Y
N O
F-7-85
(2) Choose between YES/NO using and keys, and press [OK] key to set.
C A - K E Y
= Y E S
F-7-86
- Press [OK] key, and "=" will appear and the initializing process will begin.
[NO]: Do not delete the CA certificate. Default value is [NO].

[YES]: Delete the CA certificate.
7-116
Chapter 7
4. FAQ
T-7-184
No. Question Answer

Q1 Registration information of the device (E-RDS) is once When registration of the device (e-RDS) is deleted from the
deleted from the UGW server, and is re-registered after that. UGW, the status will be changed to the communication test
If a communication test is not not completed because related
carried out, then device information on UGW becomes information has lost from a database. Therefore, device
invalid. information will also become invalid if that condition persists
for seven days without carrying out the communication
test. Hence, to avoid the invalid condition, carry out the
communication test.
Q2 The communication test with the UGW server results NG! The comunication test might become NG in the following
cases.
- 1. Name resolution was failed due to an incorrect host name
or DNS server has been halted.
- 2. Network cable is blocked off. Network cable is broken.
- 3. Proxy server settings are not correct.
Q3 Could you describe the timing of data transmitting from the The schedule of data transmitting, and the start time are
device (e-RDS) to the UGW, and what data size is sent to the determined by settings in the UGW side. The timing is once
UGW? per 16 hours by default, and counter data size is maximum
1400 bytes.
Q4 Can I turn the device power off during the device (e-RDS) While operating the device (e-RDS), the power of the printer
operation? and network equipment such as HUB must be ON. If power
OFF is needed, do not leave it OFF for a long time.
An error such as "Device is busy, try later"could occur if the
power supply of network
equipment is made prolonged OFF.
5. Troubleshooting
T-7-185
No. Condition detected Action

1 The communication test has failed. Check network conditions such as proxy server settings and so on.
- Check the communication log from COM-LOG. -> Execute "Remedy" in the "Error
message list".
- Check whether RGW-ADDRESS or RGW-PORT settings have changed.
7-117
Chapter 7
6. Error message list

Details of the errors and their remedies are as described below.
(The meaning of server indicates the UGW in this section)
T-7-186
No. Error Message Cause Remedy

1 SUSPEND: E-RDS has been booted up (device reboot) with E- Perform the communication test [COMTEST] in service mode.
Communication test is not RDS SWITCH = ON but the
performed communication test had not yet been performed.
2 Event Registration is Failed Event Registration is Failed Processing (event Turn the device OFF/ ON. If the error persists, replace the
processing) within the device has failed. device system software (firmware).
(Upgrade)
3 URL Scheme error (not https) The header of the URL of the registered UGW is Check that the value of UGW-ADR has been entered correctly
not in https format. A "https://" input error. as https://a01---.
4 Server connection error An UGW connection error. Displayed in the event Check the network-related settings according to "No.1:
of a TCP/IP communication fault. Communication test is not performed" in "Troubleshooting".
5 URL server specified is illegal A URL different to that specified by the UGW has Check that the value of UGW-ADR has been entered correctly
been set. An URL address setting error. as https://a01---.
6 Proxy connection error Cannot connect to proxy server. Check proxy server address and re-enter if necessary.
Displayed when unable to connect to proxy server.
7 Proxy authentication error Displayed when the authentication to the proxy Check the user name and password required in order to login
server has failed. to the proxy, and re-enter if necessary.
8 Server certificate error Device's route certificate is unavailable. Reinstall the latest device system software (firmware).
(Upgrade)
9 Server certificate expired The route certificate registered with the device has Check that the device time and date are correctly set. If the
expired. device time and date are correct, upgrade to the latest system
software (firmware).
10 Unknown error Some other kind of communication error has Try again after a period of time. If the same error occurs again,
occurred. check the UGW status with the UGW administrator.
11 SOAP Fault SOAP communication error has occurred. Check that the value of UGW-PORT is 443.
12 Server response error (NULL) A UGW response error (when UGW error code Try again after a period of time. If the same error persists,
processing has failed). check the UGW status with the UGW administrator.
A HTTPS communication error.
13 Server response error A UGW response error. Check an error code (hexadecimal) returned from the UGW,
(Hexadecimal) Displayed when communication with UGW has then retry after a period of time.
[Error detailed in the UGW]:*1 been successful, but an error of some sort has
prevented UGW from responding.
14 Device internal error An internal device error. An error due to the device Switch the device OFF/ ON. Or, replace the device system
side. software. (Upgrade)
15 Server schedule is invalid During the communication test, there has been When the error occurs, report the details to the support
some kind of error in the schedule values passed department. Then, after the UGW side has responded, retry the
from UGW. communication test.
16 Server response time out UGW response time out. If this error occurs when the communication test is being run,
Due to network congestion, etc., the response from wait some time and rerun the test.
UGW does not come within the specified time.
17 Server not found There is a mistake in the UGW URL, and UGW Check that the value of Service mode > E-RDS/RGW-ADR is
cannot be accessed. https://a01---.
18 E-RDS switch is set OFF E-RDS is disabled. Set E-RDS SWITCH = ON, and run COM-TEST in service
mode.
19 Server schedule is not exist Server schedule does not exist. Check the device settings status with the UGW administrator.
Blank schedule data has been received from UGW.
20 Network is not ready, try later Network-related settings have not been made for Make network-related settings properly for the device
the device. (printer).
21 URL error A URL setting error. Check that the value of UGW-ADR is https://a01---.
Non-URL text string entered in URL field.
22 Proxy address resolution error A proxy server address resolution error. Check that the proxy server name is correct.
23 Server certificate verify error The server certificate verification (URL check) Check that the value of UGW-ADR is https://a01---.
error.
24 Server address resolution error UGW address resolution has failed. Check that the value of UGW-ADR is https:// a01---.
*1:[Hexadecimal] indicates an error code returned from the UGW in hexadecimal.

7. Service cautions
After performing the following service actions, it is necessary to perform the resetting of the e-RDS.
Failure to do so will result that the counter transmitting value to the UGW may become unusual.
- System software (firmware) upgrade

- After replacing the main cont roller board, the following settings in servic e mode must not be changed unless there are specific instructions to do so. Changing
these values will cause error in communication with the UGW.
(Initial values)
UGW-PORT: 443
UGW-ADDRESS: https://a01---.
7-118
Chapter 7
7.1.16 Viewing PRINT INF

0025-0485
iPF8300
a) PRINT INF item detail

The details of each PRINT INF item displayed when performing [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [PRINTINF] are as follows:
T-7-187
Print item Print content Printed value

SYSTEM S/N Serial number of printer characters/numerals of 8-byte
TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB 44
LF TYPE Feed roller type 0: old type roller
1: new type roller
TMP Ambient temperature Unit: Centigrade degree
RH Ambient humidity Unit: %
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) mm (0 is always detected for the roll media.)
AFTER INST. Number of days since initial installation Unit: Day(s)
HEAD S/N L Serial number of printhead L characters/numerals (8 digits)
S/N R Serial number of printhead R characters/numerals (8 digits)
LOT L Lot number of printhead L characters/numerals (8 digits)
LOT R Lot number of printhead R characters/numerals (8 digits)
INK Y, PC, C, PGY, Number of days passed since the ink tank was installed Unit: Days
GY, BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
WARNING 01 to 20 Warning history (up to 20 events) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
Error code: Last 4 digits
Cumulative number of printed media (equivalent of A4)
ERROR 01 to 20 Error history (up to 20 events) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
7-119
Chapter 7
T-7-188

JAM 01 to 05 JAM log (5 records) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
1 Jam type 1: CR error
2: Jam
3: Feed failure (delay)
4: Cut failure
*: Unknown
2 Media format 1: Roll media
2: Cut sheet (manual feed from top)
3: Cut sheet (manual feed from front)
4: Cassette
*: Unknown
3 Jam timing 1: Feed
2: Print
3: Eject
*: Unknown
4 Width detection OFF mode 1: ON
2: OFF
*: Unknown
5 Head height 0: SL (1.2mm)
1: L (1.4mm)
2: M1 (1.8mm)
3: M2 (2.0mm)
4: M3 (2.2mm)
5: H (2.6mm)
*: Unknown
6 (Not Used)
7 Cut mode 1: User cut
2: Eject cut
3: Auto cut
*: Unknown
8 Media passing environment ###########
9 Borderless/Bordered 1: Bordered printing
2: Borderless printing
*: Unknown
10 (Not Used)
11 Print mode label No. Display print mode
*: Unknown
12 Media width Display media width (Unit: mm)
*: Unknown
13 Media type Display media name
*: Unknown
INK CHK Y, PC, C, PGY, Refill log 0: Disable remaining ink detection was never set
GY, BK, PM, M, Print whether disable remaining ink detection was 1: Disable remaining ink detection was set at least once
MBK, R, G, B previously set
7-120
Chapter 7
T-7-189

COUNTER PRINTER POWER ON Cumulative power-on time Unit: hours
SLEEP ON Cumulative sleep-on time Unit: hours
CUTTER Number of cutting operations Unit: times
WIPE Number of wiping operations Unit: times
W-INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge Unit: %
PDL Cumulative number of printed media according to PDL GARO: xx sheets
HP-GL/2: xx sheets
CARRIAGE PRINT Cumulative printing time Unit: hours
DRIVE Cumulative carriage moving time Unit: hours
CR-COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count (count as 1 by moving back Unit: times
and forth)
CR-DIST. Cumulative carriage scan distance (count as 1 by moving Unit: times
210mm)
PRINT-COUNT Cumulative print end count (count as 1 by capping) Unit: times
PURGE CLN-A Cumulative number of automatic cleaning operations
1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 (normal Unit: times
suction) operations
2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 (ink level
adjusting) operations
3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 (initial filling)
operations
6 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 (strong normal
suction) operations
7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 (aging)
operations
8 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 8 (flashing)
operations
10 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 10 (ink filling
after secondary transportation) operations
after head replacement) operations
15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 (dot count
small suction) operations
16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 (sedimented
ink agitation) operations
17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 (small suction)
operations
TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations
CLN-M Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 operations
1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 (normal suction) Unit: times
operations
4 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 4 (ink draining from
head after head replacement) operations
head and tube before transportation ) operations
6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 (normal strong
suction) operations
TTL Total number of manual cleaning operations
7-121
Chapter 7
T-7-190

COUNTER CLEAR INK Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount Unit: times
CONSUME clearing
MTC EXC. Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge
replacement count clearing
HEAD L Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count
EXC. clearing
HEAD R Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count
EXC. clearing
PARTS Wia-1 Cumulative count of unit Wia-1 (waste ink box unit)
EXC. replacement count clearing
PARTS Wia-3 Cumulative count of unit Wia-3 (platen ink box unit)
PARTS Wia-6 Cumulative count of unit Wia-6 (suction fan unit)
PARTS CR-1 Cumulative count of unit CR-1 (carriage unit bushing)
PARTS CR-2 Cumulative count of unit CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/
EXC. linear scale/shaft cleaner) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-3 Cumulative count of unit CR-3 (carriage height
EXC. changing cam) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-4 Cumulative count of unit CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible
EXC. cable unit) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-5 Cumulative count of unit CR-5 (multi sensor)
PARTS PG-1 Cumulative count of unit PG-1 (purge unit)
PARTS HMa- Cumulative count of unit HMa-1 (head management
1 EXC. sensor) replacement count clearing
PARTS PL-1 Cumulative count of unit PL-1 (carriage motor)
PARTS PS-1 Cumulative count of unit PS-1 (feed motor)
PARTS Mi-1 Cumulative count of unit Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement
EXC. count clearing
PARTS MS-1 Cumulative count of unit MS-1 (multi sensor)
FACTORY For factory
CNT.
7-122
Chapter 7
T-7-191

COUNTER EXCHANGE MTC EXC. Maintenance cartridge replacement count Unit: times
HEAD L EXC. Printhead L replacement count
HEAD R EXC. Printhead R replacement count
BOARD EXC.(M/ Main controller PCB replacement count
B)
PARTS Wia-1 Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS Wia-3 Wia-3 (platen ink box unit) replacement count
EXC.
EXC.
EXC.
PARTS Wia-6 Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-1 CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-2 CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft cleaner)
EXC. replacement count
PARTS CR-3 CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-4 CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-5 CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PG-1 PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS HMa-1 HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PL-1 PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PS-1 EXC. PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count
PARTS Mi-1 Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS MS-1 MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count
EXC.
7-123
Chapter 7
T-7-192

COUNTER DETAIL-CNT MOVE Count of secondary transportation Unit: times
PRINTER
MEDIACONF Count of media registered by media editor
IG-CNT
N-INKCHK Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection
Y, PC, C, for each color
PGY, GY, BK,
PM, M, MBK,
R, G, B
INK-USE1 INK Y, PC, C, Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink Unit: ml
PGY, GY, BK,
PM, M, MBK,
R, G, B
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of
generic ink
NINK Y, PC, Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink
C, PGY, GY,
BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of
refilled ink
INK-USE2 INK Y, PC, C, Consumption amount of generic ink of the currently Unit: ml
PGY, GY, BK, installed ink tank.
PM, M, MBK,
R, G, B
TTL Total consumption amount of generic ink of the
currently installed ink tanks
NINK Y, PC, Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently
C, PGY, GY, installed ink tank
BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
TTL Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the
currently installed ink tanks
INK-EXC INK Y, PC, C, Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement Unit: times
PGY, GY, BK,
PM, M, MBK,
R, G, B
TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink
tank replacement
NINK Y, PC, Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement
C, PGY, GY,
BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink
tank replacement
7-124
Chapter 7
T-7-193

COUNTER MEDIA 1-7 NAME Media type
TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut Unit: square/meter, square/feet
sheet
ROLL Cumulative print area of roll media
CUTSHEET Cumulative print area of cut sheet
MEDIA NAME OTHER OTHER
OTHER TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut Unit: square/meter, square/feet
sheet
MEDIA 44-60 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 44
SIZE1 ROLL inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
P-SQ/P-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 36
inches but less than 44 inches (physical size)
24-36 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 24
0-17 Cumulative print area of roll media less than 17 inches
(physical size)
SIZE2 ROLL inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
D-SQ/D-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 36
inches but less than 44 inches (data size)
0-17 Cumulative print area of roll media less than 17 inches (data
size)
MEDIA 44-60 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 44
SIZE1 CUT P- inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
SQ/P-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 36
24-36 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 24
0-17 Cumulative print area of cut sheet less than 17 inches
(physical size)
SIZE2 CUT inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
D-SQ/D-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 36
0-17 Cumulative print area of cut sheet less than 17 inches (data
size)
HEAD DOT Y, PC, C, PGY, Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead Unit: (x 1,000,000) dots
CNT.1 GY, BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed
printhead
HEAD DOT Y, PC, C, PGY, Cumulative dot counts of each colors Unit: (x 1,000,000) dots
CNT.2 GY, BK, PM, M,
MBK, R, G, B
TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors
7-125
Chapter 7
T-7-194

HEAD INF.1 1 Date & time installed (last 4 times) YY/MM/DD
[Installed head] Display order: Installed date (last) -> Installed date (2nd
to last) -> Installed date (3rd to last) -> Installed date
(initial)
2 Removal date & time (last 3 times) YY/MM/DD
Display order: Last -> 2nd to last -> 3rd to last
3 Main unit serial No. (last 3 times) Display order: Last -> 2nd to last -> 3rd to last
4 CLN_A (auto) count Unit: Times
5 CLN_A (manual) count
6 Cleaning B (auto/left cap) count
7 Cleaning B (auto/right cap) count
8 CLN_B (manual) count
9 Head replacement ink drain count
10 Secondary transport ink drain count
11 Secondary transport ink fill count
12 Ink filling after head replacement count
13 Recovery suction
14 Number of sheets printed Unit: Sheets (A4 equivalent sheets)
15 Error log YY/MM/DD xxxx (last 4 digits)
01: Last, 02: 2nd to last, 03: 3rd to last, ..., 20: 20th to last
16 Refill tank usage log (per chip) A: x, B: x, C: x, D: x, E: x, F: x
17 Firmware version (last 3) XX.XX YY/MM/DD
18 Head highest temperature (per chip) A: xxx, B: xxx, C: xxx, D: xxx, E: xxx, F: xxx
19 Number of non-discharging nozzles (per nozzle row) chip A AA: xxx, AB: xxx, BA: xxx, BB: xxx, CA: xxx, CB:
row A, chip A row B to chip F row A, chip F row B xxx, DA: xxx, DB: xxx, EA: xxx, EB: xxx, FA: xxx, FB:
xxx
20 EEPROM format Ver
[Head installed 2nd to Display order: Installed date (last) -> Installed date (2nd
last] to last) -> Installed date (3rd to last) -> Installed date
(initial)
13 Recovery suction
xxx
7-126
Chapter 7
T-7-195

PARTS CNT. [Value of each Status OK/W1/W2/E
parts counter] Number of days after set Unit: Days
Count
Life threshold
Usage Unit: %
Cumulative count
COGFF CONDITION Cogging FF result 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Check required
3: Adjust reruired
PARAM0-F Parameters 1 REF: Motor error (6 digits)
PHASE: Phase (3 digits)
AMP: Amplitude (3 digits)
RATE: Decay rate (3 digits)
PARAM0-B Parameters 2 REF: Motor error (6 digits)
LF SCALE LF-A LF8 pass
adjustment value (user LF-B LF1 pass
value)
SCALE-A Scale clean
SCALE-B Scale fast
PV AUTO JUDGE Ink reduction mode ON (NORMAL/LOW only when ON)/Number of times
OFF is entered
7-127
Chapter 7
b) Sample Layout
PRINT INF layout is shown below.
1/ 5
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxx PRINT IN F
Firm:xx.xx Boot:xx.xx MIT(DBF):x.xx MIT(DB):x.xx
S/N:xxxxxxxx Date:yyyy/mm/dd
SYSTEM
S/N:xxxxxxxx TYPE:12 -LF:1 TMP:xx RH:xx SIZE-LF:xxxxx.x -CR:xxxxx.x AFTER INST:xxxx x
HEAD IN K
S/N:xxxxxxxx LOT:xxxxxxxx C:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx Y:xxxxxx MBK:xxxxxx MBK2:xxxxxx BK:xxxxxx
WARNING
01:MM/DD HH:MM xxxxxxxx-xxxx xxxxxxxx 02:MM/DD HH:MM xxxxxxxx-xxxx xxxxxxx x
03:MM/DD HH:MM xxxxxxxx-xxxx xxxxxxxx 04:MM/DD HH:MM xxxxxxxx-xxxx xxxxxxxx
ERROR
JAM
01:MM/DD HH:MM xxxx xxxxxxxx
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
09:x 10:xxx 11:media_sizexxxxxx 12:media_namexxxxxx
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
09:x 10:xxx 11:media_sizexxxxxx 12:media_namexxxxx x
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
04:MM/DD HH:MM xxxx xxxxxxx x
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
09:x 10:xxx 11:media_sizexxxxxx 12:media_namexxxxx
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
F-7-87
7-128
Chapter 7
2/5
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxx PRINT INF
INK CHECK
C:x M:x Y:x MBK:x MBK2:x BK:x
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE-TTL:xxxxxx LIFE-ROLL:xxxxxx LIFE-CUTSHEET:xxxxxx
LIFE A:xxxxxx B:xxxxxx C:xxxxxx D:xxxxxx E:xxxxxx F:xxxxxx
POWER-ON:xxxxxx SLEEP-ON:xxxxxx CUTTER:xxxxxx WIPE:xxxxxx W-INK:xxxxxx
PDL: GARO:xxxxxx HP-GL/2:xxxxxx
CARRIAGE
PRINT:xxxxxx DRIVE:xxxxxx CR-COUNT:xxxxxx CR-DIST.:xxxxxx PRINT-COUNT:xxxxxx
PURGE
CLN-A : 1:xxxxx 2:xxxxx 3:xx 6:xxxx 7:xxx 10:xxx 11:xxx 15:xxx 16:xxxxx 17:xxxxx TTL:xxxxxx
CLN-M : 1:xxxxx 4:xxx 5:xx 6:xxxxx TTL:xxxxx
CLEAR
INK CONSUME:xxx MTC EXC.:xxx HEAD EXC.:xxx
PARTS CR1 EXC.:xx PARTS CR2 EXC.:xx PARTS CR3 EXC.:xx PARTS CR4 EXC.:xx PARTS CR5 EXC.:xx
PARTS SP1 EXC.:xx PARTS PG1 EXC.:xx PARTS HMa1 EXC.:xx PARTS MT1 EXC.:xx PARTS PL1 EXC.:xx
PARTS Mi1 EXC.:xx PARTS CT1 EXC.:xx PARTS WF1 EXC.:xx PARTS WF2 EXC.:xx
FACTORY CNT.:xx
EXCHANGE
MTC EXC.:xxx HEAD EXC.:xxx BOARD EXC.(M/B):xx
DETAIL-CNT
MOVE PRINTER:xxx MEDIACONFIG-CNT:xxx
N-INKCHK: C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
INK-USE1
INK C:xxxxx.xml M:xxxxx.xml Y:xxxxx.xml MBK:xxxxx.xml MBK2:xxxxx.xml BK:xxxxx.xml
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
NINK C:xxxxx.xml M:xxxxx.xml Y:xxxxx.xml MBK:xxxxx.xml MBK2:xxxxx.xml BK:xxxxx.xml
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
INK-USE2
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
INK-EXC
INK C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
TTL:xxxxx
NINK C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
TTL:xxxxx
F-7-88
7-129
Chapter 7
3/5
NAME : xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx NAME : xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

TTL : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f TTL : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f
ROLL : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f ROLL : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f
CUTSHEET : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f CUTSHEET : xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f
MEDIA 3 MEDIA 4
MEDIA 5 MEDIA 6
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER
MEDIA SIZE1 ROLL P-SQ/P-CNT

36-44: xxxxxxx.x m2 xxxxxxx.x sq.f 0
MEDIA SIZE2 ROLL D-SQ/D-CNT
MEDIA SIZE1 CUT P-SQ/P-CNT
MEDIA SIZE2 CUT D-SQ/D-CNT
F-7-89
7-130
Chapter 7
4/5
HEAD DOT CNT.1

C:xxxxxxxxx M:xxxxxxxxx Y:xxxxxxxxx MBK:xxxxxxxxx MBK2:xxxxxxxxx BK:xxxxxxxxx
TTL:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
HEAD DOT CNT.2
TTL:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
HEAD INF.1
1:YY/MM/DD YY/MM/DD YY/MM/DD YY/MM/DD 2:YY/MM/DD YY/MM/DD YY/MM/DD
3:xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
4:xxxxx 5:xxxxx 6:xxxxx 7:xxxxx 8:xxx 9:xxx 10:xxx 11:xxx 12:xxx
13:xxxxxxxx 19:1
14: 1:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx 2:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx 3:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx
4:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx 5:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx 6:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx
19:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx 20:YY/MM/DD xxxxxxxx-xxxx
15:A:x B:x C:x D:x E:x F:x
16:XX.XX YY/MM/DD XX.XX YY/MM/DD XX.XX YY/MM/DD
17:A:xxx B:xxx C:xxx D:xxx E:xxx F:xxx
18:AA:xxx AB:xxx BA:xxx BB:xxx CA:xxx CB:xxx DA:xxx DB:xxx EA:xxx EB:xxx FA:xxx FB:xxx
HEAD INF.2
13:xxxxxxxx 19:1
F-7-90
7-131
Chapter 7
5/5
S/N:xxxxxxxx Date:yyyyy/mm/dd
PARTS CNT.
PARTS CR1 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR2 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR3 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR4 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR5 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS SP1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS PG1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS HMa1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS MT1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS PL1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS Mi1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS CT1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS WF1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS WF2 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
COGFF
CONDITION : 0
PARAM0-F : REF: xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx PHASE: xxx xxx xxx xxx
AMP: xxx xxx xxx xxx RATE: xxx xxx xxx xxx
PARAM0-B : REF: xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx PHASE: xxx xxx xxx xxx
LF-A
ROLL LARGE : XXX.XXXX MIDDLE : XXX.XXXX SMALL : XXX.XXXX SMALLER : XXX.XXXX
CUT LARGE : XXX.XXXX MIDDLE : XXX.XXXX SMALL : XXX.XXXX SMALLER : XXX.XXXX
LF-B
SCALE-A
ROLL LARGE : XXX MIDDLE : XXX SMALL : XXX SMALLER : XXX
CUT LARGE : XXX MIDDLE : XXX SMALL : XXX SMALLER : XXX
SCALE-B
PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 0
F-7-91
7-132
Chapter 7
7.1.17 Viewing PRINT INF

0026-6836
iPF8300S
a) PRINT INF item detail

The details of each PRINT INF item displayed when performing [SERVICE MODE] > [DISPLAY] > [PRINTINF] are as follows:
T-7-196

SYSTEM S/N Serial number of printer characters/numerals of 8-byte
TYPE Type setting on main controller PCB 44
LF TYPE Feed roller type 0: old type roller
1: new type roller
TMP Ambient temperature Unit: Centigrade degree
RH Ambient humidity Unit: %
SIZE LF Detected size of loaded media (feed direction) mm (0 is always detected for the roll media.)
AFTER INST. Number of days since initial installation Unit: Day(s)
HEAD S/N L Serial number of printhead L characters/numerals (8 digits)
S/N R Serial number of printhead R characters/numerals (8 digits)
LOT L Lot number of printhead L characters/numerals (8 digits)
LOT R Lot number of printhead R characters/numerals (8 digits)
INK BK, MBK, C, M, Number of days passed since the ink tank was installed Unit: Days
Y, PC, PM, GY
WARNING 01 to 20 Warning history (up to 20 events) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
ERROR 01 to 20 Error history (up to 20 events) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
7-133
Chapter 7
T-7-197

JAM 01 to 05 JAM log (5 records) Number: Lowest is the most recent
Date: mm/dd
Time: mm/ss
1 Jam type 1: CR error
2: Jam
3: Feed failure (delay)
4: Cut failure
*: Unknown
2 Media format 1: Roll media
2: Cut sheet (manual feed from top)
3: Cut sheet (manual feed from front)
4: Cassette
*: Unknown
3 Jam timing 1: Feed
2: Print
3: Eject
*: Unknown
4 Width detection OFF mode 1: ON
2: OFF
*: Unknown
5 Head height 0: SL (1.2mm)
1: L (1.4mm)
2: M1 (1.8mm)
3: M2 (2.0mm)
4: M3 (2.2mm)
5: H (2.6mm)
*: Unknown
6 (Not Used)
7 Cut mode 1: User cut
2: Eject cut
3: Auto cut
*: Unknown
8 Media passing environment ###########
9 Borderless/Bordered 1: Bordered printing
2: Borderless printing
*: Unknown
10 (Not Used)
11 Print mode label No. Display print mode
*: Unknown
12 Media width Display media width (Unit: mm)
*: Unknown
13 Media type Display media name
*: Unknown
INK CHK BK, MBK, C, M, Refill log 0: Disable remaining ink detection was never set
Y, PC, PM, GY Print whether disable remaining ink detection was 1: Disable remaining ink detection was set at least once
previously set
7-134
Chapter 7
T-7-198

COUNTER PRINTER POWER ON Cumulative power-on time Unit: hours
SLEEP ON Cumulative sleep-on time Unit: hours
CUTTER Number of cutting operations Unit: times
WIPE Number of wiping operations Unit: times
W-INK Remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge Unit: %
PDL Cumulative number of printed media according to PDL GARO: xx sheets
HP-GL/2: xx sheets
CARRIAGE PRINT Cumulative printing time Unit: hours
DRIVE Cumulative carriage moving time Unit: hours
CR-COUNT Cumulative carriage scan count (count as 1 by moving back Unit: times
and forth)
CR-DIST. Cumulative carriage scan distance (count as 1 by moving Unit: times
210mm)
PRINT-COUNT Cumulative print end count (count as 1 by capping) Unit: times
PURGE CLN-A Cumulative number of automatic cleaning operations
1 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 1 (normal Unit: times
suction) operations
2 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 2 (ink level
adjusting) operations
3 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 3 (initial filling)
operations
6 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 6 (strong normal
suction) operations
7 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 7 (aging)
operations
8 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 8 (flashing)
operations
after secondary transportation) operations
after head replacement) operations
15 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 15 (dot count
small suction) operations
16 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 16 (sedimented
ink agitation) operations
17 Cumulative number of automatic cleaning 17 (small suction)
operations
TTL Total number of automatic cleaning operations
CLN-M Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 operations
1 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 1 (normal suction) Unit: times
operations
head after head replacement) operations
head and tube before transportation ) operations
6 Cumulative number of manual cleaning 6 (normal strong
suction) operations
TTL Total number of manual cleaning operations
7-135
Chapter 7
T-7-199

COUNTER CLEAR INK CONSUME Cumulative count of ink section consumption amount Unit: times
clearing
MTC EXC. Cumulative count of maintenance cartridge replacement
count clearing
HEAD L EXC. Cumulative count of printhead L replacement count clearing
HEAD R EXC. Cumulative count of printhead R replacement count clearing
PARTS Wia-1 Cumulative count of unit Wia-1 (waste ink box unit)
PARTS Wia-6 Cumulative count of unit Wia-6 (suction fan unit)
PARTS CR-1 Cumulative count of unit CR-1 (carriage unit bushing)
PARTS CR-2 Cumulative count of unit CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear
EXC. scale/shaft cleaner) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-3 Cumulative count of unit CR-3 (carriage height changing
EXC. cam) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-4 Cumulative count of unit CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable
EXC. unit) replacement count clearing
PARTS CR-5 Cumulative count of unit CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement
EXC. count clearing
PARTS PG-1 Cumulative count of unit PG-1 (purge unit) replacement
EXC. count clearing
PARTS HMa-1 Cumulative count of unit HMa-1 (head management sensor)
PARTS PL-1 Cumulative count of unit PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement
EXC. count clearing
PARTS PS-1 EXC. Cumulative count of unit PS-1 (feed motor) replacement
count clearing
PARTS Mi-1 Cumulative count of unit Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count
EXC. clearing
PARTS MS-1 Cumulative count of unit MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement
EXC. count clearing
FACTORY CNT. For factory
7-136
Chapter 7
T-7-200

COUNTER EXCHANGE MTC EXC. Maintenance cartridge replacement count Unit: times
HEAD L EXC. Printhead L replacement count
HEAD R EXC. Printhead R replacement count
BOARD EXC.(M/ Main controller PCB replacement count
B)
PARTS Wia-1 Wia-1 (waste ink box unit) replacement count
EXC.
EXC.
EXC.
EXC.
PARTS Wia-6 Wia-6 (suction fan unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-1 CR-1 (carriage unit bushing) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-2 CR-2 (linear encoder sensor/linear scale/shaft cleaner)
EXC. replacement count
PARTS CR-3 CR-3 (carriage height changing cam) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-4 CR-4 (ink tube unit/flexible cable unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS CR-5 CR-5 (multi sensor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PG-1 PG-1 (purge unit) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS HMa-1 HMa-1 (head management sensor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PL-1 PL-1 (carriage motor) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS PS-1 EXC. PS-1 (feed motor) replacement count
PARTS Mi-1 Mi-1 (mist fan) replacement count
EXC.
PARTS MS-1 MS-1 (multi sensor) replacement count
EXC.
DETAIL-CNT M OVE PRINTER Count of secondary transportation Unit: times
MEDIACONFIG- Count of media registered by media editor
CNT
N-INKCHK BK, Count of turning off the ink remaining level detection for
MBK, C, M, Y, each color
PC, PM, GY
7-137
Chapter 7
T-7-201

COUNTER INK-USE1 INK BK, MBK, C, Cumulative consumption amount of generic ink Unit: ml
M, Y, PC, PM, GY
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic ink
LINK BK, MBK, Cumulative consumption amount of generic large ink
C, M, Y, PC, PM,
GY
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic
large ink
SINK BK, MBK, Cumulative consumption amount of generic small ink
C, M, Y, PC, PM,
GY
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of generic
small ink
NINK BK, MBK, Cumulative consumption amount of refilled ink
C, M, Y, PC, PM,
GY
TTL Total amount of the cumulative consumption of refilled ink
INK-USE2 INK BK, MBK, C, Consumption amount of generic ink ofthe currently installed Unit: ml
M, Y, PC, PM, GY ink tank.
TTL Total consumption amount of generic ink of the currently
installed ink tanks
NINK BK, MBK, Consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently installed
C, M, Y, PC, PM, ink tank
GY
TTL Total consumption amount of refilled ink of the currently
installed ink tanks
INK-EXC INK BK, MBK, C, Cumulative count of generic ink tank replacement Unit: times
M, Y, PC, PM, GY
TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of generic ink tank
replacement
NINK BK, MBK, Cumulative count of refilled ink tank replacement
C, M, Y, PC, PM,
GY
TTL Total amount of tho cumulative count of refilled ink tank
replacement
7-138
Chapter 7
T-7-202

COUNTER MEDIA 1-7 NAME Media type
TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut Unit: square/meter, square/feet
sheet
MEDIA NAME OTHER OTHER
OTHER TTL Total amount of cumulative print area of roll media and cut Unit: square/meter, square/feet
sheet
SIZE1 ROLL inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
P-SQ/P-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 36
0-17 Cumulative print area of roll media less than 17 inches
(physical size)
SIZE2 ROLL inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
D-SQ/D-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of roll media equal to or larger than 36
0-17 Cumulative print area of roll media less than 17 inches (data
size)
SIZE1 CUT P- inches but less than 60 inches (physical size)
SQ/P-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 36
0-17 Cumulative print area of cut sheet less than 17 inches
(physical size)
SIZE2 CUT inches but less than 60 inches (data size)
D-SQ/D-CNT 36-44 Cumulative print area of cut sheet equal to or larger than 36
0-17 Cumulative print area of cut sheet less than 17 inches (data
size)
HEAD DOT BK, MBK, C, M, Dot counts of each colors of the currently installed printhead Unit: (x 1,000,000) dots
CNT.1 Y, PC, PM, GY
TTL Total dot counts of each colors of the currently installed
printhead
HEAD DOT BK, MBK, C, M, Cumulative dot counts of each colors Unit: (x 1,000,000) dots
CNT.2 Y, PC, PM, GY
TTL Total cumulative dot counts of each colors
7-139
Chapter 7
T-7-203

[Installed head] Display order: Installed date (last) -> Installed date (2nd
to last) -> Installed date (3rd to last) -> Installed date
(initial)
13 Recovery suction
xxx
[Head installed 2nd to Display order: Installed date (last) -> Installed date (2nd
last] to last) -> Installed date (3rd to last) -> Installed date
(initial)
13 Recovery suction
xxx
7-140
Chapter 7
T-7-204

PARTS CNT. [Value of each Status OK/W1/W2/E
parts counter] Number of days after set Unit: Days
Count
Life threshold
Usage Unit: %
Cumulative count
COGFF CONDITION Cogging FF result 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Check required
3: Adjust reruired
PARAM0-F Parameters 1 REF: Motor error (6 digits)
PARAM0-B Parameters 2 REF: Motor error (6 digits)
LF SCALE LF-A LF8 pass
adjustment value (user LF-B LF1 pass
value)
SCALE-A Scale clean
SCALE-B Scale fast
PV AUTO JUDGE Ink reduction mode ON (NORMAL/LOW only when ON)/Number of times
OFF is entered
7-141
Chapter 7
b) Sample Layout
PRINT INF layout is shown below.
1/ 5
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxx PRINT IN F
SYSTEM
S/N:xxxxxxxx TYPE:12 -LF:1 TMP:xx RH:xx SIZE-LF:xxxxx.x -CR:xxxxx.x AFTER INST:xxxx x
HEAD IN K
S/N:xxxxxxxx LOT:xxxxxxxx C:xxxxxx M:xxxxxx Y:xxxxxx MBK:xxxxxx MBK2:xxxxxx BK:xxxxxx
WARNING
ERROR
JAM
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
09:x 10:xxx 11:media_sizexxxxxx 12:media_namexxxxx
01:x 02:x 03:x 04:x 05:xx 06:x 07:x 08:x
F-7-92
7-142
Chapter 7
2/5
INK CHECK
C:x M:x Y:x MBK:x MBK2:x BK:x
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE-TTL:xxxxxx LIFE-ROLL:xxxxxx LIFE-CUTSHEET:xxxxxx
LIFE A:xxxxxx B:xxxxxx C:xxxxxx D:xxxxxx E:xxxxxx F:xxxxxx
POWER-ON:xxxxxx SLEEP-ON:xxxxxx CUTTER:xxxxxx WIPE:xxxxxx W-INK:xxxxxx
PDL: GARO:xxxxxx HP-GL/2:xxxxxx
CARRIAGE
PRINT:xxxxxx DRIVE:xxxxxx CR-COUNT:xxxxxx CR-DIST.:xxxxxx PRINT-COUNT:xxxxxx
PURGE
CLN-A : 1:xxxxx 2:xxxxx 3:xx 6:xxxx 7:xxx 10:xxx 11:xxx 15:xxx 16:xxxxx 17:xxxxx TTL:xxxxxx
CLN-M : 1:xxxxx 4:xxx 5:xx 6:xxxxx TTL:xxxxx
CLEAR
INK CONSUME:xxx MTC EXC.:xxx HEAD EXC.:xxx
FACTORY CNT.:xx
EXCHANGE
MTC EXC.:xxx HEAD EXC.:xxx BOARD EXC.(M/B):xx
DETAIL-CNT
MOVE PRINTER:xxx MEDIACONFIG-CNT:xxx
N-INKCHK: C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
INK-USE1
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
INK-USE2
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
TTL:xxxxxx.xml
INK-EXC
INK C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
TTL:xxxxx
NINK C:xxxx M:xxxx Y:xxxx MBK:xxxx MBK2:xxxx BK:xxxx
TTL:xxxxx
F-7-93
7-143
Chapter 7
3/5

MEDIA 3 MEDIA 4
MEDIA 5 MEDIA 6
MEDIA 7 MEDIA OTHER
MEDIA SIZE1 ROLL P-SQ/P-CNT

MEDIA SIZE2 ROLL D-SQ/D-CNT
MEDIA SIZE1 CUT P-SQ/P-CNT
MEDIA SIZE2 CUT D-SQ/D-CNT
F-7-94
7-144
Chapter 7
4/5
HEAD DOT CNT.1

TTL:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
HEAD DOT CNT.2
TTL:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
HEAD INF.1
13:xxxxxxxx 19:1
HEAD INF.2
13:xxxxxxxx 19:1
F-7-95
7-145
5/5
S/N:xxxxxxxx Date:yyyyy/mm/dd
PARTS CNT.
PARTS CR1 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR2 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR3 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR4 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS CR5 : OK 0 0.0 0.0 0% 0.0
PARTS SP1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS PG1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS HMa1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS MT1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS PL1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS Mi1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS CT1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS WF1 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
PARTS WF2 : OK 0 0 0 0% 0
COGFF
CONDITION : 0
PARAM0-F : REF: xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx PHASE: xxx xxx xxx xxx
PARAM0-B : REF: xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx PHASE: xxx xxx xxx xxx
LF-A
LF-B
SCALE-A
SCALE-B
PV AUTO JUDGE : ON(NORMAL) , 0
F-7-96
7.2 Special Mode
7.2.1 Special Modes for Servicing

0013-9804
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
This printer supports the following special modes in addition to the service mode:
- PCB replacement mode
- Download mode
- Counter display mode
1. PCB replacement mode

This mode is used when replacing the main PCB or MC relay PCB.
By executing this mode,
- Backup data of the settings and counter values stored in the MC relay PCB are moved to the new main PCB.
- The data such as the settings and counter values are copied to the MC relay PCB.
a) Entering the PCB replacement mode

Follow the same procedure as that for entering the service mode.
(With the "Paper Source" button and "Information" button pressed down, turn on the "Power" button.)
When the printer starts up, compare the serial number memorized in the main PCB's EEPROM with that memorized in the MC relay PCB's EEPROM. If
they do not match, or no serial number is memorized in either EEPROM, enter the PCB replacement mode.
While you are in the PCB replacement mode, the MESSAGE LED, roll media LED, and ONLINE LED are lit.
b) Procedure
Select "CPU BOARD" or "MC BOARD" using the [ ] and [ ] buttons, and then press the [OK] button to determine it.
- CPU BOARD
Select this after replacing the main PCB.
The data in the MC relay PCB is copied to the main PCB.
- MC BOARD
Select this before replacing the MC relay PCB.
The data in the main controller PCB is copied to the MC relay PCB.
c) Exiting the PCB replacement mode

Turning off the Power button of the printer allows you to exit the PCB replacement mode.
For details on how to replace the PCB, see Parts Replacement Procedure > Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly >
Boards.
2. Download mode
Use this mode only when updating the firmware without performing initialization.
a) Entering the download mode

1) Turning off the Power button of the printer.
2) With the "Stop" and "Information" buttons pressed down, turn on the Power button of the printer.
* Keep pressing the above buttons until "Initializing" appears on the display.
b) Procedure
When "Download Mode/Send Firmware" is shown on the display, transfer the firmware.
When downloading of the firmware is completed, the printer is turned off automatically.
3. Counter display mode

Use this mode to view only printer counter information.
a) Invoking counter display mode

1) Press the [MENU] button to keep [Information] > [System Info] selected.
2) Press the [ ] button whole holding down the [MENU] button + [OK] button to invoke counter display mode.
b) How to view counter display mode

- S/N: Unit serial number
- CNT: Number of copies printed in A4 terms (unit: copies)
7.2.2 Special Modes for Servicing
0023-3043
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
This printer supports the following special modes in addition to the service mode:
- PCB replacement mode
- Download mode
1. PCB replacement mode

This mode is used when replacing the main PCB or MC relay PCB.
By executing this mode,
- Backup data of the settings and counter values stored in the MC relay PCB are moved to the new main PCB.
- The data such as the settings and counter values are copied to the MC relay PCB.
a) Entering the PCB replacement mode

Follow the same procedure as that for entering the service mode.
(With the [Load] key and [Navigate] key pressed down, turn on the [Power] key.)
When the printer starts up, compare the serial number memorized in the main PCB's EEPROM with that memorized in the MC relay PCB's EEPROM. If
they do not match, or no serial number is memorized in either EEPROM, enter the PCB replacement mode.
b) Procedure
Select "CPU BOARD" or "MC BOARD" using the and keys, and then press the [OK] key to determine it.
- CPU BOARD
Select this after replacing the main PCB.
The data in the MC relay PCB is copied to the main PCB.
- MC BOARD
Select this before replacing the MC relay PCB.
The data in the main controller PCB is copied to the MC relay PCB.
c) Exiting the PCB replacement mode

Turning off the [Power] key of the printer allows you to exit the PCB replacement mode.
For details on how to replace the PCB, see "Disassembly/Reassembly > Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly > PCBs".
2. Download mode
Use this mode only when updating the firmware without performing initialization.
a) Entering the download mode

1) Turning off the [Power] key of the printer.
2) With the [Stop] and [Navigate] keys pressed down, turn on the [Power] key of the printer.
* Keep pressing the above buttons until "Initializing" appears on the display.
b) Procedure
When "Download Mode/Send Firmware" is shown on the display, transfer the firmware.
When downloading of the firmware is completed, the printer is turned off automatically.
Chapter 8 ERROR CODE
Contents
Contents
8.1 Outline............................................................................................................................................................................8-1
8.1.1 Outline.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2 Outline.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Warning Table................................................................................................................................................................8-2
8.2.1 Warnings ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Warnings ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.3 Error Table .....................................................................................................................................................................8-6
8.3.1 Errors............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-6
8.3.2 Errors.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-10
8.4 Sevice Call Table .........................................................................................................................................................8-21
8.4.1 Service Call Errors ..................................................................................................................................................................... 8-21
Chapter 8
8.1 Outline
8.1.1 Outline
0014-9474
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.

If an error occurs during printing, the printer status is also displayed on the status monitor of the printer driver.
The following three types of errors are displayed on the display:
- Warning
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the printing results.
- Error
Status where the print operation is stopped, and the regular operation cannot be recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.
- Service call error

When a service call err or occurs, the error is not cleared and the error indication remains on the operation panel even if the printer is powered off and on again.
(Occurrence of the service call error is indicated again at power-on.)
This measure is taken to prevent user's recovery of the service call error and damages to the printer.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer in the service mode.
Note that some of the warnings, errors, and service call error described in the following tables may not appear in this printer.
In addition, the message that appears on the screen may not be the same as what is described in the table.
Overview of warnings and error codes
The codes of warnings and errors are shown below acording to the system.
T-8-1
Code Diagnosis
0181xxxx-xxxx Ink warning
0180xxxx-xxxx Printhead warning
0184xxxx-xxxx Maintenance cartridge warning
0134xxxx-xxxx GARO warning
0303xxxx-xxxx Cover error
0301xxxx-xxxx Media error
0306xxxx-xxxx
0386xxxx-xxxx
0313xxxx-xxxx Sensors, fans, motors error
0380xxxx-xxxx Printhead error
0381xxxx-xxxx Ink error
0383xxxx-xxxx
0384xxxx-xxxx Maintenance cartridge error
0387xxxx-xxxx Cutter unit error
0389xxxx-xxxx Media take-up unit error
0390xxxx-xxxx Firmware error
Exxx-xxxx Service call error
* "x" stands for a numeric or letter.
8.1.2 Outline
0023-3204
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.

If an error occurs during printing, the printer status is also displayed on the status monitor of the printer driver.
The following three types of errors are displayed on the display:
- Warning
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the printing results.
- Error
Status where the print operation is stopped, and the regular operation cannot be recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.
- Service call error
When a service call err or occurs, the error is not cleared and the error indication remains on the operation panel even if the printer is powered off and on again.
(Occurrence of the service call error is indicated again at power-on.)
This measure is taken to prevent user's recovery of the service call error and damages to the printer.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer in the service mode.
Note that some of the warnings, errors, and service call error described in the following tables may not appear in this printer.
In addition, the message that appears on the screen may not be the same as what is described in the table.
8-1
Chapter 8
8.2 Warning Table
8.2.1 Warnings
0014-9408
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DIPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-2
Code Display massage Status

01810104-1000 Ink Lv1: Chk BK ink tank is almost empty
01810101-1001 Ink Lv1: Chk Y ink tank is almost empty
01810102-1002 Ink Lv1: Chk M ink tank is almost empty
01810103-1003 Ink Lv1: Chk C ink tank is almost empty
01810112-1004 Ink Lv1: Chk PM ink tank is almost empty
01810113-1005 Ink Lv1: Chk PC ink tank is almost empty
01810106-1006 Ink Lv1: Chk MBK ink tank is almost empty
01810105-1008 Ink Lv1: Chk GY ink tank is almost empty
01810115-1009 Ink Lv1: Chk PGY ink tank is almost empty
01810107-100A Ink Lv1: Chk R ink tank is almost empty
01810109-100B Ink Lv1: Chk B ink tank is almost empty
01810108-100C Ink Lv1: Chk G ink tank is almost empty
01841001-281A Check maint cartridge capacity. Maintenance cartridge is almost full
01810304-1400 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. BK ink tank is empty
01810301-1401 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. Y ink tank is empty
01810302-1402 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. M ink tank is empty
01810303-1403 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. C ink tank is empty
01810312-1404 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. PM ink tank is empty
01810313-1405 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. PC ink tank is empty
01810306-1406 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. MBK ink tank is empty
01810305-1408 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. GY ink tank is empty
01810315-1409 Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. PGY ink tank is empty
01810307-140A Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. R ink tank is empty
01810309-140B Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. B ink tank is empty
01810308-140C Ink tank is empty. Replace the ink tank. G ink tank is empty
01810104-1410 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. BK ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810101-1411 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. Y ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810102-1412 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. M ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810103-1413 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. C ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810112-1414 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. PM ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810113-1415 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. PC ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810106-1416 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. MBK ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810105-1418 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. GY ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810115-1419 No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. PGY ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810107-141A No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. R ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810109-141B No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. B ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01810108-141C No ink tank loaded. Check ink tank. G ink tank is not loaded (when printing)
01031101- Close Ink Tank Cover Ink tank cover is opened (when printing)
01341221-1030 GARO W1221 Unsupported command in GARO image mode
01341222-1031 GARO W1222 Invalid number of parameters in GARO image mode (no parameter)
01341223-1032 GARO W1223 Required item was omitted in GARO image mode
01341225-1034 GARO W1225 Other warning in GARO image mode
01341231-1035 GARO W1231 Unsupported command in GARO setting mode
01341232-1036 GARO W1232 Invalid number of parameters in GARO setting mode
01341233-1037 GARO W1233 Reauired item was omitted in GARO setting mode
01341234-1038 GARO W1234 Data out of range in GARO image mode
01341235-1039 GARO W1235 Other warning in GARO setting mode
00000000-100F Feed Limit.. Force feed limit
01800500-1012 Check printed document. Printhead R not discharging
01800500-1013 Printhead L not discharging
01060000- Paper Size Wrong Media size missmatch
01061000-1021 Paper Type Wrong Media type missmatch
Prepare for parts replacement. Call for service. Parts counter warning level 1 (W1)
Parts replacement time has passed. Call for service. Parts counter warning level 2 (W2)
8-2
Chapter 8
8.2.2 Warnings
0024-9330
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
* Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode and that are recorded in PRINTINF. Messages that are not accompanied by a code
indication are not logged.
T-8-3
Display massage Code* Condition detected Action

Ink Level: Check 0180104-1000 BK ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Ink Level: Check 0180101-1001 Y ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Ink Level: Check 0180102-1002 M ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Ink Level: Check 0180103-1003 C ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Ink Level: Check 0180106-1006 MBK ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Ink Level: Check 0180106-1007 MBK2 ink tank near-empty Renew the ink tanks.
Problem with Printhead. 01800500-1010 Number of non-discharging nozzles in printhead: Clean the printheads. Renew the printheads.
Chk printing results Warning level Identify the head management sensor unit.
Prepare for maint cart 01841001-281A Maintenance cartridge near-full Replace the maintenance cartridge.
replacement.
Prepare for parts Parts counter W1 level Check the parts counter in service mode.
replacement.
Call for service.
Parts replacement time has Parts counter W2 level After checking the parts counter in service mode,
passed. replace any part whose counter is nearing the error
Call for service. value.
GARO W1221 01341221-1030 GARO (image mode): Unknown command Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1222 01341222-1031 GARO (image mode): Invalid parameter count (no Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
parameters)
GARO W1223 01341223-1032 GARO (image mode): Required parameter missing Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1225 01341225-1034 GARO (image mode): Other warning Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1226 01341226-103A GARO (image mode): Image processing table error Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1231 01341231-1035 GARO (setup): Unknown command Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1232 01341232-1036 GARO (setup): Invalid parameter count Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1233 01341233-1037 GARO (setup): Required parameter missing Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1234 01341234-1038 GARO (setup): Data out of bounds Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GARO W1235 01341235-1039 GARO (setup): Other warning Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
End of paper feed. Forced feed limit Check the remaining quantity of roll media.
Cannot feed paper more.
This type of paper is not 01860006-1015 Non-support paper of HP-GL/2 Exchange for the compatible paper to HP-GL/2.
compatible with HP-GL/2.
GL2:W0501 01340501-1040 Memory full (HP-GL/2) Check if there is the non-image area of the print.
The memory is full. Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
GL2:W0904 01340904-1048 Overflow of Polygon buffer (HP-GL/2) Check if there is the non-image area of the print.
GL2:W0903 01340903-1047 Overflow of replot buffer (HP-GL/2) Check if there is the non-image area of the print.
GL2:W0502 01340502-1041 Invalid parameter (HP-GL/2) Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
The parameter is out of
range.
GL2:W0504 01340504-1043 Invalid command (HP-GL/2) Verify the transmitted data before reprinting.
This command is not
supported.
Mail box nearly full. 011A1001-2901 The free hard disk space left for Personal Boxes in the Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes.
Delete unwanted data printer's hard disk does not have more than 1 GB,
combined.
Mail box full. 01861003-2902 100 jobs are stored in the Personal Box. Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxs.
Now printing without
saving data.
Before borderless printing, 01861004-1049 The platen shutter is closed at the borderless printing. Open the corresponding platen shutter.
move the blue platen switch.
Blue platen switch is dirty. 01861004-1050 Platen shutter cleaning warning Clean the platen shutter.
Please clean the switch.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810103-1003 C ink tank near-empty Renew the C ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810102-1002 M ink tank near-empty Renew the M ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810101-1001 Y ink tank near-empty Renew the Y ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810106-1006 MBK ink tank near-empty Renew the MBK ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810104-1000 BK ink tank near-empty Renew the BK ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810112-1004 PM ink tank near-empty Renew the PM ink tank.
to replace the ink.
8-3
Chapter 8

Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810113-1005 PC ink tank near-empty Renew the PC ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810105-1008 GY ink tank near-empty Renew the GY ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810115-1009 PGY ink tank near-empty Renew the PGY ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810107-100A R ink tank near-empty Renew the R ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810109-100B B ink tank near-empty Renew the B ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Not much ink is left. Prepare 01810108-100C G ink tank near-empty Renew the G ink tank.
to replace the ink.
Ink tank is empty. 01810303-1403 C ink tank empty Renew the C ink tank.
Replace the ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810302-1402 M ink tank empty Renew the M ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810301-1401 Y ink tank empty Renew the Y ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810306-1406 MBK ink tank empty Renew the MBK ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810304-1400 BK ink tank empty Renew the BK ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810312-1404 PM ink tank empty Renew the PM ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810313-1405 PC ink tank empty Renew the PC ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810305-1408 GY ink tank empty Renew the GY ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810315-1409 PGY ink tank empty Renew the PGY ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810307-140A R ink tank empty Renew the R ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810309-140B B ink tank empty Renew the B ink tank.
Ink tank is empty. 01810308-140C G ink tank empty Renew the G ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01810103-1413 C ink tank removal Attach the C ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01810102-1412 M ink tank removal Attach the M ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01810101-1411 Y ink tank removal Attach the Y ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01810106-1416 MBK ink tank removal Attach the MBK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01810104-1410 BK ink tank removal Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
The paper is too small. 013200D2-1051 Size clip error Check the media size check.
Change the media size.
Maximum jobs stored. 011A1006-2907 Saved jobs exceed the Personal Box capacity. Press the stop button to cancel the print job.
Delete unwanted data. Delete print jobs from the queue.
Delete unneeded jobs stored on the hard disk.
No ink tank loaded. 01830103-1413 C ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the C ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830102-1412 M ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the M ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830101-1411 Y ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the Y ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830106-1416 MBK ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the MBK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830106-1417 MBK ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the MBK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830104-1410 BK ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830112-1414 PM ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830113-1415 PC ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830105-1418 GY ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830115-1419 PGY ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830107-141A R ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830109-141B B ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 01830108-141C G ink tank removal (during printing) Attach the BK ink tank.
Check ink tank.
8-4
Chapter 8

Unable to detect ink level 03031101-25B7 Invalidate the ink remaining detection function, when Renew the ink tank after closing the ink tank cover.
correctly. opening the ink tank cover. (during printing)
Paper Mismatch. 01061000-1021 Paper type mismatch Check the type of paper that can be fed and reload
the paper.
Borderless printng not 01861001-1052 Borderless printing disabled Check the data, and then print again.
possible.
Check supported paper.
Paper position not suitable 01861001-1053 Borderless printing disabled (engine detection) Reload the paper.
for borderless printing.
PaprWidth Mismatch. 01063000-1054 Roll media width mismatch Change the roll media.
Blue platen switch is dirty. 01861005-1050 Platen shutter cleaning warning Clean the platen shutter.
Please clean the switch.
8-5
Chapter 8
8.3 Error Table
8.3.1 Errors
0014-9440
iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100
The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DISPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-4
Code Status
03010000-200A Media width detection error
03010000-200B Media set position error
03010000-200C Media leading edge not detected
03010000-200D Cut sheet end cannot be detected
03010000-200E Media too small
03010000-200F Media too large
03010000-2016 Media became misaligned during feeding
03010000-2017 Media right edge not detected
03010000-2018 Media left edge not detected
03010000-2820 Head resistration improper adjustment
03010000-2821 LF improper adjustment
03010000-2822 Eccentricity improper adjustment
03010000-2823 Printhead check error
03010000-2824 Optical axis error
03010000-2E18 Media feeding failure
03010000-2E19 Feed error

03010000-2E1A
03010000-2E1D
03010000-2E1C Ejection error
03010000-2E1F Media is too small to print adjustment pattern
03010000-2E27 Media became misaligned during printing
03010000-2F33 Transparent media was loaded and cannot adjust
03016000-2010 Media skewed
03130000-2E21 IEEE error
03030000-2F29 Feed motor time out
03031000-2E0F Upper cover open error
03031000-2E11 Carriage cover open error
03031000-2E12 Release lever error
03031000-2F38 Upper cover abnormaly open
03031000-2F39 Carriage cover abnormaly open
03031101-2E10 Ink tank cover error
03060000-2E14 Media size mismatch
03060000-2E16 Media type mismatch
03060000-2E20 Media type mismatch when printing adjusting patternes
03060100-2E02 No cut sheet loaded when cut sheet is required
03060A00-2E08 Media width mismatch
03060A00-2E00 Roll media was not loaded even though the received data indicated roll media.
03060A00-2E1B End of roll media
03061000-2E15 Media type mismatch
03130031-260E Gap detection error
03130031-260F Gap reference surface error (not generated in the user mode.)
03130031-2618 VH voltage error
03130031-2F11 Carriage unit error
03130031-2F12 Feed unit error
03130031-2F13 A/D converter outside trigger output stop
03130031-2F14 ASIC register writing error
8-6
Chapter 8
Code Status
03130031-2F16 Mist fan error
03130031-2F17 Platen fan error
03130031-2F1F Purge motor HP error
03130031-2F20 Purge motor error
03130031-2F22 Pump movement timeout
03130031-2F23 Pump cannot operate
03130031-2F25 Unable to detect CR motor HP
03130031-2F26 Carriage motor driving error
03130031-2F27 Carriage motor timeout
03130031-2F2A Feed roller HP sensor error
03130031-2F2B Feed motor driving error
03130031-2F2E Roll media drive time out
03130031-2F32 Multi sensor faulty
03130031-2F3A Valve motor error
03130031-2F28 Lift motor time out
03130031-2F36 EEPROM error
03130031-2F37 linear scale error
03800101-2800 Printhead R not installed
03800102-2808 Printhead L not installed
03800201-2802 Improper printhead R installed
03800201-2804 Printhead R installed to left side
03800201-2812 Printhead R version mismatch
03800202-2807 Printhead L installed to right side
03800202-280A Improper printhead L installed
03800202-2813 Printhead L version mismatch
03800301-2801 Printhead R DI correction failure
03800302-2809 Printhead L DI correction failure
03800401-2803 Printhead R EEPROM error
03800402-280B Printhead L EEPROM error
03800500-2F2F Head management sensor error
03800500-2F30 Head management sensor position adjustment error
03800500-2F31 Head management sensor light-emission level error
03800501-280D Many non-discharging nozzles on printhead R
03800502-280E Many non-discharging nozzles on printhead L
03810104-2500 No ink (BK)
03810101-2501 No ink (Y)
03810102-2502 No ink (M)
03810103-2503 No ink (C)
03810112-2504 No ink (PM)
03810113-2505 No ink (PC)
03810106-2506 No ink (MBK)
03810105-2508 No ink (GY)
03810115-2509 No ink (PGY)
03810107-250A No ink (R)
03810109-250B No ink (B)
03810108-250C No ink (G)
03810204-2580 Remaining ink low (BK)
03810201-2581 Remaining ink low (Y)
03810202-2582 Remaining ink low (M)
03810203-2583 Remaining ink low (C)
03810212-2584 Remaining ink low (PM)
8-7
Chapter 8
Code Status
03810213-2585 Remaining ink low (PC)
03810206-2586 Remaining ink low (MBK)
03810205-2588 Remaining ink low (GY)
03810215-2589 Remaining ink low (PGY)
03810207-258A Remaining ink low (R)
03810209-258B Remaining ink low (B)
03810208-258C Remaining ink low (G)
03830104-2510 Ink tank status not detected (BK)
03830101-2511 Ink tank status not detected (Y)
03830102-2512 Ink tank status not detected (M)
03830103-2513 Ink tank status not detected (C)
03830112-2514 Ink tank status not detected (PM)
03830113-2515 Ink tank status not detected (PC)
03830106-2516 Ink tank status not detected (MBK)
03830105-2518 Ink tank status not detected (GY)
03830115-2519 Ink tank status not detected (PGY)
03830107-251A Ink tank status not detected (R)
03830109-251B Ink tank status not detected (B)
03830108-251C Ink tank status not detected (G)
03830104-2520 Ink tank not installed (BK)
03830101-2521 Ink tank not installed (Y)
03830102-2522 Ink tank not installed (M)
03830103-2523 Ink tank not installed (C)
03830112-2524 Ink tank not installed (PM)
03830113-2525 Ink tank not installed (PC)
03830106-2526 Ink tank not installed (MBK)
03830105-2528 Ink tank not installed (GY)
03830115-2529 Ink tank not installed (PGY)
03830107-252A Ink tank not installed (R)
03830109-252B Ink tank not installed (B)
03830108-252C Ink tank not installed (G)
03830204-2540 Ink tank ID error (BK)
03830201-2541 Ink tank ID error (Y)
03830202-2542 Ink tank ID error (M)
03830203-2543 Ink tank ID error (C)
03830212-2544 Ink tank ID error (PM)
03830213-2545 Ink tank ID error (PC)
03830206-2546 Ink tank ID error (MBK)
03830205-2548 Ink tank ID error (GY)
8-8
Chapter 8
Code Status
03830215-2549 Ink tank ID error (PGY)
03830207-254A Ink tank ID error (R)
03830209-254B Ink tank ID error (B)
03830208-254C Ink tank ID error (G)
03830304-2560 Ink tank EEPROM error (BK)
03830301-2561 Ink tank EEPROM error (Y)
03830302-2562 Ink tank EEPROM error (M)
03830303-2563 Ink tank EEPROM error (C)
03830312-2564 Ink tank EEPROM error (PM)
03830313-2565 Ink tank EEPROM error (PC)
03830306-2566 Ink tank EEPROM error (MBK)
03830305-2568 Ink tank EEPROM error (GY)
03830315-2569 Ink tank EEPROM error (PGY)
03830307-256A Ink tank EEPROM error (R)
03830309-256B Ink tank EEPROM error (B)
03830308-256C Ink tank EEPROM error (G)
03841001-2819 Maintenance cartridge tank full
03841101-2818 Maintenance cartridge not installed
03841201-2816 Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error
03841201-2817 Maintenance cartridge ID error
03841001-281B Empty capacity of the maintenance cartridge when cleaning it various is insufficient.
03860002-2E0A Manually fed cut sheet was already loaded even though received data indicated roll media
03860002-2E0C When the roll paper was loaded, the data of the cut sheet specification was received.
03861001-2405 Media set position unsuitable for borderless printing
03861001-2406 Received data unsuitable for borderless printing
03862000-2E09 Roll paper running out
03870001-2015 Cutting failure
03890000-2920 Cannot take up media
03890000-2921 Taking up media not stopping
03900001-4042 MIT data transfer failure
03900001-4049 Forwarding ROM data machine kind difference
E194-4034 Sensor calibration error
8-9
Chapter 8
8.3.2 Errors
0024-9331
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
* Codes represent the numbers that are displayed in DISPLAY in service mode.
If the same message is displayed when the printer is turned off, then back on, take action as recommended in the Action column.
T-8-5

Problem with Printhead 01800500-1010 The number of the printhead's non-discharge nozzle Clean the printhead.
Chk printing results was over fixed level during the non-discharge Replace the printhead.
detection operation.
Problem with Printhead R 01800500-1012 The number of the right printhead's non-discharge Clean the printhead.
Chk printing results nozzle was over fixed level during the non-discharge Replace the right printhead.
Problem with Printhead L 01800500-1013 The number of the left printhead's non-discharge Clean the printhead.
Chk printing results nozzle was over fixed level during the non-discharge Replace the left printhead.
Move the blue platen switch 01861007-1056 The platen shutter switch No.2 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
No.02 to the right. shutter is the mode of opening. switch.
Check the platen and multi sensor and surrounding
parts.
Replace the multi sensor.
parts.
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100A-1059 The platen shutter switch No.5 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100B-105A The platen shutter switch No.6 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100C-105B The platen shutter switch No.7 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100D-105C The platen shutter switch No.8 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100E-105D The platen shutter switch No.9 has been closing when Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 0186100F-105E The platen shutter switch No.10 has been closing Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
No.10 to the right. when shutter is the mode of opening. switch.
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 01861010-105F The platen shutter switch No.11 has been closing Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
Move the blue platen switch 01861011-1060 The platen shutter switch No.12 has been closing Check the opening or closing of the platen shutter
parts.
parts.
parts.
Paper size not detected. 03010000-200A Unable to detect the paper width (Paper loaded at an Reload the paper
Reload paper. improper position)
8-10
Chapter 8

Paper size not detected. 03010000-200C Unable to detect the leading end of paper Check the leading end of paper.
Lift the release lever and Reload the paper.
reload the paper.
Leading edge detection 03010000-200D Unable to detect the trailing end of cut sheet Check the sheet length.
error. Check to see if paper has not jammed.
Lift the release lever and
align leading edge with
orange line.
This paper cannot be used. 03010000-200E Undersized paper (cut sheets/roll media) Replace with larger-sized paper.
Check supported paper
sizes.
This paper cannot be used. 03010000-200F Oversized paper (cut sheets/roll media) Replace with smaller-sized paper.
Check supported paper
sizes.
Paper jam. 03010000-2016 Cut sheet feed failure Check or replace a cut sheet.
Manually rewind roll all the
way.
Paper size not detected. 03010000-2017 Paper (right) edge detection error Check the right edge of paper.
Lift the release lever and Check the paper type.
reload the paper.
Paper size not detected. 03010000-2018 Paper (left) edge detection error Check the left edge of paper.
Lift the release lever and Check the paper type.
reload the paper.
03010000-201A Paper (right) edge detection error (cut sheet pick-up) Set or replace the media.
03010000-201B Paper (right) edge detection error (roll media pick-up) Set or replace the media.
03010000-201C Paper (left) edge detection error (cut sheet pick-up) Set or replace the media.
03010000-201D Paper (left) edge detection error (roll media pick-up) Set or replace the media.
Cannot print as specified. 03010000-2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing (A4 or Replace with A4/Letter or any larger-sized paper.
Lift the release lever and larger)
replace paper with A4/LTR
(vertical) or larger.
Cannot print as specified. 03010000-2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing (A3 or Replace with A3/11"x17" or any larger-sized paper.
Lift the release lever and larger)
replace paper with A3/
Ledger (vertical) or larger.
Cannot print as specified. 03010000-2E1F Undersized paper loaded for internal printing (roll Replace with roll media at least 10 inches in width.
Lift the release lever and media)
replace roll with 10 in. wide
or larger roll.
Cannot feed paper. 03010000-2E25 Paper jam while feeding/ejecting/printing Remove the paper jam and reload the paper.
Remove paper and press
Load/Eject.
Cannot feed paper. 03010000-2E27 Paper jam during feeding/printing/ejection Reload the paper.
reload paper.
Paper jam. 03010000-2E3A Madia load failure Check the pick-up unit and roll media.
Manually rewind roll all the Check to see if paper has not jammed.
way and press OK.
Paper jam. 03010000-2E3B Madia load failure (lower roll) Check the pick-up unit and roll media.
Manually rewind roll all the Check to see if paper has not jammed.
way and press OK.
Error in cutter position. 03010000-2E47 Cutter position error Check the cutter unit and surrounding part.
Hardware error. 03010000-2F29 Feed motor timeout (Roll media) Check the roll feed unit.
03130031-2E29 Check roll media.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check to see if paper has not jammed in the printer.
turn on again.
Use another paper. 03010000-2F33 Unadjustable because of transparent media Replace with adjustable media.
Press Online to clear the
error.
Paper loaded askew. 03016000-2010 Skew Correct the skew in the paper and reload it.
Lift the release lever.
Ink tank cover is open. 03031000-2E10 Ink tank cover abnormally open Close the ink tank cover and turn on the printer
Turn off printer,wait a again.
while, and turn it on again.
Rel lever is in wrong 03031000-2F21 Pinch roller open error Check the pinch roller unit and surrounding part.
position.
Turn off printer, wait, then
turn on again.
Top cover is open. 03031000-2F38 Top cover abnormally open Close the top cover and turn on the printer again.
Turn off printer, wait a
Paper mismatch. 03060000-2E20 Cut sheet type or size is not match when printing the Change the cut sheet.
Make sure media type and printhead registration.
paper size match for the
adjustment print.
Sheet printing is selected. 03060100-2E02 Cut sheet is not loaded when printing. Set the cut sheet.
03060100-2E05 Cut sheet is not loaded when receiving the printing Set the cut sheet.
job.
8-11
Chapter 8

Roll printing is selected. 03060A00-2E00 Data with a roll media specification has been received Load roll media.
Press Load/Eject and load a but no roll media are loaded.
roll.
No Roll Feed Unit. 03060A00-2E0E Roll media unit not installed Install the roll media unit.
Turn printer off and install
roll feed unit.
The roll is empty. 03060A00-2E1B Roll media end Renew the supply of roll media.
replace the roll.
Roll feed unit error. 03060A00-2E24 Roll cam sensor error Check the roll unit.
Turn off the printer and
check the roll feed unit.
03060A00-2E33 Roll media is not loaded when receiving the printing Set the roll media.
job.
Roll printing is selected. 03060A00-2E35 Roll media is not loaded for internal printing. Reload the roll media.
Press Load/Eject and load a
roll.
Roll printing is selected. 03060A00-2E37 Roll media is not loaded when printing. Set the roll media.
Roll feed unit error. 03060B00-2E24 Roll feed unit failure Replace the roll feed unit.
Turn off printer and check
roll feed unit.
Wrong paper type. 03061000-2E15 Paper type mismatch Check the type of paper that can be fed and reload
the paper.
This type of paper is not 03061000-2E15 Non-support media of HP-GL/2 Exchange for the compatible paper to HP-GL/2
compatible with HP-GL/2. before reprinting.
Online: Print
Stop: Stop Printing
Load/Eject: Change Paper
PaprWidth Mismatch. 03063000-2E08 Roll media width mismatch Change the roll media.
Hardware error. 03130000-2E21 IEEE1394 port error Check the IEEE1394 board is attached correctly.
03130000-2E21 Replace the IEEE1394 board.
Turn off printer, wait, then Replace the main controller PCB.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-260E Gap detection error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
03130031-260E Replace the main controller PCB.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-260F Gap reference surface error Replace the multi sensor reference.
03130031-260F
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2618 VH voltage error Check the power supply unit.
03130031-2618
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-290A HDD unit detection error Check the HDD unit is attached correctly.
03130031-290A Check the HDD unit and surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Replace the HDD unit.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2E23 Cutter unit failure Check the cutter unit and sensor.
03130031-2E23
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F13 A/D converter external trigger output stop detection Replace the new printhead.
03130031-2E13 hardware error 1
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F14 Writing to the ASIC register disabled Replace the main controller PCB
03130031-2E14
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F16 Mist fan rotation error Check the mist fan.
03130031-2E16
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F17 Platen suction fan lock detection error Check the platen suction fan.
03130031-2E17
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F1F Pump cam sensor error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2E1F
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F20 Purge motor cam position error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2E20
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F22 Pump move timeout Check the purge unit.
03130031-2E22
turn on again.
8-12
Chapter 8

Hardware error. 03130031-2F23 Purge motor error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2E23 Pump inoperable
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F25 Unable to detect the carriage motor home position Check the carriage unit.
03130031-2E25 Check the linear encoder for smears.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F26 Carriage inoperable Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
03130031-2E26
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F27 Carriage move timeout Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
03130031-2E27
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F2A Unable to detect the feed roller home position Check the feed roller encoder and surrounding part.
03130031-2E2A Check to see if paper has not jammed.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F2B LF operation failure Check to see if paper has not jammed.
03130031-2F2B Check the feed motor and feed roller.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F2E Roll travel timeout Check the roll feed unit.
03130031-2E2E
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F32 Multi sensor error Check the environment for interferences from
03130031-2F32 outside light.
Turn off printer, wait, then Replace the multi sensor unit.
turn on again.
Calibration 03130031-2F35 Color calibration disabled Check the parts counter in service mode.
There is a problem with the Replace the multi sensor unit.
multi-sensor.
Cancel calibration.
Calibration 03130031-2F35 The detection value of the temperature/humidity Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for
There is a problem with the sensor was the ranges that were adjustment smears.
multi-sensor. impossibility when performing color calibration. Check the environment for interferences from
Cancel calibration. outside light.
Clean the printhead.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3A Valve motor error Check the ink supply unit.
03130031-2F3A
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3B CS communication error Remove the ink tanks and then reload them.
03130031-2F3B Replace the ink tank.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check the main controller PCB.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3C LF pressure error Check the pinch roller and surrounding parts.
03130031-2F3C Replace the pinch roller pressure drive unit.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3D HP maintenance jet pump motor overload error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2F3D
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3E HP maintenance jet pump motor move timeout error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2F3E
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F3F HP maintenance jet pump motor error Check the purge unit.
03130031-2F3F
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F46 Platen shutter failure Check the platen shutter and shutter HP sensor.
03130031-2F46
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F48 VH voltage error Check the power supply unit.
03130031-2F48
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F49 Left printhead short-circuit error detection (VH Check that the left printhead is attached correctly.
03130031-2F49 leakage) Check the contact of left printhead and surrounding
Turn off printer, wait, then parts.
turn on again. Replace the left printhead.
Replace the carriage unit.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F4A Incorrect main controller PCB attachment error Check the main controller PCB.
03130031-2F4A Replace the correct main controller PCB.
turn on again.
8-13
Chapter 8

Hardware error. 03130031-2F50 Right printhead short-circuit error detection (VH Check that the right printhead is attached correctly.
03130031-2F50 leakage) Check the contact of right printhead and
Turn off printer, wait, then surrounding parts.
turn on again. Replace the right printhead.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F51 Printhead short-circuit error detection (VH leakage) Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
03130031-2F51 Check the contact of printhead and surrounding
Turn off printer, wait, then parts.
turn on again. Replace the printhead.
Hardware error. 03130031-2F52 Incorrect carriage PCB attachment error Check the carriage PCB.
03130031-2F52 Replace the correct carriage PCB.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03130031-4027 Lift travel timeout error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
03130031-4027
turn on again.
Mail box full. 031A1001-2905 The job store executed when the free hard disk space Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes.
Delete unwanted data on left for Personal Boxes in the printer's hard disk is full.
your computer to resume
printing.
Press Stop to cancel
printing.
Hard disk error. 031A1002-2908 Hard disk format error Press the [OK] button to start reformatting the hard
Press OK to reformat disk. When formatting is finished, the printer
automatically restarts.
File read error. 031A1002-2909 Hard disk file error Restart the printer. Only the corrupted files will be
Turn off printer, wait a deleted, and the printer will restart.
Invalid files will be deleted.
Mail box full. 031A1006-2906 The store executed when 32 jobs are stored in the Delete unneeded jobs stored in Personal Boxes.
Cannot save. Personal Box.
Delete unwanted data on
your computer to resume
printing.
Press Stop to cancel
printing.
The paper is too small. 033200D2-2E30 Size clip error Confirm the print data.
No printhead. 03800100-2800 Printhead not installed Install the printhead.
Install printhead.
No right printhead 03800101-2800 Right printhead not installed Install the right printhead.
Install right printhead.
No left printhead 03800102-2808 Left printhead not installed Install the left printhead.
Install left printhead.
Printhead error. 03800200-2802 Invalid printhead installed Replace printhead.
Open top cover and replace
the printhead.
Wrong printhead. 03800200-2811 Printhead version error Replace the printhead.
the printhead.
Right printhead error. 03800201-2802 Right printhead ID error Replace the right printhead.
the right printhead.
PHeads: wrong pos. 03800201-2804 The left printhead was installed to the installation Check the installation position of printhead.
Open top cover and check position of right printhead.
the printhead positions.
Right printhead error. 03800201-2812 Right printhead version error Replace the right printhead.
PHeads: wrong pos. 03800202-2807 The right printhead was installed to the installation Check the installation position of printhead.
Open top cover and check position of left printhead.
the printhead positions.
Left printhead error. 03800202-280A Left printhead ID error Replace the left printhead.
the left printhead.
Left printhead error. 03800202-2813 Left printhead version error Replace the left printhead.
the left printhead.
Left printhead error. 03800202-282D Left printhead abnormal temperature detection error Replace the left printhead.
(during maintenance jet)
Left printhead error. 03800202-2830 Left printhead abnormal temperature detection error Replace the left printhead.
during maintenance jet (when restarting printer)
Printhead error. 03800300-2801 Printhead DI compensation failure Replace printhead.
Right printhead error. 03800301-2801 Right printhead DI compensation failure Replace the right printhead.
Left printhead error. 03800302-2809 Left printhead DI compensation failure Replace the left printhead.
the left printhead.
8-14
Chapter 8

Printhead error. 03800400-2803 Printhead EEPROM error Replace printhead.
Right printhead error. 03800401-2803 Right printhead EEPROM error Replace the right printhead.
Left printhead error. 03800402-280B Left printhead EEPROM error Replace the left printhead.
the left printhead.
PHead needs cleaning. 03800500-280C Printhead found to have many non-discharging Clean the printhead.
Press Online to clear error. nozzles during a non-discharging inspection (printing Identify the nozzles in a nozzle check pattern.
paused) Replace the printhead.
Execute printhead cleaning. 03800500-280C Printhead found to have many non-discharging Clean the printhead.
If this message is still nozzles during a non-discharging inspection (printing Identify the nozzles in a nozzle check pattern.
displayed, replace the paused) Replace the printhead.
printhead.
Execute printhead cleaning. 03800500-2827 Printhead found to have many non-discharging Clean the printhead. Identify the nozzles in a nozzle
If this message is still nozzles during a non-discharging inspection (printing check pattern.
displayed, replace the stopped) Replace the printhead.
printhead.
Printing stopped.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F2F The non-discharge of the EVEN or ODD line (640- Check the head management sensor and
03800500-2F2F nozzles) is detected the 320-nozzles or more. surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
turn on again. Replace the head management sensor.
Replace the printhead.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F30 Detectable area failure (when adjusting the position of Check the ink tube unit and surrounding parts.
03800500-2F30 non-discharging nozzle) Check the purge unit and surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then The gap of detection position of nozzle both ends is Check the head management sensor and
turn on again. big. surrounding parts.
Check the flexible cable unit and surrounding parts.
Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
Replace the main controller PCB.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F31 Non-discharge detection optical axis error Check the head management sensor.
03800500-2F31 Replace the head management sensor.
Turn off printer, wait, then Replace the printhead.
turn on again.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F40 The non-discharge of all colors and chips (A/B, Check the ink tube unit and surrounding parts.
03800500-2F40 EVEN/ODD) and nozzles is detected. Check the purge unit and surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check the head management sensor and
turn on again. surrounding parts.
Replace the head management sensor.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F41 About all chips and nozzles of one color, the non- Check the ink tube unit and surrounding parts.
03800500-2F41 discharge is detected. Check the purge unit and surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check the head management sensor and
turn on again. surrounding parts.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F42 About single line (A or B) and all nozzles (1280- Check the head management sensor and
03800500-2F42 nozzles) of one color, the non-discharge is detected. surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check the flexible cable unit and surrounding parts.
turn on again. Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F43 About single chip (A or B, EVEN or ODD) and all Check the head management sensor and
03800500-2F43 nozzles (640-nozzles) of one color, the non-discharge surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then is detected. Check the flexible cable unit and surrounding parts.
turn on again. Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F44 The non-discharge of the EVEN or ODD line (640- Check the head management sensor and
03800500-2F44 nozzles) is detected. surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then Check that the printhead is attached correctly.
turn on again. Replace the main controller PCB.
Hardware error. 03800500-2F47 Head management sensor failure Check the head management sensor and
03800500-2F47 The APCCHK signal of head management sensor is surrounding parts.
Turn off printer, wait, then out of range. Replace the head management sensor.
turn on again. Replace the main controller PCB.
Clean right P Head 03800501-280D The number of right printhead nozzle was over level Clean the printhead.
that can back up non-discharging nozzle. (printing Change the setting of nozzle check warning.
paused) Replace the right printhead.
8-15
Chapter 8

Clean right P Head 03800501-2828 The number of right printhead nozzle was over level Clean the printhead.
stoped) Replace the right printhead.
Clean left P Head 03800502-280E The number of left printhead nozzle was over level Clean the printhead.
paused) Replace the left printhead.
Clean left P Head 03800502-2829 The number of left printhead nozzle was over level Clean the printhead.
stoped) Replace the left printhead.
Ink tank is empty. 03810101-2501 Y ink tank empty Renew the Y ink tank.
Press OK and replace ink
tank.
03810101-2511 Unidentified status of Y ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
detection) replace the ink tank.
Cannot detect ink level 03810101-259F Subtank empty of Y ink tank (ink tank cover opening After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
correctly. and refill ink tank usage)
Close tank cover.
Ink tank is empty. 03810102-2502 M ink tank empty Renew the M ink tank.
tank.
03810102-2512 Unidentified status of M ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Cannot detect ink level 03810102-259E Subtank empty of M ink tank (ink tank cover opening After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
Close tank cover.
Ink tank is empty. 03810103-2503 C ink tank empty Renew the C ink tank.
tank.
03810103-2513 Unidentified status of C ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Cannot detect ink level 03810103-259D Subtank empty of C ink tank (ink tank cover opening After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
Close tank cover.
Ink tank is empty. 03810104-2500 BK ink tank empty Renew the BK ink tank.
tank.
03810104-2510 Unidentified status of BK ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Cannot detect ink level 03810104-259C Subtank empty of BK ink tank (ink tank cover After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
correctly. opening and refill ink tank usage)
Close tank cover.
Ink tank is empty. 03810105-2508 GY ink tank empty Renew the GY ink tank.
tank.
03810105-2518 Unidentified status of GY ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810106-2506 MBK ink tank empty Renew the MBK ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank is empty. 03810106-2507 MBK2 ink tank empty Renew the MBK ink tank.
tank.
03810106-2516 Unidentified status of MBK ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
03810106-2517 Unidentified status of MBK2 ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Cannot detect ink level 03810106-25A2 Subtank empty of MBK ink tank (ink tank cover After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
Close tank cover.
Cannot detect ink level 03810106-25A3 Subtank empty of MBK2 ink tank (ink tank cover After the ink tank cover, replace the ink tank.
Close tank cover.
Ink tank is empty. 03810107-250A R ink tank empty Renew the R ink tank.
tank.
03810107-251A Unidentified status of R ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810108-250C G ink tank empty Renew the G ink tank.
tank.
03810108-251C Unidentified status of G ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810109-250B B ink tank empty Renew the B ink tank.
tank.
03810109-251B Unidentified status of B ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810112-2504 PM ink tank empty Renew the PM ink tank.
tank.
8-16
Chapter 8

03810112-2514 Unidentified status of PM ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810113-2505 PC ink tank empty Renew the PC ink tank.
tank.
03810113-2515 Unidentified status of PC ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink tank is empty. 03810115-2509 PGY ink tank empty Renew the PGY ink tank.
tank.
03810115-2519 Unidentified status of PGY ink tank (refill ink tank Invalidate the ink remaining detection function or
Ink insufficient. 03810201-2581 Low on the Y ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810201-2591 Low on the Y ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished Y ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810202-2582 Low on the M ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished M ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810202-2592 Low on the M ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished M ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810203-2583 Low on the C ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810203-2593 Low on the C ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished C ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810204-2580 Low on the BK ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished BK ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810204-2590 Low on the BK ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished BK ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810205-2588 Low on the GY ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810205-2588 Low on the G ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810205-2598 Low on the GY ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished GY ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810206-2586 Low on the MBK ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished MBK ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810206-2587 Low on the MBK2 ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished MBK ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810206-2596 Low on the MBK ink tank (during pre-printing Replace with a fully replenished MBK ink tank.
Press OK and replace ink checks)
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810206-2597 Low on the MBK2 ink tank (during pre-printing Replace with a fully replenished MBK ink tank.
Press OK and replace ink checks)
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810207-258A Low on the R ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810207-259A Low on the R ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished R ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810208-259C Low on the G ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished G ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810209-258B Low on the B ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810209-259B Low on the B ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished B ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810212-2584 Low on the PM ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810212-2594 Low on the PM ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished PM ink tank.
tank.
8-17
Chapter 8

Ink insufficient. 03810213-2585 Low on the PC ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810213-2595 Low on the PC ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished PC ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810215-2589 Low on the PGY ink tank (as during cleaning) Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank.
tank.
Ink insufficient. 03810215-2599 Low on the PGY ink tank (during pre-printing checks) Replace with a fully replenished PGY ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830101-2521 Y ink tank not installed Install a Y ink tank.
Press OK and check ink
tank.
03830101-25AC Y ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink tank) Install the detached ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830102-2522 M ink tank not installed Install a M ink tank.
tank.
03830102-25AB M ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink tank) Install the detached ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830103-2523 C ink tank not installed Install a C ink tank.
tank.
03830103-25AA C ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink tank) Install the detached ink tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830104-2520 BK ink tank not installed Install a BK ink tank.
tank.
03830104-25A9 BK ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink Install the detached ink tank.
tank)
No ink tank loaded. 03830105-2528 GY ink tank not installed Install a GY ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830106-2526 MBK ink tank not installed Install a MBK ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830106-2527 MBK2 ink tank not installed Install a MBK ink tank.
tank.
03830106-25B0 MBK ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink Install the detached ink tank.
tank)
03830106-25B1 MBK2 ink tank detachment (when using the refill ink Install the detached ink tank.
tank)
No ink tank loaded. 03830107-252A R ink tank not installed Install a R ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830108-252C G ink tank not installed Install a G ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830109-252B B ink tank not installed Install a B ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830112-2524 PM ink tank not installed Install a PM ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830113-2525 PC ink tank not installed Install a PC ink tank.
tank.
No ink tank loaded. 03830115-2529 PGY ink tank not installed Install a PGY ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830201-2541 Y ink tank ID error Replace with a valid Y ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830202-2542 M ink tank ID error Replace with a valid M ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830203-2543 C ink tank ID error Replace with a valid C ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830204-2540 BK ink tank ID error Replace with a valid BK ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830205-2548 GY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid GY ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830206-2546 MBK ink tank ID error Replace with a valid MBK ink tank.
tank.
8-18
Chapter 8

Ink tank error. 03830206-2547 MBK2 ink tank ID error Replace with a valid MBK ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830207-254A R ink tank ID error Replace with a valid R ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830208-254C G ink tank ID error Replace with a valid G ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830209-254B B ink tank ID error Replace with a valid B ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830212-2544 PM ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PM ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830213-2545 PC ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PC ink tank.
tank.
Ink tank error. 03830215-2549 PGY ink tank ID error Replace with a valid PGY ink tank.
tank.
Maintenance cartridge full. 03841001-2819 Maintenance cartridge full Renew the maintenance cartridge.
Replace the maintenance
cartridge.
No Maintenance Cartridge 03841001-281B Not enough space in the maintenance cartridge prior Replace the maintenance cartridge.
capacity. to cleaning
cartridge.
No maintenance cartridge. 03841101-2818 Mauntenance cartridge not installed Install the maintenance cartridge.
Check the maintenance
cartridge.
Maintenance cartridge 03841201-2816 Maintenance cartridge EEPROM error Renew the maintenance cartridge.
problem.
cartridge.
Maintenance cartridge 03841201-2817 Maintenance cartridge ID error Renew the maintenance cartridge.
problem.
cartridge.
Manual printing is selected, 03860001-2E0C Data with a cut sheet specification has been received Load cut sheets at the paper tray port.
but a roll is loaded. when roll media are loaded.
Press Load/Eject and
remove the roll.
Sheet printing is selected. 03860002-2E02 Data with a cut sheet specification has been received Load cut sheets at the paper tray port.
Press Load/Eject and load but no cut sheets are loaded.
sheets.
Roll printing is selected, but 03860002-2E0A Data with a roll media specification has been received Replace with roll media.
sheets are loaded. when a cut sheet tray is loaded.
Press OK, remove the
sheets, and load a roll.
This type of media is not 03860006-2825 Paper type mismatch at HP-GL/2 printing Exchange for the compatible paper to HP-GL/2
compatible with HP-GL/2. before reprinting.
Borderless printng not 03861001-2405 Paper loaded at a position inaccessible for borderless Check to see if a borderless printing spacer is
possible. Check roll printing installed.
position. Reload the paper.
Online: Print
Borderless printng not 03861001-2406 Data unfit for borderless printing Check the data, and then print again.
possible.
Check paper size setting.
Borderless printng not 03861001-2407 Borderless printing disabled (engine detection) Reload the paper.
possible.
Paper stretched or shrank.
Confirm usage cond. of the
paper.
Borderless printng not 03861001-2408 Borderless printing disabled (unsupported size) Check the media size.
possible. Change the media size.
Insufficient paper for job. 03862000-2E09 Not enough roll media on remaining roll media Renew the supply of roll media.
Online: Print quantity detection
Stop: Stop Printing
Insufficient paper for job. 03862001-2E31 Not enough roll media Renew the supply of roll media.
Insufficient paper for job. 03862002-2E32 Not enough roll media (lower roll) Renew the supply of roll media.
Cannot adjust printhead. 03863000-2820 Printhead registration unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for
Press Online to clear the smears.
error and readjust printhead. Check the environment for interferences from
outside light.
8-19
Chapter 8

Cannot adjust printhead. 03863000-2821 LF unadjustable Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for
Press Online to clear the smears.
error and readjust printhead. Check the environment for interferences from
outside light.
Cannot adjust eccentric. 03863000-2822 Eccentricity correction disabled Check to see if paper has not jammed.
Press Online to clear the
error.
Cannot adjust optic axis. 03863000-2824 Optical axis error Check the multi sensor.
Press Online to clear the Check the head management sensor.
error.
03863000-2826 Eccentricity correction error Check to see if paper has not jammed.
03863000-282A Carriage motor rotation adjustment error Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
Replace the carriage motor.
03863000-282B Carriage motor rotation adjustment error (when Check the carriage unit and surrounding parts.
detecting the vibration) Replace the carriage motor.
CRNG XXX XXX XXX 03863000-2831 Printhead registration unadjustable (when performing Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for
XXX CR REG) smears.
Check the environment for interferences from
outside light.
Cannot calibrate. 03863000-2F34 Color calibration adjustment failure error Check the environment for interferences from
Press OK and try outside light.
calibration again. Replace the multi sensor unit.
Error E02827 03863000-4034 Sensor calibration error Check the paper on which a pattern is printed for
smears.
Check the environment for interferences from
outside light.
PaprWidth Mismatch. 03864001-2E45 Roll media width mismatch (when pressing the Load Change the roll media.
button)
Wrong paper type. 03864002-2E42 Paper type mismatch Check the type of paper that can be fed and reload
the paper.
Borderless printng not 03864004-2409 Paper loaded at a position inaccessible for borderless Check to see if a borderless printing spacer is
possible. printing installed.
Check roll position. Reload the paper.
Borderless printng not 03864004-240A Borderless printing disabled (unsupported size, when Check the media size.
possible. pressing the Load button) Change the media size.
Cannot cut paper. 03870001-2015 Cutting failure Cut paper manually.
Lift the release lever and Check the cutter.
reload the paper.
Cannot cut paper. 03870001-2019 Cut failure (during jam occure) Check the cutter unit and surrounding parts.
Lift the release lever and Replace the cutter.
reload the paper.
Media Take-up error. 03890000-2920 Media take-up unit cannot take up the media Check to see if paper has not jammed.
Check the paper.
Press Online to clear error.
Rewinding error. 03890000-2921 Media take-up take up the media continuously Check the media take-up paper detection sensor and
Check for jam at indicated surrounding part.
position. Replace the media take-up paper detection sensor.
Press Online to clear error.
Unknown file. 03900001-4042 MIT data transfer failure Verify the validity of MID data before transferring
Check file format. it.
while, then turn it on again.
Unknown file. 03900001-4049 ROM data for another model has been transferred. Transmit valid ROM data.
Check file format.
while, then turn it on again.
8-20
Chapter 8
8.4 Sevice Call Table
8.4.1 Service Call Errors

0012-6684
iPF8000S / iPF8100
*Codes correspond to the numbers shown on the DISPLAY in the service mode.
T-8-6
Code* Description Action

E141-4046 Number of recovery rotations reaching Replace the purge kit, and then clear the parts counter in
50,000 or more the service mode.
E144-4047 Ink supply count error Replace the tube unit, and then clear the parts counter in
the service mode.
E144-4048 Initial filling error Replace the ink supply unit.
E146-4001 Borderless/flow idle ejection/mist recovery Replace the platen duct or mist fan or suction fan or waste
count error ink absorber, and then clear the parts counter in the
service mode.
E161-403E Abnormal temperature rise in printhead R Replace the printhead R.
E161-403F Abnormal temperature rise in printhead L Replace the printhead L.
E196-4034 Multi sensor unit version error Replace the multi sensor unit.
E196-4040 Checksum error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4041 Flash memory erase error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4042 Flash memory write error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4045 EEPROM write error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-404C Serial number mismatch between boards Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main
controller PCB.
E196-404D Machine ID mismatch between boards Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-404E EEPROM read error Replace the main controller PCB.
E198-401C RTC error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E198-401D RTC low battery error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E198-401E RTC clock stop Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E199-404B Temperature/humidity sensor board Check the temperature/humidity sensor board connector
connector out of position or replace the board.
E602-401A HDD failure Replace the HDD unit.
E602-401B HDD connection error Check the HDD connector/Replace the HDD unit.

0014-9442
iPF8000
T-8-7

E141-4046 Number of recovery rotations reaching Replace the purge kit, and then clear the parts counter in
50,000 or more the service mode.
E144-4047 Ink supply count error Replace the tube unit, and then clear the parts counter in
the service mode.
E144-4048 Initial filling error Replace the ink supply unit.
E146-4001 Borderless/flow idle ejection/mist recovery Replace the platen duct or mist fan or suction fan or waste
count error ink absorber, and then clear the parts counter in the
service mode.
8-21
Chapter 8

E161-403E Abnormal temperature rise in printhead R Replace the printhead R.
E161-403F Abnormal temperature rise in printhead L Replace the printhead L.
E196-4034 Multi sensor unit version error Replace the multi sensor unit.
E196-4040 Checksum error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4041 Flash memory erase error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4042 Flash memory write error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4045 EEPROM write error Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-404C Serial number mismatch between boards Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main
controller PCB.
E196-404D Machine ID mismatch between boards Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-404E EEPROM read error Replace the main controller PCB.
E198-401C RTC error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E198-401D RTC low battery error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E198-401E RTC clock stop Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller
PCB.
E199-404B Temperature/humidity sensor board Check the temperature/humidity sensor board connector
connector out of position or replace the board.

0024-9332
iPF8300 / iPF8300S
T-8-8
Code Description Action

E141-4046 Number of recovery rotations reaching Replace the purge unit, and then clear the parts counter in the service mode.
50,000 or more
E144-4047 Number of carrriage scan operation is full Replace the tube unit, and then clear the parts counter in the service mode.
E144-4048 Printhead ink filling failure Replace the printhead.
E146-4001 Waste ink recovery count error Replace the platen duct or mist fan or mist filter or suction fan, and then clear the parts
counter in the service mode.
(Confirm the parts reached to the exchange value by the service mode or PRINT INF.)
E161-403E Abnormal temperature rise in left printhead Replace the left printhead.
E161-403F Abnormal temperature rise in right Replace the right printhead.
printhead
E194-404A Non-discharging nozzle count error Replace the head management sensor unit, and then clear the parts counter in the service
mode.
E196-4040 Checksum error (when execute the Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
firmware update)
E196-4041 Flash memory erase error (when execute Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
the firmware update)
E196-4042 Flash memory write error (when execute Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
the firmware update)
E196-4043 Memory error (when execute the firmware Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
update)
E196-4044 Firmware size error (when execute the Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
firmware update)
E196-4045 EEPROM read/write error (controller part) Replace the main controller PCB.
E196-4049 Firmware data error (when execute the Execute firmware update or replace the main controller PCB.
firmware update)
E196-404C Serial number mismatch between main Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main controller PCB.
controller PCB and maintenance cartridge
ROM PCB.
E196-404D Machine ID mismatch between main Execute PCB replacement mode or replace the main controller PCB.
controller PCB and maintenance cartridge
ROM PCB.
E196-404E EEPROM read/write error (engine part) Replace the main controller PCB.
E198-401C RTC error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB.
E198-401D RTC low battery error Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB.
E198-401E RTC clock stop Replace the lithium battery or replace the main controller PCB.
E199-404B Temperature/humidity sensor connector Check the temperature/humidity sensor connector or replace the sensor.
out of position
8-22
Chapter 8
Code Description Action

E602-401A HDD read/write error (HDD failure) Replace the HDD unit.
E602-401B HDD connection error Check the HDD connector or replace the HDD.
E602-405A HDD size error Replace the HDD unit.
8-23
PARTS CATALOG
iPF8300/8300S/8100/8000S/
8000
Mar 7 2011
Contents
NUMERICAL INDEX
iPF8300/8300S/8100/8000S/8000(Numerical Index) ........................ 1-1
iPF8300/8300S/8100/8000S/8000(Parts Catalog)
01 PRINTER & ACCESSORIES .................................................2-1

02 COVERS (1) ..........................................................................2-4
03 COVERS (2) ..........................................................................2-6
04 ELECTRICAL PART ..............................................................2-9
05 INK TANK & PURGE UNIT ..................................................2-11
06 CARRIAGE UNIT .................................................................2-13
07 FEED MOTOR ASS'Y ..........................................................2-17
08 AIR FLOW FAN UNIT ..........................................................2-20
09 PINCH ROLLER UNIT .........................................................2-22
10 PLATEN & FEED ROLLER ..................................................2-23
11 LINEAR SCALE ...................................................................2-26
12 TOOL ........ ...........................................................................2-27
R1 STAND UNIT .......................................................................2-28
R2 MEDIA TAKE-UP UNIT ........................................................2-30
ZZA MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(HOW TO USE) ..........2-33
ZZB MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(SCREWS) .................2-34
ZZC MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(BOLTS) .....................2-41
ZZD MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(NUTS) .......................2-42
ZZE MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(RETAINING RINGS) .2-43
NUMERICAL INDEX
iPF8300/8300S/8100/8000S/8000(Numerical Index)
FIGURE FIGURE FIGURE
PARTS NUMBER & PARTS NUMBER & PARTS NUMBER &
KEY NO. KEY NO. KEY NO
CK-0551-020 12 - 2 QC1-7141-000 07 - 21 QC2-3137-000 06 - 43
CK-0562-000 12 - 3 QC1-7143-000 03 - 19 QC2-3138-000 06 - 15
FA3-8727-000 07 - 27 QC1-7156-000 06 - 20 QC2-4036-000 06 - 31
FA3-8727-000 10 - 20 QC1-7237-000 08 - 7 QC2-4064-040 02 - 9
FB1-0733-000 01 - 9 QC1-7278-000 03 - 9 QC2-4116-000 R1 - 9
FH2-7092-020 01 - 17 QC1-7303-000 06 - 42 QC2-4136-000 07 - 15
FH7-5489-050 07 - 19 QC1-7399-000 03 - 23 QC2-4350-000 R1 - 2
FK2-2416-000 04 - 11 QC1-9198-000 08 - 10 QC2-4351-000 R1 - 3
FS5-1189-000 07 - 33 QC2-0653-000 06 - 16 QC2-6025-000 R1 - 7
NPN 01 - QC2-0659-050 06 - 8 QC2-6626-000 R1 - 1
NPN 01 - 1 QC2-0660-050 06 - 9 QC2-6657-020 03 - 3
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-0661-000 06 - 10 QC2-6658-000 02 - 1
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-0710-000 06 - 28 QC2-6659-000 02 - 2
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2078-000 06 - 12 QC2-6660-000 03 - 7
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2082-000 10 - 11 QC2-6679-000 02 - 17
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2104-000 06 - 13 QC3-0169-000 01 - 9
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2106-000 06 - 14 QC3-1731-000 R1 - 10
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2172-000 03 - 6 QC3-1877-000 11 - 2
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2173-000 03 - 7 QC3-2713-000 03 - 3
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2177-000 03 - 4 QC3-2714-000 02 - 1
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2178-020 03 - 3 QC3-2715-000 02 - 2
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2179-000 03 - 14 QC3-2716-000 03 - 7
NPN 01 - 2 QC2-2180-000 03 - 15 QC3-2769-000 06 - 13
NPN 02 - QC2-2181-000 02 - 5 QC3-2770-000 06 - 14
NPN 03 - QC2-2183-000 02 - 6 QC3-3648-000 03 - 16
NPN 04 - QC2-2191-000 02 - 3 QC3-3653-000 07 - 14
NPN 05 - QC2-2192-000 02 - 4 QE1-1048-000 09 - 4
NPN 06 - QC2-2195-000 07 - 28 QE1-1063-000 07 - 17
NPN 07 - QC2-2198-000 02 - 7 QE1-1270-000 06 - 44
NPN 08 - QC2-2199-000 02 - 8 QE1-1495-000 R2 - 27
NPN 09 - QC2-2202-030 02 - 10 QE1-2304-000 R2 - 28
NPN 10 - QC2-2224-000 01 - 8 QE1-2334-000 01 - 18
NPN 11 - QC2-2354-000 10 - 19 QE1-2691-000 06 - 46
NPN 12 - QC2-2355-000 10 - 7 QH2-2732-000 01 - 15
NPN R1 - QC2-2356-000 10 - 17 QK1-1387-000 08 - 11
NPN R2 - QC2-2364-000 06 - 23 QK1-1392-000 01 - 13
QC1-6847-000 07 - 6 QC2-2365-000 06 - 24 QK1-1393-000 01 - 12
QC1-6921-000 10 - 10 QC2-2366-000 06 - 25 QK1-1394-000 01 - 11
QC1-6924-000 03 - 8 QC2-2399-000 R2 - 5 QK1-1395-000 01 - 14
QC1-6925-000 03 - 11 QC2-2401-000 R2 - 6 QK1-1396-010 01 - 16
QC1-6926-000 03 - 12 QC2-2402-000 R2 - 7 QK1-2091-000 06 - 39
QC1-6927-000 03 - 13 QC2-2403-000 R2 - 8 QK1-2758-000 06 - 39
QC1-6930-000 02 - 1 QC2-2404-000 R2 - 9 QK1-2868-000 06 - 48
QC1-6931-000 02 - 2 QC2-2408-000 R2 - 10 QK1-2908-000 R2 - 1
QC1-6999-000 09 - 3 QC2-2409-000 R2 - 11 QK1-2912-000 04 - 3
QC1-7034-000 10 - 16 QC2-2410-000 R2 - 12 QK1-2983-000 06 - 40
QC1-7043-000 10 - 15 QC2-2412-000 R2 - 13 QK1-2984-000 06 - 41
QC1-7067-000 07 - 24 QC2-2413-000 R2 - 32 QK1-2985-000 06 - 32
QC1-7068-000 07 - 16 QC2-2417-000 R2 - 33 QL2-1104-000 06 - 33
QC1-7092-000 07 - 14 QC2-2434-000 R2 - 31 QL2-1114-000 06 - 34
QC1-7137-000 01 - 10 QC2-3113-000 03 - 20 QL2-1125-000 06 - 50
QC1-7138-000 03 - 18 QC2-3114-000 03 - 21 QL2-1650-000 08 - 3
1-1
NUMERICAL INDEX
QL2-1659-000 10 - 4 QM3-0969-000 03 - 2 QM3-3033-030 03 - 1
QL2-1660-000 10 - 5 QM3-0970-000 03 - 2 QM3-3069-000 08 - 5
QL2-1663-000 08 - 13 QM3-0979-000 06 - 29 QM3-3072-000 05 - 2
QL2-1666-010 01 - 3 QM3-0980-000 06 - 37 QM3-3073-000 05 - 3
QL2-1668-000 03 - 16 QM3-0983-000 04 - 5 QM3-3080-000 05 - 2
QL2-1676-000 R2 - 25 QM3-1004-010 05 - 1 QM3-3081-000 05 - 3
QL2-1692-000 02 - 12 QM3-1005-000 05 - 2 QM3-3091-020 06 - 1
QL2-1697-000 02 - 13 QM3-1006-000 05 - 3 QM3-3093-000 06 - 7
QL2-2089-000 10 - 1 QM3-1012-000 08 - 5 QM3-3106-000 06 - 29
QL2-2094-000 R2 - 26 QM3-1017-000 06 - 3 QM3-3107-000 06 - 37
QL2-2095-000 07 - 4 QM3-1018-000 06 - 4 QM3-3108-000 03 - 2
QL2-2101-000 03 - 4 QM3-1020-000 06 - 45 QM3-3109-000 03 - 2
QL2-2108-000 08 - 4 QM3-1024-000 07 - 22 QM3-3112-000 06 - 36
QL2-2109-000 10 - 6 QM3-1025-000 07 - 32 QM3-3113-000 04 - 10
QL2-2110-000 08 - 1 QM3-1026-000 07 - 25 QM3-3121-000 06 - 37
QL2-2114-000 08 - 2 QM3-1027-000 07 - 26 QM3-3131-000 04 - 1
QL2-2326-000 R1 - 11 QM3-1031-000 02 - 14 QM3-3138-000 06 - 21
QL2-2327-000 R1 - 4 QM3-1033-020 05 - 6 QM3-3139-000 06 - 29
QL2-2442-000 06 - 34 QM3-1034-020 05 - 5 QM3-3153-000 04 - 1
QL2-2443-000 06 - 33 QM3-1038-000 08 - 9 QM3-3165-000 03 - 2
QL2-2782-000 10 - 8 QM3-1044-010 06 - 22 QM3-3166-000 03 - 2
QL2-2783-000 10 - 3 QM3-1047-000 04 - 4 QM3-3187-000 04 - 1
QL2-2784-000 10 - 2 QM3-1055-000 05 - 4 QM3-3202-000 04 - 1
QL2-2823-000 08 - 12 QM3-1056-000 08 - 6 QM3-3267-010 01 - 20
QL2-2916-000 01 - 21 QM3-1091-000 R2 - 34 QM3-3268-010 01 - 23
QL2-3143-000 R2 - 19 QM3-1092-000 R2 - 4 QM3-3269-010 01 - 22
QL2-3145-000 R2 - 20 QM3-1093-000 R2 - 15 QM3-3359-020 06 - 1
QL2-3146-000 R2 - 21 QM3-1095-000 R2 - 18 QM3-4829-000 09 - 2
QL2-3147-000 R2 - 22 QM3-1106-000 07 - 7 QM3-4843-000 08 - 8
QL2-3148-000 R2 - 23 QM3-1108-000 R2 - 16 QM3-4876-010 01 - 24
QL2-3149-000 R2 - 24 QM3-1109-000 R2 - 17 QM3-5254-000 04 - 8
QL2-3279-000 10 - 1 QM3-1117-000 01 - 6 QM3-6505-000 02 - 14
QL2-3385-000 10 - 23 QM3-1149-000 04 - 9 QM3-6508-000 03 - 1
QL2-3402-000 02 - 11 QM3-1419-000 08 - 8 QM3-6509-010 03 - 2
QM1-0662-000 06 - 47 QM3-1995-060 06 - 7 QM3-6510-010 03 - 2
QM2-2470-040 01 - 5 QM3-1996-000 03 - 17 QM3-6511-000 02 - 15
QM2-2475-000 01 - 7 QM3-1999-010 10 - 12 QM3-6512-000 05 - 2
QM2-2476-090 01 - 4 QM3-2003-000 10 - 22 QM3-6513-000 05 - 3
QM2-2495-010 03 - 5 QM3-2004-040 06 - 1 QM3-7018-000 05 - 1
QM2-2502-000 07 - 3 QM3-2005-020 06 - 6 QM3-7025-000 08 - 9
QM2-2511-000 07 - 18 QM3-2007-000 02 - 15 QM3-7026-000 10 - 12
QM2-2526-000 07 - 13 QM3-2008-030 03 - 1 QM3-7030-000 06 - 1
QM2-2528-010 10 - 9 QM3-2011-000 R2 - 30 QM3-7032-000 07 - 31
QM2-2572-000 06 - 49 QM3-2016-000 07 - 31 QM3-7033-000 06 - 7
QM2-2596-050 09 - 1 QM3-2022-000 R1 - 5 QM3-7034-000 07 - 13
QM2-2597-000 09 - 2 QM3-2023-000 R1 - 6 QM3-7036-000 04 - 4
QM2-3421-010 06 - 36 QM3-2064-000 08 - 12 QM3-7042-000 07 - 32
QM2-3426-000 06 - 21 QM3-2854-000 R1 - 8 QM3-7700-000 10 - 24
QM3-0541-000 06 - 17 QM3-3026-000 02 - 14 QM3-7701-000 10 - 25
QM3-0560-000 06 - 18 QM3-3029-010 04 - 8 QM3-7702-000 10 - 26
QM3-0584-000 06 - 2 QM3-3031-000 02 - 15 QM3-7703-000 10 - 27
QM3-0957-000 04 - 1 QM3-3032-000 02 - 15 QM3-9934-000 03 - 2
1-2
NUMERICAL INDEX
QM3-9935-000 03 - 2 XB1-2300-607 05 - 501
QM3-9936-000 02 - 15 XB1-2300-806 06 - 503
QM3-9937-000 05 - 2 XB1-2400-606 04 - 501
QM3-9938-000 05 - 3 XB1-2400-606 06 - 505
QM3-9943-000 06 - 1 XB1-2400-806 03 - 501
QM3-9945-000 03 - 1 XB2-8401-009 07 - 501
QU1-0082-000 07 - 8 XB4-5300-806 06 - 504
QU1-0083-000 07 - 9 XB4-5400-806 07 - 503
QU1-0084-000 07 - 11 XB4-7300-807 R2 - 501
QU1-0130-000 06 - 26 XB4-7300-809 06 - 502
QU1-0131-000 06 - 27 XB4-7301-009 06 - 506
QU1-1004-000 06 - 38 XB4-7401-009 06 - 501
QU1-2005-000 06 - 5 XB4-7402-509 08 - 502
QU1-2006-000 06 - 19 XB4-7404-009 08 - 501
QU1-2169-000 11 - 1 XB5-2400-809 05 - 502
QU1-2170-000 07 - 1 XD1-1100-502 06 - 507
QU1-2173-000 07 - 20 XD1-1108-219 09 - 502
QU1-2175-000 06 - 35 XD2-1100-322 R2 - 503
QU1-2185-000 03 - 10 XD2-1100-502 R2 - 502
QU1-6016-000 07 - 10 XD2-1100-642 09 - 501
QY9-0103-000 12 - 1 XD2-3100-152 10 - 501
WC4-5052-000 10 - 18 XD3-2200-222 07 - 504
WC4-5180-000 07 - 23 XF2-4117-360 07 - 12
WG8-5624-000 06 - 30 XF2-4119-770 07 - 2
WG8-5624-000 10 - 13 XF2-4119-790 07 - 2
WG8-5624-000 R2 - 14 XG9-0365-000 09 - 6
WG8-5677-000 10 - 14 XG9-0453-000 07 - 5
WG8-5770-000 R2 - 2 XG9-0549-000 09 - 6
WG8-5771-000 R2 - 3
WK1-5024-000 04 - 2
WM2-5272-000 04 - 11
WP2-5187-000 04 - 6
XA9-0249-000 07 - 30
XA9-0724-000 10 - 502
XA9-0732-000 02 - 16
XA9-0732-000 03 - 22
XA9-0732-000 04 - 7
XA9-0732-000 05 - 7
XA9-0732-000 06 - 11
XA9-0732-000 07 - 29
XA9-0732-000 08 - 14
XA9-0732-000 09 - 5
XA9-0732-000 10 - 21
XA9-1501-000 01 - 19
XA9-1501-000 01 - 19
XA9-1501-000 R2 - 29
XA9-2027-000 02 - 18
XA9-2027-000 05 - 8
XA9-2027-000 08 - 15
XB1-2300-406 04 - 503
XB1-2300-406 07 - 502
XB1-2300-606 04 - 502
1-3
iPF8300/8300S/8100/8000S/8000(Parts
Catalog)
iPF8300
120/230V Q51-1994-
000
100V Q51-1997-
000
iPF8300S
120/230V Q51-2174-
000
100V Q51-2177-
000
iPF8100
120/230V Q51-1704-
000
100V Q51-1707-
000
iPF8000S
120/230V Q51-1684-
000
100V Q51-1687-
000
iPF8000
120/230V Q51-1544-
000
100V Q51-1547-
000
ST-43
Q55-2450-
000
TU-06
Q55-2330-
000
Contents
01 PRINTER & ACCESSORIES ..............................................................................2-1

02 COVERS (1) .......................................................................................................2-4
03 COVERS (2) .......................................................................................................2-6
04 ELECTRICAL PART ...........................................................................................2-9
05 INK TANK & PURGE UNIT ...............................................................................2-11
06 CARRIAGE UNIT ..............................................................................................2-13
07 FEED MOTOR ASS'Y.......................................................................................2-17
08 AIR FLOW FAN UNIT .......................................................................................2-20
09 PINCH ROLLER UNIT ......................................................................................2-22
10 PLATEN & FEED ROLLER...............................................................................2-23
11 LINEAR SCALE ................................................................................................2-26
12 TOOL ................................................................................................................2-27
R1 STAND UNIT ....................................................................................................2-28
R2 MEDIA TAKE-UP UNIT.....................................................................................2-30
ZZA MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(HOW TO USE) .......................................2-33
ZZB MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(SCREWS)...............................................2-34
ZZC MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(BOLTS)...................................................2-41
ZZD MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(NUTS).....................................................2-42
ZZE MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(RETAINING RINGS) ..............................2-43
FIGURE 01
PRINTER & ACCESSORIES
SEE FIGURE R2
MEDIA TAKE-UP UNIT
iPF8100/8000S/8000
19
5
SEE FIGURE R1
STAND UNIT
4 19
19
11
6
19
14
12
19
iPF8300/8300S
20 22
23 21 13 15
19
24
2 3
2
16
1
8
9 18
10
17
2-1
R
FIGURE S
PARTS A SERIAL NUMBER/
& KEY Q'TY DESCRIPTION V
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.01 NPN RF PRINTER & ACCESSORIES
1 NPN RF PRINTHEAD
2 NPN RF INK TANK (MBK)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (PBK)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (C)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (M)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (Y)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (PC)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (PM)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (GY)
2 NPN RF INK TANK (R) iPF8300/8100/8000
2 NPN RF INK TANK (G) iPF8300/8100/8000
2 NPN RF INK TANK (B) iPF8300/8100/8000
2 NPN RF INK TANK (PGY) iPF8300/8100/8000
3 QL2-1666-010 1 STOPPER, BELT
4 QM2-2476-090 1 2 INCH DRIVE SPOOL UNIT LEFT iPF8100/8000S/8000
5 QM2-2470-040 1 2 INCH DRIVE SPOOL UNIT RIGHT iPF8100/8000S/8000
6 QM3-1117-000 1 3 INCH DRIVE SPOOL UNIT LEFT iPF8100/8000S/8000
7 QM2-2475-000 1 3 INCH DRIVE SPOOL UNIT RIGHT iPF8100/8000S/8000
8 QC2-2224-000 1 POCKET
9 FB1-0733-000 1 BRUSH, CLEANER iPF8100/8000S/8000
9 QC3-0169-000 1 BRUSH, CLEANER iPF8300/8300S
10 QC1-7137-000 4 BAR, DELIVERY SUPPORT
11 QK1-1394-000 1 CORD, POWER 100V
12 QK1-1393-000 1 CORD, POWER 120V UL
13 QK1-1392-000 1 CORD, POWER 230V
14 QK1-1395-000 1 CORD, POWER 230V AUS
15 QH2-2732-000 1 CORD, POWER 230V KOR
16 QK1-1396-010 1 CORD, POWER 230V CHN
17 FH2-7092-020 1 WIRE, GROUND 100V
18 QE1-2334-000 1 SCREW, ALLEN, M4X6
19 XA9-1501-000 8 SCREW, RS, M3X10 iPF8100/8000S/8000
2-2
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
19 XA9-1501-000 4 SCREW, RS, M3X10 iPF8300/8300S
20 QM3-3267-010 1 FLANGE, SPOOL iPF8300/8300S
21 QL2-2916-000 1 DRIVE SPOOL UNIT, RIGHT iPF8300/8300S
22 QM3-3269-010 1 HOLDER, ROLL iPF8300/8300S
23 QM3-3268-010 1 HOLDER, ROLL iPF8300/8300S
24 QM3-4876-010 1 SHAFT, SPOOL iPF8300/8300S
2-3
FIGURE 02
COVERS (1)
11
17
18 8
4 15
2
16
5
14
6
16
3
10
9
13
16
16 5 2
16
1
16
6
16
12
16
16
2-4
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.02 NPN RF COVERS (1)
1 QC2-6658-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(L) iPF8000S
1 QC1-6930-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(L) iPF8100/8000
1 QC3-2714-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(L) iPF8300/8300S
2 QC2-6659-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(S) iPF8000S
2 QC1-6931-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(S) iPF8100/8000
2 QC3-2715-000 2 COVER, CIRCLE(S) iPF8300/8300S
3 QC2-2191-000 1 COVER, SIDE, LEFT
4 QC2-2192-000 1 COVER, SIDE, RIGHT
5 QC2-2181-000 2 COVER, TANK, UPPER
6 QC2-2183-000 2 COVER, TANK, REAR
7 QC2-2198-000 1 COVER, REAR, LEFT
8 QC2-2199-000 1 COVER, REAR, RIGHT
9 QC2-4064-040 1 COVER, INTERFACE
10 QC2-2202-030 1 COVER, EXHAUST
11 QL2-3402-000 1 COVER, REAR, UPPER
12 QL2-1692-000 1 COVER, TANK, LEFT
13 QL2-1697-000 1 COVER, TANK, RIGHT
14 QM3-3026-000 1 COVER, LEFT, UPPER iPF8300/8300S
14 QM3-1031-000 1 COVER, LEFT, UPPER iPF8100/8000
14 QM3-6505-000 1 COVER, LEFT, UPPER iPF8300
15 QM3-2007-000 1 RIGHT COVER UNIT iPF8000
15 QM3-3032-000 1 RIGHT COVER UNIT iPF8000S
15 QM3-9936-000 1 RIGHT COVER UNIT iPF8300S
16 XA9-0732-000 28 SCREW, RS, M4
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
17 QC2-6679-000 2 COVER, EXHAUST
8000S
18 XA9-2027-000 6 SCREW, RS, M4
2-5
FIGURE 03
COVERS (2)
23
15
4
A B
16
22 14
22 22 3
22 8
11
8 22
6 12 22
7 8
13 A 9
10
8
22
22
B
20
21
501
18
501
20
19
21
501 17
2-6
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.03 NPN RF COVERS (2)
1 QM3-2008-030 1 UPPER COVER UNIT iPF8100/8000
1 QM3-3033-030 1 UPPER COVER UNIT iPF8000S
1 QM3-6508-000 1 UPPER COVER UNIT iPF8300
1 QM3-9945-000 1 UPPER COVER UNIT iPF8300S
2 QM3-0969-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8000(ENGLISH)
2 QM3-0970-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8000(JAPANESE)
2 QM3-3165-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8000S(ENGLISH)
2 QM3-3166-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8000S(JAPANESE)
2 QM3-9934-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8300S(ENGLISH)
2 QM3-9935-000 1 OPERATION PANEL UNIT iPF8300S(JAPANESE)
3 QC2-2178-020 1 COVER, CARTRIDGE iPF8100/8000
3 QC2-6657-020 1 COVER, CARTRIDGE iPF8000S
3 QC3-2713-000 1 COVER, CARTRIDGE iPF8300
4 QL2-2101-000 1 COVER, RIGHT iPF8100/8000S/8000
4 QC2-2177-000 1 COVER, RIGHT iPF8300/8300S
5 QM2-2495-010 3 FEED UPPER GUIDE UNIT
6 QC2-2172-000 1 COVER, LEFT
7 QC2-2173-000 1 COVER, LEFT, LOWER iPF8300S/8100/8000
7 QC2-6660-000 1 COVER, LEFT, LOWER iPF8000S
7 QC3-2716-000 1 COVER, LEFT, LOWER iPF8300
8 QC1-6924-000 4 GUIDE A, FEED LOWER
9 QC1-7278-000 4 ARM, LOWER GUIDE
10 QU1-2185-000 4 SPRING, TORSION
11 QC1-6925-000 1 GUIDE B, FEED LOWER
12 QC1-6926-000 1 GUIDE C, FEED LOWER
13 QC1-6927-000 1 GUIDE D, FEED LOWER
14 QC2-2179-000 1 COVER, SPOOL RECEIVE, RIGHT, 1
2-7
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
15 QC2-2180-000 1 COVER, SPOOL RECEIVE, RIGHT, 2
16 QL2-1668-000 1 COVER, SPOOL RECEIVE, LEFT iPF8100/8000S/8000
16 QC3-3648-000 1 COVER, SPOOL RECEIVE, LEFT iPF8300/8300S
17 QM3-1996-000 1 ROLL PAPER COVER UNIT
18 QC1-7138-000 4 MOUNT, ASSIST, DELIVERY
19 QC1-7143-000 4 SHEET, DELIVERY ASSIST
20 QC2-3113-000 2 HOOK, BASKET
21 QC2-3114-000 2 MOUNT, HOOK
22 XA9-0732-000 13 SCREW, RS, M4
23 QC1-7399-000 6 SCREW, STEPPED, M4
501 XB1-2400-806 10 SCREW, MACH, TRUSS HEAD, M4X6
2-8
FIGURE 04
ELECTRICAL PART
3
8
501
503 1
11
2
7
502
501
5
501
502
6
7
(J48)
(J49D) (J53)
(J29F)
(J6F)
(J3203) (J100D)
(J46)
(J2801)
(J41)
(J3201) (J2501) (J51D)
(J203)
(J3202) (J2601) (J8D)
(J57D)
(J55) (J2402) (J31D)
(J54) 9 (J3001) (J34D)
(J3150)
(J2701)
(J3301)
(J60) (J2702)
(J22D) (J2502)
(J58D)
(J40) (J3002)
(J10D) (J7F) (J14D) (J61) (J48)

(J18D) (J62) (J49D) (J53)
(J27D)
(J38D) (J17) (J29F)
(J6F)
(J3203) (J46)
(J4D) (J2801)
(J41)
(J44D) (J3001) (J2501) (J51D)
(J203)
(J2601) (J8D)
(J57D)
(J55) (J2402) (J31D)
(J54) 10 (J3201)
(J34D)
(J2701)
(J3301)
(J60) (J2702)
(J3150)
(J22D) (J2502)
(J58D)
(J40) (J3002)
(J10D) (J7F) (J14D) (J61)

(J18D) (J62)
(J27D)
(J38D) (J17)
(J4D)
(J44D)
2-9
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.04 NPN RF ELECTRICAL PART
1 QM3-0957-000 1 MAIN BOARD DIMM ASS'Y iPF8000
1 QM3-3187-000 1 MAIN BOARD DIMM ASS'Y iPF8000S
1 QM3-3202-000 1 MAIN BOARD DIMM ASS'Y iPF8300S
2 WK1-5024-000 1 LITHIUM BATTERY
3 QK1-2912-000 1 POWER SUPPLY ASS'Y
iPF8300(100V)/
4 QM3-1047-000 1 INLET UNIT 8300S(100V)/8100/8000S/
8000
iPF8300(120V/230V)/
4 QM3-7036-000 1 INLET UNIT
8300S(120V/230V)
5 QM3-0983-000 1 TAKE-UP UNIT RELAY PCB ASS'Y
6 WP2-5187-000 1 SENSOR UNIT, HUMIDITY
7 XA9-0732-000 5 SCREW, RS, M4
8 QM3-3029-010 1 HDD UNIT, WD800BEVT-22ZCT0 iPF8300/8100/8000S
8 QM3-5254-000 1 HDD UNIT, HTS545016B9A300 iPF8300S
9 QM3-1149-000 1 HARNESS, WIRE, MAIN iPF8000
10 QM3-3113-000 1 HARNESS, WIRE, MAIN iPF8100/8000S
11 FK2-2416-000 1 HDD, WD800BEVT-22ZCT0 iPF8300/8100/8000S
11 WM2-5272-000 1 HDD, HTS545016B9A300 iPF8300S
501 XB1-2400-606 13 SCREW, MACHINE M4X6
2-10
FIGURE 05
INK TANK & PURGE UNIT
iPF8300S iPF8000S
502 3 502 3
8
4 4
501
1
B 501 B
iPF8300/8100/8000
502 3
iPF8300S
4
502 501
A
2
4
B
5
A 501 7
iPF8000S iPF8300/8100/8000
6
2 2 502 7
502
4 4
A 501
A 501
2-11
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.05 NPN RF INK TANK & PURGE UNIT
1 QM3-1004-010 1 PURGE UNIT iPF8100/8000S/8000
1 QM3-7018-000 1 PURGE UNIT iPF8300/8300S
2 QM3-1005-000 1 INK TANK UNIT R iPF8000
2 QM3-3072-000 1 INK TANK UNIT R iPF8000S
2 QM3-9937-000 1 INK TANK UNIT R iPF8300S
3 QM3-1006-000 1 INK TANK UNIT L iPF8000
3 QM3-3073-000 1 INK TANK UNIT L iPF8000S
3 QM3-9938-000 1 INK TANK UNIT L iPF8300S
4 QM3-1055-000 2 INK SUPPLY DRIVE UNIT
5 QM3-1034-020 1 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (R)
6 QM3-1033-020 1 INK SUPPLY MOUNT UNIT (L)
7 XA9-0732-000 4 SCREW, RS, M4
8 XA9-2027-000 3 SCREW, RS, M4
501 XB1-2300-607 6 SCREW, BH3X6(S)
502 XB5-2400-809 4 SCREW, TAPPING M4X8
2-12
FIGURE 06
CARRIAGE UNIT
501
1
505
4
11 5 2
48 5
501
46
44
42
3
A
43
47
B
7
45
40 501
29 32
12 31
39
B 501 506 37 504

507 15 41
36
33
iPF8300 13
/8300S 501
A 501
35
38
21
501 504 501
22 30 19
17 34
9
28 38
26 501 16 49
25 18
27
24 502
10 8 30
19
23
12
10 501
50 20 502
14
501
501 503
2-13
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.06 NPN RF CARRIAGE UNIT
1 QM3-2004-040 1 TUBE UNIT iPF8000
1 QM3-3091-020 1 TUBE UNIT iPF8000S
1 QM3-3359-020 1 TUBE UNIT iPF8100
1 QM3-7030-000 1 TUBE UNIT iPF8300
1 QM3-9943-000 1 TUBE UNIT iPF8300S
2 QM3-0584-000 1 BASE UNIT, JOINT
3 QM3-1017-000 1 UPPER CARRIAGE COVER
4 QM3-1018-000 1 BASE UNIT, JOINT, LEFT
5 QU1-2005-000 4 SPRING, COMPRESSION
6 QM3-2005-020 1 FLEXIBLE CABLE ASS'Y
7 QM3-1995-060 1 CARRIAGE UNIT iPF8000
7 QM3-3093-000 1 CARRIAGE UNIT iPF8100/8000S
7 QM3-7033-000 1 CARRIAGE UNIT iPF8300/8300S
8 QC2-0659-050 1 LEVER R, INK TUBE
9 QC2-0660-050 1 LEVER L, INK TUBE
10 QC2-0661-000 4 LINK LEVER, TUBE
11 XA9-0732-000 4 SCREW, RS, M4
12 QC2-2078-000 2 SPRING, TORSION
13 QC2-2104-000 1 CAM, LIFT, LEFT iPF8100/8000S/8000
13 QC3-2769-000 1 CAM, LIFT, LEFT iPF8300/8300S
14 QC2-2106-000 1 CAM, LIFT, RIGHT iPF8100/8000S/8000
14 QC3-2770-000 1 CAM, LIFT, RIGHT iPF8300/8300S
15 QC2-3138-000 1 COVER, CARRIAGE
16 QC2-0653-000 1 HOLDER, LEVER SET PRINTHEAD
17 QM3-0541-000 1 HEAD LEVER UNIT
18 QM3-0560-000 1 HEAD LEVER UNIT
19 QU1-2006-000 2 SPRING, COMPRESSION
20 QC1-7156-000 2 STOPPER, BELT
21 QM2-3426-000 1 MULTI SENSOR UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
21 QM3-3138-000 1 MULTI SENSOR UNIT
8000S
2-14
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
22 QM3-1044-010 1 CUTTER HOLDER UNIT
23 QC2-2364-000 1 HOLDER, GEAR
24 QC2-2365-000 1 RACK
25 QC2-2366-000 1 LEVER
26 QU1-0130-000 1 GEAR, 20T
27 QU1-0131-000 1 GEAR, 20T/36T
28 QC2-0710-000 1 COVER, FFC MULTI SENSOR
29 QM3-0979-000 1 HEAD RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8000
29 QM3-3106-000 1 HEAD RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8100/8000S
29 QM3-3139-000 1 HEAD RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8300/8300S
30 WG8-5624-000 2 IC, PHOTO INTERRUPTER
31 QC2-4036-000 1 BELT, CARRIAGE
32 QK1-2985-000 1 CABLE, FLEXIBLE
33 QL2-1104-000 2 IDLER ROLLER UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
33 QL2-2443-000 2 IDLER ROLLER UNIT
8000S
34 QL2-1114-000 2 IDLER ROLLER HOLDER UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
34 QL2-2442-000 2 IDLER ROLLER HOLDER UNIT
8000S
35 QU1-2175-000 2 SPRING, COIL
36 QM2-3421-010 1 ENCODER SENSOR UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
36 QM3-3112-000 1 ENCODER SENSOR UNIT
8000S
37 QM3-0980-000 1 CARRIAGE RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8000
37 QM3-3107-000 1 CARRIAGE RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8100/8000S
37 QM3-3121-000 1 CARRIAGE RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8300/8300S
38 QU1-1004-000 2 BUSHING
39 QK1-2091-000 1 CABLE, MULTI SENSOR iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
39 QK1-2758-000 1 CABLE, MULTI SENSOR
8000S
42 QC1-7303-000 1 MOUNT, IDLER ROLLER
43 QC2-3137-000 1 GUIDE, IDLER ROLLER
2-15
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
44 QE1-1270-000 1 SPRING, COIL
45 QM3-1020-000 1 LIFT DRIVE UNIT
46 QE1-2691-000 1 LEVER, IDLER ROLLER
47 QM1-0662-000 1 IDLER ROLLER ASS'Y
48 QK1-2868-000 1 MOTOR, CARRIAGE
49 QM2-2572-000 1 RAIL CLEANER ASS'Y
50 QL2-1125-000 2 SLIDER, RAIL
501 XB4-7401-009 32 SCREW, TAP., PAN HEAD, M4X10
502 XB4-7300-809 3 SCREW, TAP, BINDING HEAD, M3X8
503 XB1-2300-806 1 SCREW, BH3X8
504 XB4-5300-806 2 SCREW, TAP., TRUSS HEAD M3X8
506 XB4-7301-009 4 SCREW, BINDING HEAD SELF-TPG
507 XD1-1100-502 1 SHIM
2-16
FIGURE 07
FEED MOTOR ASS'Y
B
503 iPF8100/8000S/8000
14
29
A C
C
3 iPF8300/8300S
501 13
28
14
33
30
1
29 8
10
29 C
5 13
6 32
504
29
7
4 29 9 25
2 12
503
503
24 23
11
15
27
17
503
19
31
502
B 20
17
503
15 26
16 29
21
22 23
503 503
A
29
502
18
503 19 20
2-17
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.07 NPN RF FEED MOTOR ASS'Y
1 QU1-2170-000 1 SPRING, HOOK END COIL
2 XF2-4119-790 1 BELT, FEED iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
2 XF2-4119-770 1 BELT, FEED
8000S
3 QM2-2502-000 1 FEED MOTOR ASS'Y
4 QL2-2095-000 1 PULLEY ASS'Y
5 XG9-0453-000 1 BEARING, BALL, 6902ZZNR, NSK
6 QC1-6847-000 1 SUPPORT, BEARING
7 QM3-1106-000 1 SENSOR UNIT
8 QU1-0082-000 1 GEAR 76T
9 QU1-0083-000 1 GEAR, PULLY 76T/36T
10 QU1-6016-000 1 COLLAR, FEED ROLLER
11 QU1-0084-000 1 GEAR 56T
12 XF2-4117-360 1 BELT, DRIVE
13 QM2-2526-000 1 SPOOL DRIVE UNIT iPF8100/8000S/8000
13 QM3-7034-000 1 SPOOL DRIVE UNIT iPF8300/8300S
14 QC1-7092-000 1 COVER, GEAR iPF8100/8000S/8000
14 QC3-3653-000 1 COVER, GEAR iPF8300/8300S
15 QC2-4136-000 2 COUPLING, DAMPER
16 QC1-7068-000 1 DAMPER, LEFT
17 QE1-1063-000 2 GEAR 14T
18 QM2-2511-000 1 UPPER COVER LOCK UNIT L
19 FH7-5489-050 2 SOLENOID, DC24V
21 QC1-7141-000 1 STOPPER, COVER
22 QM3-1024-000 1 UPPER COVER SWITCH UNIT L
23 WC4-5180-000 2 MICROSWITCH (DOOR)
24 QC1-7067-000 1 DAMPER, RIGHT
25 QM3-1026-000 1 UPPER COVER SWITCH UNIT R
26 QM3-1027-000 1 UPPER COVER LOCK UNIT R
27 FA3-8727-000 1 RETAINING RING
2-18
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
28 QC2-2195-000 1 SHAFT, JOINT
29 XA9-0732-000 11 SCREW, RS, M4
30 XA9-0249-000 3 SCREW, M4X8
31 QM3-2016-000 1 COVER STAY UNIT L iPF8100/8000S/8000
31 QM3-7032-000 1 COVER STAY UNIT L iPF8300/8300S
32 QM3-1025-000 1 COVER STAY UNIT R iPF8100/8000S/8000
32 QM3-7042-000 1 COVER STAY UNIT R iPF8300/8300S
33 FS5-1189-000 1 BUSHING
501 XB2-8401-009 4 SCREW, W/WASHER, M4X10
503 XB4-5400-806 12 SCREW, P, M4X8
504 XD3-2200-222 1 PIN
2-19
FIGURE 08
AIR FLOW FAN UNIT
502
501
9
11
14
14 13
10
12
14
A
502
501
14 15
11 6
9
10
2
12 A
B 7
14
8
B
1
5
14
14
14
3
4
2-20
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.08 NPN RF AIR FLOW FAN UNIT
1 QL2-2110-000 1 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT
2 QL2-2114-000 1 DUCT ASS'Y
3 QL2-1650-000 1 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (S)
4 QL2-2108-000 2 WASTE INK ABSORBER UNIT (L)
5 QM3-1012-000 1 SUCTION FAN UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
5 QM3-3069-000 1 SUCTION FAN UNIT
8000S
6 QM3-1056-000 1 HEAD MANAGEMENT SENSOR
7 QC1-7237-000 1 ABSORBER, INK
8 QM3-1419-000 1 M/C RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8100/8000S/8000
8 QM3-4843-000 1 M/C RELAY PCB ASS'Y iPF8300/8300S
9 QM3-1038-000 2 FAN UNIT iPF8100/8000S/8000
9 QM3-7025-000 2 FAN UNIT iPF8300/8300S
10 QC1-9198-000 2 FILTER, MIST
11 QK1-1387-000 2 FAN, MIST
12 QM3-2064-000 6 DUCT UNIT iPF8100/8000S/8000
12 QL2-2823-000 6 DUCT UNIT iPF8300/8300S
13 QL2-1663-000 1 DUCT
14 XA9-0732-000 15 SCREW, RS, M4
15 XA9-2027-000 1 SCREW, RS, M4
501 XB4-7404-009 4 SCREW, TAP BINDING HEAD, M4X40
502 XB4-7402-509 18 SCREW, TAP., TRUSS HEAD, M4X25
2-21
FIGURE 09
PINCH ROLLER UNIT
4
6 1
502
5
3 2
5
5
501
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.09 NPN RF PINCH ROLLER UNIT
1 QM2-2596-050 9 PINCH ROLLER UNIT
2 QM2-2597-000 1 PINCH ROLLER UNIT iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
2 QM3-4829-000 1 PINCH ROLLER UNIT
8000S
3 QC1-6999-000 5 BUSHING
4 QE1-1048-000 1 GEAR
5 XA9-0732-000 21 SCREW, RS, M4
6 XG9-0549-000 1 BEARING, BALL iPF8000
iPF8300/8300S/8100/
6 XG9-0365-000 1 BEARING, BALL
8000S
501 XD2-1100-642 1 RING, E
502 XD1-1108-219 1 WASHER, COP
2-22
FIGURE 10
PLATEN & FEED ROLLER
iPF8100/8000S/8000
12
11
502
10
501
10 4
10 5
21
21
18
6
20
8 15
13
21 14 20
2
21
16
21
19
9
21 19
1
19
19
17
22
502
2-23
iPF8300/8300S
12
11
502
10
501
24
10
25
10 502
502 23
26
21
18
27 20
15
502 13
14 20
502
23
23
21
23 16
21
19
9
21 19
1
19
19
17
22
502
2-24
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.10 NPN RF PLATEN & FEED ROLLER
1 QL2-2089-000 1 MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING iPF8100/8000S/8000
1 QL2-3279-000 1 MOUNT, SENSOR ADJUSTING iPF8300/8300S
2 QL2-2784-000 1 BASE, PLATEN L iPF8100/8000S/8000
3 QL2-2783-000 1 BASE, PLATEN C iPF8100/8000S/8000
4 QL2-1659-000 1 PLATEN R iPF8100/8000S/8000
5 QL2-1660-000 1 PLATEN C iPF8100/8000S/8000
6 QL2-2109-000 1 PLATEN L iPF8100/8000S/8000
7 QC2-2355-000 1 GUIDE, DELIVERY, RIGHT
8 QL2-2782-000 1 BASE, PLATEN R iPF8100/8000S/8000
9 QM2-2528-010 2 COVER LOCK UNIT
10 QC1-6921-000 3 PLATEN, REAR
11 QC2-2082-000 1 BUSHING
12 QM3-1999-010 1 FEED ROLLER ASS'Y iPF8100/8000S/8000
12 QM3-7026-000 1 FEED ROLLER ASS'Y iPF8300/8300S
14 WG8-5677-000 1 PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
15 QC1-7043-000 1 GEAR, RELEASE
16 QC1-7034-000 1 LEVER, RELEASE
17 QC2-2356-000 1 GUIDE, DELIVERY, LEFT
18 WC4-5052-000 1 MICRO SWITCH
19 QC2-2354-000 4 GUIDE, DELIVERY
20 FA3-8727-000 2 RING, RETAINING
21 XA9-0732-000 36 SCREW, RS, M4
22 QM3-2003-000 1 BLADE, CUTTER 44 (U)
23 QL2-3385-000 4 BASE, PLATE iPF8300/8300S
24 QM3-7700-000 1 PLATEN R iPF8300/8300S
25 QM3-7701-000 1 PLATEN C iPF8300/8300S
26 QM3-7702-000 1 PLATEN C iPF8300/8300S
27 QM3-7703-000 1 PLATEN L iPF8300/8300S
501 XD2-3100-152 1 RING, C
502 XA9-0724-000 6 SCREW, M3X8
2-25
FIGURE 11
LINEAR SCALE
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.11 NPN RF LINEAR SCALE
2 QC3-1877-000 1 SCALE, LINEAR
2-26
FIGURE 12
TOOL
2 3
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.12 NPN RF TOOL
1 QY9-0103-000 1 COVER SWITCH TOOL
2 CK-0551-020 1 LUBE, PERMALUB G NO.2
3 CK-0562-000 1 GREASE, MOLYKOTE PG-641
2-27
FIGURE R1
STAND UNIT
7
11 9
1
B
9
10 9
1
2
7 6
11 A 3
1 A
5
9
9 4
9
9 2
1
B
9
2-28
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.R1 NPN RF STAND UNIT
1 QC2-6626-000 4 CAP, FOOT
2 QC2-4350-000 2 CASTER
3 QC2-4351-000 2 CASTER
4 QL2-2327-000 1 ROD, BASKET
5 QM3-2022-000 1 BASKET SUPPORT (L)
6 QM3-2023-000 1 BASKET SUPPORT (R)
7 QC2-6025-000 2 HOLDER, REAR
8 QM3-2854-000 1 BASKET
9 QC2-4116-000 20 SCREW, HEX SOCKET M4X10
10 QC3-1731-000 1 BOX, ACCESSORY
11 QL2-2326-000 2 MOUNT, HOLDER, ROD
2-29
FIGURE R2
MEDIA TAKE-UP UNIT
4
28 32
5
28
28
34
1 14
8
9
7 11 501
12
502
503
2 10
33
3
502 6
13
28
28
31
30
16
29
18
17 18
23 24
25
26
21
22
15
20
19
27
26
25
2-30
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
Fig.R2 NPN RF MEDIA TAKE-UP UNIT
1 QK1-2908-000 1 CABLE, INTERFACE
2 WG8-5770-000 1 IC, PID310L, PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
3 WG8-5771-000 1 IC, PIE310, PHOTO-INTERRUPTER
4 QM3-1092-000 1 MEDIA TAKE-UP DRIVE UNIT
5 QC2-2399-000 1 KNOB
6 QC2-2401-000 1 LEVER, LOCK
7 QC2-2402-000 1 LEVER, RELEASE
8 QC2-2403-000 1 GEAR, 14T
9 QC2-2404-000 1 GEAR, 22T
12 QC2-2410-000 1 COVER, DRIVE UNIT, 1
13 QC2-2412-000 1 COVER, DRIVE UNIT, 2
15 QM3-1093-000 1 MEDIA TAKE-UP IDLER UNIT
16 QM3-1108-000 1 RIGHT FLANGE UNIT
17 QM3-1109-000 1 LEFT FLANGE UNIT
18 QM3-1095-000 2 3 INCH ADAPTER UNIT
19 QL2-3143-000 1 WEIGHT G
20 QL2-3145-000 1 WEIGHT E
21 QL2-3146-000 1 WEIGHT D
22 QL2-3147-000 1 WEIGHT C
23 QL2-3148-000 1 WEIGHT A
24 QL2-3149-000 1 WEIGHT B
25 QL2-1676-000 2 WEIGHT FLANGE 1
26 QL2-2094-000 2 WEIGHT FLANGE 2
27 QE1-1495-000 1 WEIGHT JOINT
28 QE1-2304-000 15 BOLT, HEX HEAD, M4X8
29 XA9-1501-000 4 SCREW, RS, M3X10
30 QM3-2011-000 1 MEDIA TAKE-UP SPOOL SHAFT UNIT
31 QC2-2434-000 1 GEAR, 27T
2-31
R
FIGURE S
NUMBER N REMARKS
NO. C
K
32 QC2-2413-000 1 BRACKET, MOUNTING, RIGHT
33 QC2-2417-000 1 BRACKET, MOUNTING, LEFT
34 QM3-1091-000 1 MEDIA TAKE-UP SENSOR UNIT
501 XB4-7300-807 1 SCREW, TAP TIGHT, BINDING HEAD
502 XD2-1100-502 2 RETAINING RING (E-TYPE)
503 XD2-1100-322 1 RETAINING RING (E-TYPE)
2-32
FIGURE ZZA
MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(HOW TO USE)
Mechanical standard parts
About a mechanical standard parts

A Mechanical standard parts is a mechanical part which not parts peculiar to a product.
They are parts which are common to a Canon product and are used, such as a screw and a washer.
The Fig No. and parts number of the mechanical standard parts are not listed in the product parts catalog.
Refer to the parts catalog of mechanical standard parts when checking the parts number for screw or
washer etc. and identify them by part shape or size.
Material and surface treatment of a mechanical standard parts

Material and surface treatment of mechanical standard parts are assigned commonly for each part.
Refer to the Table 1 for the parts which material and surface treatment are assigned as numbers.
Table 1 Material and Surface treatment
No. Material Surface treatment Color
Stainless steel black coloring (BC4) Black

1
Stainless steel
not to be given White
2
Regular nickel plating (NL) White
3
Brass
Black nickel plating (BN) Black
4
White zinc trivalent chromate treating (ZC3) White
5
Regular nickel chromium plating (NC) White
6
Steel Regular nickel plating (NL) White
7
Iron and steel phosphating (P1) Black
8
Black zinc trivalent chromate treating (BZ3) Black
9
2-33
FIGURE ZZB
MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(SCREWS)
1. Screws
How to read Parts Numbers
Screws
XB1-2400-609
Type No. XB1-2 expresses Binding head machine screw.
Normal designation d 40 expresses M4.0.
Length L 0-60 expresses a length of 6.0mm.
Material and Surface treatment 9 expresses Steel (Black zinc trivalent chromate
treating) from Table 1.
1-1. Cross Recessed Head Screws for Precision Equipments
XA1-1, 6, 7 XA1-4
D
D
d
d
H L K H
L
XA1-3
D
H
L
Head size (mm)
M1.4 M1.6 M1.7 M2 M2.5 M2.6

Pan head Class 1 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
Countersunk head Class 1 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.48 0.55 0.58 0.73 0.85 0.93
Oval countersunk head Class 1 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.68 0.8 0.88 1 1.25 1.3
Pan head Class 3 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.8 0.85 0.9 1 1.3 1.2
Pan head Class 2 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
2-34
1-2. Precision Tapping Screws
XA4-1, 2, 4 XA4-6, 7, 9
D
D
d
d
H L H L
XA4-3 XA4-8
D
D
d
d
H H
L L
XA4-5
D
H
L
Head size (mm)
M1.4 M1.6 M1.7 M2 M2.5 M2.6

With tatered end pan head Class 1 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
With tatered end pan head Class 3 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.8 0.85 0.9 1 1.3 1.2
With tatered end countersunk head 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.48 0.55 0.58 0.73 0.85 0.93
With tatered end pan head Class 2 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
With parallel end ultra thin head 2.5 2.8 3 - - -
0.2 0.2 0.2 - - -
With parallel end pan head Class 1 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
With parallel end pan head Class 3 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.8 0.85 0.9 1 1.3 1.2
With parallel end countersunk head 2 2.4 2.5 3 3.8 4
0.48 0.55 0.58 0.73 0.85 0.93
With parallel end pan head Class 2 2.5 2.8 3 3.5 4.3 4.5
0.5 0.55 0.5 0.6 0.9 0.8
2-35
1-3. Cross Recessed Head Screws
XB1-1 XB1-3
dk
dk
k L k
L
dk
XB1-2 XB1-4
dk
f k L f k
L
Head size (mm)
M2 M2.5 M2.6 M3 M4 M5
Pan head 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 7 9
1.3 1.7 1.7 2 2.6 3.3
Binding head 4.3 5.3 5.5 6.3 8.3 10.3
1.2 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.5 3.1
Countersunk head 4 5 - 6 8 10
1.2 1.45 - 1.75 2.3 2.8
Oval countersunk head 4 5 - 6 8 10
1.6 2 - 2.45 3.2 4
Screw part length
b 8 12 12 12 16 20
2-36
1-4. Cross Recessed Head Screws with Captive Washer
L L L L
XB2-1 XB2-2 XB2-3 XB2-4
L L L L
XB2-5 XB2-6 XB2-7 XB2-8
Pan head + Plain washer (circular bright)
Pan head + Spring washer
Pan head + Toothed lock washer
Pan head + Spring washer and

plain washer (circular bright)
Binding head + Plain washer (circular bright)
Binding head + Spring washer
Binding head + Toothed lock washer
Binding head + Spring washer and

plain washer (circular bright)
2-37
1-5. Hexagon Head Tapping Screws for Matallic Materials
D
B H L
Head size (mm)
M3 M4
For metallic materials 8 10
5.5 5.5
For metallic materials with clawed 3.1 3.1
3.2 3.2
1-6. Special Tapping Screws

dk
f
k L
Head size (mm)
M3 M4
6.3 8.3
Binding head 1.3 1.7
1.9 2.5
2-38
1-7. General Head Tapping Screws
dk
XB4-6
dk
XB4-8
d
k L k L
XB4-7
dk
f k L
Head size (mm)
M2 M2.5 M2.6 M3 M4 M5
Pan head 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 7 9
1.3 1.7 1.7 2 2.6 3.3
Binding head 4.3 5.3 5.5 6.3 8.3 10.3
1.2 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.5 3.1
Countersunk head 4 5 5.2 6 8 10
1.2 1.45 1.5 1.75 2.3 2.8
1-8. Tapping Screws for Metallic Materials

dk
dk
XB5-1 XB5-6
d
k L
k L
dk
XB5-2
d
f k L
Head size (mm)
M2.5 M2.6 M3 M4 M5
Pan head 4.5 4.5 5.5 7 9
1.7 1.7 2 2.6 3.3
Binding head 5.5 5.5 6.3 8.3 10.3
1.6 1.6 1.9 2.5 3.1
Flanged pan head 6.5 6.5 8 10 12
2.1 2.1 1.75 3.2 4
2-39
1-9. Hexagon Socket Set Screws
dt
d1
dp
S t
L L L
XB6-1 XB6-2 XB6-3
Head size (mm)
M1.6 M2.5
M2 M3 M5 M5 M6
M1.7 M2.6
0.7 0.9 1.3 1.5 2 2.5 3˜
Cone point 1.5 1.7 2 2 2.5 3 3.5
0.4 0.5 0.65 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
Double point - 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3
- 1 1.2 1.4 1.9 2.4 2.9
Flat point 0.8 1 1.5 2 2.5 3.5 4
0.55 0.75 1.25 1.75 2.25 3.2 3.7
1-10. Flanged Pan Head Machine Screws

dk
k L
Head size (mm)
M2.5
M2 M3 M5 M5
M2.6
Flanged pan head 5 6.5 8 10 12
1.7 2.1 2.5 3.2 4
2-40
FIGURE ZZC
MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(BOLTS)
2. Bolts (Socket head cap screw)
Bolt (Socket head cap screw)
XB7-1080-409
Type No. XB7-1 expresses Hexagon socket head cap screws.
Normal designation d 080 expresses M8.0.
Length L 40 expresses a length of 40mm.
2-1. Hexagon socket head cap screws

dk
b
S K L
Head size (mm)
M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12
S 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10
dk 5.5 7 8.5 10 13 16 18
Hexagon socket head cap screws K 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
Screw part length
bmax 18 20 22 24 28 32 36
2-41
FIGURE ZZD
MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(NUTS)
3. Nuts
Nuts
XB7-2100-309
Type No. XB7-210 expresses Hexagon nut class 1.
Normal designation d 0-30 expresses M3.0.
3-1. Hexagon Nuts and Hexagon Thin Nuts
S m m Head size (mm)
M2 M2.5 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8
4 5 5.5 7 8 10 13
1.6 2 2.4 3.2 4 5 6.5
Hexagon nut Class 1 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.4 3.2 3.6 5
1.6 2 2.4 3.2 4.7 5.2 6.8
Hexagon nut Class 3 - - - - 5.1 5.7 7.5
- - - - 5.6 6.1 7.9
Hexagon nut Style 1 double chamfered 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4
1.2 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4
Hexagon nut Style 1 washer faced
Hexagon nut Style 2 double chamfered
Hexagon nut Style 2 washer faced
Hexagon nut
Hexagon thin nut double chamfered
Hexagon thin nut not chamfered
2-42
FIGURE ZZE
MECHANICAL STANDARD PARTS(RETAINING
RINGS)
5. Retaining Rings
Retaining Rings
XD2-1100-202
Type No. XD2-110 expresses retaining ring-E type (Type1).
Nominal designation 0-20 expresses a 020 of nominal designation.

(See Table 5)
Material and Surface treatment 2 expresses Stainless steel (Surface treatment is

not to be given) from Table 1.
5-1. Retaining Rings - E type
Table 5
Nominal
Type
designation d (mm) D (mm) t (mm)
d 007 0.65 2 0.2

010 0.95 2.8 0.2
013 1.25 3.3 0.3
D t 017 1.65 4.2 0.4
020 1.95 4.6 0.5
024 2.35 6 0.6
028 2.74 6.5 0.6
Type 1 032 3.14 7.2 0.6
Retaining ring - E type (Type 1) 1 037 3.64 8 0.7
040 3.93 10 0.7
Retaining ring - E type (Type 2) 042 4.13 10 0.7
050 4.93 11 0.7
058 5.73 12 0.7
060 5.93 12.7 0.9
064 6.32 13.5 0.9
074 7.31 15 0.9
080 7.91 16.5 1
008 0.8 2 0.2
012 1.2 3 0.3
015 1.5 4 0.4
020 2 5 0.4
025 2.5 6 0.4
Type 2 030 3 7 0.6
2 040 4 9 0.6
050 5 11 0.6
060 6 12 0.8
070 7 14 0.8
080 8 16 0.8
090 9 18 0.8
100 10 20 1
2-43
5-2. Grip Rings
Table 5
Nominal
designation d3 (mm) t (mm) b (mm) a (mm) d0 (mm)
b
d3
020 1.9 0.5 1 1.8 0.8
025 2.35 0.5 1.2 1.9 0.9
030 2.85 0.6 1.4 1.9 0.9
a
035 3.3 0.6 1.6 2 0.9

d0
t 040 3.8 0.8 1.8 2.8 1.2

045 4.25 0.8 2 2.9 1.3
050 4.75 0.8 2.2 2.9 1.3
060 5.7 1 2.4 3.1 1.4
070 6.7 1 2.7 3.3 1.4
080 7.7 1 3 3.5 1.4
Grip ring 090 8.65 1.2 3.3 4.7 1.5
100 9.65 1.2 3.5 4.7 2
5-3. Toothed Retaining Rings
Table 5
Nominal No of
designation d2 (mm) D (mm) t (mm) teeth
d2
015 1.4 5.2 0.25 3

020 1.9 6 0.25 3
D t 024 2.3 6.4 0.25 3
030 2.8 8 0.25 4
040 3.8 9 0.25 4
050 4.8 10 0.25 5
060 5.8 11 0.25 5
Toothed retaining ring 080 7.8 13 0.25 5
100 9.8 15.4 0.25 6
2-44
5-4. Retaining Rings - C Type
Table 5
Nominal
b
d3 010 9.3 1 1.6 3 1.2
012 11.1 1 1.8 3.2 1.5
014 12.9 1 2 3.4 1.7
a
d0
t 015 13.8 1 2.1 3.5 1.7

016 14.7 1 2.2 3.6 1.7
017 15.7 1 2.2 3.7 1.7
018 16.5 1.2 2.6 3.8 1.7
020 18.5 1.2 2.7 3.9 2
Retaining ring - C type for shaft 022 20.5 1.2 2.7 4.1 2
025 23.2 1.2 3.1 4.3 2
028 25.9 1.5 3.1 4.6 2
030 27.9 1.5 3.5 4.8 2
032 29.6 1.5 3.5 5 2.5
035 32.2 1.5 4 5.4 2.5
Table 5
Nominal
b
d3
010 10.7 1 1.8 3.1 1.2
011 11.8 1 1.8 3.2 1.2
a
012 13 1 1.8 3.3 1.5

d0
t 014 15.1 1 2 3.6 1.7

016 17.3 1 2 3.7 1.7
018 19.5 1 2.5 4 1.7
019 20.5 1 2.5 4 2
020 21.5 1 2.5 4 2
Retaining ring - C type for hole 022 23.5 1 2.5 4.1 2
025 26.9 1.2 3 4.4 2
028 30.1 1.2 3 4.6 2
030 32.1 1.2 3 4.7 2
032 34.4 1.2 3.5 5.2 2.5
035 37.8 1.5 3.5 5.2 2.5
037 39.8 1.5 3.5 5.2 2.5
040 43.5 1.8 4 5.7 2.5
042 45.5 1.8 4 5.8 2.5
045 48.5 1.8 4.5 5.9 2.5
047 50.5 1.8 4.5 6.1 2.5
050 54.2 2 4.5 6.5 2.5
052 56.2 2 5.1 6.5 2.5
055 59.2 2 5.1 6.5 2.5
060 64.2 2 5.1 6.8 2.5
062 66.2 2 5.5 6.9 2.5
068 72.5 2.5 6 7.4 2.5
072 76.5 2.5 6.6 7.4 2.5
075 79.5 2.5 6.6 7.8 2.5
080 85.5 2.5 7 8 2.5
085 90.5 3 7 8 3
090 95.5 3 7.6 8.3 3
095 100.5 3 8 8.5 3
2-45

Canon iPF8300 8300S 8000 Service Manual&Parts Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canon iPF8300 8300S 8000 Service Manual&Parts Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Canon iPF8300 8300S 8000 Service Manual&Parts Catalog PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different types of retaining rings described?

What are the different types of retaining rings described?

What information is provided about hexagon nuts?

What information is provided about hexagon nuts?

Service Manual

Indicates an item of a non-specific nature, possibly classified as Note, Caution, or Warning.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid electric shocks.

Indicates an item requiring care to avoid combustion (fire).

Indicates an item prohibiting disassembly to avoid electric shocks or problems.

Indicates an item of reference assisting the understanding of the topic in question.

Provides a description of a service mode.

Provides a description of the nature of an error indication.

The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual:

Chapter 1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

1.6.1 Operation Panel .....................................................................................................................................................1- 49

Chapter 2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.3.2 Ink Passage........................................................................................................................................................... 2- 38

3.2.1 Transporting the Printer .........................................................................................................................................3- 26

5.3.1 Periodic Maintenance .............................................................................................................................................. 5- 6

6.1.3.31 03130031-2F16 Mist fan error.............................................................................................................................................. 6- 10

Chapter 7 SERVICE MODE

7.2 Special Mode ..........................................................................................................................................7- 143

Chapter 8 ERROR CODE

1.1 Product Overview ..........................................................................................................................................................1-1

1.6.2 Operation Panel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 1-50

1.1 Product Overview

1.1.1 Product Overview

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100

[18] [17] [16]

[1] Upper Cover [12] Stand

1.1.2 Product Overview

[1] Upper Cover [12] Stand

- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).

- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).

Functional enhancements new to this model include:

Functional enhancements new to this model include:

- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).

Functional enhancements new to this model include:

- Media pass in widths up to 44 inches (1117.6 mm).

Functional enhancements new to this model include:

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S

1.2.7 Ink tank

iPF8000 / iPF8100 / iPF8300

Ink tanks are disposable.

1.2.8 Ink tank

Ink tanks are disposable.

1.2.9 Cutter Unit

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S

The cutter unit that mounts on the carriage unit is disposable.

1.2.10 Roll holder

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100

1.2.11 Roll Holder

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S

[1] Stand [2] Stopper

1.2.13 Media Take-up Unit

iPF8000 / iPF8000S / iPF8100 / iPF8300 / iPF8300S

Media take-up unit

Additional features of the media take-up unit include:

[1] Left media take-up unit [4] Media take-up unit